<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/422/index.xml"/>
    <title>Download Best Full-Length Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/422/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/422/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp;amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life.

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/422/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:23 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/422/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/422/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Download Best Full-Length Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/422/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/422/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Jewell Steuber IV</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/422/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/422/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports &amp;amp; Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life.

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution by Michael Zuckert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution
Author: Michael Zuckert
Narrator: Michael Zuckert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of the political life of the United States takes the form of contests about rights. This passion for liberty was forged and stoked by the nation&amp;#039;s foundational documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights of the U.S. Constitution. Now you can join esteemed political scientist Professor Michael Zuckert for a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s enduring passion for rights as sparked by these two documents. The Nancy R. Dreux Professor Emeritus of Political Science at Notre Dame, Prof. Zuckert was awarded a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Jack Miller Center for his many contributions to American political scholarship. In 15 gripping audio lectures, Prof. Zuckert examines the doctrine of rights as it finds first expression in these early documents, exploring American thinking about rights from the founding up to recent battles over controversial rights such as the right to same-sex marriage. He reveals not only the transformational effect of these documents on U.S. national identity, but also their ripple effect in constitutions throughout the world. By following the thread of rights language throughout American political documents alongside Prof. Zuckert, you&amp;#039;ll gain a deeper understanding of the American emphasis on rights protections. You&amp;#039;ll also heighten your awareness of the nation&amp;#039;s failure to protect the rights of certain of its citizens throughout history and the ways in which this has-and hasn&amp;#039;t-been rectified by further rights legislation. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.</description>
      <author>Michael Zuckert</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632518545.mp3" length="1459910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632518545.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution
Author: Michael Zuckert
Narrator: Michael Zuckert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of the political life of the United States takes the form of contests about rights. This passion for liberty was forged and stoked by the nation&amp;#039;s foundational documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights of the U.S. Constitution. Now you can join esteemed political scientist Professor Michael Zuckert for a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s enduring passion for rights as sparked by these two documents. The Nancy R. Dreux Professor Emeritus of Political Science at Notre Dame, Prof. Zuckert was awarded a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Jack Miller Center for his many contributions to American political scholarship. In 15 gripping audio lectures, Prof. Zuckert examines the doctrine of rights as it finds first expression in these early documents, exploring American thinking about rights from the founding up to recent battles over controversial rights such as the right to same-sex marriage. He reveals not only the transformational effect of these documents on U.S. national identity, but also their ripple effect in constitutions throughout the world. By following the thread of rights language throughout American political documents alongside Prof. Zuckert, you&amp;#039;ll gain a deeper understanding of the American emphasis on rights protections. You&amp;#039;ll also heighten your awareness of the nation&amp;#039;s failure to protect the rights of certain of its citizens throughout history and the ways in which this has-and hasn&amp;#039;t-been rectified by further rights legislation. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberty: Natural Rights and the American Constitution
Author: Michael Zuckert
Narrator: Michael Zuckert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of the political life of the United States takes the form of contests about rights. This passion for liberty was forged and stoked by the nation&amp;#039;s foundational documents: the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights of the U.S. Constitution. Now you can join esteemed political scientist Professor Michael Zuckert for a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s enduring passion for rights as sparked by these two documents. The Nancy R. Dreux Professor Emeritus of Political Science at Notre Dame, Prof. Zuckert was awarded a Lifetime Achievement Award from the Jack Miller Center for his many contributions to American political scholarship. In 15 gripping audio lectures, Prof. Zuckert examines the doctrine of rights as it finds first expression in these early documents, exploring American thinking about rights from the founding up to recent battles over controversial rights such as the right to same-sex marriage. He reveals not only the transformational effect of these documents on U.S. national identity, but also their ripple effect in constitutions throughout the world. By following the thread of rights language throughout American political documents alongside Prof. Zuckert, you&amp;#039;ll gain a deeper understanding of the American emphasis on rights protections. You&amp;#039;ll also heighten your awareness of the nation&amp;#039;s failure to protect the rights of certain of its citizens throughout history and the ways in which this has-and hasn&amp;#039;t-been rectified by further rights legislation. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learn the Essentials of Business Law in 15 Days by Rachel Spooner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learn the Essentials of Business Law in 15 Days
Author: Rachel Spooner
Narrator: Rachel Spooner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: March  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Designed to outfit managers, legal professionals, entrepreneurs, and employees alike, this practical course encapsulates the essentials of navigating the law. Like most business-savvy people, you understand how vital the law is to conducting business. Now, these 15 engaging, case-based lectures give you the practical know-how you need to be successful-and avoid costly mistakes. An award-winning business law professor and accomplished attorney, Rachel Spooner highlights for you the fascinating nuances of agreements and contracts. To illustrate concepts that might otherwise seem dry, she draws on vivid examples that you can relate to, including The Sopranos, Weird Al parodies, and Donald Trump&amp;#039;s non-disclosure agreements. You&amp;#039;ll begin with an orientation of business law before surveying the manifold legal issues that impact businesses and those who work in businesses. Most of us work in industries regulated by state and federal governments. But we also enter into dozens of transactions every day (like downloading an app), and those transactions, too, are often governed by the law. As you listen along, you will get a stronger grasp on the legal principles at play. Convenient, fun, and intelligent, this series gives you an informative and practical introduction to contracts, torts, employment law, white-collar crime, intellectual property, securities regulation, and more. Equipped with the essential tools for understanding these topics, you will learn to anticipate and avoid legal problems while also becoming a more conscientious citizen in every aspect of your life.</description>
      <author>Rachel Spooner</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2019 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517685.mp3" length="1395557" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517685.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learn the Essentials of Business Law in 15 Days
Author: Rachel Spooner
Narrator: Rachel Spooner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: March  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Designed to outfit managers, legal professionals, entrepreneurs, and employees alike, this practical course encapsulates the essentials of navigating the law. Like most business-savvy people, you understand how vital the law is to conducting business. Now, these 15 engaging, case-based lectures give you the practical know-how you need to be successful-and avoid costly mistakes. An award-winning business law professor and accomplished attorney, Rachel Spooner highlights for you the fascinating nuances of agreements and contracts. To illustrate concepts that might otherwise seem dry, she draws on vivid examples that you can relate to, including The Sopranos, Weird Al parodies, and Donald Trump&amp;#039;s non-disclosure agreements. You&amp;#039;ll begin with an orientation of business law before surveying the manifold legal issues that impact businesses and those who work in businesses. Most of us work in industries regulated by state and federal governments. But we also enter into dozens of transactions every day (like downloading an app), and those transactions, too, are often governed by the law. As you listen along, you will get a stronger grasp on the legal principles at play. Convenient, fun, and intelligent, this series gives you an informative and practical introduction to contracts, torts, employment law, white-collar crime, intellectual property, securities regulation, and more. Equipped with the essential tools for understanding these topics, you will learn to anticipate and avoid legal problems while also becoming a more conscientious citizen in every aspect of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learn the Essentials of Business Law in 15 Days
Author: Rachel Spooner
Narrator: Rachel Spooner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: March  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Designed to outfit managers, legal professionals, entrepreneurs, and employees alike, this practical course encapsulates the essentials of navigating the law. Like most business-savvy people, you understand how vital the law is to conducting business. Now, these 15 engaging, case-based lectures give you the practical know-how you need to be successful-and avoid costly mistakes. An award-winning business law professor and accomplished attorney, Rachel Spooner highlights for you the fascinating nuances of agreements and contracts. To illustrate concepts that might otherwise seem dry, she draws on vivid examples that you can relate to, including The Sopranos, Weird Al parodies, and Donald Trump&amp;#039;s non-disclosure agreements. You&amp;#039;ll begin with an orientation of business law before surveying the manifold legal issues that impact businesses and those who work in businesses. Most of us work in industries regulated by state and federal governments. But we also enter into dozens of transactions every day (like downloading an app), and those transactions, too, are often governed by the law. As you listen along, you will get a stronger grasp on the legal principles at play. Convenient, fun, and intelligent, this series gives you an informative and practical introduction to contracts, torts, employment law, white-collar crime, intellectual property, securities regulation, and more. Equipped with the essential tools for understanding these topics, you will learn to anticipate and avoid legal problems while also becoming a more conscientious citizen in every aspect of your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>History of the Supreme Court by Tim Huebner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the Supreme Court
Author: Tim Huebner
Narrator: Tim Huebner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What would you like to know about the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s evolution, its immense impact, and its crucial role in democracy?  Now is your chance to explore the law of the land with an acclaimed expert on the United States Constitution and the Supreme Court. In 24 stimulating lectures, you will survey the history of the Supreme Court from its inception through the present day.  Your discussion stays rooted in the historical-not the legal or political. In other words, you do not need a law or political science degree to understand how the nomination and confirmation process has changed, or how the justices have differed in their approaches to the Constitution, or why the Court&amp;#039;s decisions matter now more than ever. Likewise, you do not need to put your guard up when discussing controversial decisions. Instead, you will study the evolution of the Court with an eye towards understanding how it has come to play such an important role in American life.  As you know, much of American ideology and history appears mired in contradiction. The Supreme Court is no exception. Throughout the course, you will gain an appreciation for the American public&amp;#039;s paradoxical attitudes toward the judiciary over the centuries.  After examining landmark decisions and key players in the history of the Supreme Court, you will arrive at a fuller understanding of its role in both shaping and responding to larger developments across American society.</description>
      <author>Tim Huebner</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Oct 2018 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632517548.mp3" length="1479701" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632517548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the Supreme Court
Author: Tim Huebner
Narrator: Tim Huebner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What would you like to know about the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s evolution, its immense impact, and its crucial role in democracy?  Now is your chance to explore the law of the land with an acclaimed expert on the United States Constitution and the Supreme Court. In 24 stimulating lectures, you will survey the history of the Supreme Court from its inception through the present day.  Your discussion stays rooted in the historical-not the legal or political. In other words, you do not need a law or political science degree to understand how the nomination and confirmation process has changed, or how the justices have differed in their approaches to the Constitution, or why the Court&amp;#039;s decisions matter now more than ever. Likewise, you do not need to put your guard up when discussing controversial decisions. Instead, you will study the evolution of the Court with an eye towards understanding how it has come to play such an important role in American life.  As you know, much of American ideology and history appears mired in contradiction. The Supreme Court is no exception. Throughout the course, you will gain an appreciation for the American public&amp;#039;s paradoxical attitudes toward the judiciary over the centuries.  After examining landmark decisions and key players in the history of the Supreme Court, you will arrive at a fuller understanding of its role in both shaping and responding to larger developments across American society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History of the Supreme Court
Author: Tim Huebner
Narrator: Tim Huebner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What would you like to know about the Supreme Court&amp;#039;s evolution, its immense impact, and its crucial role in democracy?  Now is your chance to explore the law of the land with an acclaimed expert on the United States Constitution and the Supreme Court. In 24 stimulating lectures, you will survey the history of the Supreme Court from its inception through the present day.  Your discussion stays rooted in the historical-not the legal or political. In other words, you do not need a law or political science degree to understand how the nomination and confirmation process has changed, or how the justices have differed in their approaches to the Constitution, or why the Court&amp;#039;s decisions matter now more than ever. Likewise, you do not need to put your guard up when discussing controversial decisions. Instead, you will study the evolution of the Court with an eye towards understanding how it has come to play such an important role in American life.  As you know, much of American ideology and history appears mired in contradiction. The Supreme Court is no exception. Throughout the course, you will gain an appreciation for the American public&amp;#039;s paradoxical attitudes toward the judiciary over the centuries.  After examining landmark decisions and key players in the history of the Supreme Court, you will arrive at a fuller understanding of its role in both shaping and responding to larger developments across American society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the Surveillance State by Barton Gellman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the Surveillance State
Author: Barton Gellman
Narrator: Barton Gellman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Dark Mirror is the ultimate inside account of the vast, global surveillance network that now pervades all our lives.  Barton Gellman’s informant called himself ‘Verax’ – the truth-teller. It was only later that Verax unmasked himself as Edward Snowden. But Gellman’s primary role in bringing Snowden’s revelations to light,  for which he shared the Pulitzer prize, is only the beginning of this gripping real-life spy story. Snowden unlocked the door: here Gellman describes what he found on the other side over the course of a years-long journey of investigation. It is also the story of his own escalating battle against unknown digital adversaries after he discovered his own name on a file in the leaked document trove and realised that he himself was under attack. Through a gripping narrative of paranoia, clandestine operations and jaw-dropping revelations, Dark Mirror delineates in full for the first time the hidden superstructure that connects government espionage with Silicon Valley. Who is spying on us and why? Here are the answers. &amp;#039;A remarkable, authentic and chilling exposé of a global conspiracy that reads like a first-rate conspiracy thriller: a book of gripping, compulsive and disturbing impact&amp;#039; William Boyd © Barton Gellman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Barton Gellman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473587625.mp3" length="1474166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473587625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the Surveillance State
Author: Barton Gellman
Narrator: Barton Gellman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Dark Mirror is the ultimate inside account of the vast, global surveillance network that now pervades all our lives.  Barton Gellman’s informant called himself ‘Verax’ – the truth-teller. It was only later that Verax unmasked himself as Edward Snowden. But Gellman’s primary role in bringing Snowden’s revelations to light,  for which he shared the Pulitzer prize, is only the beginning of this gripping real-life spy story. Snowden unlocked the door: here Gellman describes what he found on the other side over the course of a years-long journey of investigation. It is also the story of his own escalating battle against unknown digital adversaries after he discovered his own name on a file in the leaked document trove and realised that he himself was under attack. Through a gripping narrative of paranoia, clandestine operations and jaw-dropping revelations, Dark Mirror delineates in full for the first time the hidden superstructure that connects government espionage with Silicon Valley. Who is spying on us and why? Here are the answers. &amp;#039;A remarkable, authentic and chilling exposé of a global conspiracy that reads like a first-rate conspiracy thriller: a book of gripping, compulsive and disturbing impact&amp;#039; William Boyd © Barton Gellman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Mirror: Edward Snowden and the Surveillance State
Author: Barton Gellman
Narrator: Barton Gellman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Dark Mirror is the ultimate inside account of the vast, global surveillance network that now pervades all our lives.  Barton Gellman’s informant called himself ‘Verax’ – the truth-teller. It was only later that Verax unmasked himself as Edward Snowden. But Gellman’s primary role in bringing Snowden’s revelations to light,  for which he shared the Pulitzer prize, is only the beginning of this gripping real-life spy story. Snowden unlocked the door: here Gellman describes what he found on the other side over the course of a years-long journey of investigation. It is also the story of his own escalating battle against unknown digital adversaries after he discovered his own name on a file in the leaked document trove and realised that he himself was under attack. Through a gripping narrative of paranoia, clandestine operations and jaw-dropping revelations, Dark Mirror delineates in full for the first time the hidden superstructure that connects government espionage with Silicon Valley. Who is spying on us and why? Here are the answers. &amp;#039;A remarkable, authentic and chilling exposé of a global conspiracy that reads like a first-rate conspiracy thriller: a book of gripping, compulsive and disturbing impact&amp;#039; William Boyd © Barton Gellman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The War Against the BBC: How an Unprecedented Combination of Hostile Forces Is Destroying Britain&amp;#039;s Greatest Cultural Institution... And Why You Should Care by Peter York, Patrick Barwise</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War Against the BBC: How an Unprecedented Combination of Hostile Forces Is Destroying Britain&amp;#039;s Greatest Cultural Institution... And Why You Should Care
Author: Peter York, Patrick Barwise
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The BBC is a central part of British life, shared culture and international standing. It is the British public&amp;#039;s most important and trusted news provider in a world of global fake news; a hugely popular, low-cost source of universally available information, education and entertainment - watched and listened to by most people for at least a couple of hours every day, despite stiff competition; and the crown jewel of the UK&amp;#039;s global reputation. But the BBC is in peril as never before in its long history. It faces ever-increasing competition and threats from new technology and consumption trends. It suffers relentless attacks from a range of hostile players motivated by their own political and commercial interests. And it faces deep funding cuts. These pressures may even destroy it within a generation. We must not end up recognizing what its value was only when it&amp;#039;s gone. If the BBC is destroyed it will be almost impossible to rebuild it. This book is a powerful wake-up call to halt the destruction of one of our greatest assets, built up over almost a century, before it&amp;#039;s too late. © Patrick Barwise, Peter York 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Peter York, Patrick Barwise</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141995489.mp3" length="1348758" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141995489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War Against the BBC: How an Unprecedented Combination of Hostile Forces Is Destroying Britain&amp;#039;s Greatest Cultural Institution... And Why You Should Care
Author: Peter York, Patrick Barwise
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The BBC is a central part of British life, shared culture and international standing. It is the British public&amp;#039;s most important and trusted news provider in a world of global fake news; a hugely popular, low-cost source of universally available information, education and entertainment - watched and listened to by most people for at least a couple of hours every day, despite stiff competition; and the crown jewel of the UK&amp;#039;s global reputation. But the BBC is in peril as never before in its long history. It faces ever-increasing competition and threats from new technology and consumption trends. It suffers relentless attacks from a range of hostile players motivated by their own political and commercial interests. And it faces deep funding cuts. These pressures may even destroy it within a generation. We must not end up recognizing what its value was only when it&amp;#039;s gone. If the BBC is destroyed it will be almost impossible to rebuild it. This book is a powerful wake-up call to halt the destruction of one of our greatest assets, built up over almost a century, before it&amp;#039;s too late. © Patrick Barwise, Peter York 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The War Against the BBC: How an Unprecedented Combination of Hostile Forces Is Destroying Britain&amp;#039;s Greatest Cultural Institution... And Why You Should Care
Author: Peter York, Patrick Barwise
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The BBC is a central part of British life, shared culture and international standing. It is the British public&amp;#039;s most important and trusted news provider in a world of global fake news; a hugely popular, low-cost source of universally available information, education and entertainment - watched and listened to by most people for at least a couple of hours every day, despite stiff competition; and the crown jewel of the UK&amp;#039;s global reputation. But the BBC is in peril as never before in its long history. It faces ever-increasing competition and threats from new technology and consumption trends. It suffers relentless attacks from a range of hostile players motivated by their own political and commercial interests. And it faces deep funding cuts. These pressures may even destroy it within a generation. We must not end up recognizing what its value was only when it&amp;#039;s gone. If the BBC is destroyed it will be almost impossible to rebuild it. This book is a powerful wake-up call to halt the destruction of one of our greatest assets, built up over almost a century, before it&amp;#039;s too late. © Patrick Barwise, Peter York 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Kids Are All Left: How Young Voters Will Unite America by David Faris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kids Are All Left: How Young Voters Will Unite America
Author: David Faris
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This crystal ball look into the future of American politics shows how the brewing generational shift to the Left is only the beginning of transformations to come. A demographic apocalypse is coming for the Republican Party. Its most reliable voters are dying, and Republican elites have been unable to convince young people to vote for them in significant numbers for nearly 30 years. And yet, we find ourselves locked in a political stalement, and have twice this century sent the loser of the popular vote to the White House. In The Kids Are All Left, political scientist David Faris examines how young voters are poised to end this partisan gridlock. He explores the policy transformations that young Americans will pursue, what this new society will look like, and how the remnants of the GOP could be changed into a more public spirited, reality-based organization of the center-right. Faris offers progressives a hopeful vision of the future, but he is realistic about the institutional obstacles that stand between voters and true majority rule. The result is a first look at America after Donald Trump. This audiobook includes a bonus pdf of graphs and charts.</description>
      <author>David Faris</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593345603.mp3" length="2977832" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593345603.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kids Are All Left: How Young Voters Will Unite America
Author: David Faris
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This crystal ball look into the future of American politics shows how the brewing generational shift to the Left is only the beginning of transformations to come. A demographic apocalypse is coming for the Republican Party. Its most reliable voters are dying, and Republican elites have been unable to convince young people to vote for them in significant numbers for nearly 30 years. And yet, we find ourselves locked in a political stalement, and have twice this century sent the loser of the popular vote to the White House. In The Kids Are All Left, political scientist David Faris examines how young voters are poised to end this partisan gridlock. He explores the policy transformations that young Americans will pursue, what this new society will look like, and how the remnants of the GOP could be changed into a more public spirited, reality-based organization of the center-right. Faris offers progressives a hopeful vision of the future, but he is realistic about the institutional obstacles that stand between voters and true majority rule. The result is a first look at America after Donald Trump. This audiobook includes a bonus pdf of graphs and charts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Kids Are All Left: How Young Voters Will Unite America
Author: David Faris
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This crystal ball look into the future of American politics shows how the brewing generational shift to the Left is only the beginning of transformations to come. A demographic apocalypse is coming for the Republican Party. Its most reliable voters are dying, and Republican elites have been unable to convince young people to vote for them in significant numbers for nearly 30 years. And yet, we find ourselves locked in a political stalement, and have twice this century sent the loser of the popular vote to the White House. In The Kids Are All Left, political scientist David Faris examines how young voters are poised to end this partisan gridlock. He explores the policy transformations that young Americans will pursue, what this new society will look like, and how the remnants of the GOP could be changed into a more public spirited, reality-based organization of the center-right. Faris offers progressives a hopeful vision of the future, but he is realistic about the institutional obstacles that stand between voters and true majority rule. The result is a first look at America after Donald Trump. This audiobook includes a bonus pdf of graphs and charts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The School I Deserve: Six Young Refugees and Their Fight for Equality in America by Jo Napolitano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The School I Deserve: Six Young Refugees and Their Fight for Equality in America
Author: Jo Napolitano
Narrator: Dani Cervone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncovers the key civil rights battle that immigrant children fought alongside the ACLU to ensure equal access to education within a xenophobic nation Journalist Jo Napolitano delves into the landmark case in which the School District of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, was sued for refusing to admit older, non-English speaking refugees and sending them to a high-discipline alternative school. In a legal battle that mirrors that of the Little Rock Nine and Brown v. Board of Education, 6 brave refugee students fought alongside the ACLU and Education Law Center to demand equal access. The School I Deserve illuminates the lack of support immigrant and refugee children face in our public school system and presents a hopeful future where all children can receive an equal education regardless of race, ethnicity, or their country of origin. One of the students, Khadidja Issa, fled the horrific violence in war-torn Sudan with the hope of a safer life in the United States, where she could enroll in school and eventually become a nurse. Instead, she was turned away by the School District of Lancaster before she was eventually enrolled in one of its alternative schools, a campus run by a for-profit company facing multiple abuse allegations. Napolitano follows Khadidja as she joins the lawsuit as a plaintiff in the Issa v. School District of Lancaster case, a legal battle that took place right before Donald Trump’s presidential election, when immigrants and refugees were maligned on a national stage. The fiery week-long showdown between the ACLU and the school district was ultimately decided by a conservative judge who issued a shocking ruling with historic implications. The School I Deserve brings to light this crucial and underreported case, which paved the way to equal access to education for countless immigrants and refugees to come.</description>
      <author>Jo Napolitano</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807024966.mp3" length="2740045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807024966.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The School I Deserve: Six Young Refugees and Their Fight for Equality in America
Author: Jo Napolitano
Narrator: Dani Cervone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncovers the key civil rights battle that immigrant children fought alongside the ACLU to ensure equal access to education within a xenophobic nation Journalist Jo Napolitano delves into the landmark case in which the School District of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, was sued for refusing to admit older, non-English speaking refugees and sending them to a high-discipline alternative school. In a legal battle that mirrors that of the Little Rock Nine and Brown v. Board of Education, 6 brave refugee students fought alongside the ACLU and Education Law Center to demand equal access. The School I Deserve illuminates the lack of support immigrant and refugee children face in our public school system and presents a hopeful future where all children can receive an equal education regardless of race, ethnicity, or their country of origin. One of the students, Khadidja Issa, fled the horrific violence in war-torn Sudan with the hope of a safer life in the United States, where she could enroll in school and eventually become a nurse. Instead, she was turned away by the School District of Lancaster before she was eventually enrolled in one of its alternative schools, a campus run by a for-profit company facing multiple abuse allegations. Napolitano follows Khadidja as she joins the lawsuit as a plaintiff in the Issa v. School District of Lancaster case, a legal battle that took place right before Donald Trump’s presidential election, when immigrants and refugees were maligned on a national stage. The fiery week-long showdown between the ACLU and the school district was ultimately decided by a conservative judge who issued a shocking ruling with historic implications. The School I Deserve brings to light this crucial and underreported case, which paved the way to equal access to education for countless immigrants and refugees to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The School I Deserve: Six Young Refugees and Their Fight for Equality in America
Author: Jo Napolitano
Narrator: Dani Cervone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncovers the key civil rights battle that immigrant children fought alongside the ACLU to ensure equal access to education within a xenophobic nation Journalist Jo Napolitano delves into the landmark case in which the School District of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, was sued for refusing to admit older, non-English speaking refugees and sending them to a high-discipline alternative school. In a legal battle that mirrors that of the Little Rock Nine and Brown v. Board of Education, 6 brave refugee students fought alongside the ACLU and Education Law Center to demand equal access. The School I Deserve illuminates the lack of support immigrant and refugee children face in our public school system and presents a hopeful future where all children can receive an equal education regardless of race, ethnicity, or their country of origin. One of the students, Khadidja Issa, fled the horrific violence in war-torn Sudan with the hope of a safer life in the United States, where she could enroll in school and eventually become a nurse. Instead, she was turned away by the School District of Lancaster before she was eventually enrolled in one of its alternative schools, a campus run by a for-profit company facing multiple abuse allegations. Napolitano follows Khadidja as she joins the lawsuit as a plaintiff in the Issa v. School District of Lancaster case, a legal battle that took place right before Donald Trump’s presidential election, when immigrants and refugees were maligned on a national stage. The fiery week-long showdown between the ACLU and the school district was ultimately decided by a conservative judge who issued a shocking ruling with historic implications. The School I Deserve brings to light this crucial and underreported case, which paved the way to equal access to education for countless immigrants and refugees to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown: Verses for a Despotic Age by John Lithgow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown: Verses for a Despotic Age
Series: #2 of Dumpty
Author: John Lithgow
Narrator: John Lithgow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Following the success of his New York Times bestseller Dumpty, award-winning actor, author, and illustrator John Lithgow presents a brand-new collection of satirical poems chronicling the despotic age of Donald Trump. Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown is darker and more hard-hitting than ever. Lithgow writes and draws with wit and fury as he takes readers through another year of the shocking events involving Trump and his administration. His uproarious poems and illustrations encompass Trump&amp;#039;s impeachment, the COVID-19 pandemic, the Black Lives Matter protests, and much more. Lithgow targets Mitch McConnell, Mike Pompeo, Bill Barr, Jared Kushner, Elaine Chao, and many others, but also includes a few heroes of the moment, including Anthony Fauci, Nancy Pelosi, Adam Schiff, and even Barack Obama. The book arrives at a time when it&amp;#039;s needed most. With all-new poems and never-before-seen line drawings, Lithgow will once again make readers laugh and pause to remember some of the most defining moments in recent history-skewering the reign of King Dumpty one stanza at a time. Digital audio edition read by the author.</description>
      <author>John Lithgow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797209494.mp3" length="884876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797209494.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown: Verses for a Despotic Age
Series: #2 of Dumpty
Author: John Lithgow
Narrator: John Lithgow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Following the success of his New York Times bestseller Dumpty, award-winning actor, author, and illustrator John Lithgow presents a brand-new collection of satirical poems chronicling the despotic age of Donald Trump. Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown is darker and more hard-hitting than ever. Lithgow writes and draws with wit and fury as he takes readers through another year of the shocking events involving Trump and his administration. His uproarious poems and illustrations encompass Trump&amp;#039;s impeachment, the COVID-19 pandemic, the Black Lives Matter protests, and much more. Lithgow targets Mitch McConnell, Mike Pompeo, Bill Barr, Jared Kushner, Elaine Chao, and many others, but also includes a few heroes of the moment, including Anthony Fauci, Nancy Pelosi, Adam Schiff, and even Barack Obama. The book arrives at a time when it&amp;#039;s needed most. With all-new poems and never-before-seen line drawings, Lithgow will once again make readers laugh and pause to remember some of the most defining moments in recent history-skewering the reign of King Dumpty one stanza at a time. Digital audio edition read by the author.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown: Verses for a Despotic Age
Series: #2 of Dumpty
Author: John Lithgow
Narrator: John Lithgow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Following the success of his New York Times bestseller Dumpty, award-winning actor, author, and illustrator John Lithgow presents a brand-new collection of satirical poems chronicling the despotic age of Donald Trump. Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown is darker and more hard-hitting than ever. Lithgow writes and draws with wit and fury as he takes readers through another year of the shocking events involving Trump and his administration. His uproarious poems and illustrations encompass Trump&amp;#039;s impeachment, the COVID-19 pandemic, the Black Lives Matter protests, and much more. Lithgow targets Mitch McConnell, Mike Pompeo, Bill Barr, Jared Kushner, Elaine Chao, and many others, but also includes a few heroes of the moment, including Anthony Fauci, Nancy Pelosi, Adam Schiff, and even Barack Obama. The book arrives at a time when it&amp;#039;s needed most. With all-new poems and never-before-seen line drawings, Lithgow will once again make readers laugh and pause to remember some of the most defining moments in recent history-skewering the reign of King Dumpty one stanza at a time. Digital audio edition read by the author.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pardongate: How Bill &amp;amp; Hillary Clinton and Their Brothers Profited from Pardons by Mark Hyman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pardongate: How Bill &amp;amp; Hillary Clinton and Their Brothers Profited from Pardons
Author: Mark Hyman
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A shocking exposé of the Bill Clinton pardons and commutations issued after Hillary Clinton made it known she was running for the US Senate. Bill Clinton&amp;#039;s abrupt departure from long-standing precedent was an astonishing abuse of the Justice Department processes and underscored the shady wheeling and dealing that was common in the Clinton orbit. Bill, Hillary, and brothers Roger Clinton, Hugh Rodham, and Tony Rodham all profited financially or politically from hustling dozens of pardons to some of history&amp;#039;s most undeserving recipients. These ranged from worldwide pariah Marc Rich, to a cocaine trafficking kingpin, to murderous terrorists who hadn’t even requested executive clemency. It was the selling of pardons for money and influence that launched the Clintons&amp;#039; nearly two-decade pay-for-play scheme—a scheme that not only amassed billions of dollars for the Clinton Foundation and hundreds of millions of dollars for the Clintons, but also catapulted Hillary into a presidential front-runner. Pardongate reveals details of the Clinton machine that will leave even the most informed citizens appalled.</description>
      <author>Mark Hyman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601955.mp3" length="7932459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601955.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pardongate: How Bill &amp;amp; Hillary Clinton and Their Brothers Profited from Pardons
Author: Mark Hyman
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A shocking exposé of the Bill Clinton pardons and commutations issued after Hillary Clinton made it known she was running for the US Senate. Bill Clinton&amp;#039;s abrupt departure from long-standing precedent was an astonishing abuse of the Justice Department processes and underscored the shady wheeling and dealing that was common in the Clinton orbit. Bill, Hillary, and brothers Roger Clinton, Hugh Rodham, and Tony Rodham all profited financially or politically from hustling dozens of pardons to some of history&amp;#039;s most undeserving recipients. These ranged from worldwide pariah Marc Rich, to a cocaine trafficking kingpin, to murderous terrorists who hadn’t even requested executive clemency. It was the selling of pardons for money and influence that launched the Clintons&amp;#039; nearly two-decade pay-for-play scheme—a scheme that not only amassed billions of dollars for the Clinton Foundation and hundreds of millions of dollars for the Clintons, but also catapulted Hillary into a presidential front-runner. Pardongate reveals details of the Clinton machine that will leave even the most informed citizens appalled.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pardongate: How Bill &amp;amp; Hillary Clinton and Their Brothers Profited from Pardons
Author: Mark Hyman
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A shocking exposé of the Bill Clinton pardons and commutations issued after Hillary Clinton made it known she was running for the US Senate. Bill Clinton&amp;#039;s abrupt departure from long-standing precedent was an astonishing abuse of the Justice Department processes and underscored the shady wheeling and dealing that was common in the Clinton orbit. Bill, Hillary, and brothers Roger Clinton, Hugh Rodham, and Tony Rodham all profited financially or politically from hustling dozens of pardons to some of history&amp;#039;s most undeserving recipients. These ranged from worldwide pariah Marc Rich, to a cocaine trafficking kingpin, to murderous terrorists who hadn’t even requested executive clemency. It was the selling of pardons for money and influence that launched the Clintons&amp;#039; nearly two-decade pay-for-play scheme—a scheme that not only amassed billions of dollars for the Clinton Foundation and hundreds of millions of dollars for the Clintons, but also catapulted Hillary into a presidential front-runner. Pardongate reveals details of the Clinton machine that will leave even the most informed citizens appalled.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Dark of War: A CIA Officer&amp;#039;s Inside Account of the U.S. Evacuation from Libya by Sarah M. Carlson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Dark of War: A CIA Officer&amp;#039;s Inside Account of the U.S. Evacuation from Libya
Author: Sarah M. Carlson
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A CIA officer&amp;#039;s inside account of how Libya&amp;#039;s descent into rampant violence precipitated the harrowing overland evacuation of the entire US mission from Tripoli after being trapped in the city for weeks. Most of the world is aware of the tragic events surrounding the 2012 attacks in Benghazi, Libya, that killed four Americans. Most are also aware of the resulting political controversy in Washington. But few know what happened next in Libya. While said controversy in Washington subsided, the volatility in Libya escalated—threatening the brave men and women who remained behind to continue the US mission. In this dramatic retelling of dangerous attacks threatening the US mission in Tripoli, Libya—less than two years after Benghazi—American valor and courage prevailed. The US personnel and intrepid operators stood fast as militias clashed, suicide bomb attacked, and numerous threats and kidnappings closed in on their location. In the midst of it all, the intelligence and determination of one woman with unwavering faith played a pivotal role in saving them all . . .</description>
      <author>Sarah M. Carlson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601894.mp3" length="8355927" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Dark of War: A CIA Officer&amp;#039;s Inside Account of the U.S. Evacuation from Libya
Author: Sarah M. Carlson
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A CIA officer&amp;#039;s inside account of how Libya&amp;#039;s descent into rampant violence precipitated the harrowing overland evacuation of the entire US mission from Tripoli after being trapped in the city for weeks. Most of the world is aware of the tragic events surrounding the 2012 attacks in Benghazi, Libya, that killed four Americans. Most are also aware of the resulting political controversy in Washington. But few know what happened next in Libya. While said controversy in Washington subsided, the volatility in Libya escalated—threatening the brave men and women who remained behind to continue the US mission. In this dramatic retelling of dangerous attacks threatening the US mission in Tripoli, Libya—less than two years after Benghazi—American valor and courage prevailed. The US personnel and intrepid operators stood fast as militias clashed, suicide bomb attacked, and numerous threats and kidnappings closed in on their location. In the midst of it all, the intelligence and determination of one woman with unwavering faith played a pivotal role in saving them all . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Dark of War: A CIA Officer&amp;#039;s Inside Account of the U.S. Evacuation from Libya
Author: Sarah M. Carlson
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A CIA officer&amp;#039;s inside account of how Libya&amp;#039;s descent into rampant violence precipitated the harrowing overland evacuation of the entire US mission from Tripoli after being trapped in the city for weeks. Most of the world is aware of the tragic events surrounding the 2012 attacks in Benghazi, Libya, that killed four Americans. Most are also aware of the resulting political controversy in Washington. But few know what happened next in Libya. While said controversy in Washington subsided, the volatility in Libya escalated—threatening the brave men and women who remained behind to continue the US mission. In this dramatic retelling of dangerous attacks threatening the US mission in Tripoli, Libya—less than two years after Benghazi—American valor and courage prevailed. The US personnel and intrepid operators stood fast as militias clashed, suicide bomb attacked, and numerous threats and kidnappings closed in on their location. In the midst of it all, the intelligence and determination of one woman with unwavering faith played a pivotal role in saving them all . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The People Versus Socialism: A Ten Count Indictment for Crimes Against Humanity by Stephen A. Smoot</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The People Versus Socialism: A Ten Count Indictment for Crimes Against Humanity
Author: Stephen A. Smoot
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After the fall of the Soviet Union and its global empire, most observers assumed that the seventy-year argument that socialism was superior to capitalism was over. Socialism in its various forms—Communism, Maoism, National Socialism, and more—had left such a legacy of tyranny, war, mass murder, and human misery, that few could imagine a world where young people would once again embrace the discredited ideas of Marx and his heirs. And yet, here we are in twenty-first-century America. Proponents of &amp;#039;Democratic Socialism&amp;#039; find themselves, inexplicably, darlings of the media and political classes. The People Versus Socialism is a powerful historical corrective—a reminder to those who have forgotten (or who never learned) the enormous toll socialism laid upon humanity throughout the twentieth century. This dangerous economic and social system left untold millions dead, billions mired in war and poverty, and the entire world under constant threat from ideologically driven tyrants and dictators. The indictment is clear—and the implications of ignoring history are frightening.</description>
      <author>Stephen A. Smoot</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601757.mp3" length="8553181" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601757.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The People Versus Socialism: A Ten Count Indictment for Crimes Against Humanity
Author: Stephen A. Smoot
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After the fall of the Soviet Union and its global empire, most observers assumed that the seventy-year argument that socialism was superior to capitalism was over. Socialism in its various forms—Communism, Maoism, National Socialism, and more—had left such a legacy of tyranny, war, mass murder, and human misery, that few could imagine a world where young people would once again embrace the discredited ideas of Marx and his heirs. And yet, here we are in twenty-first-century America. Proponents of &amp;#039;Democratic Socialism&amp;#039; find themselves, inexplicably, darlings of the media and political classes. The People Versus Socialism is a powerful historical corrective—a reminder to those who have forgotten (or who never learned) the enormous toll socialism laid upon humanity throughout the twentieth century. This dangerous economic and social system left untold millions dead, billions mired in war and poverty, and the entire world under constant threat from ideologically driven tyrants and dictators. The indictment is clear—and the implications of ignoring history are frightening.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434785</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The People Versus Socialism: A Ten Count Indictment for Crimes Against Humanity
Author: Stephen A. Smoot
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After the fall of the Soviet Union and its global empire, most observers assumed that the seventy-year argument that socialism was superior to capitalism was over. Socialism in its various forms—Communism, Maoism, National Socialism, and more—had left such a legacy of tyranny, war, mass murder, and human misery, that few could imagine a world where young people would once again embrace the discredited ideas of Marx and his heirs. And yet, here we are in twenty-first-century America. Proponents of &amp;#039;Democratic Socialism&amp;#039; find themselves, inexplicably, darlings of the media and political classes. The People Versus Socialism is a powerful historical corrective—a reminder to those who have forgotten (or who never learned) the enormous toll socialism laid upon humanity throughout the twentieth century. This dangerous economic and social system left untold millions dead, billions mired in war and poverty, and the entire world under constant threat from ideologically driven tyrants and dictators. The indictment is clear—and the implications of ignoring history are frightening.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Monster of Their Own Making: How the Far Left, the Media, and Politicians are Creating Far-Right Extremists by Jack Buckby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monster of Their Own Making: How the Far Left, the Media, and Politicians are Creating Far-Right Extremists
Author: Jack Buckby
Narrator: Dominic Vaughn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Recounting his experiences amongst far-right terrorists and extremists, Jack Buckby shows how conservatives and liberals are both wrong about the far right.   As a teenager in a working-class English town, Jack Buckby found himself at the center of the biggest nationalist movement in modern British history. Looking for a political group that championed working people concerned about mass immigration, he stumbled into a world of anti-Semitism, racist paranoia, and extreme-right violence and terrorism. Through those experiences, Jack explains how both the left and the right fundamentally misunderstand what it means to be &amp;#039;far right&amp;#039; and why young men are becoming radicalized across the Western world.   Through a three-pronged attack carried out by the media, negligent politicians, and far-left ideologues, the white working class is being backed into a corner and forced to either be quiet, or get radical.</description>
      <author>Jack Buckby</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601733.mp3" length="8707129" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601733.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monster of Their Own Making: How the Far Left, the Media, and Politicians are Creating Far-Right Extremists
Author: Jack Buckby
Narrator: Dominic Vaughn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Recounting his experiences amongst far-right terrorists and extremists, Jack Buckby shows how conservatives and liberals are both wrong about the far right.   As a teenager in a working-class English town, Jack Buckby found himself at the center of the biggest nationalist movement in modern British history. Looking for a political group that championed working people concerned about mass immigration, he stumbled into a world of anti-Semitism, racist paranoia, and extreme-right violence and terrorism. Through those experiences, Jack explains how both the left and the right fundamentally misunderstand what it means to be &amp;#039;far right&amp;#039; and why young men are becoming radicalized across the Western world.   Through a three-pronged attack carried out by the media, negligent politicians, and far-left ideologues, the white working class is being backed into a corner and forced to either be quiet, or get radical.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monster of Their Own Making: How the Far Left, the Media, and Politicians are Creating Far-Right Extremists
Author: Jack Buckby
Narrator: Dominic Vaughn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Recounting his experiences amongst far-right terrorists and extremists, Jack Buckby shows how conservatives and liberals are both wrong about the far right.   As a teenager in a working-class English town, Jack Buckby found himself at the center of the biggest nationalist movement in modern British history. Looking for a political group that championed working people concerned about mass immigration, he stumbled into a world of anti-Semitism, racist paranoia, and extreme-right violence and terrorism. Through those experiences, Jack explains how both the left and the right fundamentally misunderstand what it means to be &amp;#039;far right&amp;#039; and why young men are becoming radicalized across the Western world.   Through a three-pronged attack carried out by the media, negligent politicians, and far-left ideologues, the white working class is being backed into a corner and forced to either be quiet, or get radical.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Climate Crisis and the Global Green New Deal: The Political Economy of Saving the Planet by Robert Pollin, Noam Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Crisis and the Global Green New Deal: The Political Economy of Saving the Planet
Author: Robert Pollin, Noam Chomsky
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging conversation with our most respected public intellectual around how a global Green New Deal has the potential to save humanity and the planet The environmental crisis under way is unique in human history. It is a true existential crisis. Those alive today will decide the fate of humanity. Meanwhile, the leaders of the most powerful state in human history are dedicating themselves with passion to destroying the prospects for organized human life. At the same time, there is a solution at hand, which is the Green New Deal. Putting meat on the bones of the Green New Deal starts with a single simple idea: we have to absolutely stop burning fossil fuels to produce energy within the next thirty years at most; and we have to do this in a way that also supports rising living standards and expanding opportunities for working people and the poor throughout the world. This version of a Green New Deal program is, in fact, entirely realistic in terms of its purely economic and technical features. The real question is whether it is politically feasible. Chomsky and Pollin examine how we can build the political force to make a global Green New Deal a reality.</description>
      <author>Robert Pollin, Noam Chomsky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705248423.mp3" length="8146889" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705248423.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Crisis and the Global Green New Deal: The Political Economy of Saving the Planet
Author: Robert Pollin, Noam Chomsky
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging conversation with our most respected public intellectual around how a global Green New Deal has the potential to save humanity and the planet The environmental crisis under way is unique in human history. It is a true existential crisis. Those alive today will decide the fate of humanity. Meanwhile, the leaders of the most powerful state in human history are dedicating themselves with passion to destroying the prospects for organized human life. At the same time, there is a solution at hand, which is the Green New Deal. Putting meat on the bones of the Green New Deal starts with a single simple idea: we have to absolutely stop burning fossil fuels to produce energy within the next thirty years at most; and we have to do this in a way that also supports rising living standards and expanding opportunities for working people and the poor throughout the world. This version of a Green New Deal program is, in fact, entirely realistic in terms of its purely economic and technical features. The real question is whether it is politically feasible. Chomsky and Pollin examine how we can build the political force to make a global Green New Deal a reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434763</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Crisis and the Global Green New Deal: The Political Economy of Saving the Planet
Author: Robert Pollin, Noam Chomsky
Narrator: James Patrick Cronin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An engaging conversation with our most respected public intellectual around how a global Green New Deal has the potential to save humanity and the planet The environmental crisis under way is unique in human history. It is a true existential crisis. Those alive today will decide the fate of humanity. Meanwhile, the leaders of the most powerful state in human history are dedicating themselves with passion to destroying the prospects for organized human life. At the same time, there is a solution at hand, which is the Green New Deal. Putting meat on the bones of the Green New Deal starts with a single simple idea: we have to absolutely stop burning fossil fuels to produce energy within the next thirty years at most; and we have to do this in a way that also supports rising living standards and expanding opportunities for working people and the poor throughout the world. This version of a Green New Deal program is, in fact, entirely realistic in terms of its purely economic and technical features. The real question is whether it is politically feasible. Chomsky and Pollin examine how we can build the political force to make a global Green New Deal a reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Black Panther in Exile: The Pete O&amp;#039;Neal Story by Paul J. Magnarella</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Panther in Exile: The Pete O&amp;#039;Neal Story
Author: Paul J. Magnarella
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tumultuous year after Martin Luther King, Jr.&amp;#039;s assassination, twenty-nine-year-old Pete O&amp;#039;Neal became inspired by reading The Autobiography of Malcolm X and founded the Kansas City branch of the Black Panther Party (BPP). The same year, FBI director J. Edgar Hoover declared the BPP was the &amp;#039;greatest threat to the internal security of the country.&amp;#039;   Arrested in 1969 and convicted for transporting a shotgun across state lines, O&amp;#039;Neal was free on bail pending his appeal when Fred Hampton, chairman of the Illinois chapter of the BPP, was assassinated by the police. O&amp;#039;Neal and his wife fled the United States for Algiers. Eventually they settled in Tanzania, where the O&amp;#039;Neals continue the social justice work of the Panthers through community and agricultural programs and host study-abroad programs for American students. Paul Magnarella—O&amp;#039;Neal&amp;#039;s attorney during his appeals process from 1997 to 2001—describes his unsuccessful attempts to overturn what he argues was a wrongful conviction. He lucidly reviews the evidence of judicial errors, the prosecution&amp;#039;s use of a paid informant as a witness, perjury by both the prosecution&amp;#039;s key witness and a federal agent, as well as other constitutional violations. He demonstrates how O&amp;#039;Neal was denied justice during the height of the COINTELPRO assault on black activists in the United States.</description>
      <author>Paul J. Magnarella</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705247129.mp3" length="7495667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705247129.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Panther in Exile: The Pete O&amp;#039;Neal Story
Author: Paul J. Magnarella
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tumultuous year after Martin Luther King, Jr.&amp;#039;s assassination, twenty-nine-year-old Pete O&amp;#039;Neal became inspired by reading The Autobiography of Malcolm X and founded the Kansas City branch of the Black Panther Party (BPP). The same year, FBI director J. Edgar Hoover declared the BPP was the &amp;#039;greatest threat to the internal security of the country.&amp;#039;   Arrested in 1969 and convicted for transporting a shotgun across state lines, O&amp;#039;Neal was free on bail pending his appeal when Fred Hampton, chairman of the Illinois chapter of the BPP, was assassinated by the police. O&amp;#039;Neal and his wife fled the United States for Algiers. Eventually they settled in Tanzania, where the O&amp;#039;Neals continue the social justice work of the Panthers through community and agricultural programs and host study-abroad programs for American students. Paul Magnarella—O&amp;#039;Neal&amp;#039;s attorney during his appeals process from 1997 to 2001—describes his unsuccessful attempts to overturn what he argues was a wrongful conviction. He lucidly reviews the evidence of judicial errors, the prosecution&amp;#039;s use of a paid informant as a witness, perjury by both the prosecution&amp;#039;s key witness and a federal agent, as well as other constitutional violations. He demonstrates how O&amp;#039;Neal was denied justice during the height of the COINTELPRO assault on black activists in the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434749</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Panther in Exile: The Pete O&amp;#039;Neal Story
Author: Paul J. Magnarella
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tumultuous year after Martin Luther King, Jr.&amp;#039;s assassination, twenty-nine-year-old Pete O&amp;#039;Neal became inspired by reading The Autobiography of Malcolm X and founded the Kansas City branch of the Black Panther Party (BPP). The same year, FBI director J. Edgar Hoover declared the BPP was the &amp;#039;greatest threat to the internal security of the country.&amp;#039;   Arrested in 1969 and convicted for transporting a shotgun across state lines, O&amp;#039;Neal was free on bail pending his appeal when Fred Hampton, chairman of the Illinois chapter of the BPP, was assassinated by the police. O&amp;#039;Neal and his wife fled the United States for Algiers. Eventually they settled in Tanzania, where the O&amp;#039;Neals continue the social justice work of the Panthers through community and agricultural programs and host study-abroad programs for American students. Paul Magnarella—O&amp;#039;Neal&amp;#039;s attorney during his appeals process from 1997 to 2001—describes his unsuccessful attempts to overturn what he argues was a wrongful conviction. He lucidly reviews the evidence of judicial errors, the prosecution&amp;#039;s use of a paid informant as a witness, perjury by both the prosecution&amp;#039;s key witness and a federal agent, as well as other constitutional violations. He demonstrates how O&amp;#039;Neal was denied justice during the height of the COINTELPRO assault on black activists in the United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Toddler in Chief: What Donald Trump Teaches Us about the Modern Presidency by Daniel W. Drezner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Toddler in Chief: What Donald Trump Teaches Us about the Modern Presidency
Author: Daniel W. Drezner
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Every president faces criticism and caricature. Donald Trump, however, is unique in that he is routinely characterized in ways more suitable for a toddler. What&amp;#039;s more, it is not just Democrats, pundits, or protestors who compare the president to a child; Trump&amp;#039;s staffers, subordinates, and allies on Capitol Hill also describe Trump like a small, badly behaved preschooler. In April 2017, Daniel W. Drezner began curating every example he could find of a Trump ally describing the president like a toddler. So far, he&amp;#039;s collected more than one thousand tweets—a rate of more than one a day. In The Toddler-in-Chief, Drezner draws on these examples to take listeners through the different dimensions of Trump&amp;#039;s infantile behavior, from temper tantrums to poor impulse control to the possibility that the President has had too much screen time. How much damage can really be done by a giant man-baby? Quite a lot, Drezner argues, due to the winnowing away of presidential checks and balances over the past fifty years. In this book, Drezner follows his theme—the specific ways in which sharing some of the traits of a toddler makes a person ill-suited to the presidency—to show the lasting, deleterious impact the Trump administration will have on American foreign policy and democracy.</description>
      <author>Daniel W. Drezner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705246702.mp3" length="7954903" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705246702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Toddler in Chief: What Donald Trump Teaches Us about the Modern Presidency
Author: Daniel W. Drezner
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Every president faces criticism and caricature. Donald Trump, however, is unique in that he is routinely characterized in ways more suitable for a toddler. What&amp;#039;s more, it is not just Democrats, pundits, or protestors who compare the president to a child; Trump&amp;#039;s staffers, subordinates, and allies on Capitol Hill also describe Trump like a small, badly behaved preschooler. In April 2017, Daniel W. Drezner began curating every example he could find of a Trump ally describing the president like a toddler. So far, he&amp;#039;s collected more than one thousand tweets—a rate of more than one a day. In The Toddler-in-Chief, Drezner draws on these examples to take listeners through the different dimensions of Trump&amp;#039;s infantile behavior, from temper tantrums to poor impulse control to the possibility that the President has had too much screen time. How much damage can really be done by a giant man-baby? Quite a lot, Drezner argues, due to the winnowing away of presidential checks and balances over the past fifty years. In this book, Drezner follows his theme—the specific ways in which sharing some of the traits of a toddler makes a person ill-suited to the presidency—to show the lasting, deleterious impact the Trump administration will have on American foreign policy and democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Toddler in Chief: What Donald Trump Teaches Us about the Modern Presidency
Author: Daniel W. Drezner
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Every president faces criticism and caricature. Donald Trump, however, is unique in that he is routinely characterized in ways more suitable for a toddler. What&amp;#039;s more, it is not just Democrats, pundits, or protestors who compare the president to a child; Trump&amp;#039;s staffers, subordinates, and allies on Capitol Hill also describe Trump like a small, badly behaved preschooler. In April 2017, Daniel W. Drezner began curating every example he could find of a Trump ally describing the president like a toddler. So far, he&amp;#039;s collected more than one thousand tweets—a rate of more than one a day. In The Toddler-in-Chief, Drezner draws on these examples to take listeners through the different dimensions of Trump&amp;#039;s infantile behavior, from temper tantrums to poor impulse control to the possibility that the President has had too much screen time. How much damage can really be done by a giant man-baby? Quite a lot, Drezner argues, due to the winnowing away of presidential checks and balances over the past fifty years. In this book, Drezner follows his theme—the specific ways in which sharing some of the traits of a toddler makes a person ill-suited to the presidency—to show the lasting, deleterious impact the Trump administration will have on American foreign policy and democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revolutionary Witchcraft: A Guide to Magical Activism by Sarah Lyons</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolutionary Witchcraft: A Guide to Magical Activism
Author: Sarah Lyons
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A fiery, intersectional guide for activists and witches alike, Revolutionary Witchcraft is an empowered introduction to the history and practice of politically-motivated magic. From the politically charged origins of the word &amp;#039;witch&amp;#039; to the present-day magical resistance, this bold handbook explores the role of witchcraft in our modern world. Author, activist, and practicing witch Sarah Lyons takes listeners on a journey through a leftist history of magic—from the witch hunts of early modern England, through the Salem Witch Trials, and up to our present moment. Pairing mystical acts, including sigil magic and soul flight, with core organizing tactics, like power mapping and protests, Revolutionary Witchcraft offers a blueprint for building a politically grounded magical praxis. From social justice to environmental activism, this radical reimagining of political activism addresses today&amp;#039;s most pressing problems with empowering, inclusive rituals and magical actions. Each chapter introduces a key concept, like dreaming big, experiencing magical initiation, and joining the revolution, supported by a surprising historical case study on the power of mystical action. Full of actionable ideas for magical organizing, Revolutionary Witchcraft is the perfect companion for the magical uprising.</description>
      <author>Sarah Lyons</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705245767.mp3" length="8119966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705245767.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolutionary Witchcraft: A Guide to Magical Activism
Author: Sarah Lyons
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A fiery, intersectional guide for activists and witches alike, Revolutionary Witchcraft is an empowered introduction to the history and practice of politically-motivated magic. From the politically charged origins of the word &amp;#039;witch&amp;#039; to the present-day magical resistance, this bold handbook explores the role of witchcraft in our modern world. Author, activist, and practicing witch Sarah Lyons takes listeners on a journey through a leftist history of magic—from the witch hunts of early modern England, through the Salem Witch Trials, and up to our present moment. Pairing mystical acts, including sigil magic and soul flight, with core organizing tactics, like power mapping and protests, Revolutionary Witchcraft offers a blueprint for building a politically grounded magical praxis. From social justice to environmental activism, this radical reimagining of political activism addresses today&amp;#039;s most pressing problems with empowering, inclusive rituals and magical actions. Each chapter introduces a key concept, like dreaming big, experiencing magical initiation, and joining the revolution, supported by a surprising historical case study on the power of mystical action. Full of actionable ideas for magical organizing, Revolutionary Witchcraft is the perfect companion for the magical uprising.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolutionary Witchcraft: A Guide to Magical Activism
Author: Sarah Lyons
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A fiery, intersectional guide for activists and witches alike, Revolutionary Witchcraft is an empowered introduction to the history and practice of politically-motivated magic. From the politically charged origins of the word &amp;#039;witch&amp;#039; to the present-day magical resistance, this bold handbook explores the role of witchcraft in our modern world. Author, activist, and practicing witch Sarah Lyons takes listeners on a journey through a leftist history of magic—from the witch hunts of early modern England, through the Salem Witch Trials, and up to our present moment. Pairing mystical acts, including sigil magic and soul flight, with core organizing tactics, like power mapping and protests, Revolutionary Witchcraft offers a blueprint for building a politically grounded magical praxis. From social justice to environmental activism, this radical reimagining of political activism addresses today&amp;#039;s most pressing problems with empowering, inclusive rituals and magical actions. Each chapter introduces a key concept, like dreaming big, experiencing magical initiation, and joining the revolution, supported by a surprising historical case study on the power of mystical action. Full of actionable ideas for magical organizing, Revolutionary Witchcraft is the perfect companion for the magical uprising.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>They&amp;#039;re Not Listening: How The Elites Created the Nationalist Populist Revolution by Ryan James Girdusky, Harlan Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They&amp;#039;re Not Listening: How The Elites Created the Nationalist Populist Revolution
Author: Ryan James Girdusky, Harlan Hill
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cosmopolitan elites across the globe are ignoring the will of the people—pushing disgruntled voters into the arms of national-populist parties and politicians. The election of Donald Trump in America and the referendum on European Union membership in the United Kingdom, otherwise known as Brexit, sent shockwaves throughout the world. Cosmopolitan elites across the globe never saw this populist uprising coming and still do not understand it. People across the globe have been increasingly voting for national-populist politicians over the last twenty years. The current nationalist-populist revolt started long before Donald Trump came down his golden escalator, and even before Prime Minister David Cameron agreed to hold a referendum vote on the EU. It wasn&amp;#039;t isolated to rundown towns in Northern England or the Midwest, and it wasn&amp;#039;t solely because of demographic changes, ignorance, intolerance, or a &amp;#039;whitelash.&amp;#039; It was occurring because the elites chose to ignore voters&amp;#039; concerns when it came to globalism and neoliberalism. Issues like mass immigration, war, economic inequality, and national sovereignty were sacrosanct to neoliberals, and ultimately, their unwillingness to concede on these issues built discontent among millions of people.</description>
      <author>Ryan James Girdusky, Harlan Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705244807.mp3" length="8566618" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705244807.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They&amp;#039;re Not Listening: How The Elites Created the Nationalist Populist Revolution
Author: Ryan James Girdusky, Harlan Hill
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cosmopolitan elites across the globe are ignoring the will of the people—pushing disgruntled voters into the arms of national-populist parties and politicians. The election of Donald Trump in America and the referendum on European Union membership in the United Kingdom, otherwise known as Brexit, sent shockwaves throughout the world. Cosmopolitan elites across the globe never saw this populist uprising coming and still do not understand it. People across the globe have been increasingly voting for national-populist politicians over the last twenty years. The current nationalist-populist revolt started long before Donald Trump came down his golden escalator, and even before Prime Minister David Cameron agreed to hold a referendum vote on the EU. It wasn&amp;#039;t isolated to rundown towns in Northern England or the Midwest, and it wasn&amp;#039;t solely because of demographic changes, ignorance, intolerance, or a &amp;#039;whitelash.&amp;#039; It was occurring because the elites chose to ignore voters&amp;#039; concerns when it came to globalism and neoliberalism. Issues like mass immigration, war, economic inequality, and national sovereignty were sacrosanct to neoliberals, and ultimately, their unwillingness to concede on these issues built discontent among millions of people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They&amp;#039;re Not Listening: How The Elites Created the Nationalist Populist Revolution
Author: Ryan James Girdusky, Harlan Hill
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cosmopolitan elites across the globe are ignoring the will of the people—pushing disgruntled voters into the arms of national-populist parties and politicians. The election of Donald Trump in America and the referendum on European Union membership in the United Kingdom, otherwise known as Brexit, sent shockwaves throughout the world. Cosmopolitan elites across the globe never saw this populist uprising coming and still do not understand it. People across the globe have been increasingly voting for national-populist politicians over the last twenty years. The current nationalist-populist revolt started long before Donald Trump came down his golden escalator, and even before Prime Minister David Cameron agreed to hold a referendum vote on the EU. It wasn&amp;#039;t isolated to rundown towns in Northern England or the Midwest, and it wasn&amp;#039;t solely because of demographic changes, ignorance, intolerance, or a &amp;#039;whitelash.&amp;#039; It was occurring because the elites chose to ignore voters&amp;#039; concerns when it came to globalism and neoliberalism. Issues like mass immigration, war, economic inequality, and national sovereignty were sacrosanct to neoliberals, and ultimately, their unwillingness to concede on these issues built discontent among millions of people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Politics Industry: How Political Innovation Can Break Partisan Gridlock and Save Our Democracy by Katherine M. Gehl, Michael E. Porter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politics Industry: How Political Innovation Can Break Partisan Gridlock and Save Our Democracy
Author: Katherine M. Gehl, Michael E. Porter
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people believe that our political system is a public institution with high-minded principles and impartial rules derived from the Constitution. In reality, it has become a private industry dominated by a textbook duopoly—the Democrats and the Republicans—and plagued and perverted by unhealthy competition between the players. Tragically, it has therefore become incapable of delivering solutions to America&amp;#039;s key economic and social challenges. In fact, there&amp;#039;s virtually no connection between our political leaders solving problems and getting reelected. In The Politics Industry, Katherine Gehl and Michael Porter take a radical new approach. They ingeniously apply the tools of business analysis—and Porter&amp;#039;s distinctive Five Forces framework—to show how the political system functions just as every other competitive industry does, and how the duopoly has led to the devastating outcomes we see today. Using this competition lens, Gehl and Porter identify the most powerful lever for change—a strategy comprised of a clear set of choices in two key areas: how our elections work and how we make our laws. Their bracing assessment and practical recommendations cut through the endless debate about various proposed fixes, such as term limits and campaign finance reform. The result: true political innovation.</description>
      <author>Katherine M. Gehl, Michael E. Porter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600279.mp3" length="8366529" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600279.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politics Industry: How Political Innovation Can Break Partisan Gridlock and Save Our Democracy
Author: Katherine M. Gehl, Michael E. Porter
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people believe that our political system is a public institution with high-minded principles and impartial rules derived from the Constitution. In reality, it has become a private industry dominated by a textbook duopoly—the Democrats and the Republicans—and plagued and perverted by unhealthy competition between the players. Tragically, it has therefore become incapable of delivering solutions to America&amp;#039;s key economic and social challenges. In fact, there&amp;#039;s virtually no connection between our political leaders solving problems and getting reelected. In The Politics Industry, Katherine Gehl and Michael Porter take a radical new approach. They ingeniously apply the tools of business analysis—and Porter&amp;#039;s distinctive Five Forces framework—to show how the political system functions just as every other competitive industry does, and how the duopoly has led to the devastating outcomes we see today. Using this competition lens, Gehl and Porter identify the most powerful lever for change—a strategy comprised of a clear set of choices in two key areas: how our elections work and how we make our laws. Their bracing assessment and practical recommendations cut through the endless debate about various proposed fixes, such as term limits and campaign finance reform. The result: true political innovation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politics Industry: How Political Innovation Can Break Partisan Gridlock and Save Our Democracy
Author: Katherine M. Gehl, Michael E. Porter
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Most people believe that our political system is a public institution with high-minded principles and impartial rules derived from the Constitution. In reality, it has become a private industry dominated by a textbook duopoly—the Democrats and the Republicans—and plagued and perverted by unhealthy competition between the players. Tragically, it has therefore become incapable of delivering solutions to America&amp;#039;s key economic and social challenges. In fact, there&amp;#039;s virtually no connection between our political leaders solving problems and getting reelected. In The Politics Industry, Katherine Gehl and Michael Porter take a radical new approach. They ingeniously apply the tools of business analysis—and Porter&amp;#039;s distinctive Five Forces framework—to show how the political system functions just as every other competitive industry does, and how the duopoly has led to the devastating outcomes we see today. Using this competition lens, Gehl and Porter identify the most powerful lever for change—a strategy comprised of a clear set of choices in two key areas: how our elections work and how we make our laws. Their bracing assessment and practical recommendations cut through the endless debate about various proposed fixes, such as term limits and campaign finance reform. The result: true political innovation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Japan&amp;#039;s Infamous Unit 731: Firsthand Accounts of Japan&amp;#039;s Wartime Human Experimentation Program by Hal Gold</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Japan&amp;#039;s Infamous Unit 731: Firsthand Accounts of Japan&amp;#039;s Wartime Human Experimentation Program
Author: Hal Gold
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is a riveting and disturbing account of the medical atrocities performed in China during WWII. Some of the cruelest deeds of Japan&amp;#039;s war in Asia did not occur on the battlefield, but in quiet, antiseptic medical wards in obscure parts of China. Far from front lines and prying eyes, Japanese doctors and their assistants subjected human guinea pigs to gruesome medical experiments in the name of science and Japan&amp;#039;s wartime chemical and biological warfare research. Author Hal Gold draws upon a wealth of sources to construct a portrait of the Imperial Japanese Army&amp;#039;s most notorious medical unit, giving an overview of its history and detailing its most shocking activities. The book presents the words of former unit members themselves, taken from remarks they made at a traveling Unit 731 exhibition held in Japan in 1994-95. They recount vivid first-hand memories of what it was like to take part in horrific experiments on men, women, and children, their motivations and reasons why they chose to speak about their actions all these years later. By showing how the ethics of normal men and women, and even an entire profession, can be warped by the fire of war, this important book offers a window on a time of human madness and the hope that history will not be repeated.</description>
      <author>Hal Gold</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705247563.mp3" length="8574082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705247563.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Japan&amp;#039;s Infamous Unit 731: Firsthand Accounts of Japan&amp;#039;s Wartime Human Experimentation Program
Author: Hal Gold
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is a riveting and disturbing account of the medical atrocities performed in China during WWII. Some of the cruelest deeds of Japan&amp;#039;s war in Asia did not occur on the battlefield, but in quiet, antiseptic medical wards in obscure parts of China. Far from front lines and prying eyes, Japanese doctors and their assistants subjected human guinea pigs to gruesome medical experiments in the name of science and Japan&amp;#039;s wartime chemical and biological warfare research. Author Hal Gold draws upon a wealth of sources to construct a portrait of the Imperial Japanese Army&amp;#039;s most notorious medical unit, giving an overview of its history and detailing its most shocking activities. The book presents the words of former unit members themselves, taken from remarks they made at a traveling Unit 731 exhibition held in Japan in 1994-95. They recount vivid first-hand memories of what it was like to take part in horrific experiments on men, women, and children, their motivations and reasons why they chose to speak about their actions all these years later. By showing how the ethics of normal men and women, and even an entire profession, can be warped by the fire of war, this important book offers a window on a time of human madness and the hope that history will not be repeated.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Japan&amp;#039;s Infamous Unit 731: Firsthand Accounts of Japan&amp;#039;s Wartime Human Experimentation Program
Author: Hal Gold
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is a riveting and disturbing account of the medical atrocities performed in China during WWII. Some of the cruelest deeds of Japan&amp;#039;s war in Asia did not occur on the battlefield, but in quiet, antiseptic medical wards in obscure parts of China. Far from front lines and prying eyes, Japanese doctors and their assistants subjected human guinea pigs to gruesome medical experiments in the name of science and Japan&amp;#039;s wartime chemical and biological warfare research. Author Hal Gold draws upon a wealth of sources to construct a portrait of the Imperial Japanese Army&amp;#039;s most notorious medical unit, giving an overview of its history and detailing its most shocking activities. The book presents the words of former unit members themselves, taken from remarks they made at a traveling Unit 731 exhibition held in Japan in 1994-95. They recount vivid first-hand memories of what it was like to take part in horrific experiments on men, women, and children, their motivations and reasons why they chose to speak about their actions all these years later. By showing how the ethics of normal men and women, and even an entire profession, can be warped by the fire of war, this important book offers a window on a time of human madness and the hope that history will not be repeated.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We See It All: Liberty and Justice in an Age of Perpetual Surveillance by Jon Fasman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We See It All: Liberty and Justice in an Age of Perpetual Surveillance
Author: Jon Fasman
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This investigation into the legal, political, and moral issues surrounding how the police and justice system use surveillance technology asks the question: what are citizens of a free country willing to tolerate in the name of public safety?  The police now have unparalleled power at their fingertips: surveillance technology. Seamless, persistent, even permanent surveillance is available—sometimes already deployed, sometimes waiting for the right excuse. Automatic license-plate readers allow police to amass a granular record of where people go, when, and for how long. Drones give police eyes—and possibly weapons—in the skies. Facial recognition poses perhaps the most dire and lasting threat than any other technology. Algorithms purport to predict where and when crime will occur, and how big a risk a suspect has of re-offending. Tools can crack a device&amp;#039;s encryption keys, rending all privacy protections useless. Embedding himself with both police and community activists in locales around the country—ranging from Newark, NJ and Baltimore, MD, to Los Angeles and Oakland, CA—Jon Fasman looks at how these technologies help police do their jobs, and what their use means for our privacy rights and civil liberties. We want safe streets and fewer criminals, but we also want to protect our privacy rights and civil liberties. Fasman provides a framing for thinking through through these issues, exploring questions like: should we expect to be tracked and filmed whenever we leave our homes? Should the state have access to all of the data we generate? Should private companies? What might happen if all of these technologies are combined and put in the hands of a government with scant regard for its citizens&amp;#039; civil liberties? Through on-the ground reporting and vivid story-telling, Fasman explores the moral, legal, and political questions these surveillance tools and techniques pose.</description>
      <author>Jon Fasman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549151194.mp3" length="923675" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549151194.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We See It All: Liberty and Justice in an Age of Perpetual Surveillance
Author: Jon Fasman
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This investigation into the legal, political, and moral issues surrounding how the police and justice system use surveillance technology asks the question: what are citizens of a free country willing to tolerate in the name of public safety?  The police now have unparalleled power at their fingertips: surveillance technology. Seamless, persistent, even permanent surveillance is available—sometimes already deployed, sometimes waiting for the right excuse. Automatic license-plate readers allow police to amass a granular record of where people go, when, and for how long. Drones give police eyes—and possibly weapons—in the skies. Facial recognition poses perhaps the most dire and lasting threat than any other technology. Algorithms purport to predict where and when crime will occur, and how big a risk a suspect has of re-offending. Tools can crack a device&amp;#039;s encryption keys, rending all privacy protections useless. Embedding himself with both police and community activists in locales around the country—ranging from Newark, NJ and Baltimore, MD, to Los Angeles and Oakland, CA—Jon Fasman looks at how these technologies help police do their jobs, and what their use means for our privacy rights and civil liberties. We want safe streets and fewer criminals, but we also want to protect our privacy rights and civil liberties. Fasman provides a framing for thinking through through these issues, exploring questions like: should we expect to be tracked and filmed whenever we leave our homes? Should the state have access to all of the data we generate? Should private companies? What might happen if all of these technologies are combined and put in the hands of a government with scant regard for its citizens&amp;#039; civil liberties? Through on-the ground reporting and vivid story-telling, Fasman explores the moral, legal, and political questions these surveillance tools and techniques pose.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We See It All: Liberty and Justice in an Age of Perpetual Surveillance
Author: Jon Fasman
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This investigation into the legal, political, and moral issues surrounding how the police and justice system use surveillance technology asks the question: what are citizens of a free country willing to tolerate in the name of public safety?  The police now have unparalleled power at their fingertips: surveillance technology. Seamless, persistent, even permanent surveillance is available—sometimes already deployed, sometimes waiting for the right excuse. Automatic license-plate readers allow police to amass a granular record of where people go, when, and for how long. Drones give police eyes—and possibly weapons—in the skies. Facial recognition poses perhaps the most dire and lasting threat than any other technology. Algorithms purport to predict where and when crime will occur, and how big a risk a suspect has of re-offending. Tools can crack a device&amp;#039;s encryption keys, rending all privacy protections useless. Embedding himself with both police and community activists in locales around the country—ranging from Newark, NJ and Baltimore, MD, to Los Angeles and Oakland, CA—Jon Fasman looks at how these technologies help police do their jobs, and what their use means for our privacy rights and civil liberties. We want safe streets and fewer criminals, but we also want to protect our privacy rights and civil liberties. Fasman provides a framing for thinking through through these issues, exploring questions like: should we expect to be tracked and filmed whenever we leave our homes? Should the state have access to all of the data we generate? Should private companies? What might happen if all of these technologies are combined and put in the hands of a government with scant regard for its citizens&amp;#039; civil liberties? Through on-the ground reporting and vivid story-telling, Fasman explores the moral, legal, and political questions these surveillance tools and techniques pose.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eagle Down: The Last Special Forces Fighting the Forever War by Jessica Donati</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eagle Down: The Last Special Forces Fighting the Forever War
Author: Jessica Donati
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A Wall Street Journal national security reporter takes readers into the lives of U.S. Special Forces on the front lines against the Taliban and Islamic State, where a new and covert war is keeping Afghanistan from collapse.  “Powerful, important, and searing.&amp;quot; —General David Petraeus, U.S. Army (ret.), former commander, U.S. Central Command, former CIA director In 2015, the White House claimed triumphantly &amp;quot;the longest war in American history is over.&amp;quot; But for some, it was just the beginning of a new and covert war, fought far from public view, with limited resources, little governmental oversight, and contradictory orders. Take Hutch, a battle-worn Green Beret on his fifth combat tour in 2015, tasked with a high-stakes mission: lead a small band of men into Kunduz, recapture the city from the Taliban, and turn it over to the Afghan government. The U.S. role was meant to be a secret-after all, the war was over. Then, disaster struck. He called in an airstrike on a Doctors Without Borders hospital, killing dozens of doctors and patients. Or Caleb, who stepped on a bomb during a raid on a Taliban hideout in notorious Sangin. Or Andy, trapped in Marjah with a crashed Black Hawk and no air support. From Hutch to Caleb to Andy, Eagle Down is a dramatic and intimate portrayal of this ongoing forgotten war that moves from the desperate battlegrounds in muddy Afghan villages all the way to the White House. Pulitzer Prize Finalist Jessica Donati, with big picture insight and on-the-ground grit, reveals how America came to rely on U.S. Special Forces, through successive policy directives that ramped up the war under the Obama and Trump administrations. Donati argues the covert war is failing to stabilize Afghanistan, and without a long-term plan, is undermining U.S. interests both at home and abroad. Relying on Donati&amp;#039;s daring on-the-ground reporting, first-hand accounts from Special Forces, military documents, and declassified reports, Eagle Down is an account of the heroism, sacrifice, and tragedy experienced by those that continue to fight America&amp;#039;s longest war.</description>
      <author>Jessica Donati</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549119347.mp3" length="873442" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549119347.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eagle Down: The Last Special Forces Fighting the Forever War
Author: Jessica Donati
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A Wall Street Journal national security reporter takes readers into the lives of U.S. Special Forces on the front lines against the Taliban and Islamic State, where a new and covert war is keeping Afghanistan from collapse.  “Powerful, important, and searing.&amp;quot; —General David Petraeus, U.S. Army (ret.), former commander, U.S. Central Command, former CIA director In 2015, the White House claimed triumphantly &amp;quot;the longest war in American history is over.&amp;quot; But for some, it was just the beginning of a new and covert war, fought far from public view, with limited resources, little governmental oversight, and contradictory orders. Take Hutch, a battle-worn Green Beret on his fifth combat tour in 2015, tasked with a high-stakes mission: lead a small band of men into Kunduz, recapture the city from the Taliban, and turn it over to the Afghan government. The U.S. role was meant to be a secret-after all, the war was over. Then, disaster struck. He called in an airstrike on a Doctors Without Borders hospital, killing dozens of doctors and patients. Or Caleb, who stepped on a bomb during a raid on a Taliban hideout in notorious Sangin. Or Andy, trapped in Marjah with a crashed Black Hawk and no air support. From Hutch to Caleb to Andy, Eagle Down is a dramatic and intimate portrayal of this ongoing forgotten war that moves from the desperate battlegrounds in muddy Afghan villages all the way to the White House. Pulitzer Prize Finalist Jessica Donati, with big picture insight and on-the-ground grit, reveals how America came to rely on U.S. Special Forces, through successive policy directives that ramped up the war under the Obama and Trump administrations. Donati argues the covert war is failing to stabilize Afghanistan, and without a long-term plan, is undermining U.S. interests both at home and abroad. Relying on Donati&amp;#039;s daring on-the-ground reporting, first-hand accounts from Special Forces, military documents, and declassified reports, Eagle Down is an account of the heroism, sacrifice, and tragedy experienced by those that continue to fight America&amp;#039;s longest war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eagle Down: The Last Special Forces Fighting the Forever War
Author: Jessica Donati
Narrator: Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A Wall Street Journal national security reporter takes readers into the lives of U.S. Special Forces on the front lines against the Taliban and Islamic State, where a new and covert war is keeping Afghanistan from collapse.  “Powerful, important, and searing.&amp;quot; —General David Petraeus, U.S. Army (ret.), former commander, U.S. Central Command, former CIA director In 2015, the White House claimed triumphantly &amp;quot;the longest war in American history is over.&amp;quot; But for some, it was just the beginning of a new and covert war, fought far from public view, with limited resources, little governmental oversight, and contradictory orders. Take Hutch, a battle-worn Green Beret on his fifth combat tour in 2015, tasked with a high-stakes mission: lead a small band of men into Kunduz, recapture the city from the Taliban, and turn it over to the Afghan government. The U.S. role was meant to be a secret-after all, the war was over. Then, disaster struck. He called in an airstrike on a Doctors Without Borders hospital, killing dozens of doctors and patients. Or Caleb, who stepped on a bomb during a raid on a Taliban hideout in notorious Sangin. Or Andy, trapped in Marjah with a crashed Black Hawk and no air support. From Hutch to Caleb to Andy, Eagle Down is a dramatic and intimate portrayal of this ongoing forgotten war that moves from the desperate battlegrounds in muddy Afghan villages all the way to the White House. Pulitzer Prize Finalist Jessica Donati, with big picture insight and on-the-ground grit, reveals how America came to rely on U.S. Special Forces, through successive policy directives that ramped up the war under the Obama and Trump administrations. Donati argues the covert war is failing to stabilize Afghanistan, and without a long-term plan, is undermining U.S. interests both at home and abroad. Relying on Donati&amp;#039;s daring on-the-ground reporting, first-hand accounts from Special Forces, military documents, and declassified reports, Eagle Down is an account of the heroism, sacrifice, and tragedy experienced by those that continue to fight America&amp;#039;s longest war.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism by Vladimir Ilyich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism
Author: Vladimir Ilyich
Narrator: Yosef Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism (1917), by Vladimir Lenin, describes the function of financial capital in generating profits from imperialist colonialism as the final stage of capitalist development to ensure greater profits. The essay is a synthesis of Lenin&amp;#039;s modifications and developments of economic theories that Karl Marx formulated in Das Kapital (1867).</description>
      <author>Vladimir Ilyich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662110399.mp3" length="1432164" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662110399.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism
Author: Vladimir Ilyich
Narrator: Yosef Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism (1917), by Vladimir Lenin, describes the function of financial capital in generating profits from imperialist colonialism as the final stage of capitalist development to ensure greater profits. The essay is a synthesis of Lenin&amp;#039;s modifications and developments of economic theories that Karl Marx formulated in Das Kapital (1867).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism
Author: Vladimir Ilyich
Narrator: Yosef Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism (1917), by Vladimir Lenin, describes the function of financial capital in generating profits from imperialist colonialism as the final stage of capitalist development to ensure greater profits. The essay is a synthesis of Lenin&amp;#039;s modifications and developments of economic theories that Karl Marx formulated in Das Kapital (1867).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rage by Bob Woodward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rage
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.01 of Total 318 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.15 of Total 41
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Rage is an unprecedented and intimate tour de force of new reporting on the Trump presidency facing a global pandemic, economic disaster and racial unrest. Woodward, the #1 international bestselling author of Fear: Trump in the White House, has uncovered the precise moment the president was warned that the Covid-19 epidemic would be the biggest national security threat to his presidency. In dramatic detail, Woodward takes readers into the Oval Office as Trump’s head pops up when he is told in January 2020 that the pandemic could reach the scale of the 1918 Spanish Flu that killed 675,000 Americans.   In 17 on-the-record interviews with Woodward over seven volatile months—an utterly vivid window into Trump’s mind—the president provides a self-portrait that is part denial and part combative interchange mixed with surprising moments of doubt as he glimpses the perils in the presidency and what he calls the “dynamite behind every door.”   At key decision points, Rage shows how Trump’s responses to the crises of 2020 were rooted in the instincts, habits and style he developed during his first three years as president.   Revisiting the earliest days of the Trump presidency, Rage reveals how Secretary of Defense James Mattis, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson and Director of National Intelligence Dan Coats struggled to keep the country safe as the president dismantled any semblance of collegial national security decision making.   Rage draws from hundreds of hours of interviews with firsthand witnesses as well as participants’ notes, emails, diaries, calendars and confidential documents.   Woodward obtained 25 never-seen personal letters exchanged between Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un, who describes the bond between the two leaders as out of a “fantasy film.”   Trump insists to Woodward he will triumph over Covid-19 and the economic calamity. “Don’t worry about it, Bob. Okay?” Trump told the author in July. “Don’t worry about it. We’ll get to do another book. You’ll find I was right.” Includes excerpts from Bob Woodward’s interviews with President Donald J. Trump for Rage.</description>
      <author>Bob Woodward</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797113043.mp3" length="846891" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797113043.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rage
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.01 of Total 318 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.15 of Total 41
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Rage is an unprecedented and intimate tour de force of new reporting on the Trump presidency facing a global pandemic, economic disaster and racial unrest. Woodward, the #1 international bestselling author of Fear: Trump in the White House, has uncovered the precise moment the president was warned that the Covid-19 epidemic would be the biggest national security threat to his presidency. In dramatic detail, Woodward takes readers into the Oval Office as Trump’s head pops up when he is told in January 2020 that the pandemic could reach the scale of the 1918 Spanish Flu that killed 675,000 Americans.   In 17 on-the-record interviews with Woodward over seven volatile months—an utterly vivid window into Trump’s mind—the president provides a self-portrait that is part denial and part combative interchange mixed with surprising moments of doubt as he glimpses the perils in the presidency and what he calls the “dynamite behind every door.”   At key decision points, Rage shows how Trump’s responses to the crises of 2020 were rooted in the instincts, habits and style he developed during his first three years as president.   Revisiting the earliest days of the Trump presidency, Rage reveals how Secretary of Defense James Mattis, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson and Director of National Intelligence Dan Coats struggled to keep the country safe as the president dismantled any semblance of collegial national security decision making.   Rage draws from hundreds of hours of interviews with firsthand witnesses as well as participants’ notes, emails, diaries, calendars and confidential documents.   Woodward obtained 25 never-seen personal letters exchanged between Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un, who describes the bond between the two leaders as out of a “fantasy film.”   Trump insists to Woodward he will triumph over Covid-19 and the economic calamity. “Don’t worry about it, Bob. Okay?” Trump told the author in July. “Don’t worry about it. We’ll get to do another book. You’ll find I was right.” Includes excerpts from Bob Woodward’s interviews with President Donald J. Trump for Rage.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rage
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.01 of Total 318 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.15 of Total 41
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Rage is an unprecedented and intimate tour de force of new reporting on the Trump presidency facing a global pandemic, economic disaster and racial unrest. Woodward, the #1 international bestselling author of Fear: Trump in the White House, has uncovered the precise moment the president was warned that the Covid-19 epidemic would be the biggest national security threat to his presidency. In dramatic detail, Woodward takes readers into the Oval Office as Trump’s head pops up when he is told in January 2020 that the pandemic could reach the scale of the 1918 Spanish Flu that killed 675,000 Americans.   In 17 on-the-record interviews with Woodward over seven volatile months—an utterly vivid window into Trump’s mind—the president provides a self-portrait that is part denial and part combative interchange mixed with surprising moments of doubt as he glimpses the perils in the presidency and what he calls the “dynamite behind every door.”   At key decision points, Rage shows how Trump’s responses to the crises of 2020 were rooted in the instincts, habits and style he developed during his first three years as president.   Revisiting the earliest days of the Trump presidency, Rage reveals how Secretary of Defense James Mattis, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson and Director of National Intelligence Dan Coats struggled to keep the country safe as the president dismantled any semblance of collegial national security decision making.   Rage draws from hundreds of hours of interviews with firsthand witnesses as well as participants’ notes, emails, diaries, calendars and confidential documents.   Woodward obtained 25 never-seen personal letters exchanged between Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un, who describes the bond between the two leaders as out of a “fantasy film.”   Trump insists to Woodward he will triumph over Covid-19 and the economic calamity. “Don’t worry about it, Bob. Okay?” Trump told the author in July. “Don’t worry about it. We’ll get to do another book. You’ll find I was right.” Includes excerpts from Bob Woodward’s interviews with President Donald J. Trump for Rage.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cost: Trump, China, and American Revival by James Freeman, Maria Bartiromo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cost: Trump, China, and American Revival
Author: James Freeman, Maria Bartiromo
Narrator: Maria Bartiromo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The world needs a strong America, and America needs an economic revival after the Coronavirus season of shutdowns. Can the playbook that resulted in the greatest job market in history put Americans back to work? From the first moments of his presidency, Donald J. Trump put US economic revival at the top of his agenda. Cutting red tape and slashing business tax rates made companies eager to locate in America again. A surge in corporate investment led to record numbers of US job openings.   But there was also another force at work at the start of the Trump era, and it’s impossible to provide a fair accounting of Trump’s governance without noting the unique obstacles he’s faced. The President’s critics styled themselves “The Resistance,” as if they were confronting a tyrant at the head of an invading army rather than their duly elected President. Much of the media establishment regularly—and wrongly—accused him of betraying the country. Most disturbing was the resistance movement inside government, formed even before the 2016 election, which unleashed unprecedented surveillance against Donald Trump.   The political and media warfare has never ended. Just as an impeachment case collapsed in the Senate earlier this year, the world was beginning to realize how large a threat the Chinese communist government had become—and what it had been hiding in Wuhan. The destruction caused by the coronavirus is the latest and greatest test for the Trump prosperity agenda.   Once again the health and wealth of the world depend on US leadership for economic revival. This is the story of the man US voters chose to lead in 2016 and will soon consider to lead again.</description>
      <author>James Freeman, Maria Bartiromo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797116822.mp3" length="844232" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797116822.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cost: Trump, China, and American Revival
Author: James Freeman, Maria Bartiromo
Narrator: Maria Bartiromo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The world needs a strong America, and America needs an economic revival after the Coronavirus season of shutdowns. Can the playbook that resulted in the greatest job market in history put Americans back to work? From the first moments of his presidency, Donald J. Trump put US economic revival at the top of his agenda. Cutting red tape and slashing business tax rates made companies eager to locate in America again. A surge in corporate investment led to record numbers of US job openings.   But there was also another force at work at the start of the Trump era, and it’s impossible to provide a fair accounting of Trump’s governance without noting the unique obstacles he’s faced. The President’s critics styled themselves “The Resistance,” as if they were confronting a tyrant at the head of an invading army rather than their duly elected President. Much of the media establishment regularly—and wrongly—accused him of betraying the country. Most disturbing was the resistance movement inside government, formed even before the 2016 election, which unleashed unprecedented surveillance against Donald Trump.   The political and media warfare has never ended. Just as an impeachment case collapsed in the Senate earlier this year, the world was beginning to realize how large a threat the Chinese communist government had become—and what it had been hiding in Wuhan. The destruction caused by the coronavirus is the latest and greatest test for the Trump prosperity agenda.   Once again the health and wealth of the world depend on US leadership for economic revival. This is the story of the man US voters chose to lead in 2016 and will soon consider to lead again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cost: Trump, China, and American Revival
Author: James Freeman, Maria Bartiromo
Narrator: Maria Bartiromo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The world needs a strong America, and America needs an economic revival after the Coronavirus season of shutdowns. Can the playbook that resulted in the greatest job market in history put Americans back to work? From the first moments of his presidency, Donald J. Trump put US economic revival at the top of his agenda. Cutting red tape and slashing business tax rates made companies eager to locate in America again. A surge in corporate investment led to record numbers of US job openings.   But there was also another force at work at the start of the Trump era, and it’s impossible to provide a fair accounting of Trump’s governance without noting the unique obstacles he’s faced. The President’s critics styled themselves “The Resistance,” as if they were confronting a tyrant at the head of an invading army rather than their duly elected President. Much of the media establishment regularly—and wrongly—accused him of betraying the country. Most disturbing was the resistance movement inside government, formed even before the 2016 election, which unleashed unprecedented surveillance against Donald Trump.   The political and media warfare has never ended. Just as an impeachment case collapsed in the Senate earlier this year, the world was beginning to realize how large a threat the Chinese communist government had become—and what it had been hiding in Wuhan. The destruction caused by the coronavirus is the latest and greatest test for the Trump prosperity agenda.   Once again the health and wealth of the world depend on US leadership for economic revival. This is the story of the man US voters chose to lead in 2016 and will soon consider to lead again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Law Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained by Dk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Law Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained
Series: Part of Big Ideas
Author: Dk
Narrator: Jasper Britton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the big ideas behind more than 90 of history&amp;#039;s most important legal rulings and milestone laws - from the earliest civilizations to the 21st century. From the philosophical, religious, and moral codes of the world&amp;#039;s earliest societies, such as the Law Code of Hammurabi and the Ten Commandments, through groundbreaking legislation such as The Book of Punishments, Magna Carta and the Slavery Abolition Act, The Law Book offers an engaging and accessible overview of legal history across the world all the way into the 21st century with copyright in the digital age, gay marriage, and the &amp;#039;right to be forgotten&amp;#039;. With entries on the fight for universal suffrage and workers&amp;#039; rights, and the establishment of international legal bodies like INTERPOL and the European Court of Justice, The Law Book explores and explains the stories behind each milestone development. Using the Big Ideas series&amp;#039; trademark combination of authoritative, informative text, The Law Book makes each entry accessible and easy to understand. Packed with inspirational quotations and more, it offers essential listening for anyone with a professional or personal interest in law, the legal system, or history and social change. © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Dk</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241459386.mp3" length="1362741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241459386.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Law Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained
Series: Part of Big Ideas
Author: Dk
Narrator: Jasper Britton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the big ideas behind more than 90 of history&amp;#039;s most important legal rulings and milestone laws - from the earliest civilizations to the 21st century. From the philosophical, religious, and moral codes of the world&amp;#039;s earliest societies, such as the Law Code of Hammurabi and the Ten Commandments, through groundbreaking legislation such as The Book of Punishments, Magna Carta and the Slavery Abolition Act, The Law Book offers an engaging and accessible overview of legal history across the world all the way into the 21st century with copyright in the digital age, gay marriage, and the &amp;#039;right to be forgotten&amp;#039;. With entries on the fight for universal suffrage and workers&amp;#039; rights, and the establishment of international legal bodies like INTERPOL and the European Court of Justice, The Law Book explores and explains the stories behind each milestone development. Using the Big Ideas series&amp;#039; trademark combination of authoritative, informative text, The Law Book makes each entry accessible and easy to understand. Packed with inspirational quotations and more, it offers essential listening for anyone with a professional or personal interest in law, the legal system, or history and social change. © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Law Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained
Series: Part of Big Ideas
Author: Dk
Narrator: Jasper Britton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the big ideas behind more than 90 of history&amp;#039;s most important legal rulings and milestone laws - from the earliest civilizations to the 21st century. From the philosophical, religious, and moral codes of the world&amp;#039;s earliest societies, such as the Law Code of Hammurabi and the Ten Commandments, through groundbreaking legislation such as The Book of Punishments, Magna Carta and the Slavery Abolition Act, The Law Book offers an engaging and accessible overview of legal history across the world all the way into the 21st century with copyright in the digital age, gay marriage, and the &amp;#039;right to be forgotten&amp;#039;. With entries on the fight for universal suffrage and workers&amp;#039; rights, and the establishment of international legal bodies like INTERPOL and the European Court of Justice, The Law Book explores and explains the stories behind each milestone development. Using the Big Ideas series&amp;#039; trademark combination of authoritative, informative text, The Law Book makes each entry accessible and easy to understand. Packed with inspirational quotations and more, it offers essential listening for anyone with a professional or personal interest in law, the legal system, or history and social change. © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2020 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taboo: 10 Facts You Can’t Talk About by Wilfred Reilly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taboo: 10 Facts You Can’t Talk About
Author: Wilfred Reilly
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It has become virtually impossible to honestly discuss race, gender, and class issues in mainstream American society because if you dare repeat certain “taboo truths,” you’ll be ostracized as a bigot. Professor Wilfred Reilly (author of Hate Crime Hoax and The $50,000,000 Question) fearlessly presents ten of these truths here and investigates why the mainstream is so afraid to acknowledge that they’re true. Among these taboo truths are men and women are different, although equal;there is no epidemic of police murdering black people;crime rates vary among ethnic groups; andthere are almost no “pay gaps” between big groups, when variables other than race and sex are adjusted for.</description>
      <author>Wilfred Reilly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094086989.mp3" length="807279" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094086989.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taboo: 10 Facts You Can’t Talk About
Author: Wilfred Reilly
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It has become virtually impossible to honestly discuss race, gender, and class issues in mainstream American society because if you dare repeat certain “taboo truths,” you’ll be ostracized as a bigot. Professor Wilfred Reilly (author of Hate Crime Hoax and The $50,000,000 Question) fearlessly presents ten of these truths here and investigates why the mainstream is so afraid to acknowledge that they’re true. Among these taboo truths are men and women are different, although equal;there is no epidemic of police murdering black people;crime rates vary among ethnic groups; andthere are almost no “pay gaps” between big groups, when variables other than race and sex are adjusted for.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taboo: 10 Facts You Can’t Talk About
Author: Wilfred Reilly
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It has become virtually impossible to honestly discuss race, gender, and class issues in mainstream American society because if you dare repeat certain “taboo truths,” you’ll be ostracized as a bigot. Professor Wilfred Reilly (author of Hate Crime Hoax and The $50,000,000 Question) fearlessly presents ten of these truths here and investigates why the mainstream is so afraid to acknowledge that they’re true. Among these taboo truths are men and women are different, although equal;there is no epidemic of police murdering black people;crime rates vary among ethnic groups; andthere are almost no “pay gaps” between big groups, when variables other than race and sex are adjusted for.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Naked Don&amp;#039;t Fear the Water: An Underground Journey with Afghan Refugees by Matthieu Aikins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Naked Don&amp;#039;t Fear the Water: An Underground Journey with Afghan Refugees
Author: Matthieu Aikins
Narrator: Nick Nikon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“This is a book of radical empathy, crossing many borders – not just borders that separate nations, but also borders of form, borders of meaning, and borders of possibility. It is powerful and humane and deserves to find a wide, wandering readership.” — Mohsin Hamid, author of Exit West In this extraordinary book, an acclaimed young war reporter chronicles a dangerous journey on the smuggler’s road to Europe, accompanying his friend, an Afghan refugee, in search of a better future. In 2016, a young Afghan driver and translator named Omar makes the heart-wrenching choice to flee his war-torn country, saying goodbye to Laila, the love of his life, without knowing when they might be reunited again. He is one of millions of refugees who leave their homes that year. Matthieu Aikins, a journalist living in Kabul, decides to follow his friend. In order to do so, he must leave his own passport and identity behind to go underground on the refugee trail with Omar. Their odyssey across land and sea from Afghanistan to Europe brings them face to face with the people at heart of the migration crisis: smugglers, cops, activists, and the men, women and children fleeing war in search of a better life. As setbacks and dangers mount for the two friends, Matthieu is also drawn into the escape plans of Omar’s entire family, including Maryam, the matriarch who has fought ferociously for her children’s survival.  Harrowing yet hopeful, this exceptional work brings into sharp focus one of the most contentious issues of our times. The Naked Don’t Fear the Water is a tale of love and friendship across borders, and an inquiry into our shared journey in a divided world.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Matthieu Aikins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063058613.mp3" length="1397229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063058613.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Naked Don&amp;#039;t Fear the Water: An Underground Journey with Afghan Refugees
Author: Matthieu Aikins
Narrator: Nick Nikon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“This is a book of radical empathy, crossing many borders – not just borders that separate nations, but also borders of form, borders of meaning, and borders of possibility. It is powerful and humane and deserves to find a wide, wandering readership.” — Mohsin Hamid, author of Exit West In this extraordinary book, an acclaimed young war reporter chronicles a dangerous journey on the smuggler’s road to Europe, accompanying his friend, an Afghan refugee, in search of a better future. In 2016, a young Afghan driver and translator named Omar makes the heart-wrenching choice to flee his war-torn country, saying goodbye to Laila, the love of his life, without knowing when they might be reunited again. He is one of millions of refugees who leave their homes that year. Matthieu Aikins, a journalist living in Kabul, decides to follow his friend. In order to do so, he must leave his own passport and identity behind to go underground on the refugee trail with Omar. Their odyssey across land and sea from Afghanistan to Europe brings them face to face with the people at heart of the migration crisis: smugglers, cops, activists, and the men, women and children fleeing war in search of a better life. As setbacks and dangers mount for the two friends, Matthieu is also drawn into the escape plans of Omar’s entire family, including Maryam, the matriarch who has fought ferociously for her children’s survival.  Harrowing yet hopeful, this exceptional work brings into sharp focus one of the most contentious issues of our times. The Naked Don’t Fear the Water is a tale of love and friendship across borders, and an inquiry into our shared journey in a divided world.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Naked Don&amp;#039;t Fear the Water: An Underground Journey with Afghan Refugees
Author: Matthieu Aikins
Narrator: Nick Nikon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“This is a book of radical empathy, crossing many borders – not just borders that separate nations, but also borders of form, borders of meaning, and borders of possibility. It is powerful and humane and deserves to find a wide, wandering readership.” — Mohsin Hamid, author of Exit West In this extraordinary book, an acclaimed young war reporter chronicles a dangerous journey on the smuggler’s road to Europe, accompanying his friend, an Afghan refugee, in search of a better future. In 2016, a young Afghan driver and translator named Omar makes the heart-wrenching choice to flee his war-torn country, saying goodbye to Laila, the love of his life, without knowing when they might be reunited again. He is one of millions of refugees who leave their homes that year. Matthieu Aikins, a journalist living in Kabul, decides to follow his friend. In order to do so, he must leave his own passport and identity behind to go underground on the refugee trail with Omar. Their odyssey across land and sea from Afghanistan to Europe brings them face to face with the people at heart of the migration crisis: smugglers, cops, activists, and the men, women and children fleeing war in search of a better life. As setbacks and dangers mount for the two friends, Matthieu is also drawn into the escape plans of Omar’s entire family, including Maryam, the matriarch who has fought ferociously for her children’s survival.  Harrowing yet hopeful, this exceptional work brings into sharp focus one of the most contentious issues of our times. The Naked Don’t Fear the Water is a tale of love and friendship across borders, and an inquiry into our shared journey in a divided world.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Run to Win: Lessons in Leadership for Women Changing the World by Stephanie Schriock, Christina Reynolds</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Run to Win: Lessons in Leadership for Women Changing the World
Author: Stephanie Schriock, Christina Reynolds
Narrator: Lisa Cordileone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the president of EMILY&amp;#039;s List, a playbook for women changing the world in politics, business, or any arena, with a foreword from Vice President Elect Kamala Harris.  “I have long believed that women who dream big, work hard, and get back up after they get knocked down can do anything; Stephanie Schriock is one of those women. I’m so glad her thoughtful guidance is now available for women everywhere.”—Hillary Rodham Clinton For the past thirty-five years EMILY&amp;#039;s List has helped the campaigns of thousands of pro-choice Democratic women, but the hardest part has always been convincing more women to run. Then Donald Trump was elected, and something shifted into place. American women who were furious and frustrated were looking for a way to channel their outrage into action, united in proclaiming, &amp;#039;If that guy can get elected, why not me?&amp;#039;  The day after the 2016 election, dozens of women searched out an old sign-up link buried on the EMILY&amp;#039;s List website. By Thanksgiving, those dozens had grown to a few thousand. And that was only the beginning. By the end of 2018, there were nearly fifty thousand women signed up to run for office, with scores more signing up each day.  Run to Win is for all women who are looking to lead. Organized around the steps that EMILY&amp;#039;s List coaches its candidates through (from deciding to run through celebrating victory), this book is full of essential lessons for any woman trying to succeed in a male-dominated field. Their arena is politics but their message is universal.  And Stephanie Schriock is the most qualified person to share these lessons. Not only is she a powerful figure in politics but she&amp;#039;s also a woman who commands respect for her astounding success as president of EMILY&amp;#039;s List and a longtime Democratic operative. Her message is uplifting and actionable, her voice is that of your best girlfriend walking you through what you need to consider as you make your plan, and her experience coaching the biggest female candidates in recent elections (including all of the female 2020 Democratic presidential candidates) makes her the de facto authority on the strategies women can employ to run, fight, and win, whatever their field or goal.</description>
      <author>Stephanie Schriock, Christina Reynolds</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292471.mp3" length="2703928" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292471.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Run to Win: Lessons in Leadership for Women Changing the World
Author: Stephanie Schriock, Christina Reynolds
Narrator: Lisa Cordileone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the president of EMILY&amp;#039;s List, a playbook for women changing the world in politics, business, or any arena, with a foreword from Vice President Elect Kamala Harris.  “I have long believed that women who dream big, work hard, and get back up after they get knocked down can do anything; Stephanie Schriock is one of those women. I’m so glad her thoughtful guidance is now available for women everywhere.”—Hillary Rodham Clinton For the past thirty-five years EMILY&amp;#039;s List has helped the campaigns of thousands of pro-choice Democratic women, but the hardest part has always been convincing more women to run. Then Donald Trump was elected, and something shifted into place. American women who were furious and frustrated were looking for a way to channel their outrage into action, united in proclaiming, &amp;#039;If that guy can get elected, why not me?&amp;#039;  The day after the 2016 election, dozens of women searched out an old sign-up link buried on the EMILY&amp;#039;s List website. By Thanksgiving, those dozens had grown to a few thousand. And that was only the beginning. By the end of 2018, there were nearly fifty thousand women signed up to run for office, with scores more signing up each day.  Run to Win is for all women who are looking to lead. Organized around the steps that EMILY&amp;#039;s List coaches its candidates through (from deciding to run through celebrating victory), this book is full of essential lessons for any woman trying to succeed in a male-dominated field. Their arena is politics but their message is universal.  And Stephanie Schriock is the most qualified person to share these lessons. Not only is she a powerful figure in politics but she&amp;#039;s also a woman who commands respect for her astounding success as president of EMILY&amp;#039;s List and a longtime Democratic operative. Her message is uplifting and actionable, her voice is that of your best girlfriend walking you through what you need to consider as you make your plan, and her experience coaching the biggest female candidates in recent elections (including all of the female 2020 Democratic presidential candidates) makes her the de facto authority on the strategies women can employ to run, fight, and win, whatever their field or goal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Run to Win: Lessons in Leadership for Women Changing the World
Author: Stephanie Schriock, Christina Reynolds
Narrator: Lisa Cordileone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the president of EMILY&amp;#039;s List, a playbook for women changing the world in politics, business, or any arena, with a foreword from Vice President Elect Kamala Harris.  “I have long believed that women who dream big, work hard, and get back up after they get knocked down can do anything; Stephanie Schriock is one of those women. I’m so glad her thoughtful guidance is now available for women everywhere.”—Hillary Rodham Clinton For the past thirty-five years EMILY&amp;#039;s List has helped the campaigns of thousands of pro-choice Democratic women, but the hardest part has always been convincing more women to run. Then Donald Trump was elected, and something shifted into place. American women who were furious and frustrated were looking for a way to channel their outrage into action, united in proclaiming, &amp;#039;If that guy can get elected, why not me?&amp;#039;  The day after the 2016 election, dozens of women searched out an old sign-up link buried on the EMILY&amp;#039;s List website. By Thanksgiving, those dozens had grown to a few thousand. And that was only the beginning. By the end of 2018, there were nearly fifty thousand women signed up to run for office, with scores more signing up each day.  Run to Win is for all women who are looking to lead. Organized around the steps that EMILY&amp;#039;s List coaches its candidates through (from deciding to run through celebrating victory), this book is full of essential lessons for any woman trying to succeed in a male-dominated field. Their arena is politics but their message is universal.  And Stephanie Schriock is the most qualified person to share these lessons. Not only is she a powerful figure in politics but she&amp;#039;s also a woman who commands respect for her astounding success as president of EMILY&amp;#039;s List and a longtime Democratic operative. Her message is uplifting and actionable, her voice is that of your best girlfriend walking you through what you need to consider as you make your plan, and her experience coaching the biggest female candidates in recent elections (including all of the female 2020 Democratic presidential candidates) makes her the de facto authority on the strategies women can employ to run, fight, and win, whatever their field or goal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty by Maurice Chammah</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty
Author: Maurice Chammah
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A deeply reported, searingly honest portrait of the death penalty in Texas—and what it tells us about crime and punishment in America “If you’re one of those people who despair that nothing changes, and dream that something can, this is a story of how it does.”—Anand Giridharadas, The New York Times Book Review WINNER OF THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS AWARD In 1972, the United States Supreme Court made a surprising ruling: the country’s death penalty system violated the Constitution. The backlash was swift, especially in Texas, where executions were considered part of the cultural fabric, and a dark history of lynching was masked by gauzy visions of a tough-on-crime frontier. When executions resumed, Texas quickly became the nationwide leader in carrying out the punishment. Then, amid a larger wave of criminal justice reform, came the death penalty’s decline, a trend so durable that even in Texas the punishment appears again close to extinction.  In Let the Lord Sort Them, Maurice Chammah charts the rise and fall of capital punishment through the eyes of those it touched. We meet Elsa Alcala, the orphaned daughter of a Mexican American family who found her calling as a prosecutor in the nation’s death penalty capital, before becoming a judge on the state’s highest court. We meet Danalynn Recer, a lawyer who became obsessively devoted to unearthing the life stories of men who committed terrible crimes, and fought for mercy in courtrooms across the state. We meet death row prisoners—many of them once-famous figures like Henry Lee Lucas, Gary Graham, and Karla Faye Tucker—along with their families and the families of their victims. And we meet the executioners, who struggle openly with what society has asked them to do. In tracing these interconnected lives against the rise of mass incarceration in Texas and the country as a whole, Chammah explores what the persistence of the death penalty tells us about forgiveness and retribution, fairness and justice, history and myth. Written with intimacy and grace, Let the Lord Sort Them is the definitive portrait of a particularly American institution.</description>
      <author>Maurice Chammah</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593295618.mp3" length="2638092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593295618.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty
Author: Maurice Chammah
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A deeply reported, searingly honest portrait of the death penalty in Texas—and what it tells us about crime and punishment in America “If you’re one of those people who despair that nothing changes, and dream that something can, this is a story of how it does.”—Anand Giridharadas, The New York Times Book Review WINNER OF THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS AWARD In 1972, the United States Supreme Court made a surprising ruling: the country’s death penalty system violated the Constitution. The backlash was swift, especially in Texas, where executions were considered part of the cultural fabric, and a dark history of lynching was masked by gauzy visions of a tough-on-crime frontier. When executions resumed, Texas quickly became the nationwide leader in carrying out the punishment. Then, amid a larger wave of criminal justice reform, came the death penalty’s decline, a trend so durable that even in Texas the punishment appears again close to extinction.  In Let the Lord Sort Them, Maurice Chammah charts the rise and fall of capital punishment through the eyes of those it touched. We meet Elsa Alcala, the orphaned daughter of a Mexican American family who found her calling as a prosecutor in the nation’s death penalty capital, before becoming a judge on the state’s highest court. We meet Danalynn Recer, a lawyer who became obsessively devoted to unearthing the life stories of men who committed terrible crimes, and fought for mercy in courtrooms across the state. We meet death row prisoners—many of them once-famous figures like Henry Lee Lucas, Gary Graham, and Karla Faye Tucker—along with their families and the families of their victims. And we meet the executioners, who struggle openly with what society has asked them to do. In tracing these interconnected lives against the rise of mass incarceration in Texas and the country as a whole, Chammah explores what the persistence of the death penalty tells us about forgiveness and retribution, fairness and justice, history and myth. Written with intimacy and grace, Let the Lord Sort Them is the definitive portrait of a particularly American institution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let the Lord Sort Them: The Rise and Fall of the Death Penalty
Author: Maurice Chammah
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A deeply reported, searingly honest portrait of the death penalty in Texas—and what it tells us about crime and punishment in America “If you’re one of those people who despair that nothing changes, and dream that something can, this is a story of how it does.”—Anand Giridharadas, The New York Times Book Review WINNER OF THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS AWARD In 1972, the United States Supreme Court made a surprising ruling: the country’s death penalty system violated the Constitution. The backlash was swift, especially in Texas, where executions were considered part of the cultural fabric, and a dark history of lynching was masked by gauzy visions of a tough-on-crime frontier. When executions resumed, Texas quickly became the nationwide leader in carrying out the punishment. Then, amid a larger wave of criminal justice reform, came the death penalty’s decline, a trend so durable that even in Texas the punishment appears again close to extinction.  In Let the Lord Sort Them, Maurice Chammah charts the rise and fall of capital punishment through the eyes of those it touched. We meet Elsa Alcala, the orphaned daughter of a Mexican American family who found her calling as a prosecutor in the nation’s death penalty capital, before becoming a judge on the state’s highest court. We meet Danalynn Recer, a lawyer who became obsessively devoted to unearthing the life stories of men who committed terrible crimes, and fought for mercy in courtrooms across the state. We meet death row prisoners—many of them once-famous figures like Henry Lee Lucas, Gary Graham, and Karla Faye Tucker—along with their families and the families of their victims. And we meet the executioners, who struggle openly with what society has asked them to do. In tracing these interconnected lives against the rise of mass incarceration in Texas and the country as a whole, Chammah explores what the persistence of the death penalty tells us about forgiveness and retribution, fairness and justice, history and myth. Written with intimacy and grace, Let the Lord Sort Them is the definitive portrait of a particularly American institution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Are Not American: Citizenship Stripping from Dred Scott to the Dreamers by Amanda Frost</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are Not American: Citizenship Stripping from Dred Scott to the Dreamers
Author: Amanda Frost
Narrator: Dana Stoutenburg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the Mark Lynton History Prize Citizenship is invaluable, yet our status as citizens is always at risk—even for those born on US soil. Over the last two centuries, the US government has revoked citizenship to cast out its unwanted, suppress dissent, and deny civil rights to all considered “un-American”—whether due to their race, ethnicity, marriage partner, or beliefs. Drawing on the narratives of those who have struggled to be treated as full members of “We the People,” law professor Amanda Frost exposes a hidden history of discrimination and xenophobia that continues to this day. The Supreme Court’s rejection of Black citizenship in Dred Scott was among the first and most notorious examples of citizenship stripping, but the phenomenon did not end there. Women who married noncitizens, persecuted racial groups, labor leaders, and political activists were all denied their citizenship, and sometimes deported, by a government that wanted to redefine the meaning of “American.” Today, US citizens living near the southern border are regularly denied passports, thousands are detained and deported by mistake, and the Trump administration is investigating the citizenship of 700,000 naturalized citizens. Even elected leaders such as Barack Obama and Kamala Harris are not immune from false claims that they are not citizens eligible to hold office. You Are Not American grapples with what it means to be American and the issues surrounding membership, identity, belonging, and exclusion that still occupy and divide the nation in the twenty-first century.</description>
      <author>Amanda Frost</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807051443.mp3" length="2745511" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807051443.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are Not American: Citizenship Stripping from Dred Scott to the Dreamers
Author: Amanda Frost
Narrator: Dana Stoutenburg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the Mark Lynton History Prize Citizenship is invaluable, yet our status as citizens is always at risk—even for those born on US soil. Over the last two centuries, the US government has revoked citizenship to cast out its unwanted, suppress dissent, and deny civil rights to all considered “un-American”—whether due to their race, ethnicity, marriage partner, or beliefs. Drawing on the narratives of those who have struggled to be treated as full members of “We the People,” law professor Amanda Frost exposes a hidden history of discrimination and xenophobia that continues to this day. The Supreme Court’s rejection of Black citizenship in Dred Scott was among the first and most notorious examples of citizenship stripping, but the phenomenon did not end there. Women who married noncitizens, persecuted racial groups, labor leaders, and political activists were all denied their citizenship, and sometimes deported, by a government that wanted to redefine the meaning of “American.” Today, US citizens living near the southern border are regularly denied passports, thousands are detained and deported by mistake, and the Trump administration is investigating the citizenship of 700,000 naturalized citizens. Even elected leaders such as Barack Obama and Kamala Harris are not immune from false claims that they are not citizens eligible to hold office. You Are Not American grapples with what it means to be American and the issues surrounding membership, identity, belonging, and exclusion that still occupy and divide the nation in the twenty-first century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are Not American: Citizenship Stripping from Dred Scott to the Dreamers
Author: Amanda Frost
Narrator: Dana Stoutenburg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortlisted for the Mark Lynton History Prize Citizenship is invaluable, yet our status as citizens is always at risk—even for those born on US soil. Over the last two centuries, the US government has revoked citizenship to cast out its unwanted, suppress dissent, and deny civil rights to all considered “un-American”—whether due to their race, ethnicity, marriage partner, or beliefs. Drawing on the narratives of those who have struggled to be treated as full members of “We the People,” law professor Amanda Frost exposes a hidden history of discrimination and xenophobia that continues to this day. The Supreme Court’s rejection of Black citizenship in Dred Scott was among the first and most notorious examples of citizenship stripping, but the phenomenon did not end there. Women who married noncitizens, persecuted racial groups, labor leaders, and political activists were all denied their citizenship, and sometimes deported, by a government that wanted to redefine the meaning of “American.” Today, US citizens living near the southern border are regularly denied passports, thousands are detained and deported by mistake, and the Trump administration is investigating the citizenship of 700,000 naturalized citizens. Even elected leaders such as Barack Obama and Kamala Harris are not immune from false claims that they are not citizens eligible to hold office. You Are Not American grapples with what it means to be American and the issues surrounding membership, identity, belonging, and exclusion that still occupy and divide the nation in the twenty-first century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#HashtagActivism: Networks of Race and Gender Justice by Brooke Foucault Welles, Moya Bailey, Sarah J. Jackson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: #HashtagActivism: Networks of Race and Gender Justice
Author: Brooke Foucault Welles, Moya Bailey, Sarah J. Jackson
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The power of hashtag activism became clear in 2011, when #IranElection served as an organizing tool for Iranians protesting a disputed election and offered a global audience a front-row seat to a nascent revolution. Since then, activists have used a variety of hashtags to advocate, mobilize, and communicate. In this book, Sarah Jackson, Moya Bailey, and Brooke Foucault Welles explore how and why Twitter has become an important platform for historically disenfranchised populations, including Black Americans, women, and transgender people. The authors describe how such hashtags as #MeToo, #SurvivorPrivilege, and #WhyIStayed have challenged the conventional understanding of gendered violence; examine the voices and narratives of Black feminism enabled by #FastTailedGirls, #YouOKSis, and #SayHerName; and explore the creation and use of #GirlsLikeUs, a network of transgender women. They investigate the digital signatures of the &amp;#039;new civil rights movement&amp;#039;—the online activism, storytelling, and strategy-building that set the stage for #BlackLivesMatter—and recount the spread of racial justice hashtags after the killing of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri, and other high-profile incidents of killings by police. Finally, they consider hashtags created by allies, including #AllMenCan and #CrimingWhileWhite.</description>
      <author>Brooke Foucault Welles, Moya Bailey, Sarah J. Jackson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601351.mp3" length="8103436" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601351.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: #HashtagActivism: Networks of Race and Gender Justice
Author: Brooke Foucault Welles, Moya Bailey, Sarah J. Jackson
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The power of hashtag activism became clear in 2011, when #IranElection served as an organizing tool for Iranians protesting a disputed election and offered a global audience a front-row seat to a nascent revolution. Since then, activists have used a variety of hashtags to advocate, mobilize, and communicate. In this book, Sarah Jackson, Moya Bailey, and Brooke Foucault Welles explore how and why Twitter has become an important platform for historically disenfranchised populations, including Black Americans, women, and transgender people. The authors describe how such hashtags as #MeToo, #SurvivorPrivilege, and #WhyIStayed have challenged the conventional understanding of gendered violence; examine the voices and narratives of Black feminism enabled by #FastTailedGirls, #YouOKSis, and #SayHerName; and explore the creation and use of #GirlsLikeUs, a network of transgender women. They investigate the digital signatures of the &amp;#039;new civil rights movement&amp;#039;—the online activism, storytelling, and strategy-building that set the stage for #BlackLivesMatter—and recount the spread of racial justice hashtags after the killing of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri, and other high-profile incidents of killings by police. Finally, they consider hashtags created by allies, including #AllMenCan and #CrimingWhileWhite.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: #HashtagActivism: Networks of Race and Gender Justice
Author: Brooke Foucault Welles, Moya Bailey, Sarah J. Jackson
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The power of hashtag activism became clear in 2011, when #IranElection served as an organizing tool for Iranians protesting a disputed election and offered a global audience a front-row seat to a nascent revolution. Since then, activists have used a variety of hashtags to advocate, mobilize, and communicate. In this book, Sarah Jackson, Moya Bailey, and Brooke Foucault Welles explore how and why Twitter has become an important platform for historically disenfranchised populations, including Black Americans, women, and transgender people. The authors describe how such hashtags as #MeToo, #SurvivorPrivilege, and #WhyIStayed have challenged the conventional understanding of gendered violence; examine the voices and narratives of Black feminism enabled by #FastTailedGirls, #YouOKSis, and #SayHerName; and explore the creation and use of #GirlsLikeUs, a network of transgender women. They investigate the digital signatures of the &amp;#039;new civil rights movement&amp;#039;—the online activism, storytelling, and strategy-building that set the stage for #BlackLivesMatter—and recount the spread of racial justice hashtags after the killing of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri, and other high-profile incidents of killings by police. Finally, they consider hashtags created by allies, including #AllMenCan and #CrimingWhileWhite.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fallout: Nuclear Bribes, Russian Spies, and the Washington Lies that Enriched the Clinton and Biden Dynasties by John Solomon, Seamus Bruner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fallout: Nuclear Bribes, Russian Spies, and the Washington Lies that Enriched the Clinton and Biden Dynasties
Author: John Solomon, Seamus Bruner
Narrator: John Solomon, Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a major story broke exposing Hillary Clinton&amp;#039;s role in approving the sale of an American uranium company to the Russian state nuclear agency, Rosatom. Not only did the sale of Uranium One put twenty percent of America&amp;#039;s domestic uranium supply under the control of Vladimir Putin, there was also evidence that the Clintons themselves had hugely profited from the deal. When presidential candidate Donald Trump made Uranium One the centerpiece of his &amp;#039;Crooked Hillary&amp;#039; attacks, the Clinton team feared its potential to damage Hillary&amp;#039;s campaign. Their desperate need to neutralize the issue led them to launch an unprecedented investigation into the Trump campaign&amp;#039;s purported ties to Russia. Instead of ending after the election, the investigation grew bigger, eventually leading to the firing of FBI director James Comey and the appointment of special counsel Robert Mueller. When Mueller failed to find grounds for impeachment, Democrats seized on an ambiguous phone call with the Ukrainian president as a pretext to remove Trump from office. An indispensable guide to the hidden background of recent events, Fallout shows how Putin&amp;#039;s bid for nuclear dominance produced a series of political scandals that ultimately posed one of the greatest threats to our democracy in modern American history.</description>
      <author>John Solomon, Seamus Bruner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600231.mp3" length="8166159" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600231.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fallout: Nuclear Bribes, Russian Spies, and the Washington Lies that Enriched the Clinton and Biden Dynasties
Author: John Solomon, Seamus Bruner
Narrator: John Solomon, Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a major story broke exposing Hillary Clinton&amp;#039;s role in approving the sale of an American uranium company to the Russian state nuclear agency, Rosatom. Not only did the sale of Uranium One put twenty percent of America&amp;#039;s domestic uranium supply under the control of Vladimir Putin, there was also evidence that the Clintons themselves had hugely profited from the deal. When presidential candidate Donald Trump made Uranium One the centerpiece of his &amp;#039;Crooked Hillary&amp;#039; attacks, the Clinton team feared its potential to damage Hillary&amp;#039;s campaign. Their desperate need to neutralize the issue led them to launch an unprecedented investigation into the Trump campaign&amp;#039;s purported ties to Russia. Instead of ending after the election, the investigation grew bigger, eventually leading to the firing of FBI director James Comey and the appointment of special counsel Robert Mueller. When Mueller failed to find grounds for impeachment, Democrats seized on an ambiguous phone call with the Ukrainian president as a pretext to remove Trump from office. An indispensable guide to the hidden background of recent events, Fallout shows how Putin&amp;#039;s bid for nuclear dominance produced a series of political scandals that ultimately posed one of the greatest threats to our democracy in modern American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fallout: Nuclear Bribes, Russian Spies, and the Washington Lies that Enriched the Clinton and Biden Dynasties
Author: John Solomon, Seamus Bruner
Narrator: John Solomon, Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a major story broke exposing Hillary Clinton&amp;#039;s role in approving the sale of an American uranium company to the Russian state nuclear agency, Rosatom. Not only did the sale of Uranium One put twenty percent of America&amp;#039;s domestic uranium supply under the control of Vladimir Putin, there was also evidence that the Clintons themselves had hugely profited from the deal. When presidential candidate Donald Trump made Uranium One the centerpiece of his &amp;#039;Crooked Hillary&amp;#039; attacks, the Clinton team feared its potential to damage Hillary&amp;#039;s campaign. Their desperate need to neutralize the issue led them to launch an unprecedented investigation into the Trump campaign&amp;#039;s purported ties to Russia. Instead of ending after the election, the investigation grew bigger, eventually leading to the firing of FBI director James Comey and the appointment of special counsel Robert Mueller. When Mueller failed to find grounds for impeachment, Democrats seized on an ambiguous phone call with the Ukrainian president as a pretext to remove Trump from office. An indispensable guide to the hidden background of recent events, Fallout shows how Putin&amp;#039;s bid for nuclear dominance produced a series of political scandals that ultimately posed one of the greatest threats to our democracy in modern American history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Democracy May Not Exist, but We&amp;#039;ll Miss It When It&amp;#039;s Gone by Astra Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy May Not Exist, but We&amp;#039;ll Miss It When It&amp;#039;s Gone
Author: Astra Taylor
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
There is no shortage of democracy, at least in name, and yet it is in crisis everywhere we look. From a cabal of plutocrats in the White House to gerrymandering and dark-money compaign contributions, it is clear that the principle of government by and for the people is not living up to its promise. The problems lie deeper than any one election cycle. As Astra Taylor demonstrates, real democracy—fully inclusive and completely egalitarian—has in fact never existed. In a tone that is both philosophical and anecdotal, weaving together history, theory, the stories of individuals, and interviews with such leading thinkers as Cornel West and Wendy Brown, Taylor invites us to reexamine the term. Is democracy a means or an end, a process or a set of desired outcomes? What if those outcomes, whatever they may be—peace, prosperity, equality, liberty, an engaged citizenry—can be achieved by non-democratic means? In what areas of life should democratic principles apply? If democracy means rule by the people, what does it mean to rule and who counts as the people? Democracy&amp;#039;s inherent paradoxes often go unnamed and unrecognized. Exploring such questions, Democracy May Not Exist offers a better understanding of what is possible, what we want, why democracy is so hard to realize, and why it is worth striving for.</description>
      <author>Astra Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705242445.mp3" length="8353734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705242445.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy May Not Exist, but We&amp;#039;ll Miss It When It&amp;#039;s Gone
Author: Astra Taylor
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
There is no shortage of democracy, at least in name, and yet it is in crisis everywhere we look. From a cabal of plutocrats in the White House to gerrymandering and dark-money compaign contributions, it is clear that the principle of government by and for the people is not living up to its promise. The problems lie deeper than any one election cycle. As Astra Taylor demonstrates, real democracy—fully inclusive and completely egalitarian—has in fact never existed. In a tone that is both philosophical and anecdotal, weaving together history, theory, the stories of individuals, and interviews with such leading thinkers as Cornel West and Wendy Brown, Taylor invites us to reexamine the term. Is democracy a means or an end, a process or a set of desired outcomes? What if those outcomes, whatever they may be—peace, prosperity, equality, liberty, an engaged citizenry—can be achieved by non-democratic means? In what areas of life should democratic principles apply? If democracy means rule by the people, what does it mean to rule and who counts as the people? Democracy&amp;#039;s inherent paradoxes often go unnamed and unrecognized. Exploring such questions, Democracy May Not Exist offers a better understanding of what is possible, what we want, why democracy is so hard to realize, and why it is worth striving for.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432207</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy May Not Exist, but We&amp;#039;ll Miss It When It&amp;#039;s Gone
Author: Astra Taylor
Narrator: Kirsten Potter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
There is no shortage of democracy, at least in name, and yet it is in crisis everywhere we look. From a cabal of plutocrats in the White House to gerrymandering and dark-money compaign contributions, it is clear that the principle of government by and for the people is not living up to its promise. The problems lie deeper than any one election cycle. As Astra Taylor demonstrates, real democracy—fully inclusive and completely egalitarian—has in fact never existed. In a tone that is both philosophical and anecdotal, weaving together history, theory, the stories of individuals, and interviews with such leading thinkers as Cornel West and Wendy Brown, Taylor invites us to reexamine the term. Is democracy a means or an end, a process or a set of desired outcomes? What if those outcomes, whatever they may be—peace, prosperity, equality, liberty, an engaged citizenry—can be achieved by non-democratic means? In what areas of life should democratic principles apply? If democracy means rule by the people, what does it mean to rule and who counts as the people? Democracy&amp;#039;s inherent paradoxes often go unnamed and unrecognized. Exploring such questions, Democracy May Not Exist offers a better understanding of what is possible, what we want, why democracy is so hard to realize, and why it is worth striving for.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rise Up: Confronting a Country at the Crossroads by Al Sharpton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise Up: Confronting a Country at the Crossroads
Author: Al Sharpton
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Al Sharpton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NOW A NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This man is a gift from God to the world. This book is a gift from Al Sharpton to us. Let’s appreciate them both.”—Michael Eric Dyson Beginning with a foreword by Michael Eric Dyson, Rise Up is a rousing call to action for our nation, drawing on lessons learned from Reverend Al Sharpton’s unique experience as a politician, television and radio host, and civil rights leader. Rise Up offers timeless lessons for anyone who’s stood at the crossroads of their personal or political life, weighing their choices of how to proceed. When the young Alfred Charles Sharpton told his mother he wanted to be a preacher, little did he know that his journey would also lead him to prominence as a politician, founder of the National Action Network, civil rights activist, and television and radio talk show host. His enduring ability and willingness to take on the political power structure makes him the preeminent voice for the modern era, a time unprecedented in its challenges. In Rise Up, Reverend Sharpton revisits the highlights of the Obama administration, the 2016 election and Trump’s subsequent hold on the GOP, and draws on his decades-long experience with other key players in politics and activism, including Shirley Chisholm, Hillary Clinton, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and more. The time has come to take a hard look at our collective failures and shortcomings and reclaim our core values in order to build a clear and just path forward for America. Our nation today stands at a crossroads—and change can’t wait. “Full of history, honesty, and valuable suggestions, Rise Up should be a staple in every home, school and library as an essential primer on civil and political rights in America.”—Martin Luther King, III “If you want to learn how to use your voice to change a nation, you should study closely this man—and this book.” —Van Jones “My Bed-Stuy (do or die) brother has been at the forefront of our battles again and again. From way back in da way back to this present revolution the world is in now, Rev. has been about Black Lives Matter from the jump, also at a time when it was not the most popular or hip thing to be about. I look forward, standing next to him, to see, to witness this new energy, this new day that is about to be in these United States of America.”—Spike Lee Don&amp;#039;t miss Rev. Sharpton&amp;#039;s new book, Righteous Troublemakers: Untold Stories of the Social Justice Movement in America.</description>
      <author>Al Sharpton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488209482.mp3" length="1439290" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488209482.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise Up: Confronting a Country at the Crossroads
Author: Al Sharpton
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Al Sharpton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NOW A NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This man is a gift from God to the world. This book is a gift from Al Sharpton to us. Let’s appreciate them both.”—Michael Eric Dyson Beginning with a foreword by Michael Eric Dyson, Rise Up is a rousing call to action for our nation, drawing on lessons learned from Reverend Al Sharpton’s unique experience as a politician, television and radio host, and civil rights leader. Rise Up offers timeless lessons for anyone who’s stood at the crossroads of their personal or political life, weighing their choices of how to proceed. When the young Alfred Charles Sharpton told his mother he wanted to be a preacher, little did he know that his journey would also lead him to prominence as a politician, founder of the National Action Network, civil rights activist, and television and radio talk show host. His enduring ability and willingness to take on the political power structure makes him the preeminent voice for the modern era, a time unprecedented in its challenges. In Rise Up, Reverend Sharpton revisits the highlights of the Obama administration, the 2016 election and Trump’s subsequent hold on the GOP, and draws on his decades-long experience with other key players in politics and activism, including Shirley Chisholm, Hillary Clinton, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and more. The time has come to take a hard look at our collective failures and shortcomings and reclaim our core values in order to build a clear and just path forward for America. Our nation today stands at a crossroads—and change can’t wait. “Full of history, honesty, and valuable suggestions, Rise Up should be a staple in every home, school and library as an essential primer on civil and political rights in America.”—Martin Luther King, III “If you want to learn how to use your voice to change a nation, you should study closely this man—and this book.” —Van Jones “My Bed-Stuy (do or die) brother has been at the forefront of our battles again and again. From way back in da way back to this present revolution the world is in now, Rev. has been about Black Lives Matter from the jump, also at a time when it was not the most popular or hip thing to be about. I look forward, standing next to him, to see, to witness this new energy, this new day that is about to be in these United States of America.”—Spike Lee Don&amp;#039;t miss Rev. Sharpton&amp;#039;s new book, Righteous Troublemakers: Untold Stories of the Social Justice Movement in America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise Up: Confronting a Country at the Crossroads
Author: Al Sharpton
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Al Sharpton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NOW A NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This man is a gift from God to the world. This book is a gift from Al Sharpton to us. Let’s appreciate them both.”—Michael Eric Dyson Beginning with a foreword by Michael Eric Dyson, Rise Up is a rousing call to action for our nation, drawing on lessons learned from Reverend Al Sharpton’s unique experience as a politician, television and radio host, and civil rights leader. Rise Up offers timeless lessons for anyone who’s stood at the crossroads of their personal or political life, weighing their choices of how to proceed. When the young Alfred Charles Sharpton told his mother he wanted to be a preacher, little did he know that his journey would also lead him to prominence as a politician, founder of the National Action Network, civil rights activist, and television and radio talk show host. His enduring ability and willingness to take on the political power structure makes him the preeminent voice for the modern era, a time unprecedented in its challenges. In Rise Up, Reverend Sharpton revisits the highlights of the Obama administration, the 2016 election and Trump’s subsequent hold on the GOP, and draws on his decades-long experience with other key players in politics and activism, including Shirley Chisholm, Hillary Clinton, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and more. The time has come to take a hard look at our collective failures and shortcomings and reclaim our core values in order to build a clear and just path forward for America. Our nation today stands at a crossroads—and change can’t wait. “Full of history, honesty, and valuable suggestions, Rise Up should be a staple in every home, school and library as an essential primer on civil and political rights in America.”—Martin Luther King, III “If you want to learn how to use your voice to change a nation, you should study closely this man—and this book.” —Van Jones “My Bed-Stuy (do or die) brother has been at the forefront of our battles again and again. From way back in da way back to this present revolution the world is in now, Rev. has been about Black Lives Matter from the jump, also at a time when it was not the most popular or hip thing to be about. I look forward, standing next to him, to see, to witness this new energy, this new day that is about to be in these United States of America.”—Spike Lee Don&amp;#039;t miss Rev. Sharpton&amp;#039;s new book, Righteous Troublemakers: Untold Stories of the Social Justice Movement in America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital by Joan Quigley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital
Author: Joan Quigley
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In January of 1950, Mary Church Terrell, an eighty-six-year-old charter member of the NAACP, headed into Thompson’s Restaurant, just a few blocks from the White House, and requested to be served. She and her companions were informed by the manager that they could not eat in his establishment, because they were “colored.” Terrell, a former suffragette and one of the country’s first college-educated African-American women, took the matter to court. Three years later, the Supreme Court vindicated her outrage: District of Columbia v. John R. Thompson Co., Inc. was decided in June 1953, invalidating the segregation of restaurants and cafes in the nation’s capital. In Just Another Southern Town, Joan Quigley recounts an untold chapter of the civil rights movement: an epic battle to topple segregation in Washington, the symbolic home of American democracy. At the book’s heart is the formidable Mary Church Terrell and the test case she mounts seeking to enforce Reconstruction-era laws prohibiting segregation in DC restaurants. Through the prism of Terrell’s story, Quigley reassesses Washington’s relationship to civil rights history, bringing to life a pivotal fight for equality that erupted five years before Rosa Parks refused to move to the back of a Montgomery bus and a decade before the student sit-in movement rocked segregated lunch counters across the South. At a time when most civil rights scholarship begins with Brown v. Board of Education, Just Another Southern Town unearths the story of the nation’s capital as an early flashpoint on race. A rich portrait of American politics and society in the mid-20th century, it interweaves Terrell’s narrative with the courtroom drama of the case and the varied personalities of the justices who ultimately voted unanimously to prohibit segregated restaurants. This work restores Mary Church Terrell and the case that launched a crusade to their rightful place in the pantheon of civil rights history.</description>
      <author>Joan Quigley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094126302.mp3" length="760410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094126302.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital
Author: Joan Quigley
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In January of 1950, Mary Church Terrell, an eighty-six-year-old charter member of the NAACP, headed into Thompson’s Restaurant, just a few blocks from the White House, and requested to be served. She and her companions were informed by the manager that they could not eat in his establishment, because they were “colored.” Terrell, a former suffragette and one of the country’s first college-educated African-American women, took the matter to court. Three years later, the Supreme Court vindicated her outrage: District of Columbia v. John R. Thompson Co., Inc. was decided in June 1953, invalidating the segregation of restaurants and cafes in the nation’s capital. In Just Another Southern Town, Joan Quigley recounts an untold chapter of the civil rights movement: an epic battle to topple segregation in Washington, the symbolic home of American democracy. At the book’s heart is the formidable Mary Church Terrell and the test case she mounts seeking to enforce Reconstruction-era laws prohibiting segregation in DC restaurants. Through the prism of Terrell’s story, Quigley reassesses Washington’s relationship to civil rights history, bringing to life a pivotal fight for equality that erupted five years before Rosa Parks refused to move to the back of a Montgomery bus and a decade before the student sit-in movement rocked segregated lunch counters across the South. At a time when most civil rights scholarship begins with Brown v. Board of Education, Just Another Southern Town unearths the story of the nation’s capital as an early flashpoint on race. A rich portrait of American politics and society in the mid-20th century, it interweaves Terrell’s narrative with the courtroom drama of the case and the varied personalities of the justices who ultimately voted unanimously to prohibit segregated restaurants. This work restores Mary Church Terrell and the case that launched a crusade to their rightful place in the pantheon of civil rights history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Another Southern Town: Mary Church Terrell and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Nation’s Capital
Author: Joan Quigley
Narrator: Kate Reading
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In January of 1950, Mary Church Terrell, an eighty-six-year-old charter member of the NAACP, headed into Thompson’s Restaurant, just a few blocks from the White House, and requested to be served. She and her companions were informed by the manager that they could not eat in his establishment, because they were “colored.” Terrell, a former suffragette and one of the country’s first college-educated African-American women, took the matter to court. Three years later, the Supreme Court vindicated her outrage: District of Columbia v. John R. Thompson Co., Inc. was decided in June 1953, invalidating the segregation of restaurants and cafes in the nation’s capital. In Just Another Southern Town, Joan Quigley recounts an untold chapter of the civil rights movement: an epic battle to topple segregation in Washington, the symbolic home of American democracy. At the book’s heart is the formidable Mary Church Terrell and the test case she mounts seeking to enforce Reconstruction-era laws prohibiting segregation in DC restaurants. Through the prism of Terrell’s story, Quigley reassesses Washington’s relationship to civil rights history, bringing to life a pivotal fight for equality that erupted five years before Rosa Parks refused to move to the back of a Montgomery bus and a decade before the student sit-in movement rocked segregated lunch counters across the South. At a time when most civil rights scholarship begins with Brown v. Board of Education, Just Another Southern Town unearths the story of the nation’s capital as an early flashpoint on race. A rich portrait of American politics and society in the mid-20th century, it interweaves Terrell’s narrative with the courtroom drama of the case and the varied personalities of the justices who ultimately voted unanimously to prohibit segregated restaurants. This work restores Mary Church Terrell and the case that launched a crusade to their rightful place in the pantheon of civil rights history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism by Andrew E. Busch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism
Author: Andrew E. Busch
Narrator: Andrew E. Busch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
If you wish to understand the intellectual history and trajectory of American conservatism, you are sure to enjoy this brilliant course by one of America&amp;#039;s leading conservative scholars.  Since the 1950s, economic conservatives have been in political alliance with social conservatives or traditionalists. That coalition has been a source of both strength and tension. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor Andrew E. Busch, you will first examine the distinctive features of economic and social conservatism before exploring the fascinating relationship between the two.  This course starts with the historical background of economic conservatism (&amp;quot;classical liberalism&amp;quot;). Economic collapse in the 1930s and the rise of the New Deal form the backdrop, and the thinking of figures such as Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman establish the intellectual foundation. You will see how the economic crisis of the 1970s breathed new life into free-market economics, how that revival took new forms, and how it was translated into policy in the 1980s and beyond.  Next, you will consider the rise of Russell Kirk&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;traditionalism&amp;quot; in the 1950s and the mass-based social conservative movement of the late 1970s. You will then consider the ways economic and social conservatism both reinforce and work against each other. How have they worked together electorally and in concrete policy struggles, and when have they worked at cross-purposes?  After this thoughtful examination, you will conclude with a consideration of the future of the economic conservative-social conservative coalition.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and comes with a free PDF study guide.</description>
      <author>Andrew E. Busch</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2014 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632513489.mp3" length="1444813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632513489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism
Author: Andrew E. Busch
Narrator: Andrew E. Busch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
If you wish to understand the intellectual history and trajectory of American conservatism, you are sure to enjoy this brilliant course by one of America&amp;#039;s leading conservative scholars.  Since the 1950s, economic conservatives have been in political alliance with social conservatives or traditionalists. That coalition has been a source of both strength and tension. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor Andrew E. Busch, you will first examine the distinctive features of economic and social conservatism before exploring the fascinating relationship between the two.  This course starts with the historical background of economic conservatism (&amp;quot;classical liberalism&amp;quot;). Economic collapse in the 1930s and the rise of the New Deal form the backdrop, and the thinking of figures such as Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman establish the intellectual foundation. You will see how the economic crisis of the 1970s breathed new life into free-market economics, how that revival took new forms, and how it was translated into policy in the 1980s and beyond.  Next, you will consider the rise of Russell Kirk&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;traditionalism&amp;quot; in the 1950s and the mass-based social conservative movement of the late 1970s. You will then consider the ways economic and social conservatism both reinforce and work against each other. How have they worked together electorally and in concrete policy struggles, and when have they worked at cross-purposes?  After this thoughtful examination, you will conclude with a consideration of the future of the economic conservative-social conservative coalition.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and comes with a free PDF study guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Republican Right: Economic and Social Conservatism
Author: Andrew E. Busch
Narrator: Andrew E. Busch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2014
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
If you wish to understand the intellectual history and trajectory of American conservatism, you are sure to enjoy this brilliant course by one of America&amp;#039;s leading conservative scholars.  Since the 1950s, economic conservatives have been in political alliance with social conservatives or traditionalists. That coalition has been a source of both strength and tension. Under the guidance of award-winning Professor Andrew E. Busch, you will first examine the distinctive features of economic and social conservatism before exploring the fascinating relationship between the two.  This course starts with the historical background of economic conservatism (&amp;quot;classical liberalism&amp;quot;). Economic collapse in the 1930s and the rise of the New Deal form the backdrop, and the thinking of figures such as Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman establish the intellectual foundation. You will see how the economic crisis of the 1970s breathed new life into free-market economics, how that revival took new forms, and how it was translated into policy in the 1980s and beyond.  Next, you will consider the rise of Russell Kirk&amp;#039;s &amp;quot;traditionalism&amp;quot; in the 1950s and the mass-based social conservative movement of the late 1970s. You will then consider the ways economic and social conservatism both reinforce and work against each other. How have they worked together electorally and in concrete policy struggles, and when have they worked at cross-purposes?  After this thoughtful examination, you will conclude with a consideration of the future of the economic conservative-social conservative coalition.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection and comes with a free PDF study guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ronald Reagan: Understanding Reagan&amp;#039;s Life, Accomplishments, and Legacy by Steven F. Hayward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ronald Reagan: Understanding Reagan&amp;#039;s Life, Accomplishments, and Legacy
Author: Steven F. Hayward
Narrator: Steven F. Hayward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Steven F. Hayward is the author of the celebrated two-part biography The Age of Reagan, which Reagan adviser William Niskanen called &amp;quot;the best history of the Reagan presidency.&amp;quot; He is an accomplished scholar and public intellectual who has taught and held fellowships at Georgetown University, UC Berkeley, and the American Enterprise Institute. Now you can absorb Hayward&amp;#039;s fascinating insights on Reagan&amp;#039;s life and legacy through this compelling 12-lecture audio course. Dr. Hayward combines an engaging teaching style with his deep knowledge of Reagan&amp;#039;s life. The result is a fascinating portrait of a poor boy from Illinois who became a Hollywood movie star, eloquent speaker, and one of the greatest presidents of the United States. Traveling with Dr. Hayward from Reagan&amp;#039;s childhood through his involvement in the end of the Cold War as US president, you&amp;#039;ll gain an exhaustive understanding of Reagan as a one-of-a-kind historical figure. Reagan has taken his place alongside Franklin Roosevelt as one of the most consequential presidents of the twentieth century, and as the dominant influence in the modern Republican Party. Dr. Hayward&amp;#039;s passionate lectures reveal the breadth of Reagan&amp;#039;s accomplishments and influence, including his landmark meetings with Mikhail Gorbachev, his distinctive conservative ideology, and his commitment to protecting the rights of the American people. Enjoy this inspiring course in your home or car today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide prepared by your professor and course producer.</description>
      <author>Steven F. Hayward</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2011 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781632513502.mp3" length="1405446" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781632513502.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ronald Reagan: Understanding Reagan&amp;#039;s Life, Accomplishments, and Legacy
Author: Steven F. Hayward
Narrator: Steven F. Hayward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Steven F. Hayward is the author of the celebrated two-part biography The Age of Reagan, which Reagan adviser William Niskanen called &amp;quot;the best history of the Reagan presidency.&amp;quot; He is an accomplished scholar and public intellectual who has taught and held fellowships at Georgetown University, UC Berkeley, and the American Enterprise Institute. Now you can absorb Hayward&amp;#039;s fascinating insights on Reagan&amp;#039;s life and legacy through this compelling 12-lecture audio course. Dr. Hayward combines an engaging teaching style with his deep knowledge of Reagan&amp;#039;s life. The result is a fascinating portrait of a poor boy from Illinois who became a Hollywood movie star, eloquent speaker, and one of the greatest presidents of the United States. Traveling with Dr. Hayward from Reagan&amp;#039;s childhood through his involvement in the end of the Cold War as US president, you&amp;#039;ll gain an exhaustive understanding of Reagan as a one-of-a-kind historical figure. Reagan has taken his place alongside Franklin Roosevelt as one of the most consequential presidents of the twentieth century, and as the dominant influence in the modern Republican Party. Dr. Hayward&amp;#039;s passionate lectures reveal the breadth of Reagan&amp;#039;s accomplishments and influence, including his landmark meetings with Mikhail Gorbachev, his distinctive conservative ideology, and his commitment to protecting the rights of the American people. Enjoy this inspiring course in your home or car today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide prepared by your professor and course producer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ronald Reagan: Understanding Reagan&amp;#039;s Life, Accomplishments, and Legacy
Author: Steven F. Hayward
Narrator: Steven F. Hayward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Steven F. Hayward is the author of the celebrated two-part biography The Age of Reagan, which Reagan adviser William Niskanen called &amp;quot;the best history of the Reagan presidency.&amp;quot; He is an accomplished scholar and public intellectual who has taught and held fellowships at Georgetown University, UC Berkeley, and the American Enterprise Institute. Now you can absorb Hayward&amp;#039;s fascinating insights on Reagan&amp;#039;s life and legacy through this compelling 12-lecture audio course. Dr. Hayward combines an engaging teaching style with his deep knowledge of Reagan&amp;#039;s life. The result is a fascinating portrait of a poor boy from Illinois who became a Hollywood movie star, eloquent speaker, and one of the greatest presidents of the United States. Traveling with Dr. Hayward from Reagan&amp;#039;s childhood through his involvement in the end of the Cold War as US president, you&amp;#039;ll gain an exhaustive understanding of Reagan as a one-of-a-kind historical figure. Reagan has taken his place alongside Franklin Roosevelt as one of the most consequential presidents of the twentieth century, and as the dominant influence in the modern Republican Party. Dr. Hayward&amp;#039;s passionate lectures reveal the breadth of Reagan&amp;#039;s accomplishments and influence, including his landmark meetings with Mikhail Gorbachev, his distinctive conservative ideology, and his commitment to protecting the rights of the American people. Enjoy this inspiring course in your home or car today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide prepared by your professor and course producer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dirty Dozen: The real story of the rise and fall of London&amp;#039;s most feared armed robbery gang by Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dirty Dozen: The real story of the rise and fall of London&amp;#039;s most feared armed robbery gang
Author: Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith
Narrator: Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith, Karl Jenkinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
THE TRUE STORY OF LONDON&amp;#039;S MOST PROLIFIC ARMED ROBBERY GANG The average bank robbery takes around four minutes. The essential ingredients are ruthlessness, cunning and plenty of bottle. You&amp;#039;ll also need a weapon, a disguise and a getaway car. If you have all those things, then you could go to work right now. The Bradish boys had all these things and, boy, did they go to work. The &amp;#039;Dirty Dozen&amp;#039; were a ruthless federation of criminals who ran the armed robbery game in London for over a decade. When charismatic leader &amp;#039;Gentleman&amp;#039; Jim Doyle was jailed, the innovative but violent Bradish brothers, Sean and Vincent, stepped up to take the throne. Hardened by a life in London&amp;#039;s most lawless corners, they recruited a tight-knit crew to forge a reputation as the brutal kings of their underworld trade. Banks, security vans, post offices, travel agents - anywhere was fair game and nowhere was safe. With endless money at their disposal, the gang spent freely on cars, drugs and decadence. Life was good. But with the Met&amp;#039;s tough-as-nails Flying Squad hot on their heels, a member of the inner circle cracked under the pressure and turned grass - and so began the thrilling chase-down of the Bradish boys and their illicit empire. The Dirty Dozen is the real story of the rise and fall of London&amp;#039;s most feared crime syndicate.</description>
      <author>Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789462289.mp3" length="1416426" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789462289.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dirty Dozen: The real story of the rise and fall of London&amp;#039;s most feared armed robbery gang
Author: Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith
Narrator: Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith, Karl Jenkinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
THE TRUE STORY OF LONDON&amp;#039;S MOST PROLIFIC ARMED ROBBERY GANG The average bank robbery takes around four minutes. The essential ingredients are ruthlessness, cunning and plenty of bottle. You&amp;#039;ll also need a weapon, a disguise and a getaway car. If you have all those things, then you could go to work right now. The Bradish boys had all these things and, boy, did they go to work. The &amp;#039;Dirty Dozen&amp;#039; were a ruthless federation of criminals who ran the armed robbery game in London for over a decade. When charismatic leader &amp;#039;Gentleman&amp;#039; Jim Doyle was jailed, the innovative but violent Bradish brothers, Sean and Vincent, stepped up to take the throne. Hardened by a life in London&amp;#039;s most lawless corners, they recruited a tight-knit crew to forge a reputation as the brutal kings of their underworld trade. Banks, security vans, post offices, travel agents - anywhere was fair game and nowhere was safe. With endless money at their disposal, the gang spent freely on cars, drugs and decadence. Life was good. But with the Met&amp;#039;s tough-as-nails Flying Squad hot on their heels, a member of the inner circle cracked under the pressure and turned grass - and so began the thrilling chase-down of the Bradish boys and their illicit empire. The Dirty Dozen is the real story of the rise and fall of London&amp;#039;s most feared crime syndicate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dirty Dozen: The real story of the rise and fall of London&amp;#039;s most feared armed robbery gang
Author: Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith
Narrator: Noel &amp;#039;razor&amp;#039; Smith, Karl Jenkinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
THE TRUE STORY OF LONDON&amp;#039;S MOST PROLIFIC ARMED ROBBERY GANG The average bank robbery takes around four minutes. The essential ingredients are ruthlessness, cunning and plenty of bottle. You&amp;#039;ll also need a weapon, a disguise and a getaway car. If you have all those things, then you could go to work right now. The Bradish boys had all these things and, boy, did they go to work. The &amp;#039;Dirty Dozen&amp;#039; were a ruthless federation of criminals who ran the armed robbery game in London for over a decade. When charismatic leader &amp;#039;Gentleman&amp;#039; Jim Doyle was jailed, the innovative but violent Bradish brothers, Sean and Vincent, stepped up to take the throne. Hardened by a life in London&amp;#039;s most lawless corners, they recruited a tight-knit crew to forge a reputation as the brutal kings of their underworld trade. Banks, security vans, post offices, travel agents - anywhere was fair game and nowhere was safe. With endless money at their disposal, the gang spent freely on cars, drugs and decadence. Life was good. But with the Met&amp;#039;s tough-as-nails Flying Squad hot on their heels, a member of the inner circle cracked under the pressure and turned grass - and so began the thrilling chase-down of the Bradish boys and their illicit empire. The Dirty Dozen is the real story of the rise and fall of London&amp;#039;s most feared crime syndicate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Republic Under Assault: The Left&amp;#039;s Ongoing Attack on American Freedom by Tom Fitton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Republic Under Assault: The Left&amp;#039;s Ongoing Attack on American Freedom
Series: #3 of Judicial Watch
Author: Tom Fitton
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   In this explosive book, New York Times bestselling author and president of Judicial Watch Tom Fitton explains how the Radical Left and the Deep State destroyed the Trump presidency. With his trademark “readable, engaging, persuasive” (The Washington Times) writing, Tom Fitton identifies the major forces posing a continued threat to American democracy.   Hillary Clinton Email Scandal: How the Clinton team and senior officials at the Obama State Department conspired to cover up Hillary Clinton’s secret email system—and shocking revelations that tie the Obama White House to the cover-up!   Voter Fraud: How Soros-funded groups attack states that seek to protect clean elections by challenging voter ID laws, and how the Left is cynically peddling COVID-19 crisis electoral “reforms,” such as mail-in voting, which could increase voter fraud and election chaos. And shocking numbers about dirty voting rolls across the nation!   Illegal Immigration: How deadly illegal “sanctuary” policies are exploding across America, and how our nation’s sovereignty has been under assault by radical open-border advocates.   Subversive Deep State collaborators with ties to the Clinton and Obama machines not only launched countless—often illegal—operations to stop and then remove Trump, but even more alarmingly, are working to transform the United States into something truly unrecognizable to all who believe in liberty and the rule of law. “This is must reading for every American who wants to save our nation” (Sean Hannity, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</description>
      <author>Tom Fitton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797116334.mp3" length="829870" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797116334.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Republic Under Assault: The Left&amp;#039;s Ongoing Attack on American Freedom
Series: #3 of Judicial Watch
Author: Tom Fitton
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   In this explosive book, New York Times bestselling author and president of Judicial Watch Tom Fitton explains how the Radical Left and the Deep State destroyed the Trump presidency. With his trademark “readable, engaging, persuasive” (The Washington Times) writing, Tom Fitton identifies the major forces posing a continued threat to American democracy.   Hillary Clinton Email Scandal: How the Clinton team and senior officials at the Obama State Department conspired to cover up Hillary Clinton’s secret email system—and shocking revelations that tie the Obama White House to the cover-up!   Voter Fraud: How Soros-funded groups attack states that seek to protect clean elections by challenging voter ID laws, and how the Left is cynically peddling COVID-19 crisis electoral “reforms,” such as mail-in voting, which could increase voter fraud and election chaos. And shocking numbers about dirty voting rolls across the nation!   Illegal Immigration: How deadly illegal “sanctuary” policies are exploding across America, and how our nation’s sovereignty has been under assault by radical open-border advocates.   Subversive Deep State collaborators with ties to the Clinton and Obama machines not only launched countless—often illegal—operations to stop and then remove Trump, but even more alarmingly, are working to transform the United States into something truly unrecognizable to all who believe in liberty and the rule of law. “This is must reading for every American who wants to save our nation” (Sean Hannity, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431117</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Republic Under Assault: The Left&amp;#039;s Ongoing Attack on American Freedom
Series: #3 of Judicial Watch
Author: Tom Fitton
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   In this explosive book, New York Times bestselling author and president of Judicial Watch Tom Fitton explains how the Radical Left and the Deep State destroyed the Trump presidency. With his trademark “readable, engaging, persuasive” (The Washington Times) writing, Tom Fitton identifies the major forces posing a continued threat to American democracy.   Hillary Clinton Email Scandal: How the Clinton team and senior officials at the Obama State Department conspired to cover up Hillary Clinton’s secret email system—and shocking revelations that tie the Obama White House to the cover-up!   Voter Fraud: How Soros-funded groups attack states that seek to protect clean elections by challenging voter ID laws, and how the Left is cynically peddling COVID-19 crisis electoral “reforms,” such as mail-in voting, which could increase voter fraud and election chaos. And shocking numbers about dirty voting rolls across the nation!   Illegal Immigration: How deadly illegal “sanctuary” policies are exploding across America, and how our nation’s sovereignty has been under assault by radical open-border advocates.   Subversive Deep State collaborators with ties to the Clinton and Obama machines not only launched countless—often illegal—operations to stop and then remove Trump, but even more alarmingly, are working to transform the United States into something truly unrecognizable to all who believe in liberty and the rule of law. “This is must reading for every American who wants to save our nation” (Sean Hannity, #1 New York Times bestselling author).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Fight for America: The War Continues by Michael Savage</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Fight for America: The War Continues
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Holden Still
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the follow-up to the #1 New York Times bestseller Trump&amp;#039;s War, Michael Savage makes the case for President Trump in 2020.  America rolled into 2020 like a juggernaut, with the strongest economy in its history and a renewed leadership role on the world stage. President Trump was cruising to reelection on the strength of record low unemployment, phase one of a historic trade deal, and a more stable Middle East after the defeat of ISIS.Then, catastrophe struck. A novel coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China, swept the world, taking hundreds of thousands of lives and wreaking economic and social destruction. As America battled to its feet and prepared to reopen its economy, the tragic death of George Floyd at the hands of a police officer lit a powder keg of political tension waiting to explode after months of lockdown. As the November elections approach, America is at war with itself to decide if it will remain a land of freedom and opportunity, or whether a radical new vision will emerge.Americans are searching for answers. Was the American lockdown necessary to defeat Covid-19 or was it a politically motivated strategy to harm President Trump&amp;#039;s reelection chances? Does the death of George Floyd represent a systemic problem with American police or is the Left exploiting the tragedy for political purposes? Where does legitimate protest end and insurrection begin?A trained scientist who studied epidemiology for his PhD and one of America&amp;#039;s most popular conservative radio hosts for the past twenty-six years, Dr. Michael Savage is uniquely positioned to answer these burning questions. In OUR FIGHT FOR AMERICA: THE WAR CONTINUES, Savage cuts through the propaganda and noise to present a clear analysis of the crises and the political and scientific motivations behind them. Michael Savage tells the truth even when nobody wants to hear it and presents a clear vision of what Americans must do to survive our most turbulent period in decades.</description>
      <author>Michael Savage</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549186370.mp3" length="874099" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549186370.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Fight for America: The War Continues
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Holden Still
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the follow-up to the #1 New York Times bestseller Trump&amp;#039;s War, Michael Savage makes the case for President Trump in 2020.  America rolled into 2020 like a juggernaut, with the strongest economy in its history and a renewed leadership role on the world stage. President Trump was cruising to reelection on the strength of record low unemployment, phase one of a historic trade deal, and a more stable Middle East after the defeat of ISIS.Then, catastrophe struck. A novel coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China, swept the world, taking hundreds of thousands of lives and wreaking economic and social destruction. As America battled to its feet and prepared to reopen its economy, the tragic death of George Floyd at the hands of a police officer lit a powder keg of political tension waiting to explode after months of lockdown. As the November elections approach, America is at war with itself to decide if it will remain a land of freedom and opportunity, or whether a radical new vision will emerge.Americans are searching for answers. Was the American lockdown necessary to defeat Covid-19 or was it a politically motivated strategy to harm President Trump&amp;#039;s reelection chances? Does the death of George Floyd represent a systemic problem with American police or is the Left exploiting the tragedy for political purposes? Where does legitimate protest end and insurrection begin?A trained scientist who studied epidemiology for his PhD and one of America&amp;#039;s most popular conservative radio hosts for the past twenty-six years, Dr. Michael Savage is uniquely positioned to answer these burning questions. In OUR FIGHT FOR AMERICA: THE WAR CONTINUES, Savage cuts through the propaganda and noise to present a clear analysis of the crises and the political and scientific motivations behind them. Michael Savage tells the truth even when nobody wants to hear it and presents a clear vision of what Americans must do to survive our most turbulent period in decades.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Fight for America: The War Continues
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Holden Still
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the follow-up to the #1 New York Times bestseller Trump&amp;#039;s War, Michael Savage makes the case for President Trump in 2020.  America rolled into 2020 like a juggernaut, with the strongest economy in its history and a renewed leadership role on the world stage. President Trump was cruising to reelection on the strength of record low unemployment, phase one of a historic trade deal, and a more stable Middle East after the defeat of ISIS.Then, catastrophe struck. A novel coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China, swept the world, taking hundreds of thousands of lives and wreaking economic and social destruction. As America battled to its feet and prepared to reopen its economy, the tragic death of George Floyd at the hands of a police officer lit a powder keg of political tension waiting to explode after months of lockdown. As the November elections approach, America is at war with itself to decide if it will remain a land of freedom and opportunity, or whether a radical new vision will emerge.Americans are searching for answers. Was the American lockdown necessary to defeat Covid-19 or was it a politically motivated strategy to harm President Trump&amp;#039;s reelection chances? Does the death of George Floyd represent a systemic problem with American police or is the Left exploiting the tragedy for political purposes? Where does legitimate protest end and insurrection begin?A trained scientist who studied epidemiology for his PhD and one of America&amp;#039;s most popular conservative radio hosts for the past twenty-six years, Dr. Michael Savage is uniquely positioned to answer these burning questions. In OUR FIGHT FOR AMERICA: THE WAR CONTINUES, Savage cuts through the propaganda and noise to present a clear analysis of the crises and the political and scientific motivations behind them. Michael Savage tells the truth even when nobody wants to hear it and presents a clear vision of what Americans must do to survive our most turbulent period in decades.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving America from Socialism: How to Stop Progressive Attacks on Freedom by Jim Demint</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving America from Socialism: How to Stop Progressive Attacks on Freedom
Author: Jim Demint
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When Jim DeMint wrote Saving Freedom: We Can Stop America&amp;#039;s Slide into Socialism in 2009, he believed an energized and informed America could put the brakes on the &amp;#039;progressive&amp;#039; bus driven by big government backers. What couldn&amp;#039;t be foreseen was the devastating effect Barack Obama would have on our Constitutional Republic in eight years. Since then, an embedded force of anti-Constitutionalists in every branch of the federal government have worked virulently to crush any attempt to reorient the United States to its founding principles. In Saving America from Socialism, the facts about socialism are the same, but after eight years of President Obama and high-profile socialists leading the Democratic Party, we now have a clearer picture of how socialism will impact our prosperity, freedoms, and rights. America has never been more divided about what it means to be an American, and this division is a key goal straight from the Socialist playbook. We must have a new strategy for uniting and rescuing our nation from the inevitable decline from Socialist policies. This book is your playbook to save America from socialism. Thankfully, Obama&amp;#039;s replacement—Donald Trump—has provided a clear contrast between the results of socialism versus freedom.</description>
      <author>Jim Demint</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915905.mp3" length="1499982" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915905.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving America from Socialism: How to Stop Progressive Attacks on Freedom
Author: Jim Demint
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When Jim DeMint wrote Saving Freedom: We Can Stop America&amp;#039;s Slide into Socialism in 2009, he believed an energized and informed America could put the brakes on the &amp;#039;progressive&amp;#039; bus driven by big government backers. What couldn&amp;#039;t be foreseen was the devastating effect Barack Obama would have on our Constitutional Republic in eight years. Since then, an embedded force of anti-Constitutionalists in every branch of the federal government have worked virulently to crush any attempt to reorient the United States to its founding principles. In Saving America from Socialism, the facts about socialism are the same, but after eight years of President Obama and high-profile socialists leading the Democratic Party, we now have a clearer picture of how socialism will impact our prosperity, freedoms, and rights. America has never been more divided about what it means to be an American, and this division is a key goal straight from the Socialist playbook. We must have a new strategy for uniting and rescuing our nation from the inevitable decline from Socialist policies. This book is your playbook to save America from socialism. Thankfully, Obama&amp;#039;s replacement—Donald Trump—has provided a clear contrast between the results of socialism versus freedom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431053</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving America from Socialism: How to Stop Progressive Attacks on Freedom
Author: Jim Demint
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When Jim DeMint wrote Saving Freedom: We Can Stop America&amp;#039;s Slide into Socialism in 2009, he believed an energized and informed America could put the brakes on the &amp;#039;progressive&amp;#039; bus driven by big government backers. What couldn&amp;#039;t be foreseen was the devastating effect Barack Obama would have on our Constitutional Republic in eight years. Since then, an embedded force of anti-Constitutionalists in every branch of the federal government have worked virulently to crush any attempt to reorient the United States to its founding principles. In Saving America from Socialism, the facts about socialism are the same, but after eight years of President Obama and high-profile socialists leading the Democratic Party, we now have a clearer picture of how socialism will impact our prosperity, freedoms, and rights. America has never been more divided about what it means to be an American, and this division is a key goal straight from the Socialist playbook. We must have a new strategy for uniting and rescuing our nation from the inevitable decline from Socialist policies. This book is your playbook to save America from socialism. Thankfully, Obama&amp;#039;s replacement—Donald Trump—has provided a clear contrast between the results of socialism versus freedom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Watchdog: How Protecting Consumers Can Save Our Families, Our Economy, and Our Democracy by Richard Cordray</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Watchdog: How Protecting Consumers Can Save Our Families, Our Economy, and Our Democracy
Author: Richard Cordray
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Every day across America, consumers face issues with credit cards, mortgages, car loans, and student loans. When they are cheated or mistreated, all too often they hit a brick wall against the financial companies. People are fed up with being run over by big corporations, and few have the resources or expertise to fight back on their own. It is no wonder consumers feel powerless: they are outgunned every step of the way. Since 1970, the financial industry has doubled in size. It is the biggest source of campaign contributions to federal candidates and parties, spending about $1 billion annually on campaigns and another $500 million on lobbying. The four biggest banks each now has more than $1 trillion in assets. Financial products have become a mass of fine print that consumers can hardly even read, let alone understand. Growing problems in the increasingly one-sided finance markets blew up the economy in 2008. In the aftermath, Congress created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Sharing the stories of individual consumers, Watchdog shows how the Bureau quickly became a powerful force for good, suing big banks for cheating or deceiving consumers, putting limits on predatory lenders, simplifying mortgage paperwork, and stepping in to help solve problems raised by individual consumers.</description>
      <author>Richard Cordray</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705234228.mp3" length="8465176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705234228.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Watchdog: How Protecting Consumers Can Save Our Families, Our Economy, and Our Democracy
Author: Richard Cordray
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Every day across America, consumers face issues with credit cards, mortgages, car loans, and student loans. When they are cheated or mistreated, all too often they hit a brick wall against the financial companies. People are fed up with being run over by big corporations, and few have the resources or expertise to fight back on their own. It is no wonder consumers feel powerless: they are outgunned every step of the way. Since 1970, the financial industry has doubled in size. It is the biggest source of campaign contributions to federal candidates and parties, spending about $1 billion annually on campaigns and another $500 million on lobbying. The four biggest banks each now has more than $1 trillion in assets. Financial products have become a mass of fine print that consumers can hardly even read, let alone understand. Growing problems in the increasingly one-sided finance markets blew up the economy in 2008. In the aftermath, Congress created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Sharing the stories of individual consumers, Watchdog shows how the Bureau quickly became a powerful force for good, suing big banks for cheating or deceiving consumers, putting limits on predatory lenders, simplifying mortgage paperwork, and stepping in to help solve problems raised by individual consumers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Watchdog: How Protecting Consumers Can Save Our Families, Our Economy, and Our Democracy
Author: Richard Cordray
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Every day across America, consumers face issues with credit cards, mortgages, car loans, and student loans. When they are cheated or mistreated, all too often they hit a brick wall against the financial companies. People are fed up with being run over by big corporations, and few have the resources or expertise to fight back on their own. It is no wonder consumers feel powerless: they are outgunned every step of the way. Since 1970, the financial industry has doubled in size. It is the biggest source of campaign contributions to federal candidates and parties, spending about $1 billion annually on campaigns and another $500 million on lobbying. The four biggest banks each now has more than $1 trillion in assets. Financial products have become a mass of fine print that consumers can hardly even read, let alone understand. Growing problems in the increasingly one-sided finance markets blew up the economy in 2008. In the aftermath, Congress created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Sharing the stories of individual consumers, Watchdog shows how the Bureau quickly became a powerful force for good, suing big banks for cheating or deceiving consumers, putting limits on predatory lenders, simplifying mortgage paperwork, and stepping in to help solve problems raised by individual consumers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Twilight of Democracy: The Failure of Politics and the Parting of Friends by Anne Applebaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twilight of Democracy: The Failure of Politics and the Parting of Friends
Author: Anne Applebaum
Narrator: Anne Applebaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In the years just before and after the fall of the Berlin Wall, conservative politicians and intellectuals across Europe and America celebrated a great achievement, felt a common purpose and, very often, forged personal friendships. The euphoria quickly evaporated, the common purpose and centre ground gradually disappeared and eventually - as this book compellingly relates - the relationships soured too. Anne Applebaum traces a familiar history in an unfamiliar way, looking at the trajectories of individuals caught up in the public events of the last three decades. When politics become polarized, which side do you back? If you are a journalist, an intellectual, a civic leader, how do you deal with the re-emergence of authoritarian or nationalist ideas in your country? When your leaders appropriate history, or pedal conspiracies, or eviscerate the media and the judiciary, do you go along with it? Twilight of Democracy is a new kind of political writing, an essay that mixes the personal and the political and brings a fresh understanding to the dynamics of public life in Europe and America, both now and in the past. © Anne Applebaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Anne Applebaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241481820.mp3" length="1293207" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241481820.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twilight of Democracy: The Failure of Politics and the Parting of Friends
Author: Anne Applebaum
Narrator: Anne Applebaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In the years just before and after the fall of the Berlin Wall, conservative politicians and intellectuals across Europe and America celebrated a great achievement, felt a common purpose and, very often, forged personal friendships. The euphoria quickly evaporated, the common purpose and centre ground gradually disappeared and eventually - as this book compellingly relates - the relationships soured too. Anne Applebaum traces a familiar history in an unfamiliar way, looking at the trajectories of individuals caught up in the public events of the last three decades. When politics become polarized, which side do you back? If you are a journalist, an intellectual, a civic leader, how do you deal with the re-emergence of authoritarian or nationalist ideas in your country? When your leaders appropriate history, or pedal conspiracies, or eviscerate the media and the judiciary, do you go along with it? Twilight of Democracy is a new kind of political writing, an essay that mixes the personal and the political and brings a fresh understanding to the dynamics of public life in Europe and America, both now and in the past. © Anne Applebaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430761</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twilight of Democracy: The Failure of Politics and the Parting of Friends
Author: Anne Applebaum
Narrator: Anne Applebaum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In the years just before and after the fall of the Berlin Wall, conservative politicians and intellectuals across Europe and America celebrated a great achievement, felt a common purpose and, very often, forged personal friendships. The euphoria quickly evaporated, the common purpose and centre ground gradually disappeared and eventually - as this book compellingly relates - the relationships soured too. Anne Applebaum traces a familiar history in an unfamiliar way, looking at the trajectories of individuals caught up in the public events of the last three decades. When politics become polarized, which side do you back? If you are a journalist, an intellectual, a civic leader, how do you deal with the re-emergence of authoritarian or nationalist ideas in your country? When your leaders appropriate history, or pedal conspiracies, or eviscerate the media and the judiciary, do you go along with it? Twilight of Democracy is a new kind of political writing, an essay that mixes the personal and the political and brings a fresh understanding to the dynamics of public life in Europe and America, both now and in the past. © Anne Applebaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Myths We Live By by Peter Cave</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myths We Live By
Author: Peter Cave
Narrator: Finlay Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this witty and mischievous book, philosopher Peter Cave dissects the most controversial disputes today and uses philosophical argument to reveal that many issues are less straightforward than we&amp;#039;d like to believe. Leaving no sacred cow standing, Cave uses ingenious stories and examples to challenge our most strongly held assumptions. Is democracy inherently a good thing? What is the basis of so-called human rights? Is discrimination always bad? Are we morally obliged to accept refugees? In an age of identity politics and so-called &amp;#039;fake news&amp;#039;, this book is an essential resource for reinvigorating genuine public debate - and an entertaining challenge to accepted wisdom.  “Lively... Cave forces his readers to interrogate cherished beliefs and see how many of the principles enshrined in public life are not only inconsistent but incoherent, even paradoxical” THE HERALD “An elegant and erudite expose of the hypocrisies and evasions that infect the social and political thinking of our times” JOHN COTTINGHAM “Britain&amp;#039;s wittiest philosopher” RAYMOND TALLIS “Highly entertaining, informative and challenging... If you want to check whether your beliefs about democracy, human rights and free speech aren&amp;#039;t just prejudices - mere myths you happen to have signed up to - this is a great place to start” STEPHEN LAW “With characteristic wit, philosopher Peter Cave takes readers on a journey of discovery through a maze of perplexities. This is a profound book” DAN COHN-SHERBOK “At its best, The Myths We Live By resembles a lively tutorial, with the genial Professor Cave challenging readers&amp;#039; prejudices... Useful and educational” SYDNEY MORNING HERALD</description>
      <author>Peter Cave</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004010011.mp3" length="775340" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004010011.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myths We Live By
Author: Peter Cave
Narrator: Finlay Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this witty and mischievous book, philosopher Peter Cave dissects the most controversial disputes today and uses philosophical argument to reveal that many issues are less straightforward than we&amp;#039;d like to believe. Leaving no sacred cow standing, Cave uses ingenious stories and examples to challenge our most strongly held assumptions. Is democracy inherently a good thing? What is the basis of so-called human rights? Is discrimination always bad? Are we morally obliged to accept refugees? In an age of identity politics and so-called &amp;#039;fake news&amp;#039;, this book is an essential resource for reinvigorating genuine public debate - and an entertaining challenge to accepted wisdom.  “Lively... Cave forces his readers to interrogate cherished beliefs and see how many of the principles enshrined in public life are not only inconsistent but incoherent, even paradoxical” THE HERALD “An elegant and erudite expose of the hypocrisies and evasions that infect the social and political thinking of our times” JOHN COTTINGHAM “Britain&amp;#039;s wittiest philosopher” RAYMOND TALLIS “Highly entertaining, informative and challenging... If you want to check whether your beliefs about democracy, human rights and free speech aren&amp;#039;t just prejudices - mere myths you happen to have signed up to - this is a great place to start” STEPHEN LAW “With characteristic wit, philosopher Peter Cave takes readers on a journey of discovery through a maze of perplexities. This is a profound book” DAN COHN-SHERBOK “At its best, The Myths We Live By resembles a lively tutorial, with the genial Professor Cave challenging readers&amp;#039; prejudices... Useful and educational” SYDNEY MORNING HERALD</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myths We Live By
Author: Peter Cave
Narrator: Finlay Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this witty and mischievous book, philosopher Peter Cave dissects the most controversial disputes today and uses philosophical argument to reveal that many issues are less straightforward than we&amp;#039;d like to believe. Leaving no sacred cow standing, Cave uses ingenious stories and examples to challenge our most strongly held assumptions. Is democracy inherently a good thing? What is the basis of so-called human rights? Is discrimination always bad? Are we morally obliged to accept refugees? In an age of identity politics and so-called &amp;#039;fake news&amp;#039;, this book is an essential resource for reinvigorating genuine public debate - and an entertaining challenge to accepted wisdom.  “Lively... Cave forces his readers to interrogate cherished beliefs and see how many of the principles enshrined in public life are not only inconsistent but incoherent, even paradoxical” THE HERALD “An elegant and erudite expose of the hypocrisies and evasions that infect the social and political thinking of our times” JOHN COTTINGHAM “Britain&amp;#039;s wittiest philosopher” RAYMOND TALLIS “Highly entertaining, informative and challenging... If you want to check whether your beliefs about democracy, human rights and free speech aren&amp;#039;t just prejudices - mere myths you happen to have signed up to - this is a great place to start” STEPHEN LAW “With characteristic wit, philosopher Peter Cave takes readers on a journey of discovery through a maze of perplexities. This is a profound book” DAN COHN-SHERBOK “At its best, The Myths We Live By resembles a lively tutorial, with the genial Professor Cave challenging readers&amp;#039; prejudices... Useful and educational” SYDNEY MORNING HERALD</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Land: The Struggle for the Left by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Land: The Struggle for the Left
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Owen Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The No.1 bestselling author of Chavs and The Establishment returns with an urgent, revelatory account of where the Left - and Britain - goes next On 12th December 2019, the Left died. That at least was the view of much of Britain&amp;#039;s media and political establishment, who saw the electoral defeat of Jeremy Corbyn&amp;#039;s Labour Party as the damning repudiation of everything it stood for. Yet, just over four years previously, the election of Corbyn as Labour leader seemed like a sea-change in politics: reanimating not just a party in apparently terminal decline but a country adrift, with a transformative vision based on a more just, more equal society and economy. In this revelatory new book, Owen Jones explores how these ideas took hold, how they promised to change the nature of British politics - and how everything then went profoundly, catastrophically wrong. Why did the Left fail so badly? Where, in this most critical of times, does that failure leave its values and ideas? Where does it leave Britain itself? © Owen Jones 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241474082.mp3" length="1317097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241474082.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Land: The Struggle for the Left
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Owen Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The No.1 bestselling author of Chavs and The Establishment returns with an urgent, revelatory account of where the Left - and Britain - goes next On 12th December 2019, the Left died. That at least was the view of much of Britain&amp;#039;s media and political establishment, who saw the electoral defeat of Jeremy Corbyn&amp;#039;s Labour Party as the damning repudiation of everything it stood for. Yet, just over four years previously, the election of Corbyn as Labour leader seemed like a sea-change in politics: reanimating not just a party in apparently terminal decline but a country adrift, with a transformative vision based on a more just, more equal society and economy. In this revelatory new book, Owen Jones explores how these ideas took hold, how they promised to change the nature of British politics - and how everything then went profoundly, catastrophically wrong. Why did the Left fail so badly? Where, in this most critical of times, does that failure leave its values and ideas? Where does it leave Britain itself? © Owen Jones 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Land: The Struggle for the Left
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Owen Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The No.1 bestselling author of Chavs and The Establishment returns with an urgent, revelatory account of where the Left - and Britain - goes next On 12th December 2019, the Left died. That at least was the view of much of Britain&amp;#039;s media and political establishment, who saw the electoral defeat of Jeremy Corbyn&amp;#039;s Labour Party as the damning repudiation of everything it stood for. Yet, just over four years previously, the election of Corbyn as Labour leader seemed like a sea-change in politics: reanimating not just a party in apparently terminal decline but a country adrift, with a transformative vision based on a more just, more equal society and economy. In this revelatory new book, Owen Jones explores how these ideas took hold, how they promised to change the nature of British politics - and how everything then went profoundly, catastrophically wrong. Why did the Left fail so badly? Where, in this most critical of times, does that failure leave its values and ideas? Where does it leave Britain itself? © Owen Jones 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sum of Us: What Racism Costs Everyone and How We Can Prosper Together by Heather Mcghee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sum of Us: What Racism Costs Everyone and How We Can Prosper Together
Author: Heather Mcghee
Narrator: Heather Mcghee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 18
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • LONGLISTED FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD • One of today’s most insightful and influential thinkers offers a powerful exploration of inequality and the lesson that generations of Americans have failed to learn: Racism has a cost for everyone—not just for people of color.   WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Time, The Washington Post, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Ms. magazine, BookRiot, Library Journal  “This is the book I’ve been waiting for.”—Ibram X. Kendi, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist  Look for the author’s podcast, The Sum of Us, based on this book! Heather McGhee’s specialty is the American economy—and the mystery of why it so often fails the American public. From the financial crisis of 2008 to rising student debt to collapsing public infrastructure, she found a root problem: racism in our politics and policymaking. But not just in the most obvious indignities for people of color. Racism has costs for white people, too. It is the common denominator of our most vexing public problems, the core dysfunction of our democracy and constitutive of the spiritual and moral crises that grip us all. But how did this happen? And is there a way out? McGhee embarks on a deeply personal journey across the country from Maine to Mississippi to California, tallying what we lose when we buy into the zero-sum paradigm—the idea that progress for some of us must come at the expense of others. Along the way, she meets white people who confide in her about losing their homes, their dreams, and their shot at better jobs to the toxic mix of American racism and greed. This is the story of how public goods in this country—from parks and pools to functioning schools—have become private luxuries; of how unions collapsed, wages stagnated, and inequality increased; and of how this country, unique among the world’s advanced economies, has thwarted universal healthcare. But in unlikely places of worship and work, McGhee finds proof of what she calls the Solidarity Dividend: the benefits we gain when people come together across race to accomplish what we simply can’t do on our own. The Sum of Us is not only a brilliant analysis of how we arrived here but also a heartfelt message, delivered with startling empathy, from a black woman to a multiracial America. It leaves us with a new vision for a future in which we finally realize that life can be more than a zero-sum game. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL</description>
      <author>Heather Mcghee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593207710.mp3" length="2860334" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593207710.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sum of Us: What Racism Costs Everyone and How We Can Prosper Together
Author: Heather Mcghee
Narrator: Heather Mcghee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 18
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • LONGLISTED FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD • One of today’s most insightful and influential thinkers offers a powerful exploration of inequality and the lesson that generations of Americans have failed to learn: Racism has a cost for everyone—not just for people of color.   WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Time, The Washington Post, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Ms. magazine, BookRiot, Library Journal  “This is the book I’ve been waiting for.”—Ibram X. Kendi, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist  Look for the author’s podcast, The Sum of Us, based on this book! Heather McGhee’s specialty is the American economy—and the mystery of why it so often fails the American public. From the financial crisis of 2008 to rising student debt to collapsing public infrastructure, she found a root problem: racism in our politics and policymaking. But not just in the most obvious indignities for people of color. Racism has costs for white people, too. It is the common denominator of our most vexing public problems, the core dysfunction of our democracy and constitutive of the spiritual and moral crises that grip us all. But how did this happen? And is there a way out? McGhee embarks on a deeply personal journey across the country from Maine to Mississippi to California, tallying what we lose when we buy into the zero-sum paradigm—the idea that progress for some of us must come at the expense of others. Along the way, she meets white people who confide in her about losing their homes, their dreams, and their shot at better jobs to the toxic mix of American racism and greed. This is the story of how public goods in this country—from parks and pools to functioning schools—have become private luxuries; of how unions collapsed, wages stagnated, and inequality increased; and of how this country, unique among the world’s advanced economies, has thwarted universal healthcare. But in unlikely places of worship and work, McGhee finds proof of what she calls the Solidarity Dividend: the benefits we gain when people come together across race to accomplish what we simply can’t do on our own. The Sum of Us is not only a brilliant analysis of how we arrived here but also a heartfelt message, delivered with startling empathy, from a black woman to a multiracial America. It leaves us with a new vision for a future in which we finally realize that life can be more than a zero-sum game. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sum of Us: What Racism Costs Everyone and How We Can Prosper Together
Author: Heather Mcghee
Narrator: Heather Mcghee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 18
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • LONGLISTED FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD • One of today’s most insightful and influential thinkers offers a powerful exploration of inequality and the lesson that generations of Americans have failed to learn: Racism has a cost for everyone—not just for people of color.   WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Time, The Washington Post, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Ms. magazine, BookRiot, Library Journal  “This is the book I’ve been waiting for.”—Ibram X. Kendi, #1 New York Times bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist  Look for the author’s podcast, The Sum of Us, based on this book! Heather McGhee’s specialty is the American economy—and the mystery of why it so often fails the American public. From the financial crisis of 2008 to rising student debt to collapsing public infrastructure, she found a root problem: racism in our politics and policymaking. But not just in the most obvious indignities for people of color. Racism has costs for white people, too. It is the common denominator of our most vexing public problems, the core dysfunction of our democracy and constitutive of the spiritual and moral crises that grip us all. But how did this happen? And is there a way out? McGhee embarks on a deeply personal journey across the country from Maine to Mississippi to California, tallying what we lose when we buy into the zero-sum paradigm—the idea that progress for some of us must come at the expense of others. Along the way, she meets white people who confide in her about losing their homes, their dreams, and their shot at better jobs to the toxic mix of American racism and greed. This is the story of how public goods in this country—from parks and pools to functioning schools—have become private luxuries; of how unions collapsed, wages stagnated, and inequality increased; and of how this country, unique among the world’s advanced economies, has thwarted universal healthcare. But in unlikely places of worship and work, McGhee finds proof of what she calls the Solidarity Dividend: the benefits we gain when people come together across race to accomplish what we simply can’t do on our own. The Sum of Us is not only a brilliant analysis of how we arrived here but also a heartfelt message, delivered with startling empathy, from a black woman to a multiracial America. It leaves us with a new vision for a future in which we finally realize that life can be more than a zero-sum game. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Boomers: The Men and Women Who Promised Freedom and Delivered Disaster by Helen Andrews</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Boomers: The Men and Women Who Promised Freedom and Delivered Disaster
Author: Helen Andrews
Narrator: Nicole Parnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Baby Boomers (and I confess I am one): prepare to squirm and shake your increasingly arthritic little fists. For here comes essayist Helen Andrews.&amp;#039;--Terry Castle With two recessions and a botched pandemic under their belt, the Boomers are their children&amp;#039;s favorite punching bag. But is the hatred justified? Is the destruction left in their wake their fault or simply the luck of the generational draw? In Boomers, essayist Helen Andrews addresses the Boomer legacy with scrupulous fairness and biting wit. Following the model of Lytton Strachey&amp;#039;s Eminent Victorians, she profiles six of the Boomers&amp;#039; brightest and best. She shows how Steve Jobs tried to liberate everyone&amp;#039;s inner rebel but unleashed our stultifying digital world of social media and the gig economy. How Aaron Sorkin played pied piper to a generation of idealistic wonks. How Camille Paglia corrupted academia while trying to save it. How Jeffrey Sachs, Al Sharpton, and Sonya Sotomayor wanted to empower the oppressed but ended up empowering new oppressors. Ranging far beyond the usual Beatles and Bill Clinton clichés, Andrews shows how these six Boomers&amp;#039; effect on the world has been tragically and often ironically contrary to their intentions. She reveals the essence of Boomerness: they tried to liberate us, and instead of freedom they left behind chaos.</description>
      <author>Helen Andrews</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593290187.mp3" length="2839507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593290187.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Boomers: The Men and Women Who Promised Freedom and Delivered Disaster
Author: Helen Andrews
Narrator: Nicole Parnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Baby Boomers (and I confess I am one): prepare to squirm and shake your increasingly arthritic little fists. For here comes essayist Helen Andrews.&amp;#039;--Terry Castle With two recessions and a botched pandemic under their belt, the Boomers are their children&amp;#039;s favorite punching bag. But is the hatred justified? Is the destruction left in their wake their fault or simply the luck of the generational draw? In Boomers, essayist Helen Andrews addresses the Boomer legacy with scrupulous fairness and biting wit. Following the model of Lytton Strachey&amp;#039;s Eminent Victorians, she profiles six of the Boomers&amp;#039; brightest and best. She shows how Steve Jobs tried to liberate everyone&amp;#039;s inner rebel but unleashed our stultifying digital world of social media and the gig economy. How Aaron Sorkin played pied piper to a generation of idealistic wonks. How Camille Paglia corrupted academia while trying to save it. How Jeffrey Sachs, Al Sharpton, and Sonya Sotomayor wanted to empower the oppressed but ended up empowering new oppressors. Ranging far beyond the usual Beatles and Bill Clinton clichés, Andrews shows how these six Boomers&amp;#039; effect on the world has been tragically and often ironically contrary to their intentions. She reveals the essence of Boomerness: they tried to liberate us, and instead of freedom they left behind chaos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430539</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Boomers: The Men and Women Who Promised Freedom and Delivered Disaster
Author: Helen Andrews
Narrator: Nicole Parnell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Baby Boomers (and I confess I am one): prepare to squirm and shake your increasingly arthritic little fists. For here comes essayist Helen Andrews.&amp;#039;--Terry Castle With two recessions and a botched pandemic under their belt, the Boomers are their children&amp;#039;s favorite punching bag. But is the hatred justified? Is the destruction left in their wake their fault or simply the luck of the generational draw? In Boomers, essayist Helen Andrews addresses the Boomer legacy with scrupulous fairness and biting wit. Following the model of Lytton Strachey&amp;#039;s Eminent Victorians, she profiles six of the Boomers&amp;#039; brightest and best. She shows how Steve Jobs tried to liberate everyone&amp;#039;s inner rebel but unleashed our stultifying digital world of social media and the gig economy. How Aaron Sorkin played pied piper to a generation of idealistic wonks. How Camille Paglia corrupted academia while trying to save it. How Jeffrey Sachs, Al Sharpton, and Sonya Sotomayor wanted to empower the oppressed but ended up empowering new oppressors. Ranging far beyond the usual Beatles and Bill Clinton clichés, Andrews shows how these six Boomers&amp;#039; effect on the world has been tragically and often ironically contrary to their intentions. She reveals the essence of Boomerness: they tried to liberate us, and instead of freedom they left behind chaos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Café Europa Revisited: How to Survive Post-Communism by Slavenka Drakulic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Café Europa Revisited: How to Survive Post-Communism
Author: Slavenka Drakulic
Narrator: Kathleen Gati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Drakulić’s composite portrait provides a clear-eyed look at European values, and what they really amount to.&amp;#039; —The New Yorker An evocative and timely collection of essays that paints a portrait of Eastern Europe thirty years after the end of communism. An immigrant with a parrot in Stockholm, a photo of a girl in Lviv, a sculpture of Alexander the Great in Skopje, a memorial ceremony for the 50th anniversary of the Soviet led army invasion of Prague: these are a few glimpses of life in Eastern Europe today. Three decades after the Velvet Revolution, Slavenka Drakulic, the author of Cafe Europa and A Guided Tour of the Museum Of Communism, takes a look at what has changed and what has remained the same in the region in her daring new essay collection.  Totalitarianism did not die overnight and democracy did not completely transform Eastern European societies. Looking closely at artefacts and day to day life, from the health insurance cards to national monuments, and popular films to cultural habits, alongside pieces of growing nationalism and Brexit, these pieces of political reportage dive into the reality of a Europe still deeply divided.</description>
      <author>Slavenka Drakulic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593168929.mp3" length="2837459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593168929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Café Europa Revisited: How to Survive Post-Communism
Author: Slavenka Drakulic
Narrator: Kathleen Gati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Drakulić’s composite portrait provides a clear-eyed look at European values, and what they really amount to.&amp;#039; —The New Yorker An evocative and timely collection of essays that paints a portrait of Eastern Europe thirty years after the end of communism. An immigrant with a parrot in Stockholm, a photo of a girl in Lviv, a sculpture of Alexander the Great in Skopje, a memorial ceremony for the 50th anniversary of the Soviet led army invasion of Prague: these are a few glimpses of life in Eastern Europe today. Three decades after the Velvet Revolution, Slavenka Drakulic, the author of Cafe Europa and A Guided Tour of the Museum Of Communism, takes a look at what has changed and what has remained the same in the region in her daring new essay collection.  Totalitarianism did not die overnight and democracy did not completely transform Eastern European societies. Looking closely at artefacts and day to day life, from the health insurance cards to national monuments, and popular films to cultural habits, alongside pieces of growing nationalism and Brexit, these pieces of political reportage dive into the reality of a Europe still deeply divided.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Café Europa Revisited: How to Survive Post-Communism
Author: Slavenka Drakulic
Narrator: Kathleen Gati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Drakulić’s composite portrait provides a clear-eyed look at European values, and what they really amount to.&amp;#039; —The New Yorker An evocative and timely collection of essays that paints a portrait of Eastern Europe thirty years after the end of communism. An immigrant with a parrot in Stockholm, a photo of a girl in Lviv, a sculpture of Alexander the Great in Skopje, a memorial ceremony for the 50th anniversary of the Soviet led army invasion of Prague: these are a few glimpses of life in Eastern Europe today. Three decades after the Velvet Revolution, Slavenka Drakulic, the author of Cafe Europa and A Guided Tour of the Museum Of Communism, takes a look at what has changed and what has remained the same in the region in her daring new essay collection.  Totalitarianism did not die overnight and democracy did not completely transform Eastern European societies. Looking closely at artefacts and day to day life, from the health insurance cards to national monuments, and popular films to cultural habits, alongside pieces of growing nationalism and Brexit, these pieces of political reportage dive into the reality of a Europe still deeply divided.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Julian Bond&amp;#039;s Time to Teach: A History of the Southern Civil Rights Movement by Julian Bond</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Julian Bond&amp;#039;s Time to Teach: A History of the Southern Civil Rights Movement
Author: Julian Bond
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A masterclass in the civil rights movement from one of the legendary activists who led it. Compiled from his original lecture notes, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach brings his invaluable teachings to a new generation of readers and provides a necessary toolkit for today’s activists in the era of Black Lives Matter and #MeToo. Julian Bond sought to dismantle the perception of the civil rights movement as a peaceful and respectable protest that quickly garnered widespread support. Through his lectures, Bond detailed the ground-shaking disruption the movement caused, its immense unpopularity at the time, and the bravery of activists (some very young) who chose to disturb order to pursue justice. Beginning with the movement’s origins in the early twentieth century, Bond tackles key events such as the Montgomery bus boycott, the Little Rock Nine, Freedom Rides, sit-ins, Mississippi voter registration, the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church Bombing, the March on Washington, the Civil Rights Act, Freedom Summer, and Selma. He explains the youth activism, community ties, and strategizing required to build strenuous and successful movements. With these firsthand accounts of the civil rights movement and original photos from Danny Lyon, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach makes history come alive.</description>
      <author>Julian Bond</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807098288.mp3" length="2620669" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807098288.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Julian Bond&amp;#039;s Time to Teach: A History of the Southern Civil Rights Movement
Author: Julian Bond
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A masterclass in the civil rights movement from one of the legendary activists who led it. Compiled from his original lecture notes, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach brings his invaluable teachings to a new generation of readers and provides a necessary toolkit for today’s activists in the era of Black Lives Matter and #MeToo. Julian Bond sought to dismantle the perception of the civil rights movement as a peaceful and respectable protest that quickly garnered widespread support. Through his lectures, Bond detailed the ground-shaking disruption the movement caused, its immense unpopularity at the time, and the bravery of activists (some very young) who chose to disturb order to pursue justice. Beginning with the movement’s origins in the early twentieth century, Bond tackles key events such as the Montgomery bus boycott, the Little Rock Nine, Freedom Rides, sit-ins, Mississippi voter registration, the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church Bombing, the March on Washington, the Civil Rights Act, Freedom Summer, and Selma. He explains the youth activism, community ties, and strategizing required to build strenuous and successful movements. With these firsthand accounts of the civil rights movement and original photos from Danny Lyon, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach makes history come alive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Julian Bond&amp;#039;s Time to Teach: A History of the Southern Civil Rights Movement
Author: Julian Bond
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A masterclass in the civil rights movement from one of the legendary activists who led it. Compiled from his original lecture notes, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach brings his invaluable teachings to a new generation of readers and provides a necessary toolkit for today’s activists in the era of Black Lives Matter and #MeToo. Julian Bond sought to dismantle the perception of the civil rights movement as a peaceful and respectable protest that quickly garnered widespread support. Through his lectures, Bond detailed the ground-shaking disruption the movement caused, its immense unpopularity at the time, and the bravery of activists (some very young) who chose to disturb order to pursue justice. Beginning with the movement’s origins in the early twentieth century, Bond tackles key events such as the Montgomery bus boycott, the Little Rock Nine, Freedom Rides, sit-ins, Mississippi voter registration, the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church Bombing, the March on Washington, the Civil Rights Act, Freedom Summer, and Selma. He explains the youth activism, community ties, and strategizing required to build strenuous and successful movements. With these firsthand accounts of the civil rights movement and original photos from Danny Lyon, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach makes history come alive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The FBI Way: Inside the Bureau&amp;#039;s Code of Excellence by Frank Figliuzzi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The FBI Way: Inside the Bureau&amp;#039;s Code of Excellence
Author: Frank Figliuzzi
Narrator: Frank Figliuzzi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A must read for serious leaders at every level.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —General Barry R. McCaffrey (Ret.) The FBI’s former head of counterintelligence reveals the Bureau&amp;#039;s field-tested playbook for unlocking individual and organizational excellence, illustrated through dramatic stories from his own storied career  Frank Figliuzzi was the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Keeper of the Code,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appointed the FBI’s Chief Inspector by then-Director Robert Mueller. Charged with overseeing sensitive internal inquiries, shooting reviews, and performance audits, he ensured each employee met the Bureau&amp;#039;s exacting standards of performance, integrity, and conduct. Now, drawing on his distinguished career, Figliuzzi reveals how the Bureau achieves its extraordinary standard of excellence—from the training of new recruits in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The FBI Way&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to the Bureau&amp;#039;s rigorous maintenance of its standards up and down the organization. Unafraid to identify FBI execs who erred, he cites them as the exceptions that prove the rule.  All good codes of conduct have one common trait: they reflect the core values of an organization. Individuals, companies, schools, teams, or any group seeking to codify their rules to live by must first establish core values. Figliuzzi has condensed the Bureau’s process of preserving and protecting its core values into what he calls “The Seven C’s”. If you can adapt the concepts of Code, Conservancy, Clarity, Consequences, Compassion, Credibility, and Consistency, you can instill and preserve your values against all threats, internal and external. This is how the FBI does it. Figliuzzi’s role in the FBI gave him a unique opportunity to study patterns of conduct among high-achieving, ethical individuals and draw conclusions about why, when and how good people sometimes do bad things. Part pulse-pounding memoir, part practical playbook for excellence, The FBI Way shows listeners how to apply the lessons he’s learned to their own lives: in business, management, and personal development.</description>
      <author>Frank Figliuzzi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062997074.mp3" length="1405169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062997074.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The FBI Way: Inside the Bureau&amp;#039;s Code of Excellence
Author: Frank Figliuzzi
Narrator: Frank Figliuzzi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A must read for serious leaders at every level.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —General Barry R. McCaffrey (Ret.) The FBI’s former head of counterintelligence reveals the Bureau&amp;#039;s field-tested playbook for unlocking individual and organizational excellence, illustrated through dramatic stories from his own storied career  Frank Figliuzzi was the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Keeper of the Code,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appointed the FBI’s Chief Inspector by then-Director Robert Mueller. Charged with overseeing sensitive internal inquiries, shooting reviews, and performance audits, he ensured each employee met the Bureau&amp;#039;s exacting standards of performance, integrity, and conduct. Now, drawing on his distinguished career, Figliuzzi reveals how the Bureau achieves its extraordinary standard of excellence—from the training of new recruits in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The FBI Way&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to the Bureau&amp;#039;s rigorous maintenance of its standards up and down the organization. Unafraid to identify FBI execs who erred, he cites them as the exceptions that prove the rule.  All good codes of conduct have one common trait: they reflect the core values of an organization. Individuals, companies, schools, teams, or any group seeking to codify their rules to live by must first establish core values. Figliuzzi has condensed the Bureau’s process of preserving and protecting its core values into what he calls “The Seven C’s”. If you can adapt the concepts of Code, Conservancy, Clarity, Consequences, Compassion, Credibility, and Consistency, you can instill and preserve your values against all threats, internal and external. This is how the FBI does it. Figliuzzi’s role in the FBI gave him a unique opportunity to study patterns of conduct among high-achieving, ethical individuals and draw conclusions about why, when and how good people sometimes do bad things. Part pulse-pounding memoir, part practical playbook for excellence, The FBI Way shows listeners how to apply the lessons he’s learned to their own lives: in business, management, and personal development.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The FBI Way: Inside the Bureau&amp;#039;s Code of Excellence
Author: Frank Figliuzzi
Narrator: Frank Figliuzzi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A must read for serious leaders at every level.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —General Barry R. McCaffrey (Ret.) The FBI’s former head of counterintelligence reveals the Bureau&amp;#039;s field-tested playbook for unlocking individual and organizational excellence, illustrated through dramatic stories from his own storied career  Frank Figliuzzi was the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Keeper of the Code,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appointed the FBI’s Chief Inspector by then-Director Robert Mueller. Charged with overseeing sensitive internal inquiries, shooting reviews, and performance audits, he ensured each employee met the Bureau&amp;#039;s exacting standards of performance, integrity, and conduct. Now, drawing on his distinguished career, Figliuzzi reveals how the Bureau achieves its extraordinary standard of excellence—from the training of new recruits in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The FBI Way&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to the Bureau&amp;#039;s rigorous maintenance of its standards up and down the organization. Unafraid to identify FBI execs who erred, he cites them as the exceptions that prove the rule.  All good codes of conduct have one common trait: they reflect the core values of an organization. Individuals, companies, schools, teams, or any group seeking to codify their rules to live by must first establish core values. Figliuzzi has condensed the Bureau’s process of preserving and protecting its core values into what he calls “The Seven C’s”. If you can adapt the concepts of Code, Conservancy, Clarity, Consequences, Compassion, Credibility, and Consistency, you can instill and preserve your values against all threats, internal and external. This is how the FBI does it. Figliuzzi’s role in the FBI gave him a unique opportunity to study patterns of conduct among high-achieving, ethical individuals and draw conclusions about why, when and how good people sometimes do bad things. Part pulse-pounding memoir, part practical playbook for excellence, The FBI Way shows listeners how to apply the lessons he’s learned to their own lives: in business, management, and personal development.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Place on the Corner: Jan Haldipur by Jan Haldipur</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Place on the Corner: Jan Haldipur
Author: Jan Haldipur
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What’s it like to be stopped and frisked by the police while walking home from the supermarket with your young children? How does it feel to receive a phone call from your fourteen-year-old son who is in the back of a squad car because he laughed at a police officer? How does a young person of color cope with being frisked several times a week since the age of fifteen? These are just some of the stories in No Place on the Corner, which draws on three years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork in the South Bronx before and after the landmark 2013 Floyd v. City of New York decision that ruled that the NYPD’s controversial “stop and frisk” policing methods were a violation of rights. Through riveting interviews and with a humane eye, Jan Haldipur shows how a community endured this aggressive policing regime. Although the police mostly targeted younger men of color, Haldipur focuses on how everyone in the neighborhood―mothers, fathers, grandparents, brothers, and sisters, even the district attorney’s office―was affected by this intense policing regime and thus shows how this South Bronx community as a whole experienced this collective form of punishment. One of Haldipur’s key insights is to demonstrate how police patrols effectively cleared the streets of residents and made public spaces feel off-limits or inaccessible to the people who lived there. In this way, community members lost the very “street corner” culture that has been a hallmark of urban spaces. This profound social consequence of aggressive policing effectively keeps neighbors out of one another’s lives and deeply hurts a community’s sense of cohesion.</description>
      <author>Jan Haldipur</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666551457.mp3" length="849050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666551457.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Place on the Corner: Jan Haldipur
Author: Jan Haldipur
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What’s it like to be stopped and frisked by the police while walking home from the supermarket with your young children? How does it feel to receive a phone call from your fourteen-year-old son who is in the back of a squad car because he laughed at a police officer? How does a young person of color cope with being frisked several times a week since the age of fifteen? These are just some of the stories in No Place on the Corner, which draws on three years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork in the South Bronx before and after the landmark 2013 Floyd v. City of New York decision that ruled that the NYPD’s controversial “stop and frisk” policing methods were a violation of rights. Through riveting interviews and with a humane eye, Jan Haldipur shows how a community endured this aggressive policing regime. Although the police mostly targeted younger men of color, Haldipur focuses on how everyone in the neighborhood―mothers, fathers, grandparents, brothers, and sisters, even the district attorney’s office―was affected by this intense policing regime and thus shows how this South Bronx community as a whole experienced this collective form of punishment. One of Haldipur’s key insights is to demonstrate how police patrols effectively cleared the streets of residents and made public spaces feel off-limits or inaccessible to the people who lived there. In this way, community members lost the very “street corner” culture that has been a hallmark of urban spaces. This profound social consequence of aggressive policing effectively keeps neighbors out of one another’s lives and deeply hurts a community’s sense of cohesion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Place on the Corner: Jan Haldipur
Author: Jan Haldipur
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What’s it like to be stopped and frisked by the police while walking home from the supermarket with your young children? How does it feel to receive a phone call from your fourteen-year-old son who is in the back of a squad car because he laughed at a police officer? How does a young person of color cope with being frisked several times a week since the age of fifteen? These are just some of the stories in No Place on the Corner, which draws on three years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork in the South Bronx before and after the landmark 2013 Floyd v. City of New York decision that ruled that the NYPD’s controversial “stop and frisk” policing methods were a violation of rights. Through riveting interviews and with a humane eye, Jan Haldipur shows how a community endured this aggressive policing regime. Although the police mostly targeted younger men of color, Haldipur focuses on how everyone in the neighborhood―mothers, fathers, grandparents, brothers, and sisters, even the district attorney’s office―was affected by this intense policing regime and thus shows how this South Bronx community as a whole experienced this collective form of punishment. One of Haldipur’s key insights is to demonstrate how police patrols effectively cleared the streets of residents and made public spaces feel off-limits or inaccessible to the people who lived there. In this way, community members lost the very “street corner” culture that has been a hallmark of urban spaces. This profound social consequence of aggressive policing effectively keeps neighbors out of one another’s lives and deeply hurts a community’s sense of cohesion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Catholic Case for Trump by Austin Ruse</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Catholic Case for Trump
Author: Austin Ruse
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his compelling new book, The Catholic Case for Trump, Austin Ruse cuts through leftist lies aimed at squashing the Catholic vote and offers his audience—broken down into three categories of Liberal, Faithful, and Generic Catholics—a guide as to why all Catholics should not only vote for President Trump, but do so enthusiastically with confidence that he is the only moral choice. This book examines more than a dozen issues and makes the case that a Faithful Catholic can find not just a reason, but a Catholic reason, to vote for Trump. This is a must-listen book for all Catholic voters.</description>
      <author>Austin Ruse</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600958.mp3" length="8875089" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600958.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Catholic Case for Trump
Author: Austin Ruse
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his compelling new book, The Catholic Case for Trump, Austin Ruse cuts through leftist lies aimed at squashing the Catholic vote and offers his audience—broken down into three categories of Liberal, Faithful, and Generic Catholics—a guide as to why all Catholics should not only vote for President Trump, but do so enthusiastically with confidence that he is the only moral choice. This book examines more than a dozen issues and makes the case that a Faithful Catholic can find not just a reason, but a Catholic reason, to vote for Trump. This is a must-listen book for all Catholic voters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Catholic Case for Trump
Author: Austin Ruse
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his compelling new book, The Catholic Case for Trump, Austin Ruse cuts through leftist lies aimed at squashing the Catholic vote and offers his audience—broken down into three categories of Liberal, Faithful, and Generic Catholics—a guide as to why all Catholics should not only vote for President Trump, but do so enthusiastically with confidence that he is the only moral choice. This book examines more than a dozen issues and makes the case that a Faithful Catholic can find not just a reason, but a Catholic reason, to vote for Trump. This is a must-listen book for all Catholic voters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Radical Technologies: The Design of Everyday Life by Adam Greenfield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Technologies: The Design of Everyday Life
Author: Adam Greenfield
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Everywhere we turn, a startling new device promises to transfigure our lives. But at what cost? In this urgent and revelatory excavation of our Information Age, leading technology thinker Adam Greenfield forces us to reconsider our relationship with the networked objects, services, and spaces that define us. It is time to re-evaluate the Silicon Valley consensus determining the future. We&amp;#039;re told that innovations—from augmented-reality interfaces and virtual assistants to autonomous delivery drones and self-driving cars—will make life easier, more convenient, and more productive. 3D printing promises unprecedented control over the form and distribution of matter, while the blockchain stands to revolutionize everything from the recording and exchange of value to the way we organize the mundane realities of the day to day. And, all the while, fiendishly complex algorithms are operating quietly in the background, reshaping the economy, transforming the fundamental terms of our politics, and even redefining what it means to be human. Having successfully colonized everyday life, these radical technologies are now conditioning the choices available to us in the years to come. Greenfield&amp;#039;s timely guide clarifies the scale and nature of the crisis we now confront—and offers ways to reclaim our stake in the future.</description>
      <author>Adam Greenfield</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705240984.mp3" length="7979417" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705240984.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Technologies: The Design of Everyday Life
Author: Adam Greenfield
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Everywhere we turn, a startling new device promises to transfigure our lives. But at what cost? In this urgent and revelatory excavation of our Information Age, leading technology thinker Adam Greenfield forces us to reconsider our relationship with the networked objects, services, and spaces that define us. It is time to re-evaluate the Silicon Valley consensus determining the future. We&amp;#039;re told that innovations—from augmented-reality interfaces and virtual assistants to autonomous delivery drones and self-driving cars—will make life easier, more convenient, and more productive. 3D printing promises unprecedented control over the form and distribution of matter, while the blockchain stands to revolutionize everything from the recording and exchange of value to the way we organize the mundane realities of the day to day. And, all the while, fiendishly complex algorithms are operating quietly in the background, reshaping the economy, transforming the fundamental terms of our politics, and even redefining what it means to be human. Having successfully colonized everyday life, these radical technologies are now conditioning the choices available to us in the years to come. Greenfield&amp;#039;s timely guide clarifies the scale and nature of the crisis we now confront—and offers ways to reclaim our stake in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Technologies: The Design of Everyday Life
Author: Adam Greenfield
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Everywhere we turn, a startling new device promises to transfigure our lives. But at what cost? In this urgent and revelatory excavation of our Information Age, leading technology thinker Adam Greenfield forces us to reconsider our relationship with the networked objects, services, and spaces that define us. It is time to re-evaluate the Silicon Valley consensus determining the future. We&amp;#039;re told that innovations—from augmented-reality interfaces and virtual assistants to autonomous delivery drones and self-driving cars—will make life easier, more convenient, and more productive. 3D printing promises unprecedented control over the form and distribution of matter, while the blockchain stands to revolutionize everything from the recording and exchange of value to the way we organize the mundane realities of the day to day. And, all the while, fiendishly complex algorithms are operating quietly in the background, reshaping the economy, transforming the fundamental terms of our politics, and even redefining what it means to be human. Having successfully colonized everyday life, these radical technologies are now conditioning the choices available to us in the years to come. Greenfield&amp;#039;s timely guide clarifies the scale and nature of the crisis we now confront—and offers ways to reclaim our stake in the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>War in the Age of Trump: The Defeat of ISIS, the Fall of the Kurds, the Conflict with Iran by Patrick Cockburn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War in the Age of Trump: The Defeat of ISIS, the Fall of the Kurds, the Conflict with Iran
Author: Patrick Cockburn
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Is the fall of ISIS the end of the perpetual war in the Middle East? In this urgent and timely book, Patrick Cockburn writes the first draft of the history of the current crisis in the Middle East. Here he charts the period from the recapture of Mosul in 2017 to Turkey&amp;#039;s attack on Kurdish territory in November 2019, and recounts the new phase in the wars of disintegration that have plagued the region. The ground battle with the caliphate is perhaps over, but was this the end of the conflict that has scarred these nations for decades? Cockburn offers panoramic on-the-ground analysis as well as a lifetime&amp;#039;s study of the region. And here he shows how peace appears a distant possibility with the continuation of conflict in Syria, Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s violent intervention in the Yemen, riots in Baghdad and Tehran. At the same time, the rising aggression between Israel and Iran, the raising of stakes between the US, Russia, and Turkey, shows that this remains the theater of the proxy wars of the world&amp;#039;s superpowers. Has Trump abandoned the area for good, leaving a vacuum for others—Putin, Erdogan, Mohammed Bin Saud—to fill? He also looks at what might happen to the Islamic State: will it disappear now that it has lost its territory or emerge in a new form and with renewed violence?</description>
      <author>Patrick Cockburn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705239544.mp3" length="8647322" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705239544.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War in the Age of Trump: The Defeat of ISIS, the Fall of the Kurds, the Conflict with Iran
Author: Patrick Cockburn
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Is the fall of ISIS the end of the perpetual war in the Middle East? In this urgent and timely book, Patrick Cockburn writes the first draft of the history of the current crisis in the Middle East. Here he charts the period from the recapture of Mosul in 2017 to Turkey&amp;#039;s attack on Kurdish territory in November 2019, and recounts the new phase in the wars of disintegration that have plagued the region. The ground battle with the caliphate is perhaps over, but was this the end of the conflict that has scarred these nations for decades? Cockburn offers panoramic on-the-ground analysis as well as a lifetime&amp;#039;s study of the region. And here he shows how peace appears a distant possibility with the continuation of conflict in Syria, Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s violent intervention in the Yemen, riots in Baghdad and Tehran. At the same time, the rising aggression between Israel and Iran, the raising of stakes between the US, Russia, and Turkey, shows that this remains the theater of the proxy wars of the world&amp;#039;s superpowers. Has Trump abandoned the area for good, leaving a vacuum for others—Putin, Erdogan, Mohammed Bin Saud—to fill? He also looks at what might happen to the Islamic State: will it disappear now that it has lost its territory or emerge in a new form and with renewed violence?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War in the Age of Trump: The Defeat of ISIS, the Fall of the Kurds, the Conflict with Iran
Author: Patrick Cockburn
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Is the fall of ISIS the end of the perpetual war in the Middle East? In this urgent and timely book, Patrick Cockburn writes the first draft of the history of the current crisis in the Middle East. Here he charts the period from the recapture of Mosul in 2017 to Turkey&amp;#039;s attack on Kurdish territory in November 2019, and recounts the new phase in the wars of disintegration that have plagued the region. The ground battle with the caliphate is perhaps over, but was this the end of the conflict that has scarred these nations for decades? Cockburn offers panoramic on-the-ground analysis as well as a lifetime&amp;#039;s study of the region. And here he shows how peace appears a distant possibility with the continuation of conflict in Syria, Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s violent intervention in the Yemen, riots in Baghdad and Tehran. At the same time, the rising aggression between Israel and Iran, the raising of stakes between the US, Russia, and Turkey, shows that this remains the theater of the proxy wars of the world&amp;#039;s superpowers. Has Trump abandoned the area for good, leaving a vacuum for others—Putin, Erdogan, Mohammed Bin Saud—to fill? He also looks at what might happen to the Islamic State: will it disappear now that it has lost its territory or emerge in a new form and with renewed violence?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Politics For Dummies, 3rd Edition by Ann M. Delaney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Politics For Dummies, 3rd Edition
Author: Ann M. Delaney
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Get up to speed on the US political system Confused by caucuses, primaries, and pollsters? Puzzled by the various parties and special interest groups? Politics For Dummies has everything you need to understand local, state, and national politics; how to communicate with your elected officials; and what your representatives can do for you.   You&amp;#039;ll find out all about lobbying groups, sub-committees, the government branches, and how elections work. Also included is new information on how to use online tools and social media to find out what legislation is on the floor, what issues are before the Supreme Court, and when congress and the Supreme Court are in session.    ● Understand the United States political system   ● Learn more about the three branches of U.S. government ● Discover the differences in federal, state, and local operations   ● Get need-to-know information for involvement</description>
      <author>Ann M. Delaney</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705239025.mp3" length="7895876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705239025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Politics For Dummies, 3rd Edition
Author: Ann M. Delaney
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Get up to speed on the US political system Confused by caucuses, primaries, and pollsters? Puzzled by the various parties and special interest groups? Politics For Dummies has everything you need to understand local, state, and national politics; how to communicate with your elected officials; and what your representatives can do for you.   You&amp;#039;ll find out all about lobbying groups, sub-committees, the government branches, and how elections work. Also included is new information on how to use online tools and social media to find out what legislation is on the floor, what issues are before the Supreme Court, and when congress and the Supreme Court are in session.    ● Understand the United States political system   ● Learn more about the three branches of U.S. government ● Discover the differences in federal, state, and local operations   ● Get need-to-know information for involvement</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Politics For Dummies, 3rd Edition
Author: Ann M. Delaney
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Get up to speed on the US political system Confused by caucuses, primaries, and pollsters? Puzzled by the various parties and special interest groups? Politics For Dummies has everything you need to understand local, state, and national politics; how to communicate with your elected officials; and what your representatives can do for you.   You&amp;#039;ll find out all about lobbying groups, sub-committees, the government branches, and how elections work. Also included is new information on how to use online tools and social media to find out what legislation is on the floor, what issues are before the Supreme Court, and when congress and the Supreme Court are in session.    ● Understand the United States political system   ● Learn more about the three branches of U.S. government ● Discover the differences in federal, state, and local operations   ● Get need-to-know information for involvement</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hacker and the State: Cyber Attacks and the New Normal of Geopolitics by Ben Buchanan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hacker and the State: Cyber Attacks and the New Normal of Geopolitics
Author: Ben Buchanan
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Packed with insider information based on interviews, declassified files, and forensic analysis of company reports, The Hacker and the State sets aside fantasies of cyber-annihilation to explore the real geopolitical competition of the digital age. Tracing the conflict of wills and interests among modern nations, Ben Buchanan reveals little-known details of how China, Russia, North Korea, Britain, and the United States hack one another in a relentless struggle for dominance. His analysis moves deftly from underseas cable taps to underground nuclear sabotage, from blackouts and data breaches to billion-dollar heists and election interference. Buchanan brings to life this continuous cycle of espionage and deception, attack and counterattack, destabilization and retaliation. He explains why cyber attacks are far less destructive than we anticipated, far more pervasive, and much harder to prevent. With little fanfare and far less scrutiny, they impact our banks, our tech and health systems, our democracy, and every aspect of our lives. Quietly, insidiously, they have reshaped our national-security priorities and transformed spycraft and statecraft. The contest for geopolitical advantage has moved into cyberspace. The United States and its allies can no longer dominate the way they once did. The nation that hacks best will triumph.</description>
      <author>Ben Buchanan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705231920.mp3" length="2593470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705231920.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hacker and the State: Cyber Attacks and the New Normal of Geopolitics
Author: Ben Buchanan
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Packed with insider information based on interviews, declassified files, and forensic analysis of company reports, The Hacker and the State sets aside fantasies of cyber-annihilation to explore the real geopolitical competition of the digital age. Tracing the conflict of wills and interests among modern nations, Ben Buchanan reveals little-known details of how China, Russia, North Korea, Britain, and the United States hack one another in a relentless struggle for dominance. His analysis moves deftly from underseas cable taps to underground nuclear sabotage, from blackouts and data breaches to billion-dollar heists and election interference. Buchanan brings to life this continuous cycle of espionage and deception, attack and counterattack, destabilization and retaliation. He explains why cyber attacks are far less destructive than we anticipated, far more pervasive, and much harder to prevent. With little fanfare and far less scrutiny, they impact our banks, our tech and health systems, our democracy, and every aspect of our lives. Quietly, insidiously, they have reshaped our national-security priorities and transformed spycraft and statecraft. The contest for geopolitical advantage has moved into cyberspace. The United States and its allies can no longer dominate the way they once did. The nation that hacks best will triumph.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hacker and the State: Cyber Attacks and the New Normal of Geopolitics
Author: Ben Buchanan
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Packed with insider information based on interviews, declassified files, and forensic analysis of company reports, The Hacker and the State sets aside fantasies of cyber-annihilation to explore the real geopolitical competition of the digital age. Tracing the conflict of wills and interests among modern nations, Ben Buchanan reveals little-known details of how China, Russia, North Korea, Britain, and the United States hack one another in a relentless struggle for dominance. His analysis moves deftly from underseas cable taps to underground nuclear sabotage, from blackouts and data breaches to billion-dollar heists and election interference. Buchanan brings to life this continuous cycle of espionage and deception, attack and counterattack, destabilization and retaliation. He explains why cyber attacks are far less destructive than we anticipated, far more pervasive, and much harder to prevent. With little fanfare and far less scrutiny, they impact our banks, our tech and health systems, our democracy, and every aspect of our lives. Quietly, insidiously, they have reshaped our national-security priorities and transformed spycraft and statecraft. The contest for geopolitical advantage has moved into cyberspace. The United States and its allies can no longer dominate the way they once did. The nation that hacks best will triumph.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>War for Eternity: The Return of Traditionalism and the Rise of the Populist Right by Benjamin R. Teitelbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War for Eternity: The Return of Traditionalism and the Rise of the Populist Right
Author: Benjamin R. Teitelbaum
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Steve Bannon in the United States. Olavo de Carvalho in Brazil. Aleksandr Dugin in Russia. All rising to power in the past decade. All affiliated with an obscure philosophical movement called Traditionalism. Since the early 20th century, Traditionalism has defined itself against modernity and Enlightenment values. Traditionalist thinkers such as René Guénon and Julius Evola celebrated hierarchy, denounced the idea of progress, and regarded liberal secularism, capitalism, and communism as aligned forces working to replace social, cultural and political norms. Ethnographer Benjamin Teitelbaum had been studying Traditionalism for years as a sort of novelty, associated with a restless subsection of the right - too antisocial for activism and largely without influence. And yet when Steve Bannon entered the White House in 2017, reports suggested he was an avid reader of Traditionalist teachings. Through exclusive interviews and deep historical context, Teitelbaum reveals the radical worldview infusing the thinking of powerful actors and inspiring a renegade reinterpretation of humanity, geopolitics and history. Fast-paced and gripping, War for Eternity is a must-read for anyone trying to understand the Far Right&amp;#039;s vision to change the world. ©Benjamin R. Teitelbaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Benjamin R. Teitelbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141995014.mp3" length="1468338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141995014.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War for Eternity: The Return of Traditionalism and the Rise of the Populist Right
Author: Benjamin R. Teitelbaum
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Steve Bannon in the United States. Olavo de Carvalho in Brazil. Aleksandr Dugin in Russia. All rising to power in the past decade. All affiliated with an obscure philosophical movement called Traditionalism. Since the early 20th century, Traditionalism has defined itself against modernity and Enlightenment values. Traditionalist thinkers such as René Guénon and Julius Evola celebrated hierarchy, denounced the idea of progress, and regarded liberal secularism, capitalism, and communism as aligned forces working to replace social, cultural and political norms. Ethnographer Benjamin Teitelbaum had been studying Traditionalism for years as a sort of novelty, associated with a restless subsection of the right - too antisocial for activism and largely without influence. And yet when Steve Bannon entered the White House in 2017, reports suggested he was an avid reader of Traditionalist teachings. Through exclusive interviews and deep historical context, Teitelbaum reveals the radical worldview infusing the thinking of powerful actors and inspiring a renegade reinterpretation of humanity, geopolitics and history. Fast-paced and gripping, War for Eternity is a must-read for anyone trying to understand the Far Right&amp;#039;s vision to change the world. ©Benjamin R. Teitelbaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War for Eternity: The Return of Traditionalism and the Rise of the Populist Right
Author: Benjamin R. Teitelbaum
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Steve Bannon in the United States. Olavo de Carvalho in Brazil. Aleksandr Dugin in Russia. All rising to power in the past decade. All affiliated with an obscure philosophical movement called Traditionalism. Since the early 20th century, Traditionalism has defined itself against modernity and Enlightenment values. Traditionalist thinkers such as René Guénon and Julius Evola celebrated hierarchy, denounced the idea of progress, and regarded liberal secularism, capitalism, and communism as aligned forces working to replace social, cultural and political norms. Ethnographer Benjamin Teitelbaum had been studying Traditionalism for years as a sort of novelty, associated with a restless subsection of the right - too antisocial for activism and largely without influence. And yet when Steve Bannon entered the White House in 2017, reports suggested he was an avid reader of Traditionalist teachings. Through exclusive interviews and deep historical context, Teitelbaum reveals the radical worldview infusing the thinking of powerful actors and inspiring a renegade reinterpretation of humanity, geopolitics and history. Fast-paced and gripping, War for Eternity is a must-read for anyone trying to understand the Far Right&amp;#039;s vision to change the world. ©Benjamin R. Teitelbaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free to Move: Foot Voting, Migration, and Political Freedom by Ilya Somin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free to Move: Foot Voting, Migration, and Political Freedom
Author: Ilya Somin
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ballot box voting is often considered the essence of political freedom. But it has two major shortcomings: individual voters have little chance of making a difference, and they also face strong incentives to remain ignorant about the issues at stake. &amp;#039;Voting with your feet,&amp;#039; however, avoids both of these pitfalls and offers a wider range of choices. In Free to Move, Ilya Somin explains how broadening opportunities for foot voting can greatly enhance political liberty for millions of people around the world. People can vote with their feet through international migration, by choosing where to live within a federal system, and by making decisions in the private sector. These three types of foot voting are rarely considered together, but Somin explains how they have important common virtues and can be mutually reinforcing. He contends that all forms of foot voting should be expanded and shows how both domestic constitutions and international law can be structured to increase opportunities for foot voting while mitigating possible downsides.</description>
      <author>Ilya Somin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601542.mp3" length="8466643" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601542.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free to Move: Foot Voting, Migration, and Political Freedom
Author: Ilya Somin
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ballot box voting is often considered the essence of political freedom. But it has two major shortcomings: individual voters have little chance of making a difference, and they also face strong incentives to remain ignorant about the issues at stake. &amp;#039;Voting with your feet,&amp;#039; however, avoids both of these pitfalls and offers a wider range of choices. In Free to Move, Ilya Somin explains how broadening opportunities for foot voting can greatly enhance political liberty for millions of people around the world. People can vote with their feet through international migration, by choosing where to live within a federal system, and by making decisions in the private sector. These three types of foot voting are rarely considered together, but Somin explains how they have important common virtues and can be mutually reinforcing. He contends that all forms of foot voting should be expanded and shows how both domestic constitutions and international law can be structured to increase opportunities for foot voting while mitigating possible downsides.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free to Move: Foot Voting, Migration, and Political Freedom
Author: Ilya Somin
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ballot box voting is often considered the essence of political freedom. But it has two major shortcomings: individual voters have little chance of making a difference, and they also face strong incentives to remain ignorant about the issues at stake. &amp;#039;Voting with your feet,&amp;#039; however, avoids both of these pitfalls and offers a wider range of choices. In Free to Move, Ilya Somin explains how broadening opportunities for foot voting can greatly enhance political liberty for millions of people around the world. People can vote with their feet through international migration, by choosing where to live within a federal system, and by making decisions in the private sector. These three types of foot voting are rarely considered together, but Somin explains how they have important common virtues and can be mutually reinforcing. He contends that all forms of foot voting should be expanded and shows how both domestic constitutions and international law can be structured to increase opportunities for foot voting while mitigating possible downsides.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Safe Spaces by Mark Joseph, Dennis Prager</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Safe Spaces
Author: Mark Joseph, Dennis Prager
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO TO REMAIN SILENT Terrifying violence on college campuses across America. Students lashing out at any speaker brave enough to say something they disagree with. Precious snowflakes demanding &amp;#039;Safe Spaces&amp;#039; to protect them from any idea they haven&amp;#039;t heard from their liberal professors. In this book and the accompanying movie, Dennis Prager, Mark Joseph, and Adam Carolla expose the attack on free speech and free thought. It began in the universities, but—fair warning—it&amp;#039;s coming to your neighborhood and your workplace.</description>
      <author>Mark Joseph, Dennis Prager</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601504.mp3" length="8094395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601504.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Safe Spaces
Author: Mark Joseph, Dennis Prager
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO TO REMAIN SILENT Terrifying violence on college campuses across America. Students lashing out at any speaker brave enough to say something they disagree with. Precious snowflakes demanding &amp;#039;Safe Spaces&amp;#039; to protect them from any idea they haven&amp;#039;t heard from their liberal professors. In this book and the accompanying movie, Dennis Prager, Mark Joseph, and Adam Carolla expose the attack on free speech and free thought. It began in the universities, but—fair warning—it&amp;#039;s coming to your neighborhood and your workplace.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Safe Spaces
Author: Mark Joseph, Dennis Prager
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO TO REMAIN SILENT Terrifying violence on college campuses across America. Students lashing out at any speaker brave enough to say something they disagree with. Precious snowflakes demanding &amp;#039;Safe Spaces&amp;#039; to protect them from any idea they haven&amp;#039;t heard from their liberal professors. In this book and the accompanying movie, Dennis Prager, Mark Joseph, and Adam Carolla expose the attack on free speech and free thought. It began in the universities, but—fair warning—it&amp;#039;s coming to your neighborhood and your workplace.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Democracy and Equality: The Enduring Constitutional Vision of the Warren Court by David A. Strauss, Geoffrey R. Stone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy and Equality: The Enduring Constitutional Vision of the Warren Court
Author: David A. Strauss, Geoffrey R. Stone
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From 1953 to 1969, the Supreme Court under Chief Justice Earl Warren brought about many of the proudest achievements of American constitutional law. The Warren Court declared racial segregation and laws forbidding interracial marriage to be unconstitutional; it expanded the right of citizens to criticize public officials; it held school prayer unconstitutional; and it ruled that people accused of a crime must be given a lawyer even if they can&amp;#039;t afford one. Yet, despite those and other achievements, conservative critics have fiercely accused the justices of the Warren Court of abusing their authority by supposedly imposing their own opinions on the nation. As the eminent legal scholars Geoffrey R. Stone and David A. Strauss demonstrate in Democracy and Equality, the Warren Court&amp;#039;s approach to the Constitution was consistent with the most basic values of our Constitution and with the most fundamental responsibilities of our judiciary. Stone and Strauss describe the Warren Court&amp;#039;s extraordinary achievements by reviewing its jurisprudence across a range of issues. In each chapter, they tell the story of a critical decision, exploring the historical and legal context of each case, the Court&amp;#039;s reasoning, and how the justices of the Warren Court fulfilled the Court&amp;#039;s most important responsibilities.</description>
      <author>David A. Strauss, Geoffrey R. Stone</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601498.mp3" length="8613531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy and Equality: The Enduring Constitutional Vision of the Warren Court
Author: David A. Strauss, Geoffrey R. Stone
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From 1953 to 1969, the Supreme Court under Chief Justice Earl Warren brought about many of the proudest achievements of American constitutional law. The Warren Court declared racial segregation and laws forbidding interracial marriage to be unconstitutional; it expanded the right of citizens to criticize public officials; it held school prayer unconstitutional; and it ruled that people accused of a crime must be given a lawyer even if they can&amp;#039;t afford one. Yet, despite those and other achievements, conservative critics have fiercely accused the justices of the Warren Court of abusing their authority by supposedly imposing their own opinions on the nation. As the eminent legal scholars Geoffrey R. Stone and David A. Strauss demonstrate in Democracy and Equality, the Warren Court&amp;#039;s approach to the Constitution was consistent with the most basic values of our Constitution and with the most fundamental responsibilities of our judiciary. Stone and Strauss describe the Warren Court&amp;#039;s extraordinary achievements by reviewing its jurisprudence across a range of issues. In each chapter, they tell the story of a critical decision, exploring the historical and legal context of each case, the Court&amp;#039;s reasoning, and how the justices of the Warren Court fulfilled the Court&amp;#039;s most important responsibilities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429881</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy and Equality: The Enduring Constitutional Vision of the Warren Court
Author: David A. Strauss, Geoffrey R. Stone
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From 1953 to 1969, the Supreme Court under Chief Justice Earl Warren brought about many of the proudest achievements of American constitutional law. The Warren Court declared racial segregation and laws forbidding interracial marriage to be unconstitutional; it expanded the right of citizens to criticize public officials; it held school prayer unconstitutional; and it ruled that people accused of a crime must be given a lawyer even if they can&amp;#039;t afford one. Yet, despite those and other achievements, conservative critics have fiercely accused the justices of the Warren Court of abusing their authority by supposedly imposing their own opinions on the nation. As the eminent legal scholars Geoffrey R. Stone and David A. Strauss demonstrate in Democracy and Equality, the Warren Court&amp;#039;s approach to the Constitution was consistent with the most basic values of our Constitution and with the most fundamental responsibilities of our judiciary. Stone and Strauss describe the Warren Court&amp;#039;s extraordinary achievements by reviewing its jurisprudence across a range of issues. In each chapter, they tell the story of a critical decision, exploring the historical and legal context of each case, the Court&amp;#039;s reasoning, and how the justices of the Warren Court fulfilled the Court&amp;#039;s most important responsibilities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Mighty and Irresistible Tide: The Epic Struggle Over American Immigration, 1924-1965 by Jia Lynn Yang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Mighty and Irresistible Tide: The Epic Struggle Over American Immigration, 1924-1965
Author: Jia Lynn Yang
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The idea of the United States as a nation of immigrants is at the core of the American narrative. But in 1924, Congress instituted a system of ethnic quotas so stringent that it choked off large-scale immigration for decades, sharply curtailing arrivals from southern and eastern Europe and outright banning those from nearly all of Asia. In a riveting narrative filled with a fascinating cast of characters, from the indefatigable congressman Emanuel Celler and senator Herbert Lehman to the bull-headed Nevada senator Pat McCarran, Jia Lynn Yang recounts how lawmakers, activists, and presidents from Truman through LBJ worked relentlessly to abolish the 1924 law. Through a world war, a refugee crisis after the Holocaust, and a McCarthyist fever, a coalition of lawmakers and activists descended from Jewish, Irish, and Japanese immigrants fought to establish a new principle of equality in the American immigration system. Their crowning achievement, the 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act, proved to be one of the most transformative laws in the country&amp;#039;s history, opening the door to nonwhite migration at levels never seen before—and changing America in ways that those who debated it could hardly have imagined.</description>
      <author>Jia Lynn Yang</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684579143.mp3" length="7511386" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684579143.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Mighty and Irresistible Tide: The Epic Struggle Over American Immigration, 1924-1965
Author: Jia Lynn Yang
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The idea of the United States as a nation of immigrants is at the core of the American narrative. But in 1924, Congress instituted a system of ethnic quotas so stringent that it choked off large-scale immigration for decades, sharply curtailing arrivals from southern and eastern Europe and outright banning those from nearly all of Asia. In a riveting narrative filled with a fascinating cast of characters, from the indefatigable congressman Emanuel Celler and senator Herbert Lehman to the bull-headed Nevada senator Pat McCarran, Jia Lynn Yang recounts how lawmakers, activists, and presidents from Truman through LBJ worked relentlessly to abolish the 1924 law. Through a world war, a refugee crisis after the Holocaust, and a McCarthyist fever, a coalition of lawmakers and activists descended from Jewish, Irish, and Japanese immigrants fought to establish a new principle of equality in the American immigration system. Their crowning achievement, the 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act, proved to be one of the most transformative laws in the country&amp;#039;s history, opening the door to nonwhite migration at levels never seen before—and changing America in ways that those who debated it could hardly have imagined.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Mighty and Irresistible Tide: The Epic Struggle Over American Immigration, 1924-1965
Author: Jia Lynn Yang
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The idea of the United States as a nation of immigrants is at the core of the American narrative. But in 1924, Congress instituted a system of ethnic quotas so stringent that it choked off large-scale immigration for decades, sharply curtailing arrivals from southern and eastern Europe and outright banning those from nearly all of Asia. In a riveting narrative filled with a fascinating cast of characters, from the indefatigable congressman Emanuel Celler and senator Herbert Lehman to the bull-headed Nevada senator Pat McCarran, Jia Lynn Yang recounts how lawmakers, activists, and presidents from Truman through LBJ worked relentlessly to abolish the 1924 law. Through a world war, a refugee crisis after the Holocaust, and a McCarthyist fever, a coalition of lawmakers and activists descended from Jewish, Irish, and Japanese immigrants fought to establish a new principle of equality in the American immigration system. Their crowning achievement, the 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act, proved to be one of the most transformative laws in the country&amp;#039;s history, opening the door to nonwhite migration at levels never seen before—and changing America in ways that those who debated it could hardly have imagined.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peace on Our Terms: The Global Battle for Women’s Rights After the First World War by Mona L. Siegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peace on Our Terms: The Global Battle for Women’s Rights After the First World War
Author: Mona L. Siegel
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the watershed year of 1919, world leaders met in Paris, promising to build a new international order rooted in democracy and social justice. Female activists demanded that statesmen live up to their word. Excluded from the negotiating table, women met separately, crafted their own agendas, and captured global headlines with a message that was both straightforward and revolutionary: enduring peace depended as much on recognition of the fundamental humanity and equality of all people—regardless of sex, race, class, or creed—as on respect for the sovereignty of independent states. Peace on Our Terms follows dozens of remarkable women from Europe, the Middle East, North America, and Asia as they crossed oceans and continents; commanded meeting halls in Paris, Zurich, and Washington; and marched in the streets of Cairo and Beijing. Mona L. Siegel’s sweeping global account of international organizing highlights how Egyptian and Chinese nationalists, Western and Japanese labor feminists, white Western suffragists, and African American civil rights advocates worked in tandem to advance women’s rights. Despite significant resistance, these pathbreaking women left their mark on emerging democratic constitutions and new institutions of global governance. Drawing on a wide range of sources, Peace on Our Terms is the first book to demonstrate the centrality of women’s activism to the Paris Peace Conference and the critical diplomatic events of 1919. Siegel tells the timely story of how female activists transformed women’s rights into a global rallying cry, laying a foundation for generations to come.</description>
      <author>Mona L. Siegel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094132419.mp3" length="848323" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094132419.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peace on Our Terms: The Global Battle for Women’s Rights After the First World War
Author: Mona L. Siegel
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the watershed year of 1919, world leaders met in Paris, promising to build a new international order rooted in democracy and social justice. Female activists demanded that statesmen live up to their word. Excluded from the negotiating table, women met separately, crafted their own agendas, and captured global headlines with a message that was both straightforward and revolutionary: enduring peace depended as much on recognition of the fundamental humanity and equality of all people—regardless of sex, race, class, or creed—as on respect for the sovereignty of independent states. Peace on Our Terms follows dozens of remarkable women from Europe, the Middle East, North America, and Asia as they crossed oceans and continents; commanded meeting halls in Paris, Zurich, and Washington; and marched in the streets of Cairo and Beijing. Mona L. Siegel’s sweeping global account of international organizing highlights how Egyptian and Chinese nationalists, Western and Japanese labor feminists, white Western suffragists, and African American civil rights advocates worked in tandem to advance women’s rights. Despite significant resistance, these pathbreaking women left their mark on emerging democratic constitutions and new institutions of global governance. Drawing on a wide range of sources, Peace on Our Terms is the first book to demonstrate the centrality of women’s activism to the Paris Peace Conference and the critical diplomatic events of 1919. Siegel tells the timely story of how female activists transformed women’s rights into a global rallying cry, laying a foundation for generations to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peace on Our Terms: The Global Battle for Women’s Rights After the First World War
Author: Mona L. Siegel
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the watershed year of 1919, world leaders met in Paris, promising to build a new international order rooted in democracy and social justice. Female activists demanded that statesmen live up to their word. Excluded from the negotiating table, women met separately, crafted their own agendas, and captured global headlines with a message that was both straightforward and revolutionary: enduring peace depended as much on recognition of the fundamental humanity and equality of all people—regardless of sex, race, class, or creed—as on respect for the sovereignty of independent states. Peace on Our Terms follows dozens of remarkable women from Europe, the Middle East, North America, and Asia as they crossed oceans and continents; commanded meeting halls in Paris, Zurich, and Washington; and marched in the streets of Cairo and Beijing. Mona L. Siegel’s sweeping global account of international organizing highlights how Egyptian and Chinese nationalists, Western and Japanese labor feminists, white Western suffragists, and African American civil rights advocates worked in tandem to advance women’s rights. Despite significant resistance, these pathbreaking women left their mark on emerging democratic constitutions and new institutions of global governance. Drawing on a wide range of sources, Peace on Our Terms is the first book to demonstrate the centrality of women’s activism to the Paris Peace Conference and the critical diplomatic events of 1919. Siegel tells the timely story of how female activists transformed women’s rights into a global rallying cry, laying a foundation for generations to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Federalism: A Very Short Introduction by Mark J. Rozell, Clyde Wilcox</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Federalism: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark J. Rozell, Clyde Wilcox
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Early Americans were suspicious of centralized authority and executive power. Casting away the yoke of England and its king, the founding fathers shared in this distrust as they set out to pen the Constitution. Weighing a need for consolidated leadership with a demand for states&amp;#039; rights, they established a large federal republic with limited dominion over the states, leaving most of the governing responsibility with the former colonies. With this dual system of federalism, the national government held the powers of war, taxation, and commerce, and the ability to pass the laws necessary to uphold these functions. Although the federal role has grown substantially since then, states and local governments continue to perform most of the duties in civil and criminal law, business and professional licensing, the management of infrastructure and public services: roads, schools, libraries, sanitation, land use and development, etc. Despite the critical roles of state and local governments, there is little awareness—or understanding—of the nature and operations of the federal system. This Very Short Introduction provides a concise overview of federalism, from its origins and evolution to the key events and constitutional decisions that have defined its framework.</description>
      <author>Mark J. Rozell, Clyde Wilcox</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705236000.mp3" length="8460900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705236000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Federalism: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark J. Rozell, Clyde Wilcox
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Early Americans were suspicious of centralized authority and executive power. Casting away the yoke of England and its king, the founding fathers shared in this distrust as they set out to pen the Constitution. Weighing a need for consolidated leadership with a demand for states&amp;#039; rights, they established a large federal republic with limited dominion over the states, leaving most of the governing responsibility with the former colonies. With this dual system of federalism, the national government held the powers of war, taxation, and commerce, and the ability to pass the laws necessary to uphold these functions. Although the federal role has grown substantially since then, states and local governments continue to perform most of the duties in civil and criminal law, business and professional licensing, the management of infrastructure and public services: roads, schools, libraries, sanitation, land use and development, etc. Despite the critical roles of state and local governments, there is little awareness—or understanding—of the nature and operations of the federal system. This Very Short Introduction provides a concise overview of federalism, from its origins and evolution to the key events and constitutional decisions that have defined its framework.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Federalism: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Mark J. Rozell, Clyde Wilcox
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Early Americans were suspicious of centralized authority and executive power. Casting away the yoke of England and its king, the founding fathers shared in this distrust as they set out to pen the Constitution. Weighing a need for consolidated leadership with a demand for states&amp;#039; rights, they established a large federal republic with limited dominion over the states, leaving most of the governing responsibility with the former colonies. With this dual system of federalism, the national government held the powers of war, taxation, and commerce, and the ability to pass the laws necessary to uphold these functions. Although the federal role has grown substantially since then, states and local governments continue to perform most of the duties in civil and criminal law, business and professional licensing, the management of infrastructure and public services: roads, schools, libraries, sanitation, land use and development, etc. Despite the critical roles of state and local governments, there is little awareness—or understanding—of the nature and operations of the federal system. This Very Short Introduction provides a concise overview of federalism, from its origins and evolution to the key events and constitutional decisions that have defined its framework.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Monsters to Destroy: Understanding the War on Terror by Navin A. Bapat</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monsters to Destroy: Understanding the War on Terror
Author: Navin A. Bapat
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Terrorism kills far fewer Americans annually than automobile accidents, firearms, or even lightning strikes. Given this minimal risk, why does the US continue expending lives and treasure to fight the global war on terror?   In Monsters to Destroy, Navin A. Bapat argues that the war on terror provides the US a cover for its efforts to expand and preserve American control over global energy markets. To gain dominance over these markets, the US offered protection to states critical in the extraction, sale, and transportation of energy from their &amp;#039;terrorist&amp;#039; internal and external enemies. However, since the US was willing to protect these states in perpetuity, the leaders of these regimes had no incentive to disarm their terrorists. This inaction allowed terrorists to transition into more powerful and virulent insurgencies, leading the protected states to chart their own courses and ultimately break with US foreign policy objectives. Bapat provides a sweeping look at how the loss of influence over these states has accelerated the decline of US economic and military power, locking it into a permanent war for its own economic security.</description>
      <author>Navin A. Bapat</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705236024.mp3" length="8147371" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705236024.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monsters to Destroy: Understanding the War on Terror
Author: Navin A. Bapat
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Terrorism kills far fewer Americans annually than automobile accidents, firearms, or even lightning strikes. Given this minimal risk, why does the US continue expending lives and treasure to fight the global war on terror?   In Monsters to Destroy, Navin A. Bapat argues that the war on terror provides the US a cover for its efforts to expand and preserve American control over global energy markets. To gain dominance over these markets, the US offered protection to states critical in the extraction, sale, and transportation of energy from their &amp;#039;terrorist&amp;#039; internal and external enemies. However, since the US was willing to protect these states in perpetuity, the leaders of these regimes had no incentive to disarm their terrorists. This inaction allowed terrorists to transition into more powerful and virulent insurgencies, leading the protected states to chart their own courses and ultimately break with US foreign policy objectives. Bapat provides a sweeping look at how the loss of influence over these states has accelerated the decline of US economic and military power, locking it into a permanent war for its own economic security.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429488</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Monsters to Destroy: Understanding the War on Terror
Author: Navin A. Bapat
Narrator: Dennis Kleinman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Terrorism kills far fewer Americans annually than automobile accidents, firearms, or even lightning strikes. Given this minimal risk, why does the US continue expending lives and treasure to fight the global war on terror?   In Monsters to Destroy, Navin A. Bapat argues that the war on terror provides the US a cover for its efforts to expand and preserve American control over global energy markets. To gain dominance over these markets, the US offered protection to states critical in the extraction, sale, and transportation of energy from their &amp;#039;terrorist&amp;#039; internal and external enemies. However, since the US was willing to protect these states in perpetuity, the leaders of these regimes had no incentive to disarm their terrorists. This inaction allowed terrorists to transition into more powerful and virulent insurgencies, leading the protected states to chart their own courses and ultimately break with US foreign policy objectives. Bapat provides a sweeping look at how the loss of influence over these states has accelerated the decline of US economic and military power, locking it into a permanent war for its own economic security.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unprecedented: A Simple Guide to the Crimes of the Trump Campaign and Presidency by Sara Azari</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unprecedented: A Simple Guide to the Crimes of the Trump Campaign and Presidency
Author: Sara Azari
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Trump administration&amp;#039;s attempted and actual violations of the Constitution and the law have surpassed our worst expectations again and again. Add to that the legal morass surrounding members of the Trump campaign staff, and the United States finds itself led by the most corrupt administration in modern American history. The investigation by Special Counsel Robert Mueller on 2016 election interference and obstruction of justice led to multiple indictments that boggle even the brightest legal minds. So how can the rest of us make sense of it all?                Sara Azari breaks down the investigations, evidence, criminal charges, and defenses involving an ever-expanding rogues&amp;#039; gallery of Trump associates and campaign members, as well as the president&amp;#039;s own criminal conduct. Her docket also includes a comprehensive summary and expert analysis of the Mueller Report. Azari addresses the consequences of President Trump&amp;#039;s conduct and considers whether the president of the United States is ever above the law. An essential nonpartisan guide, Unprecedented gives listeners the tools they need to understand the legal issues engulfing Trump&amp;#039;s campaign and presidency.</description>
      <author>Sara Azari</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705230428.mp3" length="8685593" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705230428.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unprecedented: A Simple Guide to the Crimes of the Trump Campaign and Presidency
Author: Sara Azari
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Trump administration&amp;#039;s attempted and actual violations of the Constitution and the law have surpassed our worst expectations again and again. Add to that the legal morass surrounding members of the Trump campaign staff, and the United States finds itself led by the most corrupt administration in modern American history. The investigation by Special Counsel Robert Mueller on 2016 election interference and obstruction of justice led to multiple indictments that boggle even the brightest legal minds. So how can the rest of us make sense of it all?                Sara Azari breaks down the investigations, evidence, criminal charges, and defenses involving an ever-expanding rogues&amp;#039; gallery of Trump associates and campaign members, as well as the president&amp;#039;s own criminal conduct. Her docket also includes a comprehensive summary and expert analysis of the Mueller Report. Azari addresses the consequences of President Trump&amp;#039;s conduct and considers whether the president of the United States is ever above the law. An essential nonpartisan guide, Unprecedented gives listeners the tools they need to understand the legal issues engulfing Trump&amp;#039;s campaign and presidency.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unprecedented: A Simple Guide to the Crimes of the Trump Campaign and Presidency
Author: Sara Azari
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Trump administration&amp;#039;s attempted and actual violations of the Constitution and the law have surpassed our worst expectations again and again. Add to that the legal morass surrounding members of the Trump campaign staff, and the United States finds itself led by the most corrupt administration in modern American history. The investigation by Special Counsel Robert Mueller on 2016 election interference and obstruction of justice led to multiple indictments that boggle even the brightest legal minds. So how can the rest of us make sense of it all?                Sara Azari breaks down the investigations, evidence, criminal charges, and defenses involving an ever-expanding rogues&amp;#039; gallery of Trump associates and campaign members, as well as the president&amp;#039;s own criminal conduct. Her docket also includes a comprehensive summary and expert analysis of the Mueller Report. Azari addresses the consequences of President Trump&amp;#039;s conduct and considers whether the president of the United States is ever above the law. An essential nonpartisan guide, Unprecedented gives listeners the tools they need to understand the legal issues engulfing Trump&amp;#039;s campaign and presidency.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Return of the Strong Gods: Nationalism, Populism, and the Future of the West by R.R. Reno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return of the Strong Gods: Nationalism, Populism, and the Future of the West
Author: R.R. Reno
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After the staggering slaughter of back-to-back world wars, the West embraced the ideal of the &amp;#039;open society.&amp;#039; The promise: By liberating ourselves from the old attachments to nation, clan, and religion that had fueled centuries of violence, we could build a prosperous world without borders, freed from dogmas and managed by experts. But the populism and nationalism that are upending politics in America and Europe are a sign that after three generations, the postwar consensus is breaking down. With compelling insight, R. R. Reno argues that we are witnessing the return of the &amp;#039;strong gods&amp;#039;—the powerful loyalties that bind men to their homeland and to one another. Reacting to the calamitous first half of the twentieth century, our political, cultural, and financial elites promoted open borders, open markets, and open minds. But this never-ending project of openness has hardened into a set of anti-dogmatic dogmas which destroy the social solidarity rooted in family, faith, and nation. While they worry about the return of fascism, our societies are dissolving.</description>
      <author>R.R. Reno</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705228845.mp3" length="8487693" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705228845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return of the Strong Gods: Nationalism, Populism, and the Future of the West
Author: R.R. Reno
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After the staggering slaughter of back-to-back world wars, the West embraced the ideal of the &amp;#039;open society.&amp;#039; The promise: By liberating ourselves from the old attachments to nation, clan, and religion that had fueled centuries of violence, we could build a prosperous world without borders, freed from dogmas and managed by experts. But the populism and nationalism that are upending politics in America and Europe are a sign that after three generations, the postwar consensus is breaking down. With compelling insight, R. R. Reno argues that we are witnessing the return of the &amp;#039;strong gods&amp;#039;—the powerful loyalties that bind men to their homeland and to one another. Reacting to the calamitous first half of the twentieth century, our political, cultural, and financial elites promoted open borders, open markets, and open minds. But this never-ending project of openness has hardened into a set of anti-dogmatic dogmas which destroy the social solidarity rooted in family, faith, and nation. While they worry about the return of fascism, our societies are dissolving.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429461</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return of the Strong Gods: Nationalism, Populism, and the Future of the West
Author: R.R. Reno
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After the staggering slaughter of back-to-back world wars, the West embraced the ideal of the &amp;#039;open society.&amp;#039; The promise: By liberating ourselves from the old attachments to nation, clan, and religion that had fueled centuries of violence, we could build a prosperous world without borders, freed from dogmas and managed by experts. But the populism and nationalism that are upending politics in America and Europe are a sign that after three generations, the postwar consensus is breaking down. With compelling insight, R. R. Reno argues that we are witnessing the return of the &amp;#039;strong gods&amp;#039;—the powerful loyalties that bind men to their homeland and to one another. Reacting to the calamitous first half of the twentieth century, our political, cultural, and financial elites promoted open borders, open markets, and open minds. But this never-ending project of openness has hardened into a set of anti-dogmatic dogmas which destroy the social solidarity rooted in family, faith, and nation. While they worry about the return of fascism, our societies are dissolving.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Citizenship: What Everyone Needs to Know by Peter J. Spiro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizenship: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Peter J. Spiro
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Citizenship: What Everyone Needs to Know, legal scholar Peter J. Spiro explains citizenship through accessible terms and questions: what citizenship means, how you obtain citizenship (and how you lose it), how it has changed through history, what benefits citizenship gets you, and what obligations it extracts from you—all in comparative perspective. He addresses how citizenship status affects a person&amp;#039;s rights and obligations, what it means to be stateless, the refugee crisis, and whether or not countries should terminate the citizenship of terrorists. He also examines alternatives to national citizenship, including sub-national and global citizenship, and the phenomenon of investor citizenship. Spiro concludes by considering whether nationalist and extremist politics will lead to a general retreat from state-based forms of association and the end of citizenship as we know it. Ultimately, Spiro provides historical and critical perspective to a concept that is a part of our everyday discourse, providing a crucial contribution to our understanding of a central organizing principle of the modern world.</description>
      <author>Peter J. Spiro</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705227381.mp3" length="8604295" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705227381.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizenship: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Peter J. Spiro
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Citizenship: What Everyone Needs to Know, legal scholar Peter J. Spiro explains citizenship through accessible terms and questions: what citizenship means, how you obtain citizenship (and how you lose it), how it has changed through history, what benefits citizenship gets you, and what obligations it extracts from you—all in comparative perspective. He addresses how citizenship status affects a person&amp;#039;s rights and obligations, what it means to be stateless, the refugee crisis, and whether or not countries should terminate the citizenship of terrorists. He also examines alternatives to national citizenship, including sub-national and global citizenship, and the phenomenon of investor citizenship. Spiro concludes by considering whether nationalist and extremist politics will lead to a general retreat from state-based forms of association and the end of citizenship as we know it. Ultimately, Spiro provides historical and critical perspective to a concept that is a part of our everyday discourse, providing a crucial contribution to our understanding of a central organizing principle of the modern world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizenship: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Peter J. Spiro
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Citizenship: What Everyone Needs to Know, legal scholar Peter J. Spiro explains citizenship through accessible terms and questions: what citizenship means, how you obtain citizenship (and how you lose it), how it has changed through history, what benefits citizenship gets you, and what obligations it extracts from you—all in comparative perspective. He addresses how citizenship status affects a person&amp;#039;s rights and obligations, what it means to be stateless, the refugee crisis, and whether or not countries should terminate the citizenship of terrorists. He also examines alternatives to national citizenship, including sub-national and global citizenship, and the phenomenon of investor citizenship. Spiro concludes by considering whether nationalist and extremist politics will lead to a general retreat from state-based forms of association and the end of citizenship as we know it. Ultimately, Spiro provides historical and critical perspective to a concept that is a part of our everyday discourse, providing a crucial contribution to our understanding of a central organizing principle of the modern world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sensible Politics: Visualizing International Relations by William A. Callahan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sensible Politics: Visualizing International Relations
Author: William A. Callahan
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Visual images are everywhere in international politics. But how are we to understand them? In Sensible Politics, William A. Callahan uses his expertise in theory and filmmaking to explore not only what visuals mean, but also how visuals can viscerally move and connect us in &amp;#039;affective communities of sense.&amp;#039; The book&amp;#039;s rich analysis of visual images (photographs, film, art) and visual artifacts (maps, veils, walls, gardens, cyberspace) shows how critical scholarship needs to push beyond issues of identity and security to appreciate the creative politics of social-ordering and world-ordering. Here &amp;#039;sensible politics&amp;#039; isn&amp;#039;t just sensory, but looks beyond icons and ideology to the affective politics of everyday life. It challenges our Eurocentric understanding of international politics by exploring the meaning and impact of visuals from Asia and the Middle East. Sensible Politics offers a unique approach to politics that allows us to not only think visually, but also feel visually—and creatively act visually for a multisensory appreciation of politics.</description>
      <author>William A. Callahan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705227527.mp3" length="8026764" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705227527.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sensible Politics: Visualizing International Relations
Author: William A. Callahan
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Visual images are everywhere in international politics. But how are we to understand them? In Sensible Politics, William A. Callahan uses his expertise in theory and filmmaking to explore not only what visuals mean, but also how visuals can viscerally move and connect us in &amp;#039;affective communities of sense.&amp;#039; The book&amp;#039;s rich analysis of visual images (photographs, film, art) and visual artifacts (maps, veils, walls, gardens, cyberspace) shows how critical scholarship needs to push beyond issues of identity and security to appreciate the creative politics of social-ordering and world-ordering. Here &amp;#039;sensible politics&amp;#039; isn&amp;#039;t just sensory, but looks beyond icons and ideology to the affective politics of everyday life. It challenges our Eurocentric understanding of international politics by exploring the meaning and impact of visuals from Asia and the Middle East. Sensible Politics offers a unique approach to politics that allows us to not only think visually, but also feel visually—and creatively act visually for a multisensory appreciation of politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sensible Politics: Visualizing International Relations
Author: William A. Callahan
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Visual images are everywhere in international politics. But how are we to understand them? In Sensible Politics, William A. Callahan uses his expertise in theory and filmmaking to explore not only what visuals mean, but also how visuals can viscerally move and connect us in &amp;#039;affective communities of sense.&amp;#039; The book&amp;#039;s rich analysis of visual images (photographs, film, art) and visual artifacts (maps, veils, walls, gardens, cyberspace) shows how critical scholarship needs to push beyond issues of identity and security to appreciate the creative politics of social-ordering and world-ordering. Here &amp;#039;sensible politics&amp;#039; isn&amp;#039;t just sensory, but looks beyond icons and ideology to the affective politics of everyday life. It challenges our Eurocentric understanding of international politics by exploring the meaning and impact of visuals from Asia and the Middle East. Sensible Politics offers a unique approach to politics that allows us to not only think visually, but also feel visually—and creatively act visually for a multisensory appreciation of politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assassinations: The Plots, Politics, and Powers Behind History-Changing Murders by Nick Redfern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assassinations: The Plots, Politics, and Powers Behind History-Changing Murders
Author: Nick Redfern
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A deep dive into high stakes killings, conspiracies, and crimes! Ruthless killers and murderers for hire: they are here, there, and everywhere. They lurk in the shadows, ready to pounce. They terminate on command. And, in the process, they change the course of the world. They are among the world&amp;#039;s most cold-hearted, deadly, and emotionless figures. They are assassins, and they have a long history of grievous deeds. From the cunning, calculating, government-trained warriors to the psychopathic, homegrown freelancers, you can find them all in Assassinations: The Plots, Politics, and Powers behind History-changing Murders. Exposed are the hidden agendas as well as the open warfare. The cynical preparations and devastating aftermaths are laid bare. You will quickly find yourself immersed in a world that is filled with killings made to seem like suicides, murders that were designed to look like heart attacks or overdoses, and accidents that, in reality, were carefully orchestrated deaths.</description>
      <author>Nick Redfern</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705225424.mp3" length="4213399" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705225424.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assassinations: The Plots, Politics, and Powers Behind History-Changing Murders
Author: Nick Redfern
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A deep dive into high stakes killings, conspiracies, and crimes! Ruthless killers and murderers for hire: they are here, there, and everywhere. They lurk in the shadows, ready to pounce. They terminate on command. And, in the process, they change the course of the world. They are among the world&amp;#039;s most cold-hearted, deadly, and emotionless figures. They are assassins, and they have a long history of grievous deeds. From the cunning, calculating, government-trained warriors to the psychopathic, homegrown freelancers, you can find them all in Assassinations: The Plots, Politics, and Powers behind History-changing Murders. Exposed are the hidden agendas as well as the open warfare. The cynical preparations and devastating aftermaths are laid bare. You will quickly find yourself immersed in a world that is filled with killings made to seem like suicides, murders that were designed to look like heart attacks or overdoses, and accidents that, in reality, were carefully orchestrated deaths.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assassinations: The Plots, Politics, and Powers Behind History-Changing Murders
Author: Nick Redfern
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A deep dive into high stakes killings, conspiracies, and crimes! Ruthless killers and murderers for hire: they are here, there, and everywhere. They lurk in the shadows, ready to pounce. They terminate on command. And, in the process, they change the course of the world. They are among the world&amp;#039;s most cold-hearted, deadly, and emotionless figures. They are assassins, and they have a long history of grievous deeds. From the cunning, calculating, government-trained warriors to the psychopathic, homegrown freelancers, you can find them all in Assassinations: The Plots, Politics, and Powers behind History-changing Murders. Exposed are the hidden agendas as well as the open warfare. The cynical preparations and devastating aftermaths are laid bare. You will quickly find yourself immersed in a world that is filled with killings made to seem like suicides, murders that were designed to look like heart attacks or overdoses, and accidents that, in reality, were carefully orchestrated deaths.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Presidential Elections and Majority Rule: The Rise, Demise, and Potential Restoration of the Jeffersonian Electoral College by Edward B. Foley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Presidential Elections and Majority Rule: The Rise, Demise, and Potential Restoration of the Jeffersonian Electoral College
Author: Edward B. Foley
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Electoral College that governs America has been with us since 1804, when Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s supporters redesigned it for his re-election. The Jeffersonians were motivated by the principle of majority rule. Gone were the days when a president would be elected by acclamation, as George Washington had been. Instead, given the emergence of intense two-party competition, the Jeffersonians wanted to make sure that the Electoral College awarded the presidency to the candidate of the majority, rather than minority, party. They also envisioned that a candidate would win by amassing a majority of Electoral College votes secured from states where the candidate&amp;#039;s party was in the majority. For most of American history, this system has worked as intended, producing presidents who won Electoral College victories derived from state-based majorities. In the last quarter-century, however, there have been three significant aberrations from the Jeffersonian design: 1992, 2000, and 2016. In each of these years, the Electoral College victory depended on states where the winner received only a minority of votes. In this authoritative history of the American Electoral College system, Edward Foley analyzes the consequences of the unparalleled departure from the Jeffersonians&amp;#039; original intent—and delineates what we can do about it.</description>
      <author>Edward B. Foley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705207185.mp3" length="8497873" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705207185.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Presidential Elections and Majority Rule: The Rise, Demise, and Potential Restoration of the Jeffersonian Electoral College
Author: Edward B. Foley
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Electoral College that governs America has been with us since 1804, when Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s supporters redesigned it for his re-election. The Jeffersonians were motivated by the principle of majority rule. Gone were the days when a president would be elected by acclamation, as George Washington had been. Instead, given the emergence of intense two-party competition, the Jeffersonians wanted to make sure that the Electoral College awarded the presidency to the candidate of the majority, rather than minority, party. They also envisioned that a candidate would win by amassing a majority of Electoral College votes secured from states where the candidate&amp;#039;s party was in the majority. For most of American history, this system has worked as intended, producing presidents who won Electoral College victories derived from state-based majorities. In the last quarter-century, however, there have been three significant aberrations from the Jeffersonian design: 1992, 2000, and 2016. In each of these years, the Electoral College victory depended on states where the winner received only a minority of votes. In this authoritative history of the American Electoral College system, Edward Foley analyzes the consequences of the unparalleled departure from the Jeffersonians&amp;#039; original intent—and delineates what we can do about it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429367</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Presidential Elections and Majority Rule: The Rise, Demise, and Potential Restoration of the Jeffersonian Electoral College
Author: Edward B. Foley
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Electoral College that governs America has been with us since 1804, when Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s supporters redesigned it for his re-election. The Jeffersonians were motivated by the principle of majority rule. Gone were the days when a president would be elected by acclamation, as George Washington had been. Instead, given the emergence of intense two-party competition, the Jeffersonians wanted to make sure that the Electoral College awarded the presidency to the candidate of the majority, rather than minority, party. They also envisioned that a candidate would win by amassing a majority of Electoral College votes secured from states where the candidate&amp;#039;s party was in the majority. For most of American history, this system has worked as intended, producing presidents who won Electoral College victories derived from state-based majorities. In the last quarter-century, however, there have been three significant aberrations from the Jeffersonian design: 1992, 2000, and 2016. In each of these years, the Electoral College victory depended on states where the winner received only a minority of votes. In this authoritative history of the American Electoral College system, Edward Foley analyzes the consequences of the unparalleled departure from the Jeffersonians&amp;#039; original intent—and delineates what we can do about it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World&amp;#039;s Most Prestigious Prize: The Inside Story of the Nobel Peace Prize by Geir Lundestad</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World&amp;#039;s Most Prestigious Prize: The Inside Story of the Nobel Peace Prize
Author: Geir Lundestad
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The World&amp;#039;s Most Prestigious Prize: The Inside Story of the Nobel Peace Prize is a fascinating, insider account of the Nobel Peace Prize. Drawing on unprecedented access to the Norwegian Nobel Institute&amp;#039;s vast archive, it offers a gripping account of the founding of the prize, as well as its highs and lows, triumphs and disasters, over the last one-hundred-and-twenty years. But more than that, the book also draws on the author&amp;#039;s unique insight during his twenty-five years as director of the Norwegian Nobel Institute and secretary of the Norwegian Nobel Committee. It reveals the real story of all the laureates of that period—some of them among the most controversial in the history of the prize (Gorbachev, Arafat, Peres and Rabin, Mandela and De Klerk, Obama, and Liu Xiaobo)—and exactly why they came to receive the prize. Despite all that has been written about the Nobel Peace Prize, this is the first-ever account written by a prominent insider in the Nobel system.</description>
      <author>Geir Lundestad</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705207109.mp3" length="8131400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705207109.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World&amp;#039;s Most Prestigious Prize: The Inside Story of the Nobel Peace Prize
Author: Geir Lundestad
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The World&amp;#039;s Most Prestigious Prize: The Inside Story of the Nobel Peace Prize is a fascinating, insider account of the Nobel Peace Prize. Drawing on unprecedented access to the Norwegian Nobel Institute&amp;#039;s vast archive, it offers a gripping account of the founding of the prize, as well as its highs and lows, triumphs and disasters, over the last one-hundred-and-twenty years. But more than that, the book also draws on the author&amp;#039;s unique insight during his twenty-five years as director of the Norwegian Nobel Institute and secretary of the Norwegian Nobel Committee. It reveals the real story of all the laureates of that period—some of them among the most controversial in the history of the prize (Gorbachev, Arafat, Peres and Rabin, Mandela and De Klerk, Obama, and Liu Xiaobo)—and exactly why they came to receive the prize. Despite all that has been written about the Nobel Peace Prize, this is the first-ever account written by a prominent insider in the Nobel system.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World&amp;#039;s Most Prestigious Prize: The Inside Story of the Nobel Peace Prize
Author: Geir Lundestad
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The World&amp;#039;s Most Prestigious Prize: The Inside Story of the Nobel Peace Prize is a fascinating, insider account of the Nobel Peace Prize. Drawing on unprecedented access to the Norwegian Nobel Institute&amp;#039;s vast archive, it offers a gripping account of the founding of the prize, as well as its highs and lows, triumphs and disasters, over the last one-hundred-and-twenty years. But more than that, the book also draws on the author&amp;#039;s unique insight during his twenty-five years as director of the Norwegian Nobel Institute and secretary of the Norwegian Nobel Committee. It reveals the real story of all the laureates of that period—some of them among the most controversial in the history of the prize (Gorbachev, Arafat, Peres and Rabin, Mandela and De Klerk, Obama, and Liu Xiaobo)—and exactly why they came to receive the prize. Despite all that has been written about the Nobel Peace Prize, this is the first-ever account written by a prominent insider in the Nobel system.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Children of the Holocaust: Conversations with Sons and Daughters of Survivors by Helen Epstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children of the Holocaust: Conversations with Sons and Daughters of Survivors
Author: Helen Epstein
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I set out to find a group of people who, like me, were possessed by a history they had never lived.&amp;#039;The daughter of Holocaust survivors, Helen Epstein traveled from America to Europe to Israel, searching for one vital thin in common: their parent&amp;#039;s persecution by the Nazis. She found:    • Gabriela Korda, who was raised by her parents as a German Protestant in South America;     • Albert Singerman, who fought in the jungles of Vietnam to prove that he, too, could survive a grueling ordeal;     • Deborah Schwartz, a Southern beauty queen who—at the Miss America pageant, played the same Chopin piece that was played over Polish radio during Hitler&amp;#039;s invasion.  Epstein interviewed hundreds of men and women coping with an extraordinary legacy. In each, she found shades of herself.</description>
      <author>Helen Epstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593343111.mp3" length="2700890" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593343111.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children of the Holocaust: Conversations with Sons and Daughters of Survivors
Author: Helen Epstein
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I set out to find a group of people who, like me, were possessed by a history they had never lived.&amp;#039;The daughter of Holocaust survivors, Helen Epstein traveled from America to Europe to Israel, searching for one vital thin in common: their parent&amp;#039;s persecution by the Nazis. She found:    • Gabriela Korda, who was raised by her parents as a German Protestant in South America;     • Albert Singerman, who fought in the jungles of Vietnam to prove that he, too, could survive a grueling ordeal;     • Deborah Schwartz, a Southern beauty queen who—at the Miss America pageant, played the same Chopin piece that was played over Polish radio during Hitler&amp;#039;s invasion.  Epstein interviewed hundreds of men and women coping with an extraordinary legacy. In each, she found shades of herself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children of the Holocaust: Conversations with Sons and Daughters of Survivors
Author: Helen Epstein
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I set out to find a group of people who, like me, were possessed by a history they had never lived.&amp;#039;The daughter of Holocaust survivors, Helen Epstein traveled from America to Europe to Israel, searching for one vital thin in common: their parent&amp;#039;s persecution by the Nazis. She found:    • Gabriela Korda, who was raised by her parents as a German Protestant in South America;     • Albert Singerman, who fought in the jungles of Vietnam to prove that he, too, could survive a grueling ordeal;     • Deborah Schwartz, a Southern beauty queen who—at the Miss America pageant, played the same Chopin piece that was played over Polish radio during Hitler&amp;#039;s invasion.  Epstein interviewed hundreds of men and women coping with an extraordinary legacy. In each, she found shades of herself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The New Corporation: How &amp;#039;Good&amp;#039; Corporations Are Bad for Democracy by Joel Bakan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Corporation: How &amp;#039;Good&amp;#039; Corporations Are Bad for Democracy
Author: Joel Bakan
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply informed and unflinching look at the way corporations have slyly rebranded themselves as socially conscious entities ready to tackle society&amp;#039;s problems, while CEO compensation soars, income inequality is at all-time highs, and democracy sits in a precarious situation.     “A very important book, an arresting study directed to a central issue of the times” (Noam Chomsky), from the author of The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power. Over the last decade and a half, business leaders have been calling for a new kind of capitalism. With income inequality soaring, wages stagnating, and a climate crisis escalating, they realized that they had to make social and environmental values the very core of their messaging. The problem is corporations are still, first and foremost, concerned with their bottom line.      In lucid and engaging prose, Joel Bakan documents how increasing corporate freedom encroaches on individual liberty and democracy. Through deep research and interviews with both top executives and their sharpest critics, he exposes the inhumanity and destructive force of the current order--profit-driven privatization subverting the public good, governments neglecting duties to protect the environment, the increasing alienation we experience as every aspect of life is economized, and how the Covid-19 pandemic lays bare the unjust fault lines of our corporate-led society.      Beyond diagnosing major problems, in The New Corporation Bakan narrates a hopeful path forward. He reveals how citizens around the world are fighting back and making gains in ways that bolster democracy and benefit ordinary citizens rather than the corporate elite.</description>
      <author>Joel Bakan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593216262.mp3" length="2663704" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593216262.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Corporation: How &amp;#039;Good&amp;#039; Corporations Are Bad for Democracy
Author: Joel Bakan
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply informed and unflinching look at the way corporations have slyly rebranded themselves as socially conscious entities ready to tackle society&amp;#039;s problems, while CEO compensation soars, income inequality is at all-time highs, and democracy sits in a precarious situation.     “A very important book, an arresting study directed to a central issue of the times” (Noam Chomsky), from the author of The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power. Over the last decade and a half, business leaders have been calling for a new kind of capitalism. With income inequality soaring, wages stagnating, and a climate crisis escalating, they realized that they had to make social and environmental values the very core of their messaging. The problem is corporations are still, first and foremost, concerned with their bottom line.      In lucid and engaging prose, Joel Bakan documents how increasing corporate freedom encroaches on individual liberty and democracy. Through deep research and interviews with both top executives and their sharpest critics, he exposes the inhumanity and destructive force of the current order--profit-driven privatization subverting the public good, governments neglecting duties to protect the environment, the increasing alienation we experience as every aspect of life is economized, and how the Covid-19 pandemic lays bare the unjust fault lines of our corporate-led society.      Beyond diagnosing major problems, in The New Corporation Bakan narrates a hopeful path forward. He reveals how citizens around the world are fighting back and making gains in ways that bolster democracy and benefit ordinary citizens rather than the corporate elite.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429273</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Corporation: How &amp;#039;Good&amp;#039; Corporations Are Bad for Democracy
Author: Joel Bakan
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply informed and unflinching look at the way corporations have slyly rebranded themselves as socially conscious entities ready to tackle society&amp;#039;s problems, while CEO compensation soars, income inequality is at all-time highs, and democracy sits in a precarious situation.     “A very important book, an arresting study directed to a central issue of the times” (Noam Chomsky), from the author of The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power. Over the last decade and a half, business leaders have been calling for a new kind of capitalism. With income inequality soaring, wages stagnating, and a climate crisis escalating, they realized that they had to make social and environmental values the very core of their messaging. The problem is corporations are still, first and foremost, concerned with their bottom line.      In lucid and engaging prose, Joel Bakan documents how increasing corporate freedom encroaches on individual liberty and democracy. Through deep research and interviews with both top executives and their sharpest critics, he exposes the inhumanity and destructive force of the current order--profit-driven privatization subverting the public good, governments neglecting duties to protect the environment, the increasing alienation we experience as every aspect of life is economized, and how the Covid-19 pandemic lays bare the unjust fault lines of our corporate-led society.      Beyond diagnosing major problems, in The New Corporation Bakan narrates a hopeful path forward. He reveals how citizens around the world are fighting back and making gains in ways that bolster democracy and benefit ordinary citizens rather than the corporate elite.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art Of War by Sunzi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art Of War
Author: Sunzi
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Art of War is an ancient Chinese military treatise dating from the Late Spring and Autumn Period. The work, which is attributed to the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu, is composed of 13 chapters. Each one is devoted to an aspect of warfare and how it applies to military strategy and tactics.   Produced by Devin Lawrence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London ICON Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi     Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission   ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC</description>
      <author>Sunzi</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662101663.mp3" length="1462086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662101663.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art Of War
Author: Sunzi
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Art of War is an ancient Chinese military treatise dating from the Late Spring and Autumn Period. The work, which is attributed to the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu, is composed of 13 chapters. Each one is devoted to an aspect of warfare and how it applies to military strategy and tactics.   Produced by Devin Lawrence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London ICON Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi     Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission   ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art Of War
Author: Sunzi
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 24 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Art of War is an ancient Chinese military treatise dating from the Late Spring and Autumn Period. The work, which is attributed to the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu, is composed of 13 chapters. Each one is devoted to an aspect of warfare and how it applies to military strategy and tactics.   Produced by Devin Lawrence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London ICON Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi     Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission   ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deepfakes: The Coming Infocalypse by Nina Schick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deepfakes: The Coming Infocalypse
Author: Nina Schick
Narrator: Stephanie Racine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncover everything you need to know about &amp;quot;deepfakes&amp;quot; and what could become the biggest information and communications meltdown in world history. In a world of deepfakes, it will soon be impossible to tell what is real and what isn&amp;#039;t. As advances in artificial intelligence, video creation, and online trolling continue, deepfakes pose not only a real threat to democracy -- they threaten to take voter manipulation to unprecedented new heights. This crisis of misinformation which we now face has since been dubbed the &amp;quot;Infocalypse.&amp;quot; In DEEPFAKES, investigative journalist Nina Schick uses her expertise from working in the field to reveal shocking examples of deepfakery and explain the dangerous political consequences of the Infocalypse, both in terms of national security and what it means for public trust in politics. This all-too-timely book also unveils what this all means for us as individuals, how deepfakes will be used to intimidate and to silence, for revenge and fraud, and just how truly unprepared governments and tech companies are for what&amp;#039;s coming.</description>
      <author>Nina Schick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549189241.mp3" length="845991" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549189241.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deepfakes: The Coming Infocalypse
Author: Nina Schick
Narrator: Stephanie Racine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncover everything you need to know about &amp;quot;deepfakes&amp;quot; and what could become the biggest information and communications meltdown in world history. In a world of deepfakes, it will soon be impossible to tell what is real and what isn&amp;#039;t. As advances in artificial intelligence, video creation, and online trolling continue, deepfakes pose not only a real threat to democracy -- they threaten to take voter manipulation to unprecedented new heights. This crisis of misinformation which we now face has since been dubbed the &amp;quot;Infocalypse.&amp;quot; In DEEPFAKES, investigative journalist Nina Schick uses her expertise from working in the field to reveal shocking examples of deepfakery and explain the dangerous political consequences of the Infocalypse, both in terms of national security and what it means for public trust in politics. This all-too-timely book also unveils what this all means for us as individuals, how deepfakes will be used to intimidate and to silence, for revenge and fraud, and just how truly unprepared governments and tech companies are for what&amp;#039;s coming.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deepfakes: The Coming Infocalypse
Author: Nina Schick
Narrator: Stephanie Racine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncover everything you need to know about &amp;quot;deepfakes&amp;quot; and what could become the biggest information and communications meltdown in world history. In a world of deepfakes, it will soon be impossible to tell what is real and what isn&amp;#039;t. As advances in artificial intelligence, video creation, and online trolling continue, deepfakes pose not only a real threat to democracy -- they threaten to take voter manipulation to unprecedented new heights. This crisis of misinformation which we now face has since been dubbed the &amp;quot;Infocalypse.&amp;quot; In DEEPFAKES, investigative journalist Nina Schick uses her expertise from working in the field to reveal shocking examples of deepfakery and explain the dangerous political consequences of the Infocalypse, both in terms of national security and what it means for public trust in politics. This all-too-timely book also unveils what this all means for us as individuals, how deepfakes will be used to intimidate and to silence, for revenge and fraud, and just how truly unprepared governments and tech companies are for what&amp;#039;s coming.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City by Michael Daly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City
Author: Michael Daly
Narrator: Michael Daly, P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The gritty, true blue story of two remarkable cops and an equally extraordinary nurse who provided the spirit and smarts that transformed Fear City into the safest big city in America. NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST is the story of a city&amp;#039;s transformation through the tireless efforts of Detective Steven McDonald, Nurse Justiniano, Jack Maple, and a host of hero cops—including the great niece of Jazz Age great Josephine Baker—the finest of The Finest. The son and grandson of cops, Officer McDonald was shot and paralyzed from the neck down while on patrol in 1986. The doctors said that if he did survive, he would be better off dead. It was then he came under the care of one Nurse Nina Justiniano. Where the teenage gunman was produced by the worst of Harlem&amp;#039;s social ills, she personified its many graces, rescuing Steven from despair and urging him to transcend hate and bitterness. McDonald was then promoted to detective at the urging of NYPD Deputy Commissioner Jack Maple, a postal worker&amp;#039;s son who sported a bow tie, Homburg hat, and two-tone shoes as he implemented transformative crime-fighting strategies to deter violent subway robberies. Coming up in the force, Maple had been routinely mocked for imagining the impossible: that Times Square would one day be a destination for families and tourists. Now, resentments and tensions are mounting in the same neighborhoods that most benefited from the careful consideration of officers like McDonald and Maple. But as NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST illustrates, their legacies, and those of people like Nurse Justiniano, may well rescue New York City from its present state of unrest and struggle in the wake of protests and the pandemic.</description>
      <author>Michael Daly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549119156.mp3" length="808131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549119156.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City
Author: Michael Daly
Narrator: Michael Daly, P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The gritty, true blue story of two remarkable cops and an equally extraordinary nurse who provided the spirit and smarts that transformed Fear City into the safest big city in America. NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST is the story of a city&amp;#039;s transformation through the tireless efforts of Detective Steven McDonald, Nurse Justiniano, Jack Maple, and a host of hero cops—including the great niece of Jazz Age great Josephine Baker—the finest of The Finest. The son and grandson of cops, Officer McDonald was shot and paralyzed from the neck down while on patrol in 1986. The doctors said that if he did survive, he would be better off dead. It was then he came under the care of one Nurse Nina Justiniano. Where the teenage gunman was produced by the worst of Harlem&amp;#039;s social ills, she personified its many graces, rescuing Steven from despair and urging him to transcend hate and bitterness. McDonald was then promoted to detective at the urging of NYPD Deputy Commissioner Jack Maple, a postal worker&amp;#039;s son who sported a bow tie, Homburg hat, and two-tone shoes as he implemented transformative crime-fighting strategies to deter violent subway robberies. Coming up in the force, Maple had been routinely mocked for imagining the impossible: that Times Square would one day be a destination for families and tourists. Now, resentments and tensions are mounting in the same neighborhoods that most benefited from the careful consideration of officers like McDonald and Maple. But as NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST illustrates, their legacies, and those of people like Nurse Justiniano, may well rescue New York City from its present state of unrest and struggle in the wake of protests and the pandemic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: New York&amp;#039;s Finest: Stories of the NYPD and the Hero Cops Who Saved the City
Author: Michael Daly
Narrator: Michael Daly, P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  7, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The gritty, true blue story of two remarkable cops and an equally extraordinary nurse who provided the spirit and smarts that transformed Fear City into the safest big city in America. NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST is the story of a city&amp;#039;s transformation through the tireless efforts of Detective Steven McDonald, Nurse Justiniano, Jack Maple, and a host of hero cops—including the great niece of Jazz Age great Josephine Baker—the finest of The Finest. The son and grandson of cops, Officer McDonald was shot and paralyzed from the neck down while on patrol in 1986. The doctors said that if he did survive, he would be better off dead. It was then he came under the care of one Nurse Nina Justiniano. Where the teenage gunman was produced by the worst of Harlem&amp;#039;s social ills, she personified its many graces, rescuing Steven from despair and urging him to transcend hate and bitterness. McDonald was then promoted to detective at the urging of NYPD Deputy Commissioner Jack Maple, a postal worker&amp;#039;s son who sported a bow tie, Homburg hat, and two-tone shoes as he implemented transformative crime-fighting strategies to deter violent subway robberies. Coming up in the force, Maple had been routinely mocked for imagining the impossible: that Times Square would one day be a destination for families and tourists. Now, resentments and tensions are mounting in the same neighborhoods that most benefited from the careful consideration of officers like McDonald and Maple. But as NEW YORK&amp;#039;S FINEST illustrates, their legacies, and those of people like Nurse Justiniano, may well rescue New York City from its present state of unrest and struggle in the wake of protests and the pandemic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Head, Hand, Heart: Why Intelligence Is Overrated, Manual Workers Matter, and Caregivers Deserve More Respect by David Goodhart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Head, Hand, Heart: Why Intelligence Is Overrated, Manual Workers Matter, and Caregivers Deserve More Respect
Author: David Goodhart
Narrator: David Goodhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A Financial Times best book of 2020, an “utterly compelling” (The Sunday Times, London) argument from leading political analyst David Goodhart about the severely imbalanced distribution of status and work in western societies. The coronavirus pandemic revealed what we ought to have already known: that nurses, caregivers, supermarket workers, delivery drivers, cleaners, and so many others are essential. Until recently, this work was largely regarded as menial by the same society that now lauds them as heroes. How did we get here?   “With great clarity and unfailing sympathy for the human condition,” (Matthew Crawford, New York Times bestselling author of Shop Class as Soulcraft) this follow-up to the bestselling The Road to Somewhere divides society into people who work with their Heads (cognitive work), with their Hands (manual work), or with their Hearts (caring work), and considers each group’s changing status and influence. Today the “best and the brightest” trump the “decent and hardworking.” Qualities like character, compassion, craft, and physical labor command far less respect in our workforce. This imbalance has led to the disaffection and alienation of millions of people.   David Goodhart reveals the untold history behind this disparity and outlines the challenges we face as a result. Cognitive ability has become the gold standard of human esteem, and those in the cognitive class now shape society largely in their own interest. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful.   A healthy, democratic society respects and rewards a broad range of achievements, and provides meaning and value for people who cannot—or do not want to—achieve in the classroom and professional career market. We must shift our thinking to see all workers as essential, and not just during crises like the coronavirus pandemic. “Insightful and provocative,” (Michael Lind, author of The New Class War) this is a “deeply felt and persuasive call for rethinking the social order” (Publishers Weekly).</description>
      <author>David Goodhart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797115962.mp3" length="892017" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797115962.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Head, Hand, Heart: Why Intelligence Is Overrated, Manual Workers Matter, and Caregivers Deserve More Respect
Author: David Goodhart
Narrator: David Goodhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A Financial Times best book of 2020, an “utterly compelling” (The Sunday Times, London) argument from leading political analyst David Goodhart about the severely imbalanced distribution of status and work in western societies. The coronavirus pandemic revealed what we ought to have already known: that nurses, caregivers, supermarket workers, delivery drivers, cleaners, and so many others are essential. Until recently, this work was largely regarded as menial by the same society that now lauds them as heroes. How did we get here?   “With great clarity and unfailing sympathy for the human condition,” (Matthew Crawford, New York Times bestselling author of Shop Class as Soulcraft) this follow-up to the bestselling The Road to Somewhere divides society into people who work with their Heads (cognitive work), with their Hands (manual work), or with their Hearts (caring work), and considers each group’s changing status and influence. Today the “best and the brightest” trump the “decent and hardworking.” Qualities like character, compassion, craft, and physical labor command far less respect in our workforce. This imbalance has led to the disaffection and alienation of millions of people.   David Goodhart reveals the untold history behind this disparity and outlines the challenges we face as a result. Cognitive ability has become the gold standard of human esteem, and those in the cognitive class now shape society largely in their own interest. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful.   A healthy, democratic society respects and rewards a broad range of achievements, and provides meaning and value for people who cannot—or do not want to—achieve in the classroom and professional career market. We must shift our thinking to see all workers as essential, and not just during crises like the coronavirus pandemic. “Insightful and provocative,” (Michael Lind, author of The New Class War) this is a “deeply felt and persuasive call for rethinking the social order” (Publishers Weekly).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Head, Hand, Heart: Why Intelligence Is Overrated, Manual Workers Matter, and Caregivers Deserve More Respect
Author: David Goodhart
Narrator: David Goodhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A Financial Times best book of 2020, an “utterly compelling” (The Sunday Times, London) argument from leading political analyst David Goodhart about the severely imbalanced distribution of status and work in western societies. The coronavirus pandemic revealed what we ought to have already known: that nurses, caregivers, supermarket workers, delivery drivers, cleaners, and so many others are essential. Until recently, this work was largely regarded as menial by the same society that now lauds them as heroes. How did we get here?   “With great clarity and unfailing sympathy for the human condition,” (Matthew Crawford, New York Times bestselling author of Shop Class as Soulcraft) this follow-up to the bestselling The Road to Somewhere divides society into people who work with their Heads (cognitive work), with their Hands (manual work), or with their Hearts (caring work), and considers each group’s changing status and influence. Today the “best and the brightest” trump the “decent and hardworking.” Qualities like character, compassion, craft, and physical labor command far less respect in our workforce. This imbalance has led to the disaffection and alienation of millions of people.   David Goodhart reveals the untold history behind this disparity and outlines the challenges we face as a result. Cognitive ability has become the gold standard of human esteem, and those in the cognitive class now shape society largely in their own interest. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful.   A healthy, democratic society respects and rewards a broad range of achievements, and provides meaning and value for people who cannot—or do not want to—achieve in the classroom and professional career market. We must shift our thinking to see all workers as essential, and not just during crises like the coronavirus pandemic. “Insightful and provocative,” (Michael Lind, author of The New Class War) this is a “deeply felt and persuasive call for rethinking the social order” (Publishers Weekly).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Polarization: What Everyone Needs to Know by Nolan Mccarty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Polarization: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Nolan Mccarty
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 2016 election of Donald J. Trump invoked a time for reflection about the state of American politics and its deep ideological, cultural, racial, regional, and economic divisions. But one aspect that the contemporary discussions often miss is that these fissures have been opening over several decades and are deeply rooted in the structure of American politics and society. In Polarization: What Everyone Needs to Know Nolan McCarty takes readers through what scholars know and don&amp;#039;t know about the origins, development, and implications of our rising political conflicts, delving into social, economic, and geographic determinants of polarization in the United States. While the current political climate seems to suggest that extreme views are becoming more popular, McCarty also argues that, contrary to popular belief, the 2016 election was a natural outgrowth of forty years of polarized politics, rather than a significant break with the past. A concise overview of a complex and crucial topic in US politics, this book is for anyone wanting to understand how to repair the cracks in our system.</description>
      <author>Nolan Mccarty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705203606.mp3" length="8307093" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705203606.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Polarization: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Nolan Mccarty
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 2016 election of Donald J. Trump invoked a time for reflection about the state of American politics and its deep ideological, cultural, racial, regional, and economic divisions. But one aspect that the contemporary discussions often miss is that these fissures have been opening over several decades and are deeply rooted in the structure of American politics and society. In Polarization: What Everyone Needs to Know Nolan McCarty takes readers through what scholars know and don&amp;#039;t know about the origins, development, and implications of our rising political conflicts, delving into social, economic, and geographic determinants of polarization in the United States. While the current political climate seems to suggest that extreme views are becoming more popular, McCarty also argues that, contrary to popular belief, the 2016 election was a natural outgrowth of forty years of polarized politics, rather than a significant break with the past. A concise overview of a complex and crucial topic in US politics, this book is for anyone wanting to understand how to repair the cracks in our system.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Polarization: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Nolan Mccarty
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 2016 election of Donald J. Trump invoked a time for reflection about the state of American politics and its deep ideological, cultural, racial, regional, and economic divisions. But one aspect that the contemporary discussions often miss is that these fissures have been opening over several decades and are deeply rooted in the structure of American politics and society. In Polarization: What Everyone Needs to Know Nolan McCarty takes readers through what scholars know and don&amp;#039;t know about the origins, development, and implications of our rising political conflicts, delving into social, economic, and geographic determinants of polarization in the United States. While the current political climate seems to suggest that extreme views are becoming more popular, McCarty also argues that, contrary to popular belief, the 2016 election was a natural outgrowth of forty years of polarized politics, rather than a significant break with the past. A concise overview of a complex and crucial topic in US politics, this book is for anyone wanting to understand how to repair the cracks in our system.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El amigo americano: El hombre de Obama en España by James Costos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El amigo americano: El hombre de Obama en España
Author: James Costos
Narrator: Jordi Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La insólita historia de James Costos, el hombre de Obama en España.    ¡Bienvenidos a la diplomacia de la pista de baile!      -James, me acaban de preguntar si quiero decorar la Casa Blanca. -Oh, por Dios. Cuelga el teléfono. Es una broma pesada.  -No, no. Creo que es en serio.  Así empieza la historia que acabó con James Costos, alto ejecutivo de HBO y arquetipo del self-made man como embajador de Obama en España. El amigo americano son las memorias del hombre que supo marcar tendencia con su impronta personal al redefinir el papel de la diplomacia en pleno siglo XXI. Íntimo amigo de Obama, James Costos no solo normalizó la diplomacia gay, sino que además convirtió la embajada estadounidense de Madrid en el lugar de encuentro, donde confluían jóvenes emprendedores, altos cargos del mundo empresarial, personalidades mediáticas, militares, políticos, jefes de Estado o representantes del mundo del arte y la cultura. Cercano, talentoso, comprometido con sus causas y tremendamente activo en el acercamiento de Estados Unidos y España, Costos supo ir a contracorriente y romper las rígidas barreras del protocolo diplomático, dinamizando con su contagioso y transformador espíritu todos los ámbitos de su embajada.  Bienvenidos a la diplomacia de la pista de baile.  Reseñas: «¿Diplomacia innovadora? ¡Sí! Desde el comienzo de su mandato Costos proclamó que su papel como embajador sería el de emprendedor. En El amigo americano descubrirás cómo fue contagiando su espíritu transformador a todo el universo de su embajada.» Eric Schmidt, presidente ejecutivo de Google  «Costos retira el pesado velo diplomático y nos invita a recorrer el curioso viajeque lo llevó a ser el hombre de Obama en España. El amigo americano es el maravilloso retrato, íntimo y divertido, de un hombre que ama España desde el fondo de su corazón estadounidense.» Gwyneth Paltrow  «En El amigo americano, Costos usa todos los utensilios (algunos poco convencionales y bastante únicos) de su caja de herramientas para cumplirsu distinguido, colorido y memorable mandato como embajador como nunca antes hemos visto en España.» Jorge Moragas  «El amigo americano demuestra de manera brillante la importancia de la diplomacia y del trabajo con nuestros aliados cercanos para resolver problemas globales mientras se construye una prospera embajada en Madrid.» Arianna Huffington, Fundadora del HuffPost y presidenta ejecutiva de Thrive Global</description>
      <author>James Costos</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788418006548.mp3" length="1510350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788418006548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El amigo americano: El hombre de Obama en España
Author: James Costos
Narrator: Jordi Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La insólita historia de James Costos, el hombre de Obama en España.    ¡Bienvenidos a la diplomacia de la pista de baile!      -James, me acaban de preguntar si quiero decorar la Casa Blanca. -Oh, por Dios. Cuelga el teléfono. Es una broma pesada.  -No, no. Creo que es en serio.  Así empieza la historia que acabó con James Costos, alto ejecutivo de HBO y arquetipo del self-made man como embajador de Obama en España. El amigo americano son las memorias del hombre que supo marcar tendencia con su impronta personal al redefinir el papel de la diplomacia en pleno siglo XXI. Íntimo amigo de Obama, James Costos no solo normalizó la diplomacia gay, sino que además convirtió la embajada estadounidense de Madrid en el lugar de encuentro, donde confluían jóvenes emprendedores, altos cargos del mundo empresarial, personalidades mediáticas, militares, políticos, jefes de Estado o representantes del mundo del arte y la cultura. Cercano, talentoso, comprometido con sus causas y tremendamente activo en el acercamiento de Estados Unidos y España, Costos supo ir a contracorriente y romper las rígidas barreras del protocolo diplomático, dinamizando con su contagioso y transformador espíritu todos los ámbitos de su embajada.  Bienvenidos a la diplomacia de la pista de baile.  Reseñas: «¿Diplomacia innovadora? ¡Sí! Desde el comienzo de su mandato Costos proclamó que su papel como embajador sería el de emprendedor. En El amigo americano descubrirás cómo fue contagiando su espíritu transformador a todo el universo de su embajada.» Eric Schmidt, presidente ejecutivo de Google  «Costos retira el pesado velo diplomático y nos invita a recorrer el curioso viajeque lo llevó a ser el hombre de Obama en España. El amigo americano es el maravilloso retrato, íntimo y divertido, de un hombre que ama España desde el fondo de su corazón estadounidense.» Gwyneth Paltrow  «En El amigo americano, Costos usa todos los utensilios (algunos poco convencionales y bastante únicos) de su caja de herramientas para cumplirsu distinguido, colorido y memorable mandato como embajador como nunca antes hemos visto en España.» Jorge Moragas  «El amigo americano demuestra de manera brillante la importancia de la diplomacia y del trabajo con nuestros aliados cercanos para resolver problemas globales mientras se construye una prospera embajada en Madrid.» Arianna Huffington, Fundadora del HuffPost y presidenta ejecutiva de Thrive Global</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El amigo americano: El hombre de Obama en España
Author: James Costos
Narrator: Jordi Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La insólita historia de James Costos, el hombre de Obama en España.    ¡Bienvenidos a la diplomacia de la pista de baile!      -James, me acaban de preguntar si quiero decorar la Casa Blanca. -Oh, por Dios. Cuelga el teléfono. Es una broma pesada.  -No, no. Creo que es en serio.  Así empieza la historia que acabó con James Costos, alto ejecutivo de HBO y arquetipo del self-made man como embajador de Obama en España. El amigo americano son las memorias del hombre que supo marcar tendencia con su impronta personal al redefinir el papel de la diplomacia en pleno siglo XXI. Íntimo amigo de Obama, James Costos no solo normalizó la diplomacia gay, sino que además convirtió la embajada estadounidense de Madrid en el lugar de encuentro, donde confluían jóvenes emprendedores, altos cargos del mundo empresarial, personalidades mediáticas, militares, políticos, jefes de Estado o representantes del mundo del arte y la cultura. Cercano, talentoso, comprometido con sus causas y tremendamente activo en el acercamiento de Estados Unidos y España, Costos supo ir a contracorriente y romper las rígidas barreras del protocolo diplomático, dinamizando con su contagioso y transformador espíritu todos los ámbitos de su embajada.  Bienvenidos a la diplomacia de la pista de baile.  Reseñas: «¿Diplomacia innovadora? ¡Sí! Desde el comienzo de su mandato Costos proclamó que su papel como embajador sería el de emprendedor. En El amigo americano descubrirás cómo fue contagiando su espíritu transformador a todo el universo de su embajada.» Eric Schmidt, presidente ejecutivo de Google  «Costos retira el pesado velo diplomático y nos invita a recorrer el curioso viajeque lo llevó a ser el hombre de Obama en España. El amigo americano es el maravilloso retrato, íntimo y divertido, de un hombre que ama España desde el fondo de su corazón estadounidense.» Gwyneth Paltrow  «En El amigo americano, Costos usa todos los utensilios (algunos poco convencionales y bastante únicos) de su caja de herramientas para cumplirsu distinguido, colorido y memorable mandato como embajador como nunca antes hemos visto en España.» Jorge Moragas  «El amigo americano demuestra de manera brillante la importancia de la diplomacia y del trabajo con nuestros aliados cercanos para resolver problemas globales mientras se construye una prospera embajada en Madrid.» Arianna Huffington, Fundadora del HuffPost y presidenta ejecutiva de Thrive Global</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth: The President&amp;#039;s Falsehoods, Misleading Claims and Flat-Out Lies by The Washington Post Fact Checker Staff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth: The President&amp;#039;s Falsehoods, Misleading Claims and Flat-Out Lies
Author: The Washington Post Fact Checker Staff
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Includes audio excerpts from Trump’s press conferences, remarks, rallies, and speeches. A NATIONAL BESTSELLER   In perilous times, facts, expertise, and truth are indispensable. President Trump’s flagrant disregard for the truth and his self-aggrandizing exaggerations, specious misstatements, and bald-faced lies have been rigorously documented and debunked since the first day of his presidency by The Washington Post’s Fact Checker staff. Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth is based on the only comprehensive compilation and analysis of the more than 16,000 fallacious statements that Trump has uttered since the day of his inauguration. He has repeated many of his most outrageous claims dozens or even hundreds of times as he has sought to bend reality to his political fantasy and personal whim.   Drawing on Trump’s tweets, press conferences, political rallies, and TV appearances, The Washington Post identifies his most frequently used misstatements, biggest whoppers, and most dangerous deceptions. This book unpacks his errant statements about the economy, immigration, the impeachment hearings, foreign policy, and, of critical concern now, the coronavirus crisis as it unfolded.   Fascinating, startling, and even grimly funny, Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth by The Washington Post is the essential, authoritative record of Trump’s shocking disregard for facts.</description>
      <author>The Washington Post Fact Checker Staff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797115283.mp3" length="874169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797115283.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth: The President&amp;#039;s Falsehoods, Misleading Claims and Flat-Out Lies
Author: The Washington Post Fact Checker Staff
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Includes audio excerpts from Trump’s press conferences, remarks, rallies, and speeches. A NATIONAL BESTSELLER   In perilous times, facts, expertise, and truth are indispensable. President Trump’s flagrant disregard for the truth and his self-aggrandizing exaggerations, specious misstatements, and bald-faced lies have been rigorously documented and debunked since the first day of his presidency by The Washington Post’s Fact Checker staff. Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth is based on the only comprehensive compilation and analysis of the more than 16,000 fallacious statements that Trump has uttered since the day of his inauguration. He has repeated many of his most outrageous claims dozens or even hundreds of times as he has sought to bend reality to his political fantasy and personal whim.   Drawing on Trump’s tweets, press conferences, political rallies, and TV appearances, The Washington Post identifies his most frequently used misstatements, biggest whoppers, and most dangerous deceptions. This book unpacks his errant statements about the economy, immigration, the impeachment hearings, foreign policy, and, of critical concern now, the coronavirus crisis as it unfolded.   Fascinating, startling, and even grimly funny, Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth by The Washington Post is the essential, authoritative record of Trump’s shocking disregard for facts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth: The President&amp;#039;s Falsehoods, Misleading Claims and Flat-Out Lies
Author: The Washington Post Fact Checker Staff
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Includes audio excerpts from Trump’s press conferences, remarks, rallies, and speeches. A NATIONAL BESTSELLER   In perilous times, facts, expertise, and truth are indispensable. President Trump’s flagrant disregard for the truth and his self-aggrandizing exaggerations, specious misstatements, and bald-faced lies have been rigorously documented and debunked since the first day of his presidency by The Washington Post’s Fact Checker staff. Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth is based on the only comprehensive compilation and analysis of the more than 16,000 fallacious statements that Trump has uttered since the day of his inauguration. He has repeated many of his most outrageous claims dozens or even hundreds of times as he has sought to bend reality to his political fantasy and personal whim.   Drawing on Trump’s tweets, press conferences, political rallies, and TV appearances, The Washington Post identifies his most frequently used misstatements, biggest whoppers, and most dangerous deceptions. This book unpacks his errant statements about the economy, immigration, the impeachment hearings, foreign policy, and, of critical concern now, the coronavirus crisis as it unfolded.   Fascinating, startling, and even grimly funny, Donald Trump and His Assault on Truth by The Washington Post is the essential, authoritative record of Trump’s shocking disregard for facts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Letters to a Young Lawyer by Alan M. Dershowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters to a Young Lawyer
Author: Alan M. Dershowitz
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As defender of both the righteous and the questionable, Alan Dershowitz has become perhaps the most famous and outspoken attorney in the land. Whether or not they agree with his legal tactics, most people would agree that he possesses a powerful and profound sense of justice. In this meditation on his profession, Dershowitz writes about life, law, and the opportunities that young lawyers have to do good and do well at the same time. We live in an age of growing dissatisfaction with law as a career, which ironically comes at a time of unprecedented wealth for many lawyers. Dershowitz addresses this paradox, as well as the uncomfortable reality of working hard for clients who are often without many redeeming qualities. He writes about the lure of money, fame, and power, as well as about the seduction of success. In the process, he conveys some of the &amp;#039;tricks of the trade&amp;#039; that have helped him win cases and become successful at the art and practice of &amp;#039;lawyering.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Alan M. Dershowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549189050.mp3" length="892705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549189050.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters to a Young Lawyer
Author: Alan M. Dershowitz
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As defender of both the righteous and the questionable, Alan Dershowitz has become perhaps the most famous and outspoken attorney in the land. Whether or not they agree with his legal tactics, most people would agree that he possesses a powerful and profound sense of justice. In this meditation on his profession, Dershowitz writes about life, law, and the opportunities that young lawyers have to do good and do well at the same time. We live in an age of growing dissatisfaction with law as a career, which ironically comes at a time of unprecedented wealth for many lawyers. Dershowitz addresses this paradox, as well as the uncomfortable reality of working hard for clients who are often without many redeeming qualities. He writes about the lure of money, fame, and power, as well as about the seduction of success. In the process, he conveys some of the &amp;#039;tricks of the trade&amp;#039; that have helped him win cases and become successful at the art and practice of &amp;#039;lawyering.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters to a Young Lawyer
Author: Alan M. Dershowitz
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As defender of both the righteous and the questionable, Alan Dershowitz has become perhaps the most famous and outspoken attorney in the land. Whether or not they agree with his legal tactics, most people would agree that he possesses a powerful and profound sense of justice. In this meditation on his profession, Dershowitz writes about life, law, and the opportunities that young lawyers have to do good and do well at the same time. We live in an age of growing dissatisfaction with law as a career, which ironically comes at a time of unprecedented wealth for many lawyers. Dershowitz addresses this paradox, as well as the uncomfortable reality of working hard for clients who are often without many redeeming qualities. He writes about the lure of money, fame, and power, as well as about the seduction of success. In the process, he conveys some of the &amp;#039;tricks of the trade&amp;#039; that have helped him win cases and become successful at the art and practice of &amp;#039;lawyering.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Letters to a Young Contrarian by Christopher Hitchens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters to a Young Contrarian
Author: Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: James Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From bestselling author and provocateur Christopher Hitchens, the classic guide to the art of principled dissent and disagreement  In Letters to a Young Contrarian, bestselling author and world-class provocateur Christopher Hitchens inspires the radicals, gadflies, mavericks, rebels, and angry young (wo)men of tomorrow. Exploring the entire range of &amp;quot;contrary positions&amp;quot;—from noble dissident to gratuitous nag—Hitchens introduces the next generation to the minds and the misfits who influenced him, invoking such mentors as Emile Zola, Rosa Parks, and George Orwell. As is his trademark, Hitchens pointedly pitches himself in contrast to stagnant attitudes across the ideological spectrum. No other writer has matched Hitchens&amp;#039;s understanding of the importance of disagreement—to personal integrity, to informed discussion, to true progress, to democracy itself.</description>
      <author>Christopher Hitchens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549189036.mp3" length="915013" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549189036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters to a Young Contrarian
Author: Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: James Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From bestselling author and provocateur Christopher Hitchens, the classic guide to the art of principled dissent and disagreement  In Letters to a Young Contrarian, bestselling author and world-class provocateur Christopher Hitchens inspires the radicals, gadflies, mavericks, rebels, and angry young (wo)men of tomorrow. Exploring the entire range of &amp;quot;contrary positions&amp;quot;—from noble dissident to gratuitous nag—Hitchens introduces the next generation to the minds and the misfits who influenced him, invoking such mentors as Emile Zola, Rosa Parks, and George Orwell. As is his trademark, Hitchens pointedly pitches himself in contrast to stagnant attitudes across the ideological spectrum. No other writer has matched Hitchens&amp;#039;s understanding of the importance of disagreement—to personal integrity, to informed discussion, to true progress, to democracy itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Letters to a Young Contrarian
Author: Christopher Hitchens
Narrator: James Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From bestselling author and provocateur Christopher Hitchens, the classic guide to the art of principled dissent and disagreement  In Letters to a Young Contrarian, bestselling author and world-class provocateur Christopher Hitchens inspires the radicals, gadflies, mavericks, rebels, and angry young (wo)men of tomorrow. Exploring the entire range of &amp;quot;contrary positions&amp;quot;—from noble dissident to gratuitous nag—Hitchens introduces the next generation to the minds and the misfits who influenced him, invoking such mentors as Emile Zola, Rosa Parks, and George Orwell. As is his trademark, Hitchens pointedly pitches himself in contrast to stagnant attitudes across the ideological spectrum. No other writer has matched Hitchens&amp;#039;s understanding of the importance of disagreement—to personal integrity, to informed discussion, to true progress, to democracy itself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Administrations of Lunacy: Racism and the Haunting of American Psychiatry at the Milledgeville Asylum by Mab Segrest</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Administrations of Lunacy: Racism and the Haunting of American Psychiatry at the Milledgeville Asylum
Author: Mab Segrest
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Today, ninety percent of psychiatric beds are located in jails and prisons across the United States, institutions that confine disproportionate numbers of African Americans. After more than a decade of research, the celebrated scholar and activist Mab Segrest locates the deep historical roots of this startling fact, turning her sights on a long-forgotten cauldron of racial ideology: the state mental asylum system in which psychiatry was born and whose influences extend into our troubled present. In December 1841, the Georgia State Lunatic, Idiot, and Epileptic Asylum was founded. A hundred years later, it had become the largest insane asylum in the world with over ten thousand patients. Administrations of Lunacy tells the story of this iconic and infamous southern institution, a history that was all but erased from popular memory and within the psychiatric profession. Through riveting accounts of historical characters, Segrest reveals how modern psychiatric practice was forged in the traumas of slavery, the Civil War, Reconstruction, and Jim Crow. Deftly connecting this history to the modern era, Segrest then shows how a single asylum helped set the stage for the eugenics theories of the twentieth century and the persistent racial ideologies of our own times. She also traces the connections to today’s dissident psychiatric practices that offer sanity and create justice. A landmark of scholarship, Administrations of Lunacy restores a vital thread between past and present, revealing the tangled racial roots of psychiatry in America.</description>
      <author>Mab Segrest</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666558487.mp3" length="809506" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666558487.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Administrations of Lunacy: Racism and the Haunting of American Psychiatry at the Milledgeville Asylum
Author: Mab Segrest
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Today, ninety percent of psychiatric beds are located in jails and prisons across the United States, institutions that confine disproportionate numbers of African Americans. After more than a decade of research, the celebrated scholar and activist Mab Segrest locates the deep historical roots of this startling fact, turning her sights on a long-forgotten cauldron of racial ideology: the state mental asylum system in which psychiatry was born and whose influences extend into our troubled present. In December 1841, the Georgia State Lunatic, Idiot, and Epileptic Asylum was founded. A hundred years later, it had become the largest insane asylum in the world with over ten thousand patients. Administrations of Lunacy tells the story of this iconic and infamous southern institution, a history that was all but erased from popular memory and within the psychiatric profession. Through riveting accounts of historical characters, Segrest reveals how modern psychiatric practice was forged in the traumas of slavery, the Civil War, Reconstruction, and Jim Crow. Deftly connecting this history to the modern era, Segrest then shows how a single asylum helped set the stage for the eugenics theories of the twentieth century and the persistent racial ideologies of our own times. She also traces the connections to today’s dissident psychiatric practices that offer sanity and create justice. A landmark of scholarship, Administrations of Lunacy restores a vital thread between past and present, revealing the tangled racial roots of psychiatry in America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Administrations of Lunacy: Racism and the Haunting of American Psychiatry at the Milledgeville Asylum
Author: Mab Segrest
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 15 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Today, ninety percent of psychiatric beds are located in jails and prisons across the United States, institutions that confine disproportionate numbers of African Americans. After more than a decade of research, the celebrated scholar and activist Mab Segrest locates the deep historical roots of this startling fact, turning her sights on a long-forgotten cauldron of racial ideology: the state mental asylum system in which psychiatry was born and whose influences extend into our troubled present. In December 1841, the Georgia State Lunatic, Idiot, and Epileptic Asylum was founded. A hundred years later, it had become the largest insane asylum in the world with over ten thousand patients. Administrations of Lunacy tells the story of this iconic and infamous southern institution, a history that was all but erased from popular memory and within the psychiatric profession. Through riveting accounts of historical characters, Segrest reveals how modern psychiatric practice was forged in the traumas of slavery, the Civil War, Reconstruction, and Jim Crow. Deftly connecting this history to the modern era, Segrest then shows how a single asylum helped set the stage for the eugenics theories of the twentieth century and the persistent racial ideologies of our own times. She also traces the connections to today’s dissident psychiatric practices that offer sanity and create justice. A landmark of scholarship, Administrations of Lunacy restores a vital thread between past and present, revealing the tangled racial roots of psychiatry in America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking the Two-Party Doom Loop: The Case for Multiparty Democracy in America by Lee Drutman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking the Two-Party Doom Loop: The Case for Multiparty Democracy in America
Author: Lee Drutman
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
American democracy is at an impasse. After years of zero-sum partisan trench warfare, our political institutions are deteriorating. Our norms are collapsing. Democrats and Republicans no longer merely argue; they cut off contact with each other. In short, the two-party system is breaking our democracy, and driving us all crazy. Deftly weaving together history, democratic theory, and cutting-edge political science research, Lee Drutman tells the story of how American politics became so toxic, why the country is trapped in a doom loop of escalating two-party warfare, and why it is destroying the shared sense of fairness and legitimacy on which democracy depends. He argues that the only way out is to have more partisanship—more parties, to short-circuit the zero-sum nature of binary partisan conflict. Breaking the Two-Party Doom Loop makes a compelling case for large scale electoral reform—importantly, reform not requiring a constitutional amendment—that would give America more parties, making American democracy more representative, more responsive, and ultimately more stable.</description>
      <author>Lee Drutman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601405.mp3" length="7879478" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking the Two-Party Doom Loop: The Case for Multiparty Democracy in America
Author: Lee Drutman
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
American democracy is at an impasse. After years of zero-sum partisan trench warfare, our political institutions are deteriorating. Our norms are collapsing. Democrats and Republicans no longer merely argue; they cut off contact with each other. In short, the two-party system is breaking our democracy, and driving us all crazy. Deftly weaving together history, democratic theory, and cutting-edge political science research, Lee Drutman tells the story of how American politics became so toxic, why the country is trapped in a doom loop of escalating two-party warfare, and why it is destroying the shared sense of fairness and legitimacy on which democracy depends. He argues that the only way out is to have more partisanship—more parties, to short-circuit the zero-sum nature of binary partisan conflict. Breaking the Two-Party Doom Loop makes a compelling case for large scale electoral reform—importantly, reform not requiring a constitutional amendment—that would give America more parties, making American democracy more representative, more responsive, and ultimately more stable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking the Two-Party Doom Loop: The Case for Multiparty Democracy in America
Author: Lee Drutman
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
American democracy is at an impasse. After years of zero-sum partisan trench warfare, our political institutions are deteriorating. Our norms are collapsing. Democrats and Republicans no longer merely argue; they cut off contact with each other. In short, the two-party system is breaking our democracy, and driving us all crazy. Deftly weaving together history, democratic theory, and cutting-edge political science research, Lee Drutman tells the story of how American politics became so toxic, why the country is trapped in a doom loop of escalating two-party warfare, and why it is destroying the shared sense of fairness and legitimacy on which democracy depends. He argues that the only way out is to have more partisanship—more parties, to short-circuit the zero-sum nature of binary partisan conflict. Breaking the Two-Party Doom Loop makes a compelling case for large scale electoral reform—importantly, reform not requiring a constitutional amendment—that would give America more parties, making American democracy more representative, more responsive, and ultimately more stable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Planet of Slums by Mike Davis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planet of Slums
Author: Mike Davis
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The classic, brilliant, bestselling account of the rise of the world&amp;#039;s slums, where, according to the United Nations, one billion people now live. From the sprawling barricadas of Lima to the garbage hills of Manila, urbanization has been disconnected from industrialization, even economic growth. Davis portrays a vast humanity warehoused in shantytowns and exiled from the formal world economy. He argues that the rise of this informal urban proletariat is a wholly original development unforeseen by either classical Marxism or neoliberal theory. Are the great slums, as a terrified Victorian middle class once imagined, volcanoes waiting to erupt? Davis provides the first global overview of the diverse religious, ethnic, and political movements competing for the souls of the new urban poor. He surveys Hindu fundamentalism in Bombay, the Islamist resistance in Casablanca and Cairo, street gangs in Cape Town and San Salvador, Pentecostalism in Kinshasa and Rio de Janeiro, and revolutionary populism in Caracas and La Paz. Planet of Slums ends with a provocative meditation on the &amp;#039;war on terrorism&amp;#039; as an incipient world war between the American empire and the new slum poor.</description>
      <author>Mike Davis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705235980.mp3" length="8445055" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705235980.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planet of Slums
Author: Mike Davis
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The classic, brilliant, bestselling account of the rise of the world&amp;#039;s slums, where, according to the United Nations, one billion people now live. From the sprawling barricadas of Lima to the garbage hills of Manila, urbanization has been disconnected from industrialization, even economic growth. Davis portrays a vast humanity warehoused in shantytowns and exiled from the formal world economy. He argues that the rise of this informal urban proletariat is a wholly original development unforeseen by either classical Marxism or neoliberal theory. Are the great slums, as a terrified Victorian middle class once imagined, volcanoes waiting to erupt? Davis provides the first global overview of the diverse religious, ethnic, and political movements competing for the souls of the new urban poor. He surveys Hindu fundamentalism in Bombay, the Islamist resistance in Casablanca and Cairo, street gangs in Cape Town and San Salvador, Pentecostalism in Kinshasa and Rio de Janeiro, and revolutionary populism in Caracas and La Paz. Planet of Slums ends with a provocative meditation on the &amp;#039;war on terrorism&amp;#039; as an incipient world war between the American empire and the new slum poor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planet of Slums
Author: Mike Davis
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The classic, brilliant, bestselling account of the rise of the world&amp;#039;s slums, where, according to the United Nations, one billion people now live. From the sprawling barricadas of Lima to the garbage hills of Manila, urbanization has been disconnected from industrialization, even economic growth. Davis portrays a vast humanity warehoused in shantytowns and exiled from the formal world economy. He argues that the rise of this informal urban proletariat is a wholly original development unforeseen by either classical Marxism or neoliberal theory. Are the great slums, as a terrified Victorian middle class once imagined, volcanoes waiting to erupt? Davis provides the first global overview of the diverse religious, ethnic, and political movements competing for the souls of the new urban poor. He surveys Hindu fundamentalism in Bombay, the Islamist resistance in Casablanca and Cairo, street gangs in Cape Town and San Salvador, Pentecostalism in Kinshasa and Rio de Janeiro, and revolutionary populism in Caracas and La Paz. Planet of Slums ends with a provocative meditation on the &amp;#039;war on terrorism&amp;#039; as an incipient world war between the American empire and the new slum poor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Dream Is Not Dead: But Populism Could Kill It by Michael R. Strain</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Dream Is Not Dead: But Populism Could Kill It
Author: Michael R. Strain
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Populists on both sides of the political aisle routinely announce that the American Dream is dead. According to them, the game has been rigged by elites, workers can&amp;#039;t get ahead, wages have been stagnant for decades, and the middle class is dying.   Michael R. Strain, director of economic policy studies at the American Enterprise Institute, disputes this rhetoric as both wrong and dangerous. In this succinctly argued volume, he shows that, on measures of economic opportunity and quality of life, there has never been a better time to be alive in America. He backs his argument with overwhelming—and underreported—data to show how the facts favor realistic optimism.   He warns, however, that the false prophets of populism pose a serious danger to our current and future prosperity. Their policies would leave workers worse off. And their erroneous claim that the American Dream is dead could discourage people from taking advantage of real opportunities to better their lives. If enough people start to believe the Dream is dead, they could, in effect, kill it. To prevent this self-fulfilling prophecy, Strain&amp;#039;s book is a must-listen for anyone feeling the pull of the populists.</description>
      <author>Michael R. Strain</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705234921.mp3" length="2397889" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705234921.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Dream Is Not Dead: But Populism Could Kill It
Author: Michael R. Strain
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Populists on both sides of the political aisle routinely announce that the American Dream is dead. According to them, the game has been rigged by elites, workers can&amp;#039;t get ahead, wages have been stagnant for decades, and the middle class is dying.   Michael R. Strain, director of economic policy studies at the American Enterprise Institute, disputes this rhetoric as both wrong and dangerous. In this succinctly argued volume, he shows that, on measures of economic opportunity and quality of life, there has never been a better time to be alive in America. He backs his argument with overwhelming—and underreported—data to show how the facts favor realistic optimism.   He warns, however, that the false prophets of populism pose a serious danger to our current and future prosperity. Their policies would leave workers worse off. And their erroneous claim that the American Dream is dead could discourage people from taking advantage of real opportunities to better their lives. If enough people start to believe the Dream is dead, they could, in effect, kill it. To prevent this self-fulfilling prophecy, Strain&amp;#039;s book is a must-listen for anyone feeling the pull of the populists.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428352</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Dream Is Not Dead: But Populism Could Kill It
Author: Michael R. Strain
Narrator: Walter Dixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Populists on both sides of the political aisle routinely announce that the American Dream is dead. According to them, the game has been rigged by elites, workers can&amp;#039;t get ahead, wages have been stagnant for decades, and the middle class is dying.   Michael R. Strain, director of economic policy studies at the American Enterprise Institute, disputes this rhetoric as both wrong and dangerous. In this succinctly argued volume, he shows that, on measures of economic opportunity and quality of life, there has never been a better time to be alive in America. He backs his argument with overwhelming—and underreported—data to show how the facts favor realistic optimism.   He warns, however, that the false prophets of populism pose a serious danger to our current and future prosperity. Their policies would leave workers worse off. And their erroneous claim that the American Dream is dead could discourage people from taking advantage of real opportunities to better their lives. If enough people start to believe the Dream is dead, they could, in effect, kill it. To prevent this self-fulfilling prophecy, Strain&amp;#039;s book is a must-listen for anyone feeling the pull of the populists.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Bodies, Their Battlefields: War Through the Lives of Women by Christina Lamb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Bodies, Their Battlefields: War Through the Lives of Women
Author: Christina Lamb
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Christina Lamb, the coauthor of the bestselling I Am Malala and an award-winning journalist—an essential, groundbreaking examination of how women experience war. In Our Bodies, Their Battlefields, longtime intrepid war correspondent Christina Lamb makes us witness to the lives of women in wartime. An award-winning war correspondent for twenty-five years (she’s never had a female editor) Lamb reports two wars—the “bang-bang” war and the story of how the people behind the lines live and survive. At the same time, since men usually act as the fighters, women are rarely interviewed about their experience of wartime, other than as grieving widows and mothers, though their experience is markedly different from that of the men involved in battle.   Lamb chronicles extraordinary tragedy and challenges in the lives of women in wartime. And none is more devastating than the increase of the use of rape as a weapon of war. Visiting warzones including the Congo, Rwanda, Nigeria, Bosnia, and Iraq, and spending time with the Rohingya fleeing Myanmar, she records the harrowing stories of survivors, from Yazidi girls kept as sex slaves by ISIS fighters and the beekeeper risking his life to rescue them; to the thousands of schoolgirls abducted across northern Nigeria by Boko Haram, to the Congolese gynecologist who stitches up more rape victims than anyone on earth. Told as a journey, and structured by country, Our Bodies, Their Battlefields gives these women voice.   We have made significant progress in international women’s rights, but across the world women are victimized by wartime atrocities that are rarely recorded, much less punished. The first ever prosecution for war rape was in 1997 and there have been remarkably few convictions since, as if rape doesn’t matter in the reckoning of war, only killing. Some courageous women in countries around the world are taking things in their own hands, hunting down the war criminals themselves, trying to trap them through Facebook.   In this profoundly important book, Christina Lamb shines a light on some of the darkest parts of the human experience—so that we might find a new way forward. Our Bodies, Their Battlefields is as inspiring and empowering is as it is urgent, a clarion call for necessary change.</description>
      <author>Christina Lamb</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102566.mp3" length="847372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102566.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Bodies, Their Battlefields: War Through the Lives of Women
Author: Christina Lamb
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Christina Lamb, the coauthor of the bestselling I Am Malala and an award-winning journalist—an essential, groundbreaking examination of how women experience war. In Our Bodies, Their Battlefields, longtime intrepid war correspondent Christina Lamb makes us witness to the lives of women in wartime. An award-winning war correspondent for twenty-five years (she’s never had a female editor) Lamb reports two wars—the “bang-bang” war and the story of how the people behind the lines live and survive. At the same time, since men usually act as the fighters, women are rarely interviewed about their experience of wartime, other than as grieving widows and mothers, though their experience is markedly different from that of the men involved in battle.   Lamb chronicles extraordinary tragedy and challenges in the lives of women in wartime. And none is more devastating than the increase of the use of rape as a weapon of war. Visiting warzones including the Congo, Rwanda, Nigeria, Bosnia, and Iraq, and spending time with the Rohingya fleeing Myanmar, she records the harrowing stories of survivors, from Yazidi girls kept as sex slaves by ISIS fighters and the beekeeper risking his life to rescue them; to the thousands of schoolgirls abducted across northern Nigeria by Boko Haram, to the Congolese gynecologist who stitches up more rape victims than anyone on earth. Told as a journey, and structured by country, Our Bodies, Their Battlefields gives these women voice.   We have made significant progress in international women’s rights, but across the world women are victimized by wartime atrocities that are rarely recorded, much less punished. The first ever prosecution for war rape was in 1997 and there have been remarkably few convictions since, as if rape doesn’t matter in the reckoning of war, only killing. Some courageous women in countries around the world are taking things in their own hands, hunting down the war criminals themselves, trying to trap them through Facebook.   In this profoundly important book, Christina Lamb shines a light on some of the darkest parts of the human experience—so that we might find a new way forward. Our Bodies, Their Battlefields is as inspiring and empowering is as it is urgent, a clarion call for necessary change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Bodies, Their Battlefields: War Through the Lives of Women
Author: Christina Lamb
Narrator: Antonia Beamish
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Christina Lamb, the coauthor of the bestselling I Am Malala and an award-winning journalist—an essential, groundbreaking examination of how women experience war. In Our Bodies, Their Battlefields, longtime intrepid war correspondent Christina Lamb makes us witness to the lives of women in wartime. An award-winning war correspondent for twenty-five years (she’s never had a female editor) Lamb reports two wars—the “bang-bang” war and the story of how the people behind the lines live and survive. At the same time, since men usually act as the fighters, women are rarely interviewed about their experience of wartime, other than as grieving widows and mothers, though their experience is markedly different from that of the men involved in battle.   Lamb chronicles extraordinary tragedy and challenges in the lives of women in wartime. And none is more devastating than the increase of the use of rape as a weapon of war. Visiting warzones including the Congo, Rwanda, Nigeria, Bosnia, and Iraq, and spending time with the Rohingya fleeing Myanmar, she records the harrowing stories of survivors, from Yazidi girls kept as sex slaves by ISIS fighters and the beekeeper risking his life to rescue them; to the thousands of schoolgirls abducted across northern Nigeria by Boko Haram, to the Congolese gynecologist who stitches up more rape victims than anyone on earth. Told as a journey, and structured by country, Our Bodies, Their Battlefields gives these women voice.   We have made significant progress in international women’s rights, but across the world women are victimized by wartime atrocities that are rarely recorded, much less punished. The first ever prosecution for war rape was in 1997 and there have been remarkably few convictions since, as if rape doesn’t matter in the reckoning of war, only killing. Some courageous women in countries around the world are taking things in their own hands, hunting down the war criminals themselves, trying to trap them through Facebook.   In this profoundly important book, Christina Lamb shines a light on some of the darkest parts of the human experience—so that we might find a new way forward. Our Bodies, Their Battlefields is as inspiring and empowering is as it is urgent, a clarion call for necessary change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You&amp;#039;re Fired: The Perfect Guide to Beating Donald Trump by Paul Begala</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re Fired: The Perfect Guide to Beating Donald Trump
Author: Paul Begala
Narrator: Paul Begala
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Donald Trump became famous bellowing, “You’re fired!” on TV in a make-believe boardroom. Now, millions of Americans want to yell it right back at him—but Trump has seemed to almost defy the laws of political physics. Paul Begala, one of America’s greatest political talents, lays out the strategy that will defeat Trump and send him and his industrial-strength spray-on tan machine back to Mar-a-Lago. In You’re Fired, Paul Begala tells us how Trump uses division to distract from the actual reality of his record. Distraction, he argues, is Trump’s superpower. And this book is Kryptonite. In it, the man who helped elect Bill Clinton and reelect Barack Obama, details:    —The special weapons and tactics needed in the unconventional war against this most unconventional politician  —How to drive a wedge—or, rather, a pickup truck—between Trump and many of his supporters, especially blue-collar workers and farmers  —Where the votes to defeat Trump will come from, and how the Rising American Electorate can catch Trump flat-footed  —How Democrats can run on issues ranging from Coronavirus and healthcare to the economy, as well as climate change and Trump’s long-term plan to dominate the federal judiciary  —There is one chapter called simply, “This Chapter Will Beat Trump.” Find out why Begala is so confident and what issue he says will sink the Trumptanic    Full of memorable advice and Begala’s trademark wit, You’re Fired focuses on the lessons we can learn from the party’s successes and failures—and the crucial tools Democrats need to beat Trump.</description>
      <author>Paul Begala</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797115795.mp3" length="874726" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797115795.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re Fired: The Perfect Guide to Beating Donald Trump
Author: Paul Begala
Narrator: Paul Begala
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Donald Trump became famous bellowing, “You’re fired!” on TV in a make-believe boardroom. Now, millions of Americans want to yell it right back at him—but Trump has seemed to almost defy the laws of political physics. Paul Begala, one of America’s greatest political talents, lays out the strategy that will defeat Trump and send him and his industrial-strength spray-on tan machine back to Mar-a-Lago. In You’re Fired, Paul Begala tells us how Trump uses division to distract from the actual reality of his record. Distraction, he argues, is Trump’s superpower. And this book is Kryptonite. In it, the man who helped elect Bill Clinton and reelect Barack Obama, details:    —The special weapons and tactics needed in the unconventional war against this most unconventional politician  —How to drive a wedge—or, rather, a pickup truck—between Trump and many of his supporters, especially blue-collar workers and farmers  —Where the votes to defeat Trump will come from, and how the Rising American Electorate can catch Trump flat-footed  —How Democrats can run on issues ranging from Coronavirus and healthcare to the economy, as well as climate change and Trump’s long-term plan to dominate the federal judiciary  —There is one chapter called simply, “This Chapter Will Beat Trump.” Find out why Begala is so confident and what issue he says will sink the Trumptanic    Full of memorable advice and Begala’s trademark wit, You’re Fired focuses on the lessons we can learn from the party’s successes and failures—and the crucial tools Democrats need to beat Trump.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re Fired: The Perfect Guide to Beating Donald Trump
Author: Paul Begala
Narrator: Paul Begala
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Donald Trump became famous bellowing, “You’re fired!” on TV in a make-believe boardroom. Now, millions of Americans want to yell it right back at him—but Trump has seemed to almost defy the laws of political physics. Paul Begala, one of America’s greatest political talents, lays out the strategy that will defeat Trump and send him and his industrial-strength spray-on tan machine back to Mar-a-Lago. In You’re Fired, Paul Begala tells us how Trump uses division to distract from the actual reality of his record. Distraction, he argues, is Trump’s superpower. And this book is Kryptonite. In it, the man who helped elect Bill Clinton and reelect Barack Obama, details:    —The special weapons and tactics needed in the unconventional war against this most unconventional politician  —How to drive a wedge—or, rather, a pickup truck—between Trump and many of his supporters, especially blue-collar workers and farmers  —Where the votes to defeat Trump will come from, and how the Rising American Electorate can catch Trump flat-footed  —How Democrats can run on issues ranging from Coronavirus and healthcare to the economy, as well as climate change and Trump’s long-term plan to dominate the federal judiciary  —There is one chapter called simply, “This Chapter Will Beat Trump.” Find out why Begala is so confident and what issue he says will sink the Trumptanic    Full of memorable advice and Begala’s trademark wit, You’re Fired focuses on the lessons we can learn from the party’s successes and failures—and the crucial tools Democrats need to beat Trump.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Liar’s Circus by Carl Hoffman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liar’s Circus
Author: Carl Hoffman
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this work of daring and immersive contemporary anthropology, Carl Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.           This book proceeds from the premise that Donald J. Trump&amp;#039;s rallies are a singular and defining force—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, the rallies are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill America’s stadiums and arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise?           To those on the Left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this travelling roadshow (the Wall Street Journal reports there have been more than 550 ticketed campaign events since 2015) is the pressurised, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation.           To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. In 2019, Carl Hoffman began to do just this and embedded himself in the Trump rallies. He has stood in line for days with crowds of supporters; he has traveled across the country from Minnesota to Texas to Mississippi interviewing hundreds of attendees and immersing himself in their culture. A former contributing editor to National Geographic Traveler, Hoffman has travelled to 80 countries on assignment; he has written about cannibals in New Guinea, Mumbai’s railways (the deadliest in the world), and the indigenous tribes of Borneo. Now he trains his unique eye on his own country.</description>
      <author>Carl Hoffman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008416003.mp3" length="1325228" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008416003.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liar’s Circus
Author: Carl Hoffman
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this work of daring and immersive contemporary anthropology, Carl Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.           This book proceeds from the premise that Donald J. Trump&amp;#039;s rallies are a singular and defining force—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, the rallies are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill America’s stadiums and arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise?           To those on the Left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this travelling roadshow (the Wall Street Journal reports there have been more than 550 ticketed campaign events since 2015) is the pressurised, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation.           To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. In 2019, Carl Hoffman began to do just this and embedded himself in the Trump rallies. He has stood in line for days with crowds of supporters; he has traveled across the country from Minnesota to Texas to Mississippi interviewing hundreds of attendees and immersing himself in their culture. A former contributing editor to National Geographic Traveler, Hoffman has travelled to 80 countries on assignment; he has written about cannibals in New Guinea, Mumbai’s railways (the deadliest in the world), and the indigenous tribes of Borneo. Now he trains his unique eye on his own country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liar’s Circus
Author: Carl Hoffman
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this work of daring and immersive contemporary anthropology, Carl Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.           This book proceeds from the premise that Donald J. Trump&amp;#039;s rallies are a singular and defining force—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, the rallies are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill America’s stadiums and arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise?           To those on the Left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this travelling roadshow (the Wall Street Journal reports there have been more than 550 ticketed campaign events since 2015) is the pressurised, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation.           To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. In 2019, Carl Hoffman began to do just this and embedded himself in the Trump rallies. He has stood in line for days with crowds of supporters; he has traveled across the country from Minnesota to Texas to Mississippi interviewing hundreds of attendees and immersing himself in their culture. A former contributing editor to National Geographic Traveler, Hoffman has travelled to 80 countries on assignment; he has written about cannibals in New Guinea, Mumbai’s railways (the deadliest in the world), and the indigenous tribes of Borneo. Now he trains his unique eye on his own country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Jaguar Smile by Salman Rushdie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jaguar Smile
Author: Salman Rushdie
Narrator: John Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  An extraordinary and vivid introduction to the country of Nicaragua and its politics from the Booker-winning author of Midnight&amp;#039;s Children. In this brilliantly focused and haunting portrait of the people, the politics, the land, and the poetry of Nicaragua, Salman Rushdie brings to the forefront the palpable human facts of a country in the midst of revolution. Rushdie went to Nicaragua in 1986. What he discovered was overwhelming: a land of difficult, often beautiful contradictions, of strange heroes and warrior-poets. Rushdie came to know an enormous range of people, from the foreign minister, a priest, to the midwife who kept a pet cow in her living room. His perceptions always heightened by his sensitivity and his unique flair for language, in The Jaguar Smile, Rushdie brings us the true Nicaragua, where nothing is simple, everything is contested, and life-or-death struggles are an everyday occurrence. &amp;#039;Stirring and original&amp;#039; New York Times &amp;#039;A masterpiece of sympathetic yet critical reporting&amp;#039; Edward Said © Salman Rushdie 1987 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Salman Rushdie</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Nov 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473584389.mp3" length="1431610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473584389.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jaguar Smile
Author: Salman Rushdie
Narrator: John Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  An extraordinary and vivid introduction to the country of Nicaragua and its politics from the Booker-winning author of Midnight&amp;#039;s Children. In this brilliantly focused and haunting portrait of the people, the politics, the land, and the poetry of Nicaragua, Salman Rushdie brings to the forefront the palpable human facts of a country in the midst of revolution. Rushdie went to Nicaragua in 1986. What he discovered was overwhelming: a land of difficult, often beautiful contradictions, of strange heroes and warrior-poets. Rushdie came to know an enormous range of people, from the foreign minister, a priest, to the midwife who kept a pet cow in her living room. His perceptions always heightened by his sensitivity and his unique flair for language, in The Jaguar Smile, Rushdie brings us the true Nicaragua, where nothing is simple, everything is contested, and life-or-death struggles are an everyday occurrence. &amp;#039;Stirring and original&amp;#039; New York Times &amp;#039;A masterpiece of sympathetic yet critical reporting&amp;#039; Edward Said © Salman Rushdie 1987 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jaguar Smile
Author: Salman Rushdie
Narrator: John Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  An extraordinary and vivid introduction to the country of Nicaragua and its politics from the Booker-winning author of Midnight&amp;#039;s Children. In this brilliantly focused and haunting portrait of the people, the politics, the land, and the poetry of Nicaragua, Salman Rushdie brings to the forefront the palpable human facts of a country in the midst of revolution. Rushdie went to Nicaragua in 1986. What he discovered was overwhelming: a land of difficult, often beautiful contradictions, of strange heroes and warrior-poets. Rushdie came to know an enormous range of people, from the foreign minister, a priest, to the midwife who kept a pet cow in her living room. His perceptions always heightened by his sensitivity and his unique flair for language, in The Jaguar Smile, Rushdie brings us the true Nicaragua, where nothing is simple, everything is contested, and life-or-death struggles are an everyday occurrence. &amp;#039;Stirring and original&amp;#039; New York Times &amp;#039;A masterpiece of sympathetic yet critical reporting&amp;#039; Edward Said © Salman Rushdie 1987 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nazis: A Warning From History by Laurence Rees</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nazis: A Warning From History
Author: Laurence Rees
Narrator: Jonthan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 32 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Following the success of Rees&amp;#039; bestselling Auschwitz, this substantially revised and updated edition of The Nazis - A Warning from History tells the powerfully gripping story of the rise and fall of the Third Reich. During a 16-year period, acclaimed author and documentary-maker Laurence Rees met and interviewed a large number of former Nazis, and his unique insights into the Nazi psyche and World War 2 received enormous praise. At the heart of the book lies compelling eyewitness accounts of life under Adolf Hitler, spoken through the words of those who experienced the Nazi regime at every level of society. An extensive new section on the Nazi/Soviet war (previously published in Rees&amp;#039; War of the Century) provides a chilling insight into Nazi mentality during the most bloody conflict in history. Described as one of the greatest documentary series of all times The Nazis - A Warning from History won a host of awards, including a BAFTA and an International Documentary Award. © Laurence Rees 1997 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Laurence Rees</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473532533.mp3" length="1433271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473532533.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nazis: A Warning From History
Author: Laurence Rees
Narrator: Jonthan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 32 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Following the success of Rees&amp;#039; bestselling Auschwitz, this substantially revised and updated edition of The Nazis - A Warning from History tells the powerfully gripping story of the rise and fall of the Third Reich. During a 16-year period, acclaimed author and documentary-maker Laurence Rees met and interviewed a large number of former Nazis, and his unique insights into the Nazi psyche and World War 2 received enormous praise. At the heart of the book lies compelling eyewitness accounts of life under Adolf Hitler, spoken through the words of those who experienced the Nazi regime at every level of society. An extensive new section on the Nazi/Soviet war (previously published in Rees&amp;#039; War of the Century) provides a chilling insight into Nazi mentality during the most bloody conflict in history. Described as one of the greatest documentary series of all times The Nazis - A Warning from History won a host of awards, including a BAFTA and an International Documentary Award. © Laurence Rees 1997 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nazis: A Warning From History
Author: Laurence Rees
Narrator: Jonthan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 32 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Following the success of Rees&amp;#039; bestselling Auschwitz, this substantially revised and updated edition of The Nazis - A Warning from History tells the powerfully gripping story of the rise and fall of the Third Reich. During a 16-year period, acclaimed author and documentary-maker Laurence Rees met and interviewed a large number of former Nazis, and his unique insights into the Nazi psyche and World War 2 received enormous praise. At the heart of the book lies compelling eyewitness accounts of life under Adolf Hitler, spoken through the words of those who experienced the Nazi regime at every level of society. An extensive new section on the Nazi/Soviet war (previously published in Rees&amp;#039; War of the Century) provides a chilling insight into Nazi mentality during the most bloody conflict in history. Described as one of the greatest documentary series of all times The Nazis - A Warning from History won a host of awards, including a BAFTA and an International Documentary Award. © Laurence Rees 1997 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Auschwitz by Laurence Rees</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Auschwitz
Author: Laurence Rees
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In this compelling book, highly acclaimed author and broadcaster Laurence Rees tells the definitive history of the most notorious Nazi institution of them all. We discover how Auschwitz evolved from a concentration camp for Polish political prisoners into the site of the largest mass murder in history - part death camp, part concentration camp, where around a million Jews were killed.  Auschwitz examines the mentality and motivations of the key Nazi decision makers, and perpetrators of appalling crimes speak here for the first time about their actions. Fascinating and disturbing facts have been uncovered - from the operation of a brothel to the corruption that was rife throughout the camp. The book draws on intriguing new documentary material from recently opened Russian archives, which will challenge many previously accepted arguments. This is the story of murder, brutality, courage, escape and survival, and a powerful account of how human tragedy of such immense scale could have happened. © Laurence Rees 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Laurence Rees</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473532526.mp3" length="1371348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473532526.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Auschwitz
Author: Laurence Rees
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In this compelling book, highly acclaimed author and broadcaster Laurence Rees tells the definitive history of the most notorious Nazi institution of them all. We discover how Auschwitz evolved from a concentration camp for Polish political prisoners into the site of the largest mass murder in history - part death camp, part concentration camp, where around a million Jews were killed.  Auschwitz examines the mentality and motivations of the key Nazi decision makers, and perpetrators of appalling crimes speak here for the first time about their actions. Fascinating and disturbing facts have been uncovered - from the operation of a brothel to the corruption that was rife throughout the camp. The book draws on intriguing new documentary material from recently opened Russian archives, which will challenge many previously accepted arguments. This is the story of murder, brutality, courage, escape and survival, and a powerful account of how human tragedy of such immense scale could have happened. © Laurence Rees 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428010</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Auschwitz
Author: Laurence Rees
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In this compelling book, highly acclaimed author and broadcaster Laurence Rees tells the definitive history of the most notorious Nazi institution of them all. We discover how Auschwitz evolved from a concentration camp for Polish political prisoners into the site of the largest mass murder in history - part death camp, part concentration camp, where around a million Jews were killed.  Auschwitz examines the mentality and motivations of the key Nazi decision makers, and perpetrators of appalling crimes speak here for the first time about their actions. Fascinating and disturbing facts have been uncovered - from the operation of a brothel to the corruption that was rife throughout the camp. The book draws on intriguing new documentary material from recently opened Russian archives, which will challenge many previously accepted arguments. This is the story of murder, brutality, courage, escape and survival, and a powerful account of how human tragedy of such immense scale could have happened. © Laurence Rees 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eugenics and Other Evils by G. K. Chesterton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eugenics and Other Evils
Author: G. K. Chesterton
Narrator: Ray Clare
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Frenchman works until he can play. The American works until he can’t play; and then thanks the devil, his master, that he is donkey enough to die in harness. But the Englishman, as he has since become, works until he can pretend that he never worked at all.&amp;#039;  ‘Eugenics and Other Evils’ (1922) is a magnificent takedown of the entire basis of eugenic thought – the idea that controlled breeding will improve the human population. But it is about far more than eugenics: it is about how evil succeeds subtly, about politics and elitism, and it is a profound argument against unregulated capitalism.  ‘Eugenics and Other Evils’ is a well-written, well-argued and incredibly interesting piece of writing. - Gilbert Keith Chesterton (1874-1936) was one of the most prolific English writers of all time. He wrote poems, plays, essays, newspaper columns, and is especially known for his fictional priest detective Father Brown. His &amp;#039;frenemy&amp;#039;, the author of Pygmalion, George Bernard Shaw, famously called him &amp;#039;a man of colossal genius&amp;#039; and the two of them would often engage in friendly public discussions with people like H.G. Wells and Clarence Darrow. Chesterton died in his home, and his last known words were a greeting to his wife, author Frances Blogg.</description>
      <author>G. K. Chesterton</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2017 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789176391587.mp3" length="1413380" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789176391587.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eugenics and Other Evils
Author: G. K. Chesterton
Narrator: Ray Clare
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Frenchman works until he can play. The American works until he can’t play; and then thanks the devil, his master, that he is donkey enough to die in harness. But the Englishman, as he has since become, works until he can pretend that he never worked at all.&amp;#039;  ‘Eugenics and Other Evils’ (1922) is a magnificent takedown of the entire basis of eugenic thought – the idea that controlled breeding will improve the human population. But it is about far more than eugenics: it is about how evil succeeds subtly, about politics and elitism, and it is a profound argument against unregulated capitalism.  ‘Eugenics and Other Evils’ is a well-written, well-argued and incredibly interesting piece of writing. - Gilbert Keith Chesterton (1874-1936) was one of the most prolific English writers of all time. He wrote poems, plays, essays, newspaper columns, and is especially known for his fictional priest detective Father Brown. His &amp;#039;frenemy&amp;#039;, the author of Pygmalion, George Bernard Shaw, famously called him &amp;#039;a man of colossal genius&amp;#039; and the two of them would often engage in friendly public discussions with people like H.G. Wells and Clarence Darrow. Chesterton died in his home, and his last known words were a greeting to his wife, author Frances Blogg.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Eugenics and Other Evils
Author: G. K. Chesterton
Narrator: Ray Clare
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Frenchman works until he can play. The American works until he can’t play; and then thanks the devil, his master, that he is donkey enough to die in harness. But the Englishman, as he has since become, works until he can pretend that he never worked at all.&amp;#039;  ‘Eugenics and Other Evils’ (1922) is a magnificent takedown of the entire basis of eugenic thought – the idea that controlled breeding will improve the human population. But it is about far more than eugenics: it is about how evil succeeds subtly, about politics and elitism, and it is a profound argument against unregulated capitalism.  ‘Eugenics and Other Evils’ is a well-written, well-argued and incredibly interesting piece of writing. - Gilbert Keith Chesterton (1874-1936) was one of the most prolific English writers of all time. He wrote poems, plays, essays, newspaper columns, and is especially known for his fictional priest detective Father Brown. His &amp;#039;frenemy&amp;#039;, the author of Pygmalion, George Bernard Shaw, famously called him &amp;#039;a man of colossal genius&amp;#039; and the two of them would often engage in friendly public discussions with people like H.G. Wells and Clarence Darrow. Chesterton died in his home, and his last known words were a greeting to his wife, author Frances Blogg.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>True Crimes and Misdemeanors: The Investigation of Donald Trump by Jeffrey Toobin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Crimes and Misdemeanors: The Investigation of Donald Trump
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From CNN chief legal analyst and bestselling author Jeffrey Toobin, a real-life legal thriller about the prosecutors and congressional investigators pursuing the truth about Donald Trump&amp;#039;s complicity in several crimes--and why they failed. Donald Trump&amp;#039;s campaign chairman went to jail. So did his personal lawyer. His long-time political consigliere was convicted of serious federal crimes, and his national security advisor pled guilty to others. Several Russian spies were indicted in absentia. Career intelligence agents and military officers were alarmed enough by the president&amp;#039;s actions that they alerted senior government officials and ignited the impeachment process.  Yet despite all this, a years-long inquiry led by special counsel Robert Mueller, and the third impeachment of a president in American history, Donald Trump survived to run for re-election. Why? Jeffrey Toobin&amp;#039;s highly entertaining definitive account of the Mueller investigation and the impeachment of the president takes readers behind the scenes of the epic legal and political struggle to call Trump to account for his misdeeds. With his superb storytelling and analytic skills Toobin recounts all the mind-boggling twists and turns in the case--Trump&amp;#039;s son met with a Russian operative promising Kremlin support! Trump paid a porn star $130,000 to hush up an affair! Rudy Giuliani and a pair of shady Ukrainian-American businessmen got the Justice Department to look at Russian-created conspiracy theories! Toobin shows how Trump&amp;#039;s canny lawyers used Mueller&amp;#039;s famous integrity against him, and how Trump&amp;#039;s bullying and bluster cowed Republican legislators into ignoring the clear evidence of the impeachment hearings. Based on dozens of interviews with prosecutors in Mueller&amp;#039;s office, Trump&amp;#039;s legal team, Congressional investigators, White House staffers, and several of the key players, including some who are now in prison, True Crimes and Misdemeanors is a revelatory narrative that makes sense of the seemingly endless chaos of the Trump years. Filled with never-before-reported details of the high-stakes legal battles and political machinations, the book weaves a tale of a rogue president guilty of historic misconduct, and how he got away with it.</description>
      <author>Jeffrey Toobin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780449807552.mp3" length="2562679" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780449807552.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Crimes and Misdemeanors: The Investigation of Donald Trump
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From CNN chief legal analyst and bestselling author Jeffrey Toobin, a real-life legal thriller about the prosecutors and congressional investigators pursuing the truth about Donald Trump&amp;#039;s complicity in several crimes--and why they failed. Donald Trump&amp;#039;s campaign chairman went to jail. So did his personal lawyer. His long-time political consigliere was convicted of serious federal crimes, and his national security advisor pled guilty to others. Several Russian spies were indicted in absentia. Career intelligence agents and military officers were alarmed enough by the president&amp;#039;s actions that they alerted senior government officials and ignited the impeachment process.  Yet despite all this, a years-long inquiry led by special counsel Robert Mueller, and the third impeachment of a president in American history, Donald Trump survived to run for re-election. Why? Jeffrey Toobin&amp;#039;s highly entertaining definitive account of the Mueller investigation and the impeachment of the president takes readers behind the scenes of the epic legal and political struggle to call Trump to account for his misdeeds. With his superb storytelling and analytic skills Toobin recounts all the mind-boggling twists and turns in the case--Trump&amp;#039;s son met with a Russian operative promising Kremlin support! Trump paid a porn star $130,000 to hush up an affair! Rudy Giuliani and a pair of shady Ukrainian-American businessmen got the Justice Department to look at Russian-created conspiracy theories! Toobin shows how Trump&amp;#039;s canny lawyers used Mueller&amp;#039;s famous integrity against him, and how Trump&amp;#039;s bullying and bluster cowed Republican legislators into ignoring the clear evidence of the impeachment hearings. Based on dozens of interviews with prosecutors in Mueller&amp;#039;s office, Trump&amp;#039;s legal team, Congressional investigators, White House staffers, and several of the key players, including some who are now in prison, True Crimes and Misdemeanors is a revelatory narrative that makes sense of the seemingly endless chaos of the Trump years. Filled with never-before-reported details of the high-stakes legal battles and political machinations, the book weaves a tale of a rogue president guilty of historic misconduct, and how he got away with it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Crimes and Misdemeanors: The Investigation of Donald Trump
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From CNN chief legal analyst and bestselling author Jeffrey Toobin, a real-life legal thriller about the prosecutors and congressional investigators pursuing the truth about Donald Trump&amp;#039;s complicity in several crimes--and why they failed. Donald Trump&amp;#039;s campaign chairman went to jail. So did his personal lawyer. His long-time political consigliere was convicted of serious federal crimes, and his national security advisor pled guilty to others. Several Russian spies were indicted in absentia. Career intelligence agents and military officers were alarmed enough by the president&amp;#039;s actions that they alerted senior government officials and ignited the impeachment process.  Yet despite all this, a years-long inquiry led by special counsel Robert Mueller, and the third impeachment of a president in American history, Donald Trump survived to run for re-election. Why? Jeffrey Toobin&amp;#039;s highly entertaining definitive account of the Mueller investigation and the impeachment of the president takes readers behind the scenes of the epic legal and political struggle to call Trump to account for his misdeeds. With his superb storytelling and analytic skills Toobin recounts all the mind-boggling twists and turns in the case--Trump&amp;#039;s son met with a Russian operative promising Kremlin support! Trump paid a porn star $130,000 to hush up an affair! Rudy Giuliani and a pair of shady Ukrainian-American businessmen got the Justice Department to look at Russian-created conspiracy theories! Toobin shows how Trump&amp;#039;s canny lawyers used Mueller&amp;#039;s famous integrity against him, and how Trump&amp;#039;s bullying and bluster cowed Republican legislators into ignoring the clear evidence of the impeachment hearings. Based on dozens of interviews with prosecutors in Mueller&amp;#039;s office, Trump&amp;#039;s legal team, Congressional investigators, White House staffers, and several of the key players, including some who are now in prison, True Crimes and Misdemeanors is a revelatory narrative that makes sense of the seemingly endless chaos of the Trump years. Filled with never-before-reported details of the high-stakes legal battles and political machinations, the book weaves a tale of a rogue president guilty of historic misconduct, and how he got away with it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evil Geniuses: The Unmaking of America: A Recent History by Kurt Andersen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evil Geniuses: The Unmaking of America: A Recent History
Author: Kurt Andersen
Narrator: Kurt Andersen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 35 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • When did America give up on fairness? The author of Fantasyland tells the epic history of how America decided that big business gets whatever it wants, only the rich get richer, and nothing should ever change—and charts a way back to the future.   “Essential, absorbing . . . a graceful, authoritative guide . . . a radicalized moderate’s moderate case for radical change.”—The New York Times Book Review During the twentieth century, America managed to make its economic and social systems both more and more fair and more and more prosperous. A huge, secure, and contented middle class emerged. All boats rose together. But then the New Deal gave way to the Raw Deal. Beginning in the early 1970s, by means of a long war conceived of and executed by a confederacy of big business CEOs, the superrich, and right-wing zealots, the rules and norms that made the American middle class possible were undermined and dismantled. The clock was turned back on a century of economic progress, making greed good, workers powerless, and the market all-powerful while weaponizing nostalgia, lifting up an oligarchy that served only its own interests, and leaving the huge majority of Americans with dwindling economic prospects and hope. Why and how did America take such a wrong turn? In this deeply researched and brilliantly woven cultural, economic, and political chronicle, Kurt Andersen offers a fresh, provocative, and eye-opening history of America’s undoing, naming names, showing receipts, and unsparingly assigning blame—to the radical right in economics and the law, the high priests of high finance, a complacent and complicit Establishment, and liberal “useful idiots,” among whom he includes himself. Only a writer with Andersen’s crackling energy, deep insight, and ability to connect disparate dots and see complex systems with clarity could make such a book both intellectually formidable and vastly entertaining. And only a writer of Andersen’s vision could reckon with our current high-stakes inflection point, and show the way out of this man-made disaster.</description>
      <author>Kurt Andersen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593342725.mp3" length="2738134" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593342725.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evil Geniuses: The Unmaking of America: A Recent History
Author: Kurt Andersen
Narrator: Kurt Andersen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 35 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • When did America give up on fairness? The author of Fantasyland tells the epic history of how America decided that big business gets whatever it wants, only the rich get richer, and nothing should ever change—and charts a way back to the future.   “Essential, absorbing . . . a graceful, authoritative guide . . . a radicalized moderate’s moderate case for radical change.”—The New York Times Book Review During the twentieth century, America managed to make its economic and social systems both more and more fair and more and more prosperous. A huge, secure, and contented middle class emerged. All boats rose together. But then the New Deal gave way to the Raw Deal. Beginning in the early 1970s, by means of a long war conceived of and executed by a confederacy of big business CEOs, the superrich, and right-wing zealots, the rules and norms that made the American middle class possible were undermined and dismantled. The clock was turned back on a century of economic progress, making greed good, workers powerless, and the market all-powerful while weaponizing nostalgia, lifting up an oligarchy that served only its own interests, and leaving the huge majority of Americans with dwindling economic prospects and hope. Why and how did America take such a wrong turn? In this deeply researched and brilliantly woven cultural, economic, and political chronicle, Kurt Andersen offers a fresh, provocative, and eye-opening history of America’s undoing, naming names, showing receipts, and unsparingly assigning blame—to the radical right in economics and the law, the high priests of high finance, a complacent and complicit Establishment, and liberal “useful idiots,” among whom he includes himself. Only a writer with Andersen’s crackling energy, deep insight, and ability to connect disparate dots and see complex systems with clarity could make such a book both intellectually formidable and vastly entertaining. And only a writer of Andersen’s vision could reckon with our current high-stakes inflection point, and show the way out of this man-made disaster.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evil Geniuses: The Unmaking of America: A Recent History
Author: Kurt Andersen
Narrator: Kurt Andersen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 35 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • When did America give up on fairness? The author of Fantasyland tells the epic history of how America decided that big business gets whatever it wants, only the rich get richer, and nothing should ever change—and charts a way back to the future.   “Essential, absorbing . . . a graceful, authoritative guide . . . a radicalized moderate’s moderate case for radical change.”—The New York Times Book Review During the twentieth century, America managed to make its economic and social systems both more and more fair and more and more prosperous. A huge, secure, and contented middle class emerged. All boats rose together. But then the New Deal gave way to the Raw Deal. Beginning in the early 1970s, by means of a long war conceived of and executed by a confederacy of big business CEOs, the superrich, and right-wing zealots, the rules and norms that made the American middle class possible were undermined and dismantled. The clock was turned back on a century of economic progress, making greed good, workers powerless, and the market all-powerful while weaponizing nostalgia, lifting up an oligarchy that served only its own interests, and leaving the huge majority of Americans with dwindling economic prospects and hope. Why and how did America take such a wrong turn? In this deeply researched and brilliantly woven cultural, economic, and political chronicle, Kurt Andersen offers a fresh, provocative, and eye-opening history of America’s undoing, naming names, showing receipts, and unsparingly assigning blame—to the radical right in economics and the law, the high priests of high finance, a complacent and complicit Establishment, and liberal “useful idiots,” among whom he includes himself. Only a writer with Andersen’s crackling energy, deep insight, and ability to connect disparate dots and see complex systems with clarity could make such a book both intellectually formidable and vastly entertaining. And only a writer of Andersen’s vision could reckon with our current high-stakes inflection point, and show the way out of this man-made disaster.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Moment of Liberation in Western Europe: Power Struggles and Rebellions, 1943-1948 by Gerd-Rainer Horn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moment of Liberation in Western Europe: Power Struggles and Rebellions, 1943-1948
Author: Gerd-Rainer Horn
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Moment of Liberation in Western Europe: Power Struggles &amp;amp; Rebellions, 1943–1948, regards the final two years of World War II and the immediate post-liberation period as a moment in twentieth century history when the shape and contours of postwar Western Europe appeared highly uncertain and various alternatives and conflicting visions were up for grabs. After close to six years of total war, Nazi terror, and brutal occupation policies, a growing number of Europeans were no longer content solely to fight for national liberation from fascist control. Having staked their lives in military and civilian resistance to Nazism and Italian fascism across the continent, surviving activists were aiming to ensure that such a political and social catastrophe would never befall Europe again. In the closing moments of World War II, there were extensive popular social movements at work in almost every single state which aimed to construct postwar societies in which grassroots democracy and the free association of rank-and-file activists would replace the profit principle and the top-down Jacobin orientation by traditional elites. This study for the first time reconstructs the parameters of this contest over the shape of postwar Western Europe from a consistently transnational perspective.</description>
      <author>Gerd-Rainer Horn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601269.mp3" length="8771994" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601269.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moment of Liberation in Western Europe: Power Struggles and Rebellions, 1943-1948
Author: Gerd-Rainer Horn
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Moment of Liberation in Western Europe: Power Struggles &amp;amp; Rebellions, 1943–1948, regards the final two years of World War II and the immediate post-liberation period as a moment in twentieth century history when the shape and contours of postwar Western Europe appeared highly uncertain and various alternatives and conflicting visions were up for grabs. After close to six years of total war, Nazi terror, and brutal occupation policies, a growing number of Europeans were no longer content solely to fight for national liberation from fascist control. Having staked their lives in military and civilian resistance to Nazism and Italian fascism across the continent, surviving activists were aiming to ensure that such a political and social catastrophe would never befall Europe again. In the closing moments of World War II, there were extensive popular social movements at work in almost every single state which aimed to construct postwar societies in which grassroots democracy and the free association of rank-and-file activists would replace the profit principle and the top-down Jacobin orientation by traditional elites. This study for the first time reconstructs the parameters of this contest over the shape of postwar Western Europe from a consistently transnational perspective.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moment of Liberation in Western Europe: Power Struggles and Rebellions, 1943-1948
Author: Gerd-Rainer Horn
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Moment of Liberation in Western Europe: Power Struggles &amp;amp; Rebellions, 1943–1948, regards the final two years of World War II and the immediate post-liberation period as a moment in twentieth century history when the shape and contours of postwar Western Europe appeared highly uncertain and various alternatives and conflicting visions were up for grabs. After close to six years of total war, Nazi terror, and brutal occupation policies, a growing number of Europeans were no longer content solely to fight for national liberation from fascist control. Having staked their lives in military and civilian resistance to Nazism and Italian fascism across the continent, surviving activists were aiming to ensure that such a political and social catastrophe would never befall Europe again. In the closing moments of World War II, there were extensive popular social movements at work in almost every single state which aimed to construct postwar societies in which grassroots democracy and the free association of rank-and-file activists would replace the profit principle and the top-down Jacobin orientation by traditional elites. This study for the first time reconstructs the parameters of this contest over the shape of postwar Western Europe from a consistently transnational perspective.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shortlisted: Women in the Shadows of the Supreme Court by Hannah Brenner Johnson, Renee Knake Jefferson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shortlisted: Women in the Shadows of the Supreme Court
Author: Hannah Brenner Johnson, Renee Knake Jefferson
Narrator: Kitty Hendrix
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiring and previously untold history of the women considered—but not selected—for the US Supreme Court In 1981, after almost two centuries of exclusively male appointments, Sandra Day O&amp;#039;Connor became the first female Supreme Court Justice of the United States, a significant historical moment and a symbolic triumph for supporters of women&amp;#039;s rights. Most do not know, however, about the remarkable women shortlisted for the Supreme Court in the decades before O&amp;#039;Connor&amp;#039;s success. Since the 1930s, nine women were formally considered for a seat on the Supreme Court, but were ultimately passed over. Shortlisted gives them the recognition they deserve. Award-winning scholars Renee Knake Jefferson and Hannah Brenner Johnson rely on previously unpublished materials to illustrate the professional and personal lives of these accomplished women. From Florence Allen, the first woman judge in Ohio, and the first to appear on a president&amp;#039;s list for the Court, to Cornelia Kennedy, the first woman to serve as chief judge of a US district court, shortlisted by Ford and Reagan, Shortlisted shares the often overlooked stories of those who paved the way for women&amp;#039;s representation throughout the legal profession and beyond.</description>
      <author>Hannah Brenner Johnson, Renee Knake Jefferson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601221.mp3" length="8541938" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601221.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shortlisted: Women in the Shadows of the Supreme Court
Author: Hannah Brenner Johnson, Renee Knake Jefferson
Narrator: Kitty Hendrix
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiring and previously untold history of the women considered—but not selected—for the US Supreme Court In 1981, after almost two centuries of exclusively male appointments, Sandra Day O&amp;#039;Connor became the first female Supreme Court Justice of the United States, a significant historical moment and a symbolic triumph for supporters of women&amp;#039;s rights. Most do not know, however, about the remarkable women shortlisted for the Supreme Court in the decades before O&amp;#039;Connor&amp;#039;s success. Since the 1930s, nine women were formally considered for a seat on the Supreme Court, but were ultimately passed over. Shortlisted gives them the recognition they deserve. Award-winning scholars Renee Knake Jefferson and Hannah Brenner Johnson rely on previously unpublished materials to illustrate the professional and personal lives of these accomplished women. From Florence Allen, the first woman judge in Ohio, and the first to appear on a president&amp;#039;s list for the Court, to Cornelia Kennedy, the first woman to serve as chief judge of a US district court, shortlisted by Ford and Reagan, Shortlisted shares the often overlooked stories of those who paved the way for women&amp;#039;s representation throughout the legal profession and beyond.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shortlisted: Women in the Shadows of the Supreme Court
Author: Hannah Brenner Johnson, Renee Knake Jefferson
Narrator: Kitty Hendrix
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiring and previously untold history of the women considered—but not selected—for the US Supreme Court In 1981, after almost two centuries of exclusively male appointments, Sandra Day O&amp;#039;Connor became the first female Supreme Court Justice of the United States, a significant historical moment and a symbolic triumph for supporters of women&amp;#039;s rights. Most do not know, however, about the remarkable women shortlisted for the Supreme Court in the decades before O&amp;#039;Connor&amp;#039;s success. Since the 1930s, nine women were formally considered for a seat on the Supreme Court, but were ultimately passed over. Shortlisted gives them the recognition they deserve. Award-winning scholars Renee Knake Jefferson and Hannah Brenner Johnson rely on previously unpublished materials to illustrate the professional and personal lives of these accomplished women. From Florence Allen, the first woman judge in Ohio, and the first to appear on a president&amp;#039;s list for the Court, to Cornelia Kennedy, the first woman to serve as chief judge of a US district court, shortlisted by Ford and Reagan, Shortlisted shares the often overlooked stories of those who paved the way for women&amp;#039;s representation throughout the legal profession and beyond.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trump and Churchill: Defenders of Western Civilization by Nick Adams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trump and Churchill: Defenders of Western Civilization
Author: Nick Adams
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trump and Churchill both fought valiantly to protect Western Civilization, and while fighting different forms of tyranny, Trump could very well be to the twenty-first century what Churchill was to the twentieth. What do Winston Churchill—the eloquent, eternally quotable wordsmith, pudgy politician of fifty years, wealthy aristocrat, war-time Prime Minister of England—and Donald Trump, the 6&amp;#039;4&amp;#039;, brash, Twitter happy, political neophyte, billionaire entrepreneur—have in common? In his new book, complete with never-before-told anecdotes, bestselling author Nick Adams explores how both leaders, with seemingly nothing in common, turned their day&amp;#039;s prevailing politics on its head. In doing so, they both endured shockingly similar battles instigated by the political establishment seeking their destruction. Trump and Churchill&amp;#039;s unorthodox approach to both domestic and international relations has rescued Western Civilization from the brink.</description>
      <author>Nick Adams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601191.mp3" length="8121775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601191.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trump and Churchill: Defenders of Western Civilization
Author: Nick Adams
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trump and Churchill both fought valiantly to protect Western Civilization, and while fighting different forms of tyranny, Trump could very well be to the twenty-first century what Churchill was to the twentieth. What do Winston Churchill—the eloquent, eternally quotable wordsmith, pudgy politician of fifty years, wealthy aristocrat, war-time Prime Minister of England—and Donald Trump, the 6&amp;#039;4&amp;#039;, brash, Twitter happy, political neophyte, billionaire entrepreneur—have in common? In his new book, complete with never-before-told anecdotes, bestselling author Nick Adams explores how both leaders, with seemingly nothing in common, turned their day&amp;#039;s prevailing politics on its head. In doing so, they both endured shockingly similar battles instigated by the political establishment seeking their destruction. Trump and Churchill&amp;#039;s unorthodox approach to both domestic and international relations has rescued Western Civilization from the brink.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trump and Churchill: Defenders of Western Civilization
Author: Nick Adams
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trump and Churchill both fought valiantly to protect Western Civilization, and while fighting different forms of tyranny, Trump could very well be to the twenty-first century what Churchill was to the twentieth. What do Winston Churchill—the eloquent, eternally quotable wordsmith, pudgy politician of fifty years, wealthy aristocrat, war-time Prime Minister of England—and Donald Trump, the 6&amp;#039;4&amp;#039;, brash, Twitter happy, political neophyte, billionaire entrepreneur—have in common? In his new book, complete with never-before-told anecdotes, bestselling author Nick Adams explores how both leaders, with seemingly nothing in common, turned their day&amp;#039;s prevailing politics on its head. In doing so, they both endured shockingly similar battles instigated by the political establishment seeking their destruction. Trump and Churchill&amp;#039;s unorthodox approach to both domestic and international relations has rescued Western Civilization from the brink.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Black Samson: The Untold Story of an American Icon by Jeremy Schipper, Nyasha Junior</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Samson: The Untold Story of an American Icon
Author: Jeremy Schipper, Nyasha Junior
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Before Harriet Tubman or Martin Luther King was identified with Moses, African Americans identified those who challenged racial oppression in America with Samson. In Black Samson: The Untold Story of an American Icon, Nyasha Junior and Jeremy Schipper tell the story of how this biblical character became an icon of African American literature. Along the way, Schipper and Junior introduce listeners to a cast of historical characters—many of whom became American icons themselves—including Fredrick Douglass, Ida B. Wells, Richard Wright, Ralph Ellison, James Baldwin, Malcolm X, Huey P. Newton, and others. From stories of slave rebellions to the Harlem Renaissance to the civil rights era and the Black Power movement, invoking the biblical character of Samson became a powerful way for African American intellectuals, activists, and artists to voice strategies and opinions about race relations in America. As this provocative book reveals, the story of Black Samson became the story of our nation&amp;#039;s contested racial history.</description>
      <author>Jeremy Schipper, Nyasha Junior</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684570492.mp3" length="7927363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684570492.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Samson: The Untold Story of an American Icon
Author: Jeremy Schipper, Nyasha Junior
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Before Harriet Tubman or Martin Luther King was identified with Moses, African Americans identified those who challenged racial oppression in America with Samson. In Black Samson: The Untold Story of an American Icon, Nyasha Junior and Jeremy Schipper tell the story of how this biblical character became an icon of African American literature. Along the way, Schipper and Junior introduce listeners to a cast of historical characters—many of whom became American icons themselves—including Fredrick Douglass, Ida B. Wells, Richard Wright, Ralph Ellison, James Baldwin, Malcolm X, Huey P. Newton, and others. From stories of slave rebellions to the Harlem Renaissance to the civil rights era and the Black Power movement, invoking the biblical character of Samson became a powerful way for African American intellectuals, activists, and artists to voice strategies and opinions about race relations in America. As this provocative book reveals, the story of Black Samson became the story of our nation&amp;#039;s contested racial history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427099</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Black Samson: The Untold Story of an American Icon
Author: Jeremy Schipper, Nyasha Junior
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Before Harriet Tubman or Martin Luther King was identified with Moses, African Americans identified those who challenged racial oppression in America with Samson. In Black Samson: The Untold Story of an American Icon, Nyasha Junior and Jeremy Schipper tell the story of how this biblical character became an icon of African American literature. Along the way, Schipper and Junior introduce listeners to a cast of historical characters—many of whom became American icons themselves—including Fredrick Douglass, Ida B. Wells, Richard Wright, Ralph Ellison, James Baldwin, Malcolm X, Huey P. Newton, and others. From stories of slave rebellions to the Harlem Renaissance to the civil rights era and the Black Power movement, invoking the biblical character of Samson became a powerful way for African American intellectuals, activists, and artists to voice strategies and opinions about race relations in America. As this provocative book reveals, the story of Black Samson became the story of our nation&amp;#039;s contested racial history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taking America Back for God: Christian Nationalism in the United States by Andrew L. Whitehead, Samuel L. Perry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taking America Back for God: Christian Nationalism in the United States
Author: Andrew L. Whitehead, Samuel L. Perry
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Taking America Back for God points to the phenomenon of &amp;#039;Christian nationalism,&amp;#039; the belief that the United States is—and should be—a Christian nation. At its heart, Christian nationalism demands that we must preserve a particular kind of social order, an order in which everyone—Christians and non-Christians, native-born and immigrants, whites and minorities, men and women—recognizes their &amp;#039;proper&amp;#039; place in society. The first comprehensive empirical analysis of Christian nationalism in the United States, Taking America Back for God illustrates the influence of Christian nationalism on today&amp;#039;s most contentious social and political issues. Drawing on multiple sources of national survey data as well as in-depth interviews, Andrew Whitehead and Samuel Perry document how Christian nationalism shapes what Americans think about who they are as a people, what their future should look like, and how they should get there. Americans&amp;#039; stance toward Christian nationalism provides powerful insight into what they think about immigration, Islam, gun control, police shootings, atheists, gender roles, and many other political issues—very much including who they want in the White House. Taking America Back for God is a guide to one of the most important—and least understood—forces shaping American politics.</description>
      <author>Andrew L. Whitehead, Samuel L. Perry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705234006.mp3" length="8449939" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705234006.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taking America Back for God: Christian Nationalism in the United States
Author: Andrew L. Whitehead, Samuel L. Perry
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Taking America Back for God points to the phenomenon of &amp;#039;Christian nationalism,&amp;#039; the belief that the United States is—and should be—a Christian nation. At its heart, Christian nationalism demands that we must preserve a particular kind of social order, an order in which everyone—Christians and non-Christians, native-born and immigrants, whites and minorities, men and women—recognizes their &amp;#039;proper&amp;#039; place in society. The first comprehensive empirical analysis of Christian nationalism in the United States, Taking America Back for God illustrates the influence of Christian nationalism on today&amp;#039;s most contentious social and political issues. Drawing on multiple sources of national survey data as well as in-depth interviews, Andrew Whitehead and Samuel Perry document how Christian nationalism shapes what Americans think about who they are as a people, what their future should look like, and how they should get there. Americans&amp;#039; stance toward Christian nationalism provides powerful insight into what they think about immigration, Islam, gun control, police shootings, atheists, gender roles, and many other political issues—very much including who they want in the White House. Taking America Back for God is a guide to one of the most important—and least understood—forces shaping American politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Taking America Back for God: Christian Nationalism in the United States
Author: Andrew L. Whitehead, Samuel L. Perry
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Taking America Back for God points to the phenomenon of &amp;#039;Christian nationalism,&amp;#039; the belief that the United States is—and should be—a Christian nation. At its heart, Christian nationalism demands that we must preserve a particular kind of social order, an order in which everyone—Christians and non-Christians, native-born and immigrants, whites and minorities, men and women—recognizes their &amp;#039;proper&amp;#039; place in society. The first comprehensive empirical analysis of Christian nationalism in the United States, Taking America Back for God illustrates the influence of Christian nationalism on today&amp;#039;s most contentious social and political issues. Drawing on multiple sources of national survey data as well as in-depth interviews, Andrew Whitehead and Samuel Perry document how Christian nationalism shapes what Americans think about who they are as a people, what their future should look like, and how they should get there. Americans&amp;#039; stance toward Christian nationalism provides powerful insight into what they think about immigration, Islam, gun control, police shootings, atheists, gender roles, and many other political issues—very much including who they want in the White House. Taking America Back for God is a guide to one of the most important—and least understood—forces shaping American politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Secession: The Looming Threat of a National Breakup by F.H. Buckley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Secession: The Looming Threat of a National Breakup
Author: F.H. Buckley
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans have never been more divided, and we&amp;#039;re ripe for a breakup. The bitter partisan animosities, the legislative gridlock, the growing acceptance of violence in the name of political virtue—it all invites us to think that we&amp;#039;d be happier were we two different countries. In all the ways that matter, save for the naked force of law, we are already two nations. There&amp;#039;s another reason why secession beckons, says F. H. Buckley: we&amp;#039;re too big. In population and area, the United States is one of the biggest countries in the world, and American Secession provides data showing that smaller countries are happier and less corrupt. They&amp;#039;re less inclined to throw their weight around militarily, and they&amp;#039;re freer too. Across the world, large countries are staring down secession movements. Many have already split apart. Do we imagine that we, almost alone in the world, are immune? We had a civil war to prevent a secession, and we&amp;#039;re tempted to see that terrible precedent as proof against another effort. This book explodes that comforting belief and shows just how easy it would be for a state to exit the Union if that&amp;#039;s what its voters wanted. But if that isn&amp;#039;t what we really want, Buckley proposes another option, a kind of Secession Lite, that could heal our divisions while allowing us to keep our identity as Americans.</description>
      <author>F.H. Buckley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705233382.mp3" length="8820445" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705233382.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Secession: The Looming Threat of a National Breakup
Author: F.H. Buckley
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans have never been more divided, and we&amp;#039;re ripe for a breakup. The bitter partisan animosities, the legislative gridlock, the growing acceptance of violence in the name of political virtue—it all invites us to think that we&amp;#039;d be happier were we two different countries. In all the ways that matter, save for the naked force of law, we are already two nations. There&amp;#039;s another reason why secession beckons, says F. H. Buckley: we&amp;#039;re too big. In population and area, the United States is one of the biggest countries in the world, and American Secession provides data showing that smaller countries are happier and less corrupt. They&amp;#039;re less inclined to throw their weight around militarily, and they&amp;#039;re freer too. Across the world, large countries are staring down secession movements. Many have already split apart. Do we imagine that we, almost alone in the world, are immune? We had a civil war to prevent a secession, and we&amp;#039;re tempted to see that terrible precedent as proof against another effort. This book explodes that comforting belief and shows just how easy it would be for a state to exit the Union if that&amp;#039;s what its voters wanted. But if that isn&amp;#039;t what we really want, Buckley proposes another option, a kind of Secession Lite, that could heal our divisions while allowing us to keep our identity as Americans.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Secession: The Looming Threat of a National Breakup
Author: F.H. Buckley
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Americans have never been more divided, and we&amp;#039;re ripe for a breakup. The bitter partisan animosities, the legislative gridlock, the growing acceptance of violence in the name of political virtue—it all invites us to think that we&amp;#039;d be happier were we two different countries. In all the ways that matter, save for the naked force of law, we are already two nations. There&amp;#039;s another reason why secession beckons, says F. H. Buckley: we&amp;#039;re too big. In population and area, the United States is one of the biggest countries in the world, and American Secession provides data showing that smaller countries are happier and less corrupt. They&amp;#039;re less inclined to throw their weight around militarily, and they&amp;#039;re freer too. Across the world, large countries are staring down secession movements. Many have already split apart. Do we imagine that we, almost alone in the world, are immune? We had a civil war to prevent a secession, and we&amp;#039;re tempted to see that terrible precedent as proof against another effort. This book explodes that comforting belief and shows just how easy it would be for a state to exit the Union if that&amp;#039;s what its voters wanted. But if that isn&amp;#039;t what we really want, Buckley proposes another option, a kind of Secession Lite, that could heal our divisions while allowing us to keep our identity as Americans.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Matter of Interpretation: Federal Courts and the Law by Antonin Scalia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Matter of Interpretation: Federal Courts and the Law
Author: Antonin Scalia
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
We are all familiar with the image of the immensely clever judge who discerns the best rule of common law for the case at hand. According to US Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia, a judge like this can maneuver through earlier cases to achieve the desired aim—&amp;#039;distinguishing one prior case on his left, straight-arming another one on his right, high-stepping away from another precedent about to tackle him from the rear, until (bravo!) he reaches the goal—good law.&amp;#039; But is this common-law mindset, which is appropriate in its place, suitable also in statutory and constitutional interpretation? In a witty and trenchant essay, Justice Scalia answers this question with a resounding negative. This essay is followed by four commentaries by professors Gordon Wood, Laurence Tribe, Mary Ann Glendon, and Ronald Dworkin, who engage Justice Scalia&amp;#039;s ideas about judicial interpretation from varying standpoints. In the spirit of debate, Justice Scalia responds to these critics. Featuring a new foreword that discusses Scalia&amp;#039;s impact, jurisprudence, and legacy, this witty and trenchant exchange illuminates the brilliance of one of the most influential legal minds of our time.</description>
      <author>Antonin Scalia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705233245.mp3" length="8160835" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705233245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Matter of Interpretation: Federal Courts and the Law
Author: Antonin Scalia
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
We are all familiar with the image of the immensely clever judge who discerns the best rule of common law for the case at hand. According to US Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia, a judge like this can maneuver through earlier cases to achieve the desired aim—&amp;#039;distinguishing one prior case on his left, straight-arming another one on his right, high-stepping away from another precedent about to tackle him from the rear, until (bravo!) he reaches the goal—good law.&amp;#039; But is this common-law mindset, which is appropriate in its place, suitable also in statutory and constitutional interpretation? In a witty and trenchant essay, Justice Scalia answers this question with a resounding negative. This essay is followed by four commentaries by professors Gordon Wood, Laurence Tribe, Mary Ann Glendon, and Ronald Dworkin, who engage Justice Scalia&amp;#039;s ideas about judicial interpretation from varying standpoints. In the spirit of debate, Justice Scalia responds to these critics. Featuring a new foreword that discusses Scalia&amp;#039;s impact, jurisprudence, and legacy, this witty and trenchant exchange illuminates the brilliance of one of the most influential legal minds of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Matter of Interpretation: Federal Courts and the Law
Author: Antonin Scalia
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
We are all familiar with the image of the immensely clever judge who discerns the best rule of common law for the case at hand. According to US Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia, a judge like this can maneuver through earlier cases to achieve the desired aim—&amp;#039;distinguishing one prior case on his left, straight-arming another one on his right, high-stepping away from another precedent about to tackle him from the rear, until (bravo!) he reaches the goal—good law.&amp;#039; But is this common-law mindset, which is appropriate in its place, suitable also in statutory and constitutional interpretation? In a witty and trenchant essay, Justice Scalia answers this question with a resounding negative. This essay is followed by four commentaries by professors Gordon Wood, Laurence Tribe, Mary Ann Glendon, and Ronald Dworkin, who engage Justice Scalia&amp;#039;s ideas about judicial interpretation from varying standpoints. In the spirit of debate, Justice Scalia responds to these critics. Featuring a new foreword that discusses Scalia&amp;#039;s impact, jurisprudence, and legacy, this witty and trenchant exchange illuminates the brilliance of one of the most influential legal minds of our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Cities Lose: The Deep Roots of the Urban-Rural Political Divide by Jonathan A. Rodden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Cities Lose: The Deep Roots of the Urban-Rural Political Divide
Author: Jonathan A. Rodden
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A prizewinning political scientist traces the origins of urban-rural political conflict and shows how geography shapes elections in America and beyond. Why is it so much easier for the Democratic Party to win the national popular vote than to build and maintain a majority in Congress? Why can Democrats sweep statewide offices in places like Pennsylvania and Michigan yet fail to take control of the same states&amp;#039; legislatures? Many place exclusive blame on partisan gerrymandering and voter suppression. But as political scientist Jonathan A. Rodden demonstrates in Why Cities Lose, the left&amp;#039;s electoral challenges have deeper roots in economic and political geography. In the late nineteenth century, support for the left began to cluster in cities among the industrial working class. Today, left-wing parties have become coalitions of diverse urban interest groups, from racial minorities to the creative class. These parties win big in urban districts but struggle to capture the suburban and rural seats necessary for legislative majorities. A bold new interpretation of today&amp;#039;s urban-rural political conflict, Why Cities Lose also points to electoral reforms that could address the left&amp;#039;s under-representation while reducing urban-rural polarization.</description>
      <author>Jonathan A. Rodden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705225769.mp3" length="8364811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705225769.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Cities Lose: The Deep Roots of the Urban-Rural Political Divide
Author: Jonathan A. Rodden
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A prizewinning political scientist traces the origins of urban-rural political conflict and shows how geography shapes elections in America and beyond. Why is it so much easier for the Democratic Party to win the national popular vote than to build and maintain a majority in Congress? Why can Democrats sweep statewide offices in places like Pennsylvania and Michigan yet fail to take control of the same states&amp;#039; legislatures? Many place exclusive blame on partisan gerrymandering and voter suppression. But as political scientist Jonathan A. Rodden demonstrates in Why Cities Lose, the left&amp;#039;s electoral challenges have deeper roots in economic and political geography. In the late nineteenth century, support for the left began to cluster in cities among the industrial working class. Today, left-wing parties have become coalitions of diverse urban interest groups, from racial minorities to the creative class. These parties win big in urban districts but struggle to capture the suburban and rural seats necessary for legislative majorities. A bold new interpretation of today&amp;#039;s urban-rural political conflict, Why Cities Lose also points to electoral reforms that could address the left&amp;#039;s under-representation while reducing urban-rural polarization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Cities Lose: The Deep Roots of the Urban-Rural Political Divide
Author: Jonathan A. Rodden
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A prizewinning political scientist traces the origins of urban-rural political conflict and shows how geography shapes elections in America and beyond. Why is it so much easier for the Democratic Party to win the national popular vote than to build and maintain a majority in Congress? Why can Democrats sweep statewide offices in places like Pennsylvania and Michigan yet fail to take control of the same states&amp;#039; legislatures? Many place exclusive blame on partisan gerrymandering and voter suppression. But as political scientist Jonathan A. Rodden demonstrates in Why Cities Lose, the left&amp;#039;s electoral challenges have deeper roots in economic and political geography. In the late nineteenth century, support for the left began to cluster in cities among the industrial working class. Today, left-wing parties have become coalitions of diverse urban interest groups, from racial minorities to the creative class. These parties win big in urban districts but struggle to capture the suburban and rural seats necessary for legislative majorities. A bold new interpretation of today&amp;#039;s urban-rural political conflict, Why Cities Lose also points to electoral reforms that could address the left&amp;#039;s under-representation while reducing urban-rural polarization.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anti-System Politics: The Crisis of Market Liberalism in Rich Democracies by Jonathan Hopkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti-System Politics: The Crisis of Market Liberalism in Rich Democracies
Author: Jonathan Hopkin
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent elections in the advanced western democracies have undermined the basic foundations of political systems that had previously beaten back all challenges—from both the left and the right. The election of Donald Trump to the US presidency, only months after the United Kingdom voted to leave the European Union, signaled a dramatic shift in the politics of the rich democracies. In Anti-System Politics, Jonathan Hopkin traces the evolution of this shift and argues that it is a long-term result of abandoning the post-war model of egalitarian capitalism in the 1970s. That shift entailed weakening the democratic process in favor of an opaque, technocratic form of governance that allows voters little opportunity to influence policy. With the financial crisis of the late 2000s these arrangements became unsustainable, as incumbent politicians were unable to provide solutions to economic hardship. Electorates demanded change, and it had to come from outside the system. Using a comparative approach, Hopkin explains why different kinds of anti-system politics emerge in different countries and how political and economic factors impact the degree of electoral instability that emerges.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Hopkin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705207086.mp3" length="8392560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705207086.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti-System Politics: The Crisis of Market Liberalism in Rich Democracies
Author: Jonathan Hopkin
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent elections in the advanced western democracies have undermined the basic foundations of political systems that had previously beaten back all challenges—from both the left and the right. The election of Donald Trump to the US presidency, only months after the United Kingdom voted to leave the European Union, signaled a dramatic shift in the politics of the rich democracies. In Anti-System Politics, Jonathan Hopkin traces the evolution of this shift and argues that it is a long-term result of abandoning the post-war model of egalitarian capitalism in the 1970s. That shift entailed weakening the democratic process in favor of an opaque, technocratic form of governance that allows voters little opportunity to influence policy. With the financial crisis of the late 2000s these arrangements became unsustainable, as incumbent politicians were unable to provide solutions to economic hardship. Electorates demanded change, and it had to come from outside the system. Using a comparative approach, Hopkin explains why different kinds of anti-system politics emerge in different countries and how political and economic factors impact the degree of electoral instability that emerges.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti-System Politics: The Crisis of Market Liberalism in Rich Democracies
Author: Jonathan Hopkin
Narrator: Nigel Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent elections in the advanced western democracies have undermined the basic foundations of political systems that had previously beaten back all challenges—from both the left and the right. The election of Donald Trump to the US presidency, only months after the United Kingdom voted to leave the European Union, signaled a dramatic shift in the politics of the rich democracies. In Anti-System Politics, Jonathan Hopkin traces the evolution of this shift and argues that it is a long-term result of abandoning the post-war model of egalitarian capitalism in the 1970s. That shift entailed weakening the democratic process in favor of an opaque, technocratic form of governance that allows voters little opportunity to influence policy. With the financial crisis of the late 2000s these arrangements became unsustainable, as incumbent politicians were unable to provide solutions to economic hardship. Electorates demanded change, and it had to come from outside the system. Using a comparative approach, Hopkin explains why different kinds of anti-system politics emerge in different countries and how political and economic factors impact the degree of electoral instability that emerges.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Once I Was You: A Memoir of Love and Hate in a Torn America by Maria Hinojosa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Once I Was You: A Memoir of Love and Hate in a Torn America
Author: Maria Hinojosa
Narrator: Maria Hinojosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NPR’s Best Books of 2020  BookPage’s Best Books of 2020  Real Simple’s Best Books of 2020  Boston.com readers voted one of Best Books of 2020   “Anyone striving to understand and improve this country should read her story.” —Gloria Steinem, author of My Life on the Road   The Emmy Award–winning journalist and anchor of NPR’s Latino USA tells the story of immigration in America through her family’s experiences and decades of reporting, painting an unflinching portrait of a country in crisis in this memoir that is “quite simply beautiful, written in Maria Hinojosa’s honest, passionate voice” (BookPage). Maria Hinojosa is an award-winning journalist who, for nearly thirty years, has reported on stories and communities in America that often go ignored by the mainstream media—from tales of hope in the South Bronx to the unseen victims of the War on Terror and the first detention camps in the US. Bestselling author Julia Álvarez has called her “one of the most important, respected, and beloved cultural leaders in the Latinx community.”   In Once I Was You, Maria shares her intimate experience growing up Mexican American on the South Side of Chicago. She offers a personal and illuminating account of how the rhetoric around immigration has not only long informed American attitudes toward outsiders, but also sanctioned willful negligence and profiteering at the expense of our country’s most vulnerable populations—charging us with the broken system we have today.   An urgent call to fellow Americans to open their eyes to the immigration crisis and understand that it affects us all, this honest and heartrending memoir paints a vivid portrait of how we got here and what it means to be a survivor, a feminist, a citizen, and a journalist who owns her voice while striving for the truth.   Also available in Spanish as Una vez fui tú.</description>
      <author>Maria Hinojosa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797115689.mp3" length="865148" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797115689.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Once I Was You: A Memoir of Love and Hate in a Torn America
Author: Maria Hinojosa
Narrator: Maria Hinojosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NPR’s Best Books of 2020  BookPage’s Best Books of 2020  Real Simple’s Best Books of 2020  Boston.com readers voted one of Best Books of 2020   “Anyone striving to understand and improve this country should read her story.” —Gloria Steinem, author of My Life on the Road   The Emmy Award–winning journalist and anchor of NPR’s Latino USA tells the story of immigration in America through her family’s experiences and decades of reporting, painting an unflinching portrait of a country in crisis in this memoir that is “quite simply beautiful, written in Maria Hinojosa’s honest, passionate voice” (BookPage). Maria Hinojosa is an award-winning journalist who, for nearly thirty years, has reported on stories and communities in America that often go ignored by the mainstream media—from tales of hope in the South Bronx to the unseen victims of the War on Terror and the first detention camps in the US. Bestselling author Julia Álvarez has called her “one of the most important, respected, and beloved cultural leaders in the Latinx community.”   In Once I Was You, Maria shares her intimate experience growing up Mexican American on the South Side of Chicago. She offers a personal and illuminating account of how the rhetoric around immigration has not only long informed American attitudes toward outsiders, but also sanctioned willful negligence and profiteering at the expense of our country’s most vulnerable populations—charging us with the broken system we have today.   An urgent call to fellow Americans to open their eyes to the immigration crisis and understand that it affects us all, this honest and heartrending memoir paints a vivid portrait of how we got here and what it means to be a survivor, a feminist, a citizen, and a journalist who owns her voice while striving for the truth.   Also available in Spanish as Una vez fui tú.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Once I Was You: A Memoir of Love and Hate in a Torn America
Author: Maria Hinojosa
Narrator: Maria Hinojosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NPR’s Best Books of 2020  BookPage’s Best Books of 2020  Real Simple’s Best Books of 2020  Boston.com readers voted one of Best Books of 2020   “Anyone striving to understand and improve this country should read her story.” —Gloria Steinem, author of My Life on the Road   The Emmy Award–winning journalist and anchor of NPR’s Latino USA tells the story of immigration in America through her family’s experiences and decades of reporting, painting an unflinching portrait of a country in crisis in this memoir that is “quite simply beautiful, written in Maria Hinojosa’s honest, passionate voice” (BookPage). Maria Hinojosa is an award-winning journalist who, for nearly thirty years, has reported on stories and communities in America that often go ignored by the mainstream media—from tales of hope in the South Bronx to the unseen victims of the War on Terror and the first detention camps in the US. Bestselling author Julia Álvarez has called her “one of the most important, respected, and beloved cultural leaders in the Latinx community.”   In Once I Was You, Maria shares her intimate experience growing up Mexican American on the South Side of Chicago. She offers a personal and illuminating account of how the rhetoric around immigration has not only long informed American attitudes toward outsiders, but also sanctioned willful negligence and profiteering at the expense of our country’s most vulnerable populations—charging us with the broken system we have today.   An urgent call to fellow Americans to open their eyes to the immigration crisis and understand that it affects us all, this honest and heartrending memoir paints a vivid portrait of how we got here and what it means to be a survivor, a feminist, a citizen, and a journalist who owns her voice while striving for the truth.   Also available in Spanish as Una vez fui tú.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Guns, an American Conversation: How to Bridge Political Divides by The Editors At Spaceship Media</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Guns, an American Conversation: How to Bridge Political Divides
Author: The Editors At Spaceship Media
Narrator: Nicole Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize–winning reporters: Can complete strangers representing every point along the political divide engage in civil and productive discourse on the topic of gun control? As Americans, we spend a lot of time talking about guns. With the political division in the country, evidenced by the Capitol insurrection and voter fraud protests, it’s not surprising that we rarely have real conversations with people whose ideas don’t align with ours about gun ownership. Democrats and liberals usually talk with other Democrats and liberals, not Republicans and conservatives.   That is, perhaps, why the country is so divided when it comes to reducing gun violence.   Guns, an American Conversation features the results of a fascinating nationwide conversation about guns. A group of 150 strangers were brought together in a month-long moderated Facebook group chat. They featured teachers, Second Amendment advocates, hunters, police officers, and mothers and fathers from across the political spectrum and the fifty states.   Together, they participated in a project meant to foster civil, yet honest, dialogue between people whose backgrounds and beliefs led them to have opposing views on the issue of gun control.   Guns attempts to map out common territory in a nation driven by profound divides. It includes real information about gun laws in the United States, providing the reader with tools to continue the discussion in their own lives. With sidebars, charts, and graphics that are clear and easy to navigate, Guns might not change your mind about gun control, but it will help you learn to cross divides in conversation as America navigates the way forward on this difficult issue.</description>
      <author>The Editors At Spaceship Media</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797115719.mp3" length="826439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797115719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Guns, an American Conversation: How to Bridge Political Divides
Author: The Editors At Spaceship Media
Narrator: Nicole Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize–winning reporters: Can complete strangers representing every point along the political divide engage in civil and productive discourse on the topic of gun control? As Americans, we spend a lot of time talking about guns. With the political division in the country, evidenced by the Capitol insurrection and voter fraud protests, it’s not surprising that we rarely have real conversations with people whose ideas don’t align with ours about gun ownership. Democrats and liberals usually talk with other Democrats and liberals, not Republicans and conservatives.   That is, perhaps, why the country is so divided when it comes to reducing gun violence.   Guns, an American Conversation features the results of a fascinating nationwide conversation about guns. A group of 150 strangers were brought together in a month-long moderated Facebook group chat. They featured teachers, Second Amendment advocates, hunters, police officers, and mothers and fathers from across the political spectrum and the fifty states.   Together, they participated in a project meant to foster civil, yet honest, dialogue between people whose backgrounds and beliefs led them to have opposing views on the issue of gun control.   Guns attempts to map out common territory in a nation driven by profound divides. It includes real information about gun laws in the United States, providing the reader with tools to continue the discussion in their own lives. With sidebars, charts, and graphics that are clear and easy to navigate, Guns might not change your mind about gun control, but it will help you learn to cross divides in conversation as America navigates the way forward on this difficult issue.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Guns, an American Conversation: How to Bridge Political Divides
Author: The Editors At Spaceship Media
Narrator: Nicole Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize–winning reporters: Can complete strangers representing every point along the political divide engage in civil and productive discourse on the topic of gun control? As Americans, we spend a lot of time talking about guns. With the political division in the country, evidenced by the Capitol insurrection and voter fraud protests, it’s not surprising that we rarely have real conversations with people whose ideas don’t align with ours about gun ownership. Democrats and liberals usually talk with other Democrats and liberals, not Republicans and conservatives.   That is, perhaps, why the country is so divided when it comes to reducing gun violence.   Guns, an American Conversation features the results of a fascinating nationwide conversation about guns. A group of 150 strangers were brought together in a month-long moderated Facebook group chat. They featured teachers, Second Amendment advocates, hunters, police officers, and mothers and fathers from across the political spectrum and the fifty states.   Together, they participated in a project meant to foster civil, yet honest, dialogue between people whose backgrounds and beliefs led them to have opposing views on the issue of gun control.   Guns attempts to map out common territory in a nation driven by profound divides. It includes real information about gun laws in the United States, providing the reader with tools to continue the discussion in their own lives. With sidebars, charts, and graphics that are clear and easy to navigate, Guns might not change your mind about gun control, but it will help you learn to cross divides in conversation as America navigates the way forward on this difficult issue.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burned: The Inside Story of the &amp;#039;Cash-for-Ash&amp;#039; Scandal and Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s Secretive New Elite by Sam Mcbride</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burned: The Inside Story of the &amp;#039;Cash-for-Ash&amp;#039; Scandal and Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s Secretive New Elite
Author: Sam Mcbride
Narrator: Sam Mcbride
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting political thriller from the journalist who covered the controversy for over two years, Burned is the inside story of the shocking scandal that brought down a government. One of the most shocking scandals in Northern Irish political history: originally a green-energy initiative, the Renewal Heat Incentive (RHI) or &amp;#039;cash-for-ash&amp;#039; scheme saw Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s government pay £1.60 for every £1 of fuel the public burned in their wood-pellet boilers, leading to widespread abuse and ultimately the collapse of the power-sharing administration at Stormont. Revealing the wild incompetence of the Northern Ireland civil service and the serious abuses of power by some of those at the head of the the Democratic Unionist Party (DUP), which would go on to prop up the governments of Theresa May and Boris Johnson and a major factor in the Brexit negotiations, this scandal exposed not only some of Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s most powerful figures but revealed problems that go to the very heart of how NI is governed.</description>
      <author>Sam Mcbride</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004005550.mp3" length="832051" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004005550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burned: The Inside Story of the &amp;#039;Cash-for-Ash&amp;#039; Scandal and Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s Secretive New Elite
Author: Sam Mcbride
Narrator: Sam Mcbride
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting political thriller from the journalist who covered the controversy for over two years, Burned is the inside story of the shocking scandal that brought down a government. One of the most shocking scandals in Northern Irish political history: originally a green-energy initiative, the Renewal Heat Incentive (RHI) or &amp;#039;cash-for-ash&amp;#039; scheme saw Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s government pay £1.60 for every £1 of fuel the public burned in their wood-pellet boilers, leading to widespread abuse and ultimately the collapse of the power-sharing administration at Stormont. Revealing the wild incompetence of the Northern Ireland civil service and the serious abuses of power by some of those at the head of the the Democratic Unionist Party (DUP), which would go on to prop up the governments of Theresa May and Boris Johnson and a major factor in the Brexit negotiations, this scandal exposed not only some of Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s most powerful figures but revealed problems that go to the very heart of how NI is governed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burned: The Inside Story of the &amp;#039;Cash-for-Ash&amp;#039; Scandal and Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s Secretive New Elite
Author: Sam Mcbride
Narrator: Sam Mcbride
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting political thriller from the journalist who covered the controversy for over two years, Burned is the inside story of the shocking scandal that brought down a government. One of the most shocking scandals in Northern Irish political history: originally a green-energy initiative, the Renewal Heat Incentive (RHI) or &amp;#039;cash-for-ash&amp;#039; scheme saw Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s government pay £1.60 for every £1 of fuel the public burned in their wood-pellet boilers, leading to widespread abuse and ultimately the collapse of the power-sharing administration at Stormont. Revealing the wild incompetence of the Northern Ireland civil service and the serious abuses of power by some of those at the head of the the Democratic Unionist Party (DUP), which would go on to prop up the governments of Theresa May and Boris Johnson and a major factor in the Brexit negotiations, this scandal exposed not only some of Northern Ireland&amp;#039;s most powerful figures but revealed problems that go to the very heart of how NI is governed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - A los que vienen: Democracia, desigualdad, justicia, educación, ecología, sexualidad, felicidad explicadas a los jóvenes by Manuela Carmena</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - A los que vienen: Democracia, desigualdad, justicia, educación, ecología, sexualidad, felicidad explicadas a los jóvenes
Author: Manuela Carmena
Narrator: Manuela Carmena, Israel Elejalde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer testimonio escrito de Manuela Carmena después de ser alcaldesa de Madrid. Sus palabras más personales e inspiradoras dirigidas a las generaciones venideras y a la sociedad en general.  Un libro para ti, que eres joven. Para ti, porque puedes cambiar las cosas.  Manuela Carmena, exalcaldesa de Madrid y jueza durante más de 30 años, es mujer, de izquierdas, progresista, feminista, ecologista, demócrata, patriota (si la patria lo es en positivo), agnóstica, madre y abuela, entre otras muchas cosas. Pero ante todo es una ciudadana, una persona como cualquier otra que ha demostrado que se puede hacer política de otra manera, que los pequeños gestos y hechos importan, que nuestros intereses, los de la gente, pueden ser llevados a las instituciones, defendidos y puestos en valor. Que, en definitiva, el pueblo puede y tiene que ser escuchado. En este libro Manuela quiere recoger los principales temas y preocupaciones que ya ha puesto de relevancia en su alcaldía y que ahora quiere compartir de otra manera, desde la vida civil, con las nuevas generaciones que vienen con fuerza y que quizás puedan necesitar algunas cariñosas y valiosas palabras de una de las más queridas figuras públicas que nos han gobernado en las últimas décadas. Gracias, Manuela.</description>
      <author>Manuela Carmena</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788403521803.mp3" length="1434386" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788403521803.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - A los que vienen: Democracia, desigualdad, justicia, educación, ecología, sexualidad, felicidad explicadas a los jóvenes
Author: Manuela Carmena
Narrator: Manuela Carmena, Israel Elejalde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer testimonio escrito de Manuela Carmena después de ser alcaldesa de Madrid. Sus palabras más personales e inspiradoras dirigidas a las generaciones venideras y a la sociedad en general.  Un libro para ti, que eres joven. Para ti, porque puedes cambiar las cosas.  Manuela Carmena, exalcaldesa de Madrid y jueza durante más de 30 años, es mujer, de izquierdas, progresista, feminista, ecologista, demócrata, patriota (si la patria lo es en positivo), agnóstica, madre y abuela, entre otras muchas cosas. Pero ante todo es una ciudadana, una persona como cualquier otra que ha demostrado que se puede hacer política de otra manera, que los pequeños gestos y hechos importan, que nuestros intereses, los de la gente, pueden ser llevados a las instituciones, defendidos y puestos en valor. Que, en definitiva, el pueblo puede y tiene que ser escuchado. En este libro Manuela quiere recoger los principales temas y preocupaciones que ya ha puesto de relevancia en su alcaldía y que ahora quiere compartir de otra manera, desde la vida civil, con las nuevas generaciones que vienen con fuerza y que quizás puedan necesitar algunas cariñosas y valiosas palabras de una de las más queridas figuras públicas que nos han gobernado en las últimas décadas. Gracias, Manuela.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - A los que vienen: Democracia, desigualdad, justicia, educación, ecología, sexualidad, felicidad explicadas a los jóvenes
Author: Manuela Carmena
Narrator: Manuela Carmena, Israel Elejalde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer testimonio escrito de Manuela Carmena después de ser alcaldesa de Madrid. Sus palabras más personales e inspiradoras dirigidas a las generaciones venideras y a la sociedad en general.  Un libro para ti, que eres joven. Para ti, porque puedes cambiar las cosas.  Manuela Carmena, exalcaldesa de Madrid y jueza durante más de 30 años, es mujer, de izquierdas, progresista, feminista, ecologista, demócrata, patriota (si la patria lo es en positivo), agnóstica, madre y abuela, entre otras muchas cosas. Pero ante todo es una ciudadana, una persona como cualquier otra que ha demostrado que se puede hacer política de otra manera, que los pequeños gestos y hechos importan, que nuestros intereses, los de la gente, pueden ser llevados a las instituciones, defendidos y puestos en valor. Que, en definitiva, el pueblo puede y tiene que ser escuchado. En este libro Manuela quiere recoger los principales temas y preocupaciones que ya ha puesto de relevancia en su alcaldía y que ahora quiere compartir de otra manera, desde la vida civil, con las nuevas generaciones que vienen con fuerza y que quizás puedan necesitar algunas cariñosas y valiosas palabras de una de las más queridas figuras públicas que nos han gobernado en las últimas décadas. Gracias, Manuela.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manifesto of the Communist Party by Karl Marx And Friedrich Engels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Manifesto of the Communist Party
Author: Karl Marx And Friedrich Engels
Narrator: Christian Adler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘The Communist Manifesto’ by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels was published in London in 1848 in its original German, and two years later in English. It was commissioned by the Communist League and takes an analytical approach to the class struggle and the conflicts of capitalism. ‘The Communist Manifesto’ summarises the theories of Marx and Engels on the nature of society and politics, claiming that the history of all societies is a history of class struggles. It also touches on their ideas of how the capitalist society of the time would eventually be replaced by socialism. In the last paragraph of the Manifesto, the authors call for the forcible overthrow of all existing social conditions, which served as a call for communist revolutions around the globe.</description>
      <author>Karl Marx And Friedrich Engels</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518919398.mp3" length="1455709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518919398.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Manifesto of the Communist Party
Author: Karl Marx And Friedrich Engels
Narrator: Christian Adler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘The Communist Manifesto’ by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels was published in London in 1848 in its original German, and two years later in English. It was commissioned by the Communist League and takes an analytical approach to the class struggle and the conflicts of capitalism. ‘The Communist Manifesto’ summarises the theories of Marx and Engels on the nature of society and politics, claiming that the history of all societies is a history of class struggles. It also touches on their ideas of how the capitalist society of the time would eventually be replaced by socialism. In the last paragraph of the Manifesto, the authors call for the forcible overthrow of all existing social conditions, which served as a call for communist revolutions around the globe.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Manifesto of the Communist Party
Author: Karl Marx And Friedrich Engels
Narrator: Christian Adler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘The Communist Manifesto’ by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels was published in London in 1848 in its original German, and two years later in English. It was commissioned by the Communist League and takes an analytical approach to the class struggle and the conflicts of capitalism. ‘The Communist Manifesto’ summarises the theories of Marx and Engels on the nature of society and politics, claiming that the history of all societies is a history of class struggles. It also touches on their ideas of how the capitalist society of the time would eventually be replaced by socialism. In the last paragraph of the Manifesto, the authors call for the forcible overthrow of all existing social conditions, which served as a call for communist revolutions around the globe.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Losing the Long Game: The False Promise of Regime Change in the Middle East by Philip H. Gordon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing the Long Game: The False Promise of Regime Change in the Middle East
Author: Philip H. Gordon
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of how regime change in the Middle East has proven so tempting to American policymakers for decades—despite never achieving the far-reaching aims of its proponents—and how it’s finally time to forge a new path forward. Since the end of World War II, the United States has set out to oust governments in the Middle East on an average of once per decade—in places as diverse as Iran, Iraq, Afghanistan (twice), Egypt, Libya, and Syria. The reasons for these interventions have also been extremely diverse, and the methods by which the United States pursued regime change have also been highly varied, ranging from diplomatic pressure alone to outright military invasion and occuapation. What is common to all the operations, however, is that they failed to achieve their ultimate goals, produced a range of unintended and even catastrophic consequences, carried heavy financial and human costs, and in many cases left the countries in question worse off than they were before. Losing the Long Game is a thorough and riveting look at the U.S. experience with regime change over the past seventy years, and an insider’s view on U.S. policymaking in the region at the highest levels. It is the story of repeated U.S. interventions in the region that always started out with high hopes and often the best of intentions, but never turned out well. No future discussion of U.S. policy in the Middle East will be complete without taking into account the lessons of the past, especially at a time of intense domestic polarization and reckoning with America&amp;#039;s standing in world.</description>
      <author>Philip H. Gordon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593342213.mp3" length="2757484" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593342213.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing the Long Game: The False Promise of Regime Change in the Middle East
Author: Philip H. Gordon
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of how regime change in the Middle East has proven so tempting to American policymakers for decades—despite never achieving the far-reaching aims of its proponents—and how it’s finally time to forge a new path forward. Since the end of World War II, the United States has set out to oust governments in the Middle East on an average of once per decade—in places as diverse as Iran, Iraq, Afghanistan (twice), Egypt, Libya, and Syria. The reasons for these interventions have also been extremely diverse, and the methods by which the United States pursued regime change have also been highly varied, ranging from diplomatic pressure alone to outright military invasion and occuapation. What is common to all the operations, however, is that they failed to achieve their ultimate goals, produced a range of unintended and even catastrophic consequences, carried heavy financial and human costs, and in many cases left the countries in question worse off than they were before. Losing the Long Game is a thorough and riveting look at the U.S. experience with regime change over the past seventy years, and an insider’s view on U.S. policymaking in the region at the highest levels. It is the story of repeated U.S. interventions in the region that always started out with high hopes and often the best of intentions, but never turned out well. No future discussion of U.S. policy in the Middle East will be complete without taking into account the lessons of the past, especially at a time of intense domestic polarization and reckoning with America&amp;#039;s standing in world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing the Long Game: The False Promise of Regime Change in the Middle East
Author: Philip H. Gordon
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of how regime change in the Middle East has proven so tempting to American policymakers for decades—despite never achieving the far-reaching aims of its proponents—and how it’s finally time to forge a new path forward. Since the end of World War II, the United States has set out to oust governments in the Middle East on an average of once per decade—in places as diverse as Iran, Iraq, Afghanistan (twice), Egypt, Libya, and Syria. The reasons for these interventions have also been extremely diverse, and the methods by which the United States pursued regime change have also been highly varied, ranging from diplomatic pressure alone to outright military invasion and occuapation. What is common to all the operations, however, is that they failed to achieve their ultimate goals, produced a range of unintended and even catastrophic consequences, carried heavy financial and human costs, and in many cases left the countries in question worse off than they were before. Losing the Long Game is a thorough and riveting look at the U.S. experience with regime change over the past seventy years, and an insider’s view on U.S. policymaking in the region at the highest levels. It is the story of repeated U.S. interventions in the region that always started out with high hopes and often the best of intentions, but never turned out well. No future discussion of U.S. policy in the Middle East will be complete without taking into account the lessons of the past, especially at a time of intense domestic polarization and reckoning with America&amp;#039;s standing in world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bridge: Natural Gas in a Redivided Europe by Thane Gustafson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bridge: Natural Gas in a Redivided Europe
Author: Thane Gustafson
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Three decades after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the breakup of the Soviet empire, the West faces a new era of East-West tensions. Any vision of a modern Russia integrated into the world economy and aligned in peaceful partnership with a reunited Europe has abruptly vanished. Two opposing narratives vie to explain the strategic future of Europe, one geopolitical and one economic, and both center on the same resource: natural gas. In The Bridge, Thane Gustafson, an expert on Russian oil and gas, argues that the political rivalries that capture the lion&amp;#039;s share of media attention must be viewed alongside multiple business interests and differences in economic ideologies. With a dense network of pipelines linking Europe and Russia, natural gas serves as a bridge that unites the region through common interests. Tracking the economic and political role of natural gas through several countries—Russia and Ukraine, the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, and Norway—The Bridge details both its history and its likely future. As Gustafson suggests, there are reasons for optimism, but whether the &amp;#039;gas bridge&amp;#039; can ultimately survive mounting geopolitical tensions and environmental challenges remains to be seen.</description>
      <author>Thane Gustafson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705225868.mp3" length="2788526" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705225868.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bridge: Natural Gas in a Redivided Europe
Author: Thane Gustafson
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Three decades after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the breakup of the Soviet empire, the West faces a new era of East-West tensions. Any vision of a modern Russia integrated into the world economy and aligned in peaceful partnership with a reunited Europe has abruptly vanished. Two opposing narratives vie to explain the strategic future of Europe, one geopolitical and one economic, and both center on the same resource: natural gas. In The Bridge, Thane Gustafson, an expert on Russian oil and gas, argues that the political rivalries that capture the lion&amp;#039;s share of media attention must be viewed alongside multiple business interests and differences in economic ideologies. With a dense network of pipelines linking Europe and Russia, natural gas serves as a bridge that unites the region through common interests. Tracking the economic and political role of natural gas through several countries—Russia and Ukraine, the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, and Norway—The Bridge details both its history and its likely future. As Gustafson suggests, there are reasons for optimism, but whether the &amp;#039;gas bridge&amp;#039; can ultimately survive mounting geopolitical tensions and environmental challenges remains to be seen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bridge: Natural Gas in a Redivided Europe
Author: Thane Gustafson
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Three decades after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the breakup of the Soviet empire, the West faces a new era of East-West tensions. Any vision of a modern Russia integrated into the world economy and aligned in peaceful partnership with a reunited Europe has abruptly vanished. Two opposing narratives vie to explain the strategic future of Europe, one geopolitical and one economic, and both center on the same resource: natural gas. In The Bridge, Thane Gustafson, an expert on Russian oil and gas, argues that the political rivalries that capture the lion&amp;#039;s share of media attention must be viewed alongside multiple business interests and differences in economic ideologies. With a dense network of pipelines linking Europe and Russia, natural gas serves as a bridge that unites the region through common interests. Tracking the economic and political role of natural gas through several countries—Russia and Ukraine, the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, and Norway—The Bridge details both its history and its likely future. As Gustafson suggests, there are reasons for optimism, but whether the &amp;#039;gas bridge&amp;#039; can ultimately survive mounting geopolitical tensions and environmental challenges remains to be seen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Off the Record: My Dream Job at the White House, How I Lost It, and What I Learned by Madeleine Westerhout</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Record: My Dream Job at the White House, How I Lost It, and What I Learned
Author: Madeleine Westerhout
Narrator: Madeleine Westerhout
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Madeleine Westerhout, the former &amp;#039;gatekeeper&amp;#039; of the Trump White House, writes about her relationship with the president, and tells the story of the terrible mistake that led to her losing her job. From the first day President Trump stepped into the White House, Madeleine Westerhout was by his side, first as his executive assistant, then as the Director of Oval Office Operations. From her desk outside the Oval, she saw everyone who came in to see the president. She placed his phone calls, and was in the room for several historic moments. During her time working with President Trump at the White House, Camp David, Mar a Lago, and Bedminster, she grew to love her job and admire the president.  Then, in an unguarded moment during a dinner with reporters, she made a terrible mistake.  In OFF THE RECORD, Westerhout tells the full story of this dinner for the first time, revealing the circumstances that led to her fateful mistake. She also writes about her relationship with President Trump -- all the lessons she learned working with him, and why she believes he is a much different man than the one the media portrays every day. Westerhout describes President Trump as a kind and generous boss who continues to be a great leader for our country.</description>
      <author>Madeleine Westerhout</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549131974.mp3" length="846168" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549131974.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Record: My Dream Job at the White House, How I Lost It, and What I Learned
Author: Madeleine Westerhout
Narrator: Madeleine Westerhout
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Madeleine Westerhout, the former &amp;#039;gatekeeper&amp;#039; of the Trump White House, writes about her relationship with the president, and tells the story of the terrible mistake that led to her losing her job. From the first day President Trump stepped into the White House, Madeleine Westerhout was by his side, first as his executive assistant, then as the Director of Oval Office Operations. From her desk outside the Oval, she saw everyone who came in to see the president. She placed his phone calls, and was in the room for several historic moments. During her time working with President Trump at the White House, Camp David, Mar a Lago, and Bedminster, she grew to love her job and admire the president.  Then, in an unguarded moment during a dinner with reporters, she made a terrible mistake.  In OFF THE RECORD, Westerhout tells the full story of this dinner for the first time, revealing the circumstances that led to her fateful mistake. She also writes about her relationship with President Trump -- all the lessons she learned working with him, and why she believes he is a much different man than the one the media portrays every day. Westerhout describes President Trump as a kind and generous boss who continues to be a great leader for our country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Record: My Dream Job at the White House, How I Lost It, and What I Learned
Author: Madeleine Westerhout
Narrator: Madeleine Westerhout
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Madeleine Westerhout, the former &amp;#039;gatekeeper&amp;#039; of the Trump White House, writes about her relationship with the president, and tells the story of the terrible mistake that led to her losing her job. From the first day President Trump stepped into the White House, Madeleine Westerhout was by his side, first as his executive assistant, then as the Director of Oval Office Operations. From her desk outside the Oval, she saw everyone who came in to see the president. She placed his phone calls, and was in the room for several historic moments. During her time working with President Trump at the White House, Camp David, Mar a Lago, and Bedminster, she grew to love her job and admire the president.  Then, in an unguarded moment during a dinner with reporters, she made a terrible mistake.  In OFF THE RECORD, Westerhout tells the full story of this dinner for the first time, revealing the circumstances that led to her fateful mistake. She also writes about her relationship with President Trump -- all the lessons she learned working with him, and why she believes he is a much different man than the one the media portrays every day. Westerhout describes President Trump as a kind and generous boss who continues to be a great leader for our country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Awakening: Eight Principles to Restore the Soul of America by John Kingston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Awakening: Eight Principles to Restore the Soul of America
Author: John Kingston
Narrator: John Kingston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy and united America--perhaps a country more united than it has ever been--is truly possible, and it starts with us. John Kingston draws on wisdom from history, science, faith, and culture, along with his own experiences, to offer eight principles for discovering purpose, meaning, and true community.  We live in the greatest peace and prosperity that the world has ever known, but Americans are feeling more division, isolation, depression, and despair than ever before. These are issues of the soul. We seem unable to find purpose and meaning. We can&amp;#039;t find &amp;#039;the life that is truly life&amp;#039;--a vibrant and purpose-filled way of living best experienced together. From his youth, Kingston has always carried a vision for a free and united America. With an approachable and conversational style, as well as a dash of humor, Kingston draws on a diverse and compelling collection of wisdom--the parables of the Bible and the philosophy of Aristotle, the legacy of Nelson Mandela and the speeches of Abraham Lincoln, the songs of Bruce Springsteen and current studies from the best neuro and social scientists today--to remind us that there is no &amp;#039;them,&amp;#039; there is only us, and we&amp;#039;re in this together. In American Awakening, Kingston offers eight timeless principles for breaking through this darkness and despair and cultivating a radical togetherness, both here in this country and around the globe. You&amp;#039;ll discover the profound impact of: - In-person connection - Making more from less - Discovering purpose - Redeeming adversity - Responding instead of reacting - Finding your unique sense of belonging Wherever you find yourself politically or spiritually, a healthy and united America starts with you. Join the Awakening movement and let&amp;#039;s rediscover who we are--together.</description>
      <author>John Kingston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310360766.mp3" length="1416827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310360766.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Awakening: Eight Principles to Restore the Soul of America
Author: John Kingston
Narrator: John Kingston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy and united America--perhaps a country more united than it has ever been--is truly possible, and it starts with us. John Kingston draws on wisdom from history, science, faith, and culture, along with his own experiences, to offer eight principles for discovering purpose, meaning, and true community.  We live in the greatest peace and prosperity that the world has ever known, but Americans are feeling more division, isolation, depression, and despair than ever before. These are issues of the soul. We seem unable to find purpose and meaning. We can&amp;#039;t find &amp;#039;the life that is truly life&amp;#039;--a vibrant and purpose-filled way of living best experienced together. From his youth, Kingston has always carried a vision for a free and united America. With an approachable and conversational style, as well as a dash of humor, Kingston draws on a diverse and compelling collection of wisdom--the parables of the Bible and the philosophy of Aristotle, the legacy of Nelson Mandela and the speeches of Abraham Lincoln, the songs of Bruce Springsteen and current studies from the best neuro and social scientists today--to remind us that there is no &amp;#039;them,&amp;#039; there is only us, and we&amp;#039;re in this together. In American Awakening, Kingston offers eight timeless principles for breaking through this darkness and despair and cultivating a radical togetherness, both here in this country and around the globe. You&amp;#039;ll discover the profound impact of: - In-person connection - Making more from less - Discovering purpose - Redeeming adversity - Responding instead of reacting - Finding your unique sense of belonging Wherever you find yourself politically or spiritually, a healthy and united America starts with you. Join the Awakening movement and let&amp;#039;s rediscover who we are--together.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425934</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Awakening: Eight Principles to Restore the Soul of America
Author: John Kingston
Narrator: John Kingston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A healthy and united America--perhaps a country more united than it has ever been--is truly possible, and it starts with us. John Kingston draws on wisdom from history, science, faith, and culture, along with his own experiences, to offer eight principles for discovering purpose, meaning, and true community.  We live in the greatest peace and prosperity that the world has ever known, but Americans are feeling more division, isolation, depression, and despair than ever before. These are issues of the soul. We seem unable to find purpose and meaning. We can&amp;#039;t find &amp;#039;the life that is truly life&amp;#039;--a vibrant and purpose-filled way of living best experienced together. From his youth, Kingston has always carried a vision for a free and united America. With an approachable and conversational style, as well as a dash of humor, Kingston draws on a diverse and compelling collection of wisdom--the parables of the Bible and the philosophy of Aristotle, the legacy of Nelson Mandela and the speeches of Abraham Lincoln, the songs of Bruce Springsteen and current studies from the best neuro and social scientists today--to remind us that there is no &amp;#039;them,&amp;#039; there is only us, and we&amp;#039;re in this together. In American Awakening, Kingston offers eight timeless principles for breaking through this darkness and despair and cultivating a radical togetherness, both here in this country and around the globe. You&amp;#039;ll discover the profound impact of: - In-person connection - Making more from less - Discovering purpose - Redeeming adversity - Responding instead of reacting - Finding your unique sense of belonging Wherever you find yourself politically or spiritually, a healthy and united America starts with you. Join the Awakening movement and let&amp;#039;s rediscover who we are--together.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White Lies: Nine Ways to Expose and Resist the Racial Systems that Divide Us by Daniel Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Lies: Nine Ways to Expose and Resist the Racial Systems that Divide Us
Author: Daniel Hill
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What can you do to be a force for racial justice? Many White Christians are eager to fight against racism and for racial justice. But what steps can they take to make good, lasting change? How can they get involved without unintentionally doing more harm than good? In this practical and illuminating guide drawn from more than twenty years of cross-cultural work and learning from some of the greatest leaders of color, pastor and racial justice advocate Daniel Hill provides nine practices rooted in Scripture that will position you to be an active supporter of inclusion, equality, and racial justice. With stories, studies, and examples from his own journey, Hill will show you: - How to get free of the impact of White supremacy individually and recognize that it works systemically - How to talk about race in an intelligent and respectful way  - How to recognize which strategies are helpful and which are harmful - What you can do to make a difference every day, after protests and major events We cannot experience wholistic justice without confronting and dismantling White supremacy. But as we follow Jesus--the one who is supreme over all things--into overturning false power systems, we will become better advocates of the liberating and unconditional love that God extends to us all.</description>
      <author>Daniel Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310358534.mp3" length="1458704" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310358534.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Lies: Nine Ways to Expose and Resist the Racial Systems that Divide Us
Author: Daniel Hill
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What can you do to be a force for racial justice? Many White Christians are eager to fight against racism and for racial justice. But what steps can they take to make good, lasting change? How can they get involved without unintentionally doing more harm than good? In this practical and illuminating guide drawn from more than twenty years of cross-cultural work and learning from some of the greatest leaders of color, pastor and racial justice advocate Daniel Hill provides nine practices rooted in Scripture that will position you to be an active supporter of inclusion, equality, and racial justice. With stories, studies, and examples from his own journey, Hill will show you: - How to get free of the impact of White supremacy individually and recognize that it works systemically - How to talk about race in an intelligent and respectful way  - How to recognize which strategies are helpful and which are harmful - What you can do to make a difference every day, after protests and major events We cannot experience wholistic justice without confronting and dismantling White supremacy. But as we follow Jesus--the one who is supreme over all things--into overturning false power systems, we will become better advocates of the liberating and unconditional love that God extends to us all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Lies: Nine Ways to Expose and Resist the Racial Systems that Divide Us
Author: Daniel Hill
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What can you do to be a force for racial justice? Many White Christians are eager to fight against racism and for racial justice. But what steps can they take to make good, lasting change? How can they get involved without unintentionally doing more harm than good? In this practical and illuminating guide drawn from more than twenty years of cross-cultural work and learning from some of the greatest leaders of color, pastor and racial justice advocate Daniel Hill provides nine practices rooted in Scripture that will position you to be an active supporter of inclusion, equality, and racial justice. With stories, studies, and examples from his own journey, Hill will show you: - How to get free of the impact of White supremacy individually and recognize that it works systemically - How to talk about race in an intelligent and respectful way  - How to recognize which strategies are helpful and which are harmful - What you can do to make a difference every day, after protests and major events We cannot experience wholistic justice without confronting and dismantling White supremacy. But as we follow Jesus--the one who is supreme over all things--into overturning false power systems, we will become better advocates of the liberating and unconditional love that God extends to us all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Change Your World: How Anyone, Anywhere Can Make A Difference by John C. Maxwell, Rob Hoskins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your World: How Anyone, Anywhere Can Make A Difference
Author: John C. Maxwell, Rob Hoskins
Narrator: John C. Maxwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Whatever the desires of your heart, Change Your World will guide you through the entire process to take action and start making an impact today right where you are. You can bring about positive, lasting change in the world and you don’t have to be rich and famous or lead a big organization to do it. Global leadership icons and bestselling authors John C. Maxwell and Rob Hoskins provide the inspiring and practical roadmap to get started being the change you want to see – in your community and beyond. Learn from the firsthand experiences shared by the authors from their work helping to transform communities, businesses, and millions of lives around the world. In Change Your World, Maxwell and Hoskins will show you how to: - Identify your cause - Live out the values that make a difference - Become a catalyst for change - Join the right team or recruit one of your own - Work together with others to make a difference - Measure your impact and keep improving For many of us, the world we live in feels broken yet change is easier than we think. You’ll not only be encouraged to make a difference based on the needs you see around you, but you’ll be equipped to implement change immediately.</description>
      <author>John C. Maxwell, Rob Hoskins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400222339.mp3" length="873980" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400222339.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your World: How Anyone, Anywhere Can Make A Difference
Author: John C. Maxwell, Rob Hoskins
Narrator: John C. Maxwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Whatever the desires of your heart, Change Your World will guide you through the entire process to take action and start making an impact today right where you are. You can bring about positive, lasting change in the world and you don’t have to be rich and famous or lead a big organization to do it. Global leadership icons and bestselling authors John C. Maxwell and Rob Hoskins provide the inspiring and practical roadmap to get started being the change you want to see – in your community and beyond. Learn from the firsthand experiences shared by the authors from their work helping to transform communities, businesses, and millions of lives around the world. In Change Your World, Maxwell and Hoskins will show you how to: - Identify your cause - Live out the values that make a difference - Become a catalyst for change - Join the right team or recruit one of your own - Work together with others to make a difference - Measure your impact and keep improving For many of us, the world we live in feels broken yet change is easier than we think. You’ll not only be encouraged to make a difference based on the needs you see around you, but you’ll be equipped to implement change immediately.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your World: How Anyone, Anywhere Can Make A Difference
Author: John C. Maxwell, Rob Hoskins
Narrator: John C. Maxwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Whatever the desires of your heart, Change Your World will guide you through the entire process to take action and start making an impact today right where you are. You can bring about positive, lasting change in the world and you don’t have to be rich and famous or lead a big organization to do it. Global leadership icons and bestselling authors John C. Maxwell and Rob Hoskins provide the inspiring and practical roadmap to get started being the change you want to see – in your community and beyond. Learn from the firsthand experiences shared by the authors from their work helping to transform communities, businesses, and millions of lives around the world. In Change Your World, Maxwell and Hoskins will show you how to: - Identify your cause - Live out the values that make a difference - Become a catalyst for change - Join the right team or recruit one of your own - Work together with others to make a difference - Measure your impact and keep improving For many of us, the world we live in feels broken yet change is easier than we think. You’ll not only be encouraged to make a difference based on the needs you see around you, but you’ll be equipped to implement change immediately.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coup d&amp;#039;Etat: Exposing Deep State Treason and the Plan to Re-Elect President Trump by Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coup d&amp;#039;Etat: Exposing Deep State Treason and the Plan to Re-Elect President Trump
Author: Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.
Narrator: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Deep State isn&amp;#039;t finished trying to destroy President Donald Trump—they&amp;#039;ve only just begun. Coup d&amp;#039;Etat blows the lid off the Deep State&amp;#039;s efforts to prevent the Trump presidency, disrupt his agenda, and prevent his reelection. In this book you&amp;#039;ll learn: ● The truth behind Robert Mueller&amp;#039;s Special Counsel baseless investigation.   ● The identity of the Trump cabinet member who proposed wearing a wire to take down Trump.   ● How the FBI entrapped members of the Trump team—and how they unsuccessfully tried the same with Corsi.    ● How the Democratic establishment faked evidence of Russian interference.   ● And more.</description>
      <author>Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600743.mp3" length="8307433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600743.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coup d&amp;#039;Etat: Exposing Deep State Treason and the Plan to Re-Elect President Trump
Author: Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.
Narrator: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Deep State isn&amp;#039;t finished trying to destroy President Donald Trump—they&amp;#039;ve only just begun. Coup d&amp;#039;Etat blows the lid off the Deep State&amp;#039;s efforts to prevent the Trump presidency, disrupt his agenda, and prevent his reelection. In this book you&amp;#039;ll learn: ● The truth behind Robert Mueller&amp;#039;s Special Counsel baseless investigation.   ● The identity of the Trump cabinet member who proposed wearing a wire to take down Trump.   ● How the FBI entrapped members of the Trump team—and how they unsuccessfully tried the same with Corsi.    ● How the Democratic establishment faked evidence of Russian interference.   ● And more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coup d&amp;#039;Etat: Exposing Deep State Treason and the Plan to Re-Elect President Trump
Author: Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.
Narrator: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Deep State isn&amp;#039;t finished trying to destroy President Donald Trump—they&amp;#039;ve only just begun. Coup d&amp;#039;Etat blows the lid off the Deep State&amp;#039;s efforts to prevent the Trump presidency, disrupt his agenda, and prevent his reelection. In this book you&amp;#039;ll learn: ● The truth behind Robert Mueller&amp;#039;s Special Counsel baseless investigation.   ● The identity of the Trump cabinet member who proposed wearing a wire to take down Trump.   ● How the FBI entrapped members of the Trump team—and how they unsuccessfully tried the same with Corsi.    ● How the Democratic establishment faked evidence of Russian interference.   ● And more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Abuse and Power: How an Innocent American Was Framed in an Attempted Coup against the President by Carter Page</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abuse and Power: How an Innocent American Was Framed in an Attempted Coup against the President
Author: Carter Page
Narrator: Carter Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The chickens are coming home to roost for the corrupt officials, mainstream media, and Democratic operatives who ruined the life of an innocent American in an attempt to subvert our democracy. Carter Page, the man at the center of one of the worst scandals in our country’s history, reveals how our nation’s top law enforcement officials abused their power and framed an innocent American citizen in their effort to take down Donald Trump. Page’s gripping account, which shows that the rot goes deeper than anyone realized, names the men and women who tried to pull off a coup and didn’t care who got hurt.</description>
      <author>Carter Page</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094080963.mp3" length="770992" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094080963.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abuse and Power: How an Innocent American Was Framed in an Attempted Coup against the President
Author: Carter Page
Narrator: Carter Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The chickens are coming home to roost for the corrupt officials, mainstream media, and Democratic operatives who ruined the life of an innocent American in an attempt to subvert our democracy. Carter Page, the man at the center of one of the worst scandals in our country’s history, reveals how our nation’s top law enforcement officials abused their power and framed an innocent American citizen in their effort to take down Donald Trump. Page’s gripping account, which shows that the rot goes deeper than anyone realized, names the men and women who tried to pull off a coup and didn’t care who got hurt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abuse and Power: How an Innocent American Was Framed in an Attempted Coup against the President
Author: Carter Page
Narrator: Carter Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The chickens are coming home to roost for the corrupt officials, mainstream media, and Democratic operatives who ruined the life of an innocent American in an attempt to subvert our democracy. Carter Page, the man at the center of one of the worst scandals in our country’s history, reveals how our nation’s top law enforcement officials abused their power and framed an innocent American citizen in their effort to take down Donald Trump. Page’s gripping account, which shows that the rot goes deeper than anyone realized, names the men and women who tried to pull off a coup and didn’t care who got hurt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Divine Plan: John Paul II, Ronald Reagan, and the Dramatic End of the Cold War by Robert Orlando, Paul Kengor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Divine Plan: John Paul II, Ronald Reagan, and the Dramatic End of the Cold War
Author: Robert Orlando, Paul Kengor
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Just six weeks apart in the spring of 1981, Pope John Paul II and President ­Ronald Reagan took bullets from would-be assassins. Few realized at the time how close both men came to dying. Surviving these near-death experiences created a singular bond between the pope and the president that ­historians have failed to appreciate. When John Paul II and Reagan met only a year later, they confided to each other a shared conviction: that God had spared their lives for a ­reason. That reason? To defeat Communism. In private, Reagan had a name for this: “The DP”—the Divine Plan. It has become fashionable to see the collapse of the Soviet empire as inevitable. Hardly. In this riveting book, bestselling author Paul Kengor and writer-­director Robert Orlando show what it took to end the Cold War: leaders who refused to accept that hundreds of ­millions must suffer under totalitarian ­Communism. And no leaders proved more important than the pope and the president. Two men who seemed to have little in common developed an extraordinary bond—including a spiritual bond between the Catholic pope and Protestant president. And their shared core convictions drove them to confront Communism. To tell the full story of the dramatic closing act of the Cold War, Kengor and Orlando draw on their exhaustive research and exclusive interviews with more than a dozen experts, including well-known historians Douglas Brinkley; H. W. Brands; Anne Applebaum; Stephen Kotkin; John O’Sullivan; Craig Shirley, the leading biographer of John Paul II; George Weigel; close Reagan advisers Richard V. Allen and James Rosebush; and Cardinal Timothy Dolan and Bishop Robert Barron. You can’t understand Pope John Paul II and President Ronald Reagan—or how the Cold War came to such a swift and peaceful end—without understanding how much faith they put in the Divine Plan.</description>
      <author>Robert Orlando, Paul Kengor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094109503.mp3" length="751833" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094109503.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Divine Plan: John Paul II, Ronald Reagan, and the Dramatic End of the Cold War
Author: Robert Orlando, Paul Kengor
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Just six weeks apart in the spring of 1981, Pope John Paul II and President ­Ronald Reagan took bullets from would-be assassins. Few realized at the time how close both men came to dying. Surviving these near-death experiences created a singular bond between the pope and the president that ­historians have failed to appreciate. When John Paul II and Reagan met only a year later, they confided to each other a shared conviction: that God had spared their lives for a ­reason. That reason? To defeat Communism. In private, Reagan had a name for this: “The DP”—the Divine Plan. It has become fashionable to see the collapse of the Soviet empire as inevitable. Hardly. In this riveting book, bestselling author Paul Kengor and writer-­director Robert Orlando show what it took to end the Cold War: leaders who refused to accept that hundreds of ­millions must suffer under totalitarian ­Communism. And no leaders proved more important than the pope and the president. Two men who seemed to have little in common developed an extraordinary bond—including a spiritual bond between the Catholic pope and Protestant president. And their shared core convictions drove them to confront Communism. To tell the full story of the dramatic closing act of the Cold War, Kengor and Orlando draw on their exhaustive research and exclusive interviews with more than a dozen experts, including well-known historians Douglas Brinkley; H. W. Brands; Anne Applebaum; Stephen Kotkin; John O’Sullivan; Craig Shirley, the leading biographer of John Paul II; George Weigel; close Reagan advisers Richard V. Allen and James Rosebush; and Cardinal Timothy Dolan and Bishop Robert Barron. You can’t understand Pope John Paul II and President Ronald Reagan—or how the Cold War came to such a swift and peaceful end—without understanding how much faith they put in the Divine Plan.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Divine Plan: John Paul II, Ronald Reagan, and the Dramatic End of the Cold War
Author: Robert Orlando, Paul Kengor
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Just six weeks apart in the spring of 1981, Pope John Paul II and President ­Ronald Reagan took bullets from would-be assassins. Few realized at the time how close both men came to dying. Surviving these near-death experiences created a singular bond between the pope and the president that ­historians have failed to appreciate. When John Paul II and Reagan met only a year later, they confided to each other a shared conviction: that God had spared their lives for a ­reason. That reason? To defeat Communism. In private, Reagan had a name for this: “The DP”—the Divine Plan. It has become fashionable to see the collapse of the Soviet empire as inevitable. Hardly. In this riveting book, bestselling author Paul Kengor and writer-­director Robert Orlando show what it took to end the Cold War: leaders who refused to accept that hundreds of ­millions must suffer under totalitarian ­Communism. And no leaders proved more important than the pope and the president. Two men who seemed to have little in common developed an extraordinary bond—including a spiritual bond between the Catholic pope and Protestant president. And their shared core convictions drove them to confront Communism. To tell the full story of the dramatic closing act of the Cold War, Kengor and Orlando draw on their exhaustive research and exclusive interviews with more than a dozen experts, including well-known historians Douglas Brinkley; H. W. Brands; Anne Applebaum; Stephen Kotkin; John O’Sullivan; Craig Shirley, the leading biographer of John Paul II; George Weigel; close Reagan advisers Richard V. Allen and James Rosebush; and Cardinal Timothy Dolan and Bishop Robert Barron. You can’t understand Pope John Paul II and President Ronald Reagan—or how the Cold War came to such a swift and peaceful end—without understanding how much faith they put in the Divine Plan.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Case for Climate Capitalism: Economic Solutions for a Planet in Crisis by Tom Rand</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Climate Capitalism: Economic Solutions for a Planet in Crisis
Author: Tom Rand
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A warming climate and a general distrust of Wall Street has opened a new cultural divide: anti-market critics from Naomi Klein to the Pope target capitalism itself as a root cause of climate change, while neoconservatives who diminish the climate threat are in favor of market fundamentalism. Tom Rand argues that both sides in this emerging cultural war are ill-equipped to provide solutions to the climate crisis, and each is remarkably naÃ¯ve in their view of capitalism. On one hand, we cannot possibly transition off fossil fuels without the financial might and entrepreneurial talent market forces alone can unlock. On the other, without radical changes to the way markets operate, capitalism will take us right off the climate cliff. Rejecting the old Left/Right ideologies, Rand develops a more pragmatic view capable of delivering practical solutions to this critical problem. A renewed capitalism harnessed to the task is the only way we might replace fossil fuels fast enough to mitigate severe climate risk. If we leave our dogma at the door, Rand argues, we might just build an economy that survives the century.</description>
      <author>Tom Rand</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2019 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666566161.mp3" length="879950" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666566161.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Climate Capitalism: Economic Solutions for a Planet in Crisis
Author: Tom Rand
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A warming climate and a general distrust of Wall Street has opened a new cultural divide: anti-market critics from Naomi Klein to the Pope target capitalism itself as a root cause of climate change, while neoconservatives who diminish the climate threat are in favor of market fundamentalism. Tom Rand argues that both sides in this emerging cultural war are ill-equipped to provide solutions to the climate crisis, and each is remarkably naÃ¯ve in their view of capitalism. On one hand, we cannot possibly transition off fossil fuels without the financial might and entrepreneurial talent market forces alone can unlock. On the other, without radical changes to the way markets operate, capitalism will take us right off the climate cliff. Rejecting the old Left/Right ideologies, Rand develops a more pragmatic view capable of delivering practical solutions to this critical problem. A renewed capitalism harnessed to the task is the only way we might replace fossil fuels fast enough to mitigate severe climate risk. If we leave our dogma at the door, Rand argues, we might just build an economy that survives the century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Climate Capitalism: Economic Solutions for a Planet in Crisis
Author: Tom Rand
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A warming climate and a general distrust of Wall Street has opened a new cultural divide: anti-market critics from Naomi Klein to the Pope target capitalism itself as a root cause of climate change, while neoconservatives who diminish the climate threat are in favor of market fundamentalism. Tom Rand argues that both sides in this emerging cultural war are ill-equipped to provide solutions to the climate crisis, and each is remarkably naÃ¯ve in their view of capitalism. On one hand, we cannot possibly transition off fossil fuels without the financial might and entrepreneurial talent market forces alone can unlock. On the other, without radical changes to the way markets operate, capitalism will take us right off the climate cliff. Rejecting the old Left/Right ideologies, Rand develops a more pragmatic view capable of delivering practical solutions to this critical problem. A renewed capitalism harnessed to the task is the only way we might replace fossil fuels fast enough to mitigate severe climate risk. If we leave our dogma at the door, Rand argues, we might just build an economy that survives the century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Decisions and Dissents of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Selection by Corey Brettschneider</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decisions and Dissents of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Selection
Series: #1 of Penguin Liberty
Author: Corey Brettschneider
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
National Indie Bestseller The trailblazing Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg in her own words. Her most essential writings on gender equality and women&amp;#039;s rights, reproductive health care, and voting and civil rights, now available in a short, accessible volume as part of the new Penguin Liberty series. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.</description>
      <author>Corey Brettschneider</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593294208.mp3" length="2804030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593294208.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decisions and Dissents of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Selection
Series: #1 of Penguin Liberty
Author: Corey Brettschneider
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
National Indie Bestseller The trailblazing Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg in her own words. Her most essential writings on gender equality and women&amp;#039;s rights, reproductive health care, and voting and civil rights, now available in a short, accessible volume as part of the new Penguin Liberty series. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decisions and Dissents of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Selection
Series: #1 of Penguin Liberty
Author: Corey Brettschneider
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
National Indie Bestseller The trailblazing Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg in her own words. Her most essential writings on gender equality and women&amp;#039;s rights, reproductive health care, and voting and civil rights, now available in a short, accessible volume as part of the new Penguin Liberty series. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Impeachment: The Presidency on Trial by Tba</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Impeachment: The Presidency on Trial
Series: #2 of Penguin Liberty
Author: Tba
Narrator: Desmond Manny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A short, accessible collection of key historic writings about presidential impeachment, as part of a new Penguin Classics series on liberty and constitutional rights. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.</description>
      <author>Tba</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593294314.mp3" length="2693884" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593294314.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Impeachment: The Presidency on Trial
Series: #2 of Penguin Liberty
Author: Tba
Narrator: Desmond Manny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A short, accessible collection of key historic writings about presidential impeachment, as part of a new Penguin Classics series on liberty and constitutional rights. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424580</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Impeachment: The Presidency on Trial
Series: #2 of Penguin Liberty
Author: Tba
Narrator: Desmond Manny
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A short, accessible collection of key historic writings about presidential impeachment, as part of a new Penguin Classics series on liberty and constitutional rights. A Penguin Classic With the Penguin Liberty series by Penguin Classics, we look to the U.S. Constitution’s text and values, as well as to American history and some of the country’s most important thinkers, to discover the best explanations of our constitutional ideals of liberty. Through these curated anthologies of historical, political, and legal classic texts, Penguin Liberty offers everyday citizens the chance to hear the strongest defenses of these ideals, engage in constitutional interpretation, and gain new (or renewed) appreciation for the values that have long inspired the nation. Questions of liberty affect both our daily lives and our country’s values, from what we can say to whom we can marry, how society views us to how we determine our leaders. It is Americans’ great privilege that we live under a Constitution that both protects our liberty and allows us to debate what that liberty should mean.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Catching the Wind: Edward Kennedy and the Liberal Hour, 1932-1975 by Neal Gabler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catching the Wind: Edward Kennedy and the Liberal Hour, 1932-1975
Author: Neal Gabler
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • “One of the truly great biographies of our time.”—Sean Wilentz, New York Times bestselling author of Bob Dylan in America and The Rise of American Democracy     “A landmark study of Washington power politics in the twentieth century in the Robert Caro tradition.”—Douglas Brinkley, New York Times bestselling author of American Moonshot   The epic, definitive biography of Ted Kennedy—an immersive journey through the life of a complicated man and a sweeping history of the fall of liberalism and the collapse of political morality.   Catching the Wind is the first volume of Neal Gabler’s magisterial two-volume biography of Edward Kennedy. It is at once a human drama, a history of American politics in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, and a study of political morality and the role it played in the tortuous course of liberalism.    Though he is often portrayed as a reckless hedonist who rode his father’s fortune and his brothers’ coattails to a Senate seat at the age of thirty, the Ted Kennedy in Catching the Wind is one the public seldom saw—a man both racked by and driven by insecurity, a man so doubtful of himself that he sinned in order to be redeemed. The last and by most contemporary accounts the least of the Kennedys, a lightweight. He lived an agonizing childhood, being shuffled from school to school at his mother’s whim, suffering numerous humiliations—including self-inflicted ones—and being pressed to rise to his brothers’ level. He entered the Senate with his colleagues’ lowest expectations, a show horse, not a workhorse, but he used his “ninth-child’s talent” of deference to and comity with his Senate elders to become a promising legislator. And with the deaths of his brothers John and Robert, he was compelled to become something more: the custodian of their political mission.   In Catching the Wind, Kennedy, using his late brothers’ moral authority, becomes a moving force in the great “liberal hour,” which sees the passage of the anti-poverty program and the Civil Rights and Voting Rights Acts. Then, with the election of Richard Nixon, he becomes the leading voice of liberalism itself at a time when its power is waning: a “shadow president,” challenging Nixon to keep the American promise to the marginalized, while Nixon lives in terror of a Kennedy restoration. Catching the Wind also shows how Kennedy’s moral authority is eroded by the fatal auto accident on Chappaquiddick Island in 1969, dealing a blow not just to Kennedy but to liberalism.   In this sweeping biography, Gabler tells a story that is Shakespearean in its dimensions: the story of a star-crossed figure who rises above his seeming limitations and the tragedy that envelopes him to change the face of America.</description>
      <author>Neal Gabler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593287590.mp3" length="2800410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593287590.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catching the Wind: Edward Kennedy and the Liberal Hour, 1932-1975
Author: Neal Gabler
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • “One of the truly great biographies of our time.”—Sean Wilentz, New York Times bestselling author of Bob Dylan in America and The Rise of American Democracy     “A landmark study of Washington power politics in the twentieth century in the Robert Caro tradition.”—Douglas Brinkley, New York Times bestselling author of American Moonshot   The epic, definitive biography of Ted Kennedy—an immersive journey through the life of a complicated man and a sweeping history of the fall of liberalism and the collapse of political morality.   Catching the Wind is the first volume of Neal Gabler’s magisterial two-volume biography of Edward Kennedy. It is at once a human drama, a history of American politics in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, and a study of political morality and the role it played in the tortuous course of liberalism.    Though he is often portrayed as a reckless hedonist who rode his father’s fortune and his brothers’ coattails to a Senate seat at the age of thirty, the Ted Kennedy in Catching the Wind is one the public seldom saw—a man both racked by and driven by insecurity, a man so doubtful of himself that he sinned in order to be redeemed. The last and by most contemporary accounts the least of the Kennedys, a lightweight. He lived an agonizing childhood, being shuffled from school to school at his mother’s whim, suffering numerous humiliations—including self-inflicted ones—and being pressed to rise to his brothers’ level. He entered the Senate with his colleagues’ lowest expectations, a show horse, not a workhorse, but he used his “ninth-child’s talent” of deference to and comity with his Senate elders to become a promising legislator. And with the deaths of his brothers John and Robert, he was compelled to become something more: the custodian of their political mission.   In Catching the Wind, Kennedy, using his late brothers’ moral authority, becomes a moving force in the great “liberal hour,” which sees the passage of the anti-poverty program and the Civil Rights and Voting Rights Acts. Then, with the election of Richard Nixon, he becomes the leading voice of liberalism itself at a time when its power is waning: a “shadow president,” challenging Nixon to keep the American promise to the marginalized, while Nixon lives in terror of a Kennedy restoration. Catching the Wind also shows how Kennedy’s moral authority is eroded by the fatal auto accident on Chappaquiddick Island in 1969, dealing a blow not just to Kennedy but to liberalism.   In this sweeping biography, Gabler tells a story that is Shakespearean in its dimensions: the story of a star-crossed figure who rises above his seeming limitations and the tragedy that envelopes him to change the face of America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424560</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catching the Wind: Edward Kennedy and the Liberal Hour, 1932-1975
Author: Neal Gabler
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • “One of the truly great biographies of our time.”—Sean Wilentz, New York Times bestselling author of Bob Dylan in America and The Rise of American Democracy     “A landmark study of Washington power politics in the twentieth century in the Robert Caro tradition.”—Douglas Brinkley, New York Times bestselling author of American Moonshot   The epic, definitive biography of Ted Kennedy—an immersive journey through the life of a complicated man and a sweeping history of the fall of liberalism and the collapse of political morality.   Catching the Wind is the first volume of Neal Gabler’s magisterial two-volume biography of Edward Kennedy. It is at once a human drama, a history of American politics in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, and a study of political morality and the role it played in the tortuous course of liberalism.    Though he is often portrayed as a reckless hedonist who rode his father’s fortune and his brothers’ coattails to a Senate seat at the age of thirty, the Ted Kennedy in Catching the Wind is one the public seldom saw—a man both racked by and driven by insecurity, a man so doubtful of himself that he sinned in order to be redeemed. The last and by most contemporary accounts the least of the Kennedys, a lightweight. He lived an agonizing childhood, being shuffled from school to school at his mother’s whim, suffering numerous humiliations—including self-inflicted ones—and being pressed to rise to his brothers’ level. He entered the Senate with his colleagues’ lowest expectations, a show horse, not a workhorse, but he used his “ninth-child’s talent” of deference to and comity with his Senate elders to become a promising legislator. And with the deaths of his brothers John and Robert, he was compelled to become something more: the custodian of their political mission.   In Catching the Wind, Kennedy, using his late brothers’ moral authority, becomes a moving force in the great “liberal hour,” which sees the passage of the anti-poverty program and the Civil Rights and Voting Rights Acts. Then, with the election of Richard Nixon, he becomes the leading voice of liberalism itself at a time when its power is waning: a “shadow president,” challenging Nixon to keep the American promise to the marginalized, while Nixon lives in terror of a Kennedy restoration. Catching the Wind also shows how Kennedy’s moral authority is eroded by the fatal auto accident on Chappaquiddick Island in 1969, dealing a blow not just to Kennedy but to liberalism.   In this sweeping biography, Gabler tells a story that is Shakespearean in its dimensions: the story of a star-crossed figure who rises above his seeming limitations and the tragedy that envelopes him to change the face of America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rise and Fall of Communism by Archie Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise and Fall of Communism
Author: Archie Brown
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the internationally acclaimed Oxford authority on Communism, a definitive history that examines the origins of the ideology, its development in different nations, its collapse in many of those countries following perestroika, and its current incarnations around the globe. The Rise and Fall of Communism explores how and why Communists came to power; how they were able, in a variety of countries on different continents, to hold on to power for so long; and what brought about the downfall of so many Communist systems. For this comprehensive and illuminating work, Brown draws on more than 40 years of research and on a wealth of new sources. Tracing the story of Communism from its 19th-century roots, Brown explains both its expansion and its decline in the 20th century. Even today, although Communism has been widely discredited in the West, almost a quarter of humanity still lives under its rule.</description>
      <author>Archie Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593340929.mp3" length="2798792" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593340929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>31:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise and Fall of Communism
Author: Archie Brown
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the internationally acclaimed Oxford authority on Communism, a definitive history that examines the origins of the ideology, its development in different nations, its collapse in many of those countries following perestroika, and its current incarnations around the globe. The Rise and Fall of Communism explores how and why Communists came to power; how they were able, in a variety of countries on different continents, to hold on to power for so long; and what brought about the downfall of so many Communist systems. For this comprehensive and illuminating work, Brown draws on more than 40 years of research and on a wealth of new sources. Tracing the story of Communism from its 19th-century roots, Brown explains both its expansion and its decline in the 20th century. Even today, although Communism has been widely discredited in the West, almost a quarter of humanity still lives under its rule.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise and Fall of Communism
Author: Archie Brown
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 31 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the internationally acclaimed Oxford authority on Communism, a definitive history that examines the origins of the ideology, its development in different nations, its collapse in many of those countries following perestroika, and its current incarnations around the globe. The Rise and Fall of Communism explores how and why Communists came to power; how they were able, in a variety of countries on different continents, to hold on to power for so long; and what brought about the downfall of so many Communist systems. For this comprehensive and illuminating work, Brown draws on more than 40 years of research and on a wealth of new sources. Tracing the story of Communism from its 19th-century roots, Brown explains both its expansion and its decline in the 20th century. Even today, although Communism has been widely discredited in the West, almost a quarter of humanity still lives under its rule.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Agent Sonya: Moscow&amp;#039;s Most Daring Wartime Spy by Ben Macintyre</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agent Sonya: Moscow&amp;#039;s Most Daring Wartime Spy
Author: Ben Macintyre
Narrator: Ben Macintyre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The “master storyteller” (San Francisco Chronicle) behind the New York Times bestseller The Spy and the Traitor uncovers the true story behind one of the Cold War’s most intrepid spies. “[An] immensely exciting, fast-moving account.”—The Washington Post   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Foreign Affairs, Kirkus Reviews, Library Journal In 1942, in a quiet village in the leafy English Cotswolds, a thin, elegant woman lived in a small cottage with her three children and her husband, who worked as a machinist nearby. Ursula Burton was friendly but reserved, and spoke English with a slight foreign accent. By all accounts, she seemed to be living a simple, unassuming life. Her neighbors in the village knew little about her. They didn’t know that she was a high-ranking Soviet intelligence officer. They didn’t know that her husband was also a spy, or that she was running powerful agents across Europe. Behind the facade of her picturesque life, Burton was a dedicated Communist, a Soviet colonel, and a veteran agent, gathering the scientific secrets that would enable the Soviet Union to build the bomb. This true-life spy story is a masterpiece about the woman code-named “Sonya.” Over the course of her career, she was hunted by the Chinese, the Japanese, the Nazis, MI5, MI6, and the FBI—and she evaded them all. Her story reflects the great ideological clash of the twentieth century—between Communism, Fascism, and Western democracy—and casts new light on the spy battles and shifting allegiances of our own times. With unparalleled access to Sonya’s diaries and correspondence and never-before-seen information on her clandestine activities, Ben Macintyre has conjured a page-turning history of a legendary secret agent, a woman who influenced the course of the Cold War and helped plunge the world into a decades-long standoff between nuclear superpowers.</description>
      <author>Ben Macintyre</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593287651.mp3" length="2588703" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593287651.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agent Sonya: Moscow&amp;#039;s Most Daring Wartime Spy
Author: Ben Macintyre
Narrator: Ben Macintyre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The “master storyteller” (San Francisco Chronicle) behind the New York Times bestseller The Spy and the Traitor uncovers the true story behind one of the Cold War’s most intrepid spies. “[An] immensely exciting, fast-moving account.”—The Washington Post   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Foreign Affairs, Kirkus Reviews, Library Journal In 1942, in a quiet village in the leafy English Cotswolds, a thin, elegant woman lived in a small cottage with her three children and her husband, who worked as a machinist nearby. Ursula Burton was friendly but reserved, and spoke English with a slight foreign accent. By all accounts, she seemed to be living a simple, unassuming life. Her neighbors in the village knew little about her. They didn’t know that she was a high-ranking Soviet intelligence officer. They didn’t know that her husband was also a spy, or that she was running powerful agents across Europe. Behind the facade of her picturesque life, Burton was a dedicated Communist, a Soviet colonel, and a veteran agent, gathering the scientific secrets that would enable the Soviet Union to build the bomb. This true-life spy story is a masterpiece about the woman code-named “Sonya.” Over the course of her career, she was hunted by the Chinese, the Japanese, the Nazis, MI5, MI6, and the FBI—and she evaded them all. Her story reflects the great ideological clash of the twentieth century—between Communism, Fascism, and Western democracy—and casts new light on the spy battles and shifting allegiances of our own times. With unparalleled access to Sonya’s diaries and correspondence and never-before-seen information on her clandestine activities, Ben Macintyre has conjured a page-turning history of a legendary secret agent, a woman who influenced the course of the Cold War and helped plunge the world into a decades-long standoff between nuclear superpowers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agent Sonya: Moscow&amp;#039;s Most Daring Wartime Spy
Author: Ben Macintyre
Narrator: Ben Macintyre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The “master storyteller” (San Francisco Chronicle) behind the New York Times bestseller The Spy and the Traitor uncovers the true story behind one of the Cold War’s most intrepid spies. “[An] immensely exciting, fast-moving account.”—The Washington Post   ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Foreign Affairs, Kirkus Reviews, Library Journal In 1942, in a quiet village in the leafy English Cotswolds, a thin, elegant woman lived in a small cottage with her three children and her husband, who worked as a machinist nearby. Ursula Burton was friendly but reserved, and spoke English with a slight foreign accent. By all accounts, she seemed to be living a simple, unassuming life. Her neighbors in the village knew little about her. They didn’t know that she was a high-ranking Soviet intelligence officer. They didn’t know that her husband was also a spy, or that she was running powerful agents across Europe. Behind the facade of her picturesque life, Burton was a dedicated Communist, a Soviet colonel, and a veteran agent, gathering the scientific secrets that would enable the Soviet Union to build the bomb. This true-life spy story is a masterpiece about the woman code-named “Sonya.” Over the course of her career, she was hunted by the Chinese, the Japanese, the Nazis, MI5, MI6, and the FBI—and she evaded them all. Her story reflects the great ideological clash of the twentieth century—between Communism, Fascism, and Western democracy—and casts new light on the spy battles and shifting allegiances of our own times. With unparalleled access to Sonya’s diaries and correspondence and never-before-seen information on her clandestine activities, Ben Macintyre has conjured a page-turning history of a legendary secret agent, a woman who influenced the course of the Cold War and helped plunge the world into a decades-long standoff between nuclear superpowers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace by Denise Kiernan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace
Author: Denise Kiernan
Narrator: Denise Kiernan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Last Castle and The Girls of Atomic City comes a new way to look at American history through the story of giving thanks. From Ancient Rome through 21st-century America, bestselling author Denise Kiernan brings us a biography of an idea: gratitude, as a compelling human instinct and a global concept, more than just a mere holiday. Spanning centuries, We Gather Together is anchored amid the strife of the Civil War, and driven by the fascinating story of Sarah Josepha Hale, a widowed mother with no formal schooling who became one of the 19th century’s most influential tastemakers and who campaigned for decades to make real an annual day of thanks.  Populated by an enthralling supporting cast of characters including Frederick Douglass, Abraham Lincoln, Sojourner Truth, Walt Whitman, Norman Rockwell, and others, We Gather Together is ultimately a story of tenacity and dedication, an inspiring tale of how imperfect people in challenging times can create powerful legacies.      Working at the helm of one of the most widely read magazines in the nation, Hale published Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and others, while introducing American readers to such newfangled concepts as “domestic science,” white wedding gowns, and the Christmas tree. A prolific writer, Hale penned novels, recipe books, essays and more, including the ubiquitous children’s poem, “Mary Had a Little Lamb.” And Hale herself never stopped pushing the leaders of her time, in pursuit of her goal.      The man who finally granted her wish about a national “thanksgiving” was Lincoln, the president of the war-torn nation in which Hale would never have the right to vote.   Illuminating, wildly discussable, part myth-busting, part call to action, We Gather Together is full of unexpected delights and uneasy truths. The stories of indigenous peoples, immigrant communities, women’s rights activists, abolitionists, and more, will inspire readers to rethink and reclaim what it means to give thanks in this day and age. The book’s message of gratitude—especially when embraced during the hardest of times—makes it one to read and share, over and over, at any time of year.</description>
      <author>Denise Kiernan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593292532.mp3" length="2667239" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593292532.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace
Author: Denise Kiernan
Narrator: Denise Kiernan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Last Castle and The Girls of Atomic City comes a new way to look at American history through the story of giving thanks. From Ancient Rome through 21st-century America, bestselling author Denise Kiernan brings us a biography of an idea: gratitude, as a compelling human instinct and a global concept, more than just a mere holiday. Spanning centuries, We Gather Together is anchored amid the strife of the Civil War, and driven by the fascinating story of Sarah Josepha Hale, a widowed mother with no formal schooling who became one of the 19th century’s most influential tastemakers and who campaigned for decades to make real an annual day of thanks.  Populated by an enthralling supporting cast of characters including Frederick Douglass, Abraham Lincoln, Sojourner Truth, Walt Whitman, Norman Rockwell, and others, We Gather Together is ultimately a story of tenacity and dedication, an inspiring tale of how imperfect people in challenging times can create powerful legacies.      Working at the helm of one of the most widely read magazines in the nation, Hale published Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and others, while introducing American readers to such newfangled concepts as “domestic science,” white wedding gowns, and the Christmas tree. A prolific writer, Hale penned novels, recipe books, essays and more, including the ubiquitous children’s poem, “Mary Had a Little Lamb.” And Hale herself never stopped pushing the leaders of her time, in pursuit of her goal.      The man who finally granted her wish about a national “thanksgiving” was Lincoln, the president of the war-torn nation in which Hale would never have the right to vote.   Illuminating, wildly discussable, part myth-busting, part call to action, We Gather Together is full of unexpected delights and uneasy truths. The stories of indigenous peoples, immigrant communities, women’s rights activists, abolitionists, and more, will inspire readers to rethink and reclaim what it means to give thanks in this day and age. The book’s message of gratitude—especially when embraced during the hardest of times—makes it one to read and share, over and over, at any time of year.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Gather Together: A Nation Divided, A President in Turmoil, and a Historic Campaign to Embrace Gratitude and Grace
Author: Denise Kiernan
Narrator: Denise Kiernan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Last Castle and The Girls of Atomic City comes a new way to look at American history through the story of giving thanks. From Ancient Rome through 21st-century America, bestselling author Denise Kiernan brings us a biography of an idea: gratitude, as a compelling human instinct and a global concept, more than just a mere holiday. Spanning centuries, We Gather Together is anchored amid the strife of the Civil War, and driven by the fascinating story of Sarah Josepha Hale, a widowed mother with no formal schooling who became one of the 19th century’s most influential tastemakers and who campaigned for decades to make real an annual day of thanks.  Populated by an enthralling supporting cast of characters including Frederick Douglass, Abraham Lincoln, Sojourner Truth, Walt Whitman, Norman Rockwell, and others, We Gather Together is ultimately a story of tenacity and dedication, an inspiring tale of how imperfect people in challenging times can create powerful legacies.      Working at the helm of one of the most widely read magazines in the nation, Hale published Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Harriet Beecher Stowe, and others, while introducing American readers to such newfangled concepts as “domestic science,” white wedding gowns, and the Christmas tree. A prolific writer, Hale penned novels, recipe books, essays and more, including the ubiquitous children’s poem, “Mary Had a Little Lamb.” And Hale herself never stopped pushing the leaders of her time, in pursuit of her goal.      The man who finally granted her wish about a national “thanksgiving” was Lincoln, the president of the war-torn nation in which Hale would never have the right to vote.   Illuminating, wildly discussable, part myth-busting, part call to action, We Gather Together is full of unexpected delights and uneasy truths. The stories of indigenous peoples, immigrant communities, women’s rights activists, abolitionists, and more, will inspire readers to rethink and reclaim what it means to give thanks in this day and age. The book’s message of gratitude—especially when embraced during the hardest of times—makes it one to read and share, over and over, at any time of year.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collateral Damage: Britain, America and Europe in the Age of Trump by Kim Darroch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collateral Damage: Britain, America and Europe in the Age of Trump
Author: Kim Darroch
Narrator: Kim Darroch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Much bigger and more ambitious than a first-person “rise and fall” … Great vignettes and classy analysis from the man who until a year ago sat at the top of the diplomatic tree … There is nothing dusty or dry in his account of dealing with the twin forces of Boris and Donald, and how they’ve shaped politics – and his life’ Guardian                        @realDonaldTrump: ‘The wacky ambassador that the UK foisted on the United States is not someone we are thrilled with, a very stupid guy … We will no longer deal with him’                      Kim Darroch was British Ambassador to the US as the age of Trump dawned and Brexit unfolded. One of the UK’s most experienced and respected diplomats, to Darroch was given the task of explaining Trump to the British and Brexit to the Americans. Choosing to resign after his confidential cables criticising the Trump administration were leaked to the press, Darroch’s unvarnished, behind-the-scenes account reveals for the first time the inside story of this tumultuous time and reflects more broadly on Britain’s relationship with the United States. In a book rich in anecdote and insight, he describes the challenges of dealing with the Trump White House; and offers a diplomat’s perspective on Brexit and how it looked to Britain’s closest ally.           As the closest Brit to the story, Darroch explains why the British embassy suspected a Trump victory from as early as February 2016, what part every key figure – from Sarah Sanders to Michael Flynn – has played in Trump’s administration, and what balanced policy makers on both sides of the Atlantic should consider during this era of pandemic, seismic change and populist politics.           With riveting insider detail, Collateral Damage charts the strangest and most convulsive period in the recent history of Britain and the US – and the state of the ‘special relationship’ today.</description>
      <author>Kim Darroch</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008411602.mp3" length="1397482" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008411602.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collateral Damage: Britain, America and Europe in the Age of Trump
Author: Kim Darroch
Narrator: Kim Darroch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Much bigger and more ambitious than a first-person “rise and fall” … Great vignettes and classy analysis from the man who until a year ago sat at the top of the diplomatic tree … There is nothing dusty or dry in his account of dealing with the twin forces of Boris and Donald, and how they’ve shaped politics – and his life’ Guardian                        @realDonaldTrump: ‘The wacky ambassador that the UK foisted on the United States is not someone we are thrilled with, a very stupid guy … We will no longer deal with him’                      Kim Darroch was British Ambassador to the US as the age of Trump dawned and Brexit unfolded. One of the UK’s most experienced and respected diplomats, to Darroch was given the task of explaining Trump to the British and Brexit to the Americans. Choosing to resign after his confidential cables criticising the Trump administration were leaked to the press, Darroch’s unvarnished, behind-the-scenes account reveals for the first time the inside story of this tumultuous time and reflects more broadly on Britain’s relationship with the United States. In a book rich in anecdote and insight, he describes the challenges of dealing with the Trump White House; and offers a diplomat’s perspective on Brexit and how it looked to Britain’s closest ally.           As the closest Brit to the story, Darroch explains why the British embassy suspected a Trump victory from as early as February 2016, what part every key figure – from Sarah Sanders to Michael Flynn – has played in Trump’s administration, and what balanced policy makers on both sides of the Atlantic should consider during this era of pandemic, seismic change and populist politics.           With riveting insider detail, Collateral Damage charts the strangest and most convulsive period in the recent history of Britain and the US – and the state of the ‘special relationship’ today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collateral Damage: Britain, America and Europe in the Age of Trump
Author: Kim Darroch
Narrator: Kim Darroch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Much bigger and more ambitious than a first-person “rise and fall” … Great vignettes and classy analysis from the man who until a year ago sat at the top of the diplomatic tree … There is nothing dusty or dry in his account of dealing with the twin forces of Boris and Donald, and how they’ve shaped politics – and his life’ Guardian                        @realDonaldTrump: ‘The wacky ambassador that the UK foisted on the United States is not someone we are thrilled with, a very stupid guy … We will no longer deal with him’                      Kim Darroch was British Ambassador to the US as the age of Trump dawned and Brexit unfolded. One of the UK’s most experienced and respected diplomats, to Darroch was given the task of explaining Trump to the British and Brexit to the Americans. Choosing to resign after his confidential cables criticising the Trump administration were leaked to the press, Darroch’s unvarnished, behind-the-scenes account reveals for the first time the inside story of this tumultuous time and reflects more broadly on Britain’s relationship with the United States. In a book rich in anecdote and insight, he describes the challenges of dealing with the Trump White House; and offers a diplomat’s perspective on Brexit and how it looked to Britain’s closest ally.           As the closest Brit to the story, Darroch explains why the British embassy suspected a Trump victory from as early as February 2016, what part every key figure – from Sarah Sanders to Michael Flynn – has played in Trump’s administration, and what balanced policy makers on both sides of the Atlantic should consider during this era of pandemic, seismic change and populist politics.           With riveting insider detail, Collateral Damage charts the strangest and most convulsive period in the recent history of Britain and the US – and the state of the ‘special relationship’ today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jews Don’t Count by David Baddiel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jews Don’t Count
Author: David Baddiel
Narrator: David Baddiel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How identity politics failed one particular identity.                      ‘A must read and if you think YOU don’t need to read it, that’s just the clue to know you do’ SARAH SILVERMAN           ‘A masterpiece&amp;#039; STEPHEN FRY           Jews Don’t Count is a book for people who consider themselves on the right side of history. People fighting the good fight against homophobia, disablism, transphobia and, particularly, racism. People, possibly, like you. It is the comedian and writer David Baddiel’s contention that one type of racism has been left out of this fight. In his unique combination of close reasoning, polemic, personal experience and jokes, Baddiel argues that those who think of themselves as on the right side of history have often ignored the history of anti-Semitism. He outlines why and how, in a time of intensely heightened awareness of minorities, Jews don’t count as a real minority: and why they should.</description>
      <author>David Baddiel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008399504.mp3" length="1431904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008399504.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jews Don’t Count
Author: David Baddiel
Narrator: David Baddiel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How identity politics failed one particular identity.                      ‘A must read and if you think YOU don’t need to read it, that’s just the clue to know you do’ SARAH SILVERMAN           ‘A masterpiece&amp;#039; STEPHEN FRY           Jews Don’t Count is a book for people who consider themselves on the right side of history. People fighting the good fight against homophobia, disablism, transphobia and, particularly, racism. People, possibly, like you. It is the comedian and writer David Baddiel’s contention that one type of racism has been left out of this fight. In his unique combination of close reasoning, polemic, personal experience and jokes, Baddiel argues that those who think of themselves as on the right side of history have often ignored the history of anti-Semitism. He outlines why and how, in a time of intensely heightened awareness of minorities, Jews don’t count as a real minority: and why they should.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jews Don’t Count
Author: David Baddiel
Narrator: David Baddiel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How identity politics failed one particular identity.                      ‘A must read and if you think YOU don’t need to read it, that’s just the clue to know you do’ SARAH SILVERMAN           ‘A masterpiece&amp;#039; STEPHEN FRY           Jews Don’t Count is a book for people who consider themselves on the right side of history. People fighting the good fight against homophobia, disablism, transphobia and, particularly, racism. People, possibly, like you. It is the comedian and writer David Baddiel’s contention that one type of racism has been left out of this fight. In his unique combination of close reasoning, polemic, personal experience and jokes, Baddiel argues that those who think of themselves as on the right side of history have often ignored the history of anti-Semitism. He outlines why and how, in a time of intensely heightened awareness of minorities, Jews don’t count as a real minority: and why they should.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The AOC Generation: How Millennials Are Seizing Power and Rewriting the Rules of American Politics by David Freedlander</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AOC Generation: How Millennials Are Seizing Power and Rewriting the Rules of American Politics
Author: David Freedlander
Narrator: Alyssa Marino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A grassroots look at the future of US politics as the next generation of progressive organizers—sparked by the unstoppable rise of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez—leads us toward a new direction The AOC Generation examines the resurgent young left—including groups like Justice Democrats, the Democratic Socialists of America and Brand New Congress—and documents how and why they got active and energized in political organizing, the success and limitations of their approaches—and through their stories, it tells the history and the future of a generation. In 2018, the country watched as Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez rose from unknown part-time bartender to the halls of Congress at the age of 29 and became a household name for her progressive, passionate politics. With firsthand accounts detailing the final days of her campaign, which he spent beside her as she fought for every last vote, Freedlander connects her ample political talents and ability to command the media and the public’s attention to the newfound political awakening of millennial activists. Inspired in part by the Bernie Sanders campaign, and furthered by a series of critical issues including catastrophic climate change, a rigid political system, and widening income inequality, these young people organized into new groups that became a conduit for their energy, ideas, and passions. And all of their activity isn’t just political. They’ve created their own media eco-system, with podcasts, streaming networks, and even dating sites that cater to their interests. With this new generation gaining traction, with little signs of backing down and securing crucial political seats as Ocasio-Cortez did in 2018, The AOC Generation presents a thoughtful analysis of how they came of age in an America they are determined to reshape.</description>
      <author>David Freedlander</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807098301.mp3" length="2606361" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807098301.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AOC Generation: How Millennials Are Seizing Power and Rewriting the Rules of American Politics
Author: David Freedlander
Narrator: Alyssa Marino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A grassroots look at the future of US politics as the next generation of progressive organizers—sparked by the unstoppable rise of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez—leads us toward a new direction The AOC Generation examines the resurgent young left—including groups like Justice Democrats, the Democratic Socialists of America and Brand New Congress—and documents how and why they got active and energized in political organizing, the success and limitations of their approaches—and through their stories, it tells the history and the future of a generation. In 2018, the country watched as Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez rose from unknown part-time bartender to the halls of Congress at the age of 29 and became a household name for her progressive, passionate politics. With firsthand accounts detailing the final days of her campaign, which he spent beside her as she fought for every last vote, Freedlander connects her ample political talents and ability to command the media and the public’s attention to the newfound political awakening of millennial activists. Inspired in part by the Bernie Sanders campaign, and furthered by a series of critical issues including catastrophic climate change, a rigid political system, and widening income inequality, these young people organized into new groups that became a conduit for their energy, ideas, and passions. And all of their activity isn’t just political. They’ve created their own media eco-system, with podcasts, streaming networks, and even dating sites that cater to their interests. With this new generation gaining traction, with little signs of backing down and securing crucial political seats as Ocasio-Cortez did in 2018, The AOC Generation presents a thoughtful analysis of how they came of age in an America they are determined to reshape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AOC Generation: How Millennials Are Seizing Power and Rewriting the Rules of American Politics
Author: David Freedlander
Narrator: Alyssa Marino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A grassroots look at the future of US politics as the next generation of progressive organizers—sparked by the unstoppable rise of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez—leads us toward a new direction The AOC Generation examines the resurgent young left—including groups like Justice Democrats, the Democratic Socialists of America and Brand New Congress—and documents how and why they got active and energized in political organizing, the success and limitations of their approaches—and through their stories, it tells the history and the future of a generation. In 2018, the country watched as Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez rose from unknown part-time bartender to the halls of Congress at the age of 29 and became a household name for her progressive, passionate politics. With firsthand accounts detailing the final days of her campaign, which he spent beside her as she fought for every last vote, Freedlander connects her ample political talents and ability to command the media and the public’s attention to the newfound political awakening of millennial activists. Inspired in part by the Bernie Sanders campaign, and furthered by a series of critical issues including catastrophic climate change, a rigid political system, and widening income inequality, these young people organized into new groups that became a conduit for their energy, ideas, and passions. And all of their activity isn’t just political. They’ve created their own media eco-system, with podcasts, streaming networks, and even dating sites that cater to their interests. With this new generation gaining traction, with little signs of backing down and securing crucial political seats as Ocasio-Cortez did in 2018, The AOC Generation presents a thoughtful analysis of how they came of age in an America they are determined to reshape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Which Side of History?: How Technology Is Reshaping Our Democracy and Our Lives by James P. Steyer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Which Side of History?: How Technology Is Reshaping Our Democracy and Our Lives
Author: James P. Steyer
Narrator: Kyle Chappel, Cheri Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A valuable primer on this moment where humans are deciding how much power over their lives they give to monopolies and algorithms.&amp;#039; -DAVE EGGERS, bestselling author of The Circle Which Side of History? offers a collection of bold essays on how technology is affecting democracy, society, and our future. Featuring prominent national voices such as Sacha Baron Cohen, Marc Benioff, Ellen Pao, Ken Auletta, Chelsea Clinton, Tim Wu, Khaled Hosseini, Nicholas Kristof and Sheryl WuDunn, Jaron Lanier, Willow Bay, Sal Khan, Sherry Turkle, Shoshana Zuboff, Vivek Murthy, Geoffrey Canada, and many more. The essays focus on the extraordinary impact of technology on our privacy, kids and families, race and gender roles, democracy, climate change, and mental health. This groundbreaking audiobook challenges opinion leaders and the broader public to take action to improve technology&amp;#039;s effects on our lives. With the rise of cyberbullying and hate speech online, issues around climate change and technology, and the &amp;#039;move fast and break things&amp;#039; mentality of tech culture, Which Side of History? will urge readers to draw the line. -  This book will help shape the conversations we have around technology in our society and our future for years to come. - A smart gift for anyone who approaches tech and the future with a healthy skepticism - Edited by James P. Steyer, the CEO and founder of Common Sense Media. - Add it to the shelf with books like Ten Arguments for Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now by Jaron Lanier, The Shallows: What the Internet Is Doing to Our Brains by Nicholas Carr, and The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power by Shoshana Zuboff.</description>
      <author>James P. Steyer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797205182.mp3" length="913900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797205182.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Which Side of History?: How Technology Is Reshaping Our Democracy and Our Lives
Author: James P. Steyer
Narrator: Kyle Chappel, Cheri Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A valuable primer on this moment where humans are deciding how much power over their lives they give to monopolies and algorithms.&amp;#039; -DAVE EGGERS, bestselling author of The Circle Which Side of History? offers a collection of bold essays on how technology is affecting democracy, society, and our future. Featuring prominent national voices such as Sacha Baron Cohen, Marc Benioff, Ellen Pao, Ken Auletta, Chelsea Clinton, Tim Wu, Khaled Hosseini, Nicholas Kristof and Sheryl WuDunn, Jaron Lanier, Willow Bay, Sal Khan, Sherry Turkle, Shoshana Zuboff, Vivek Murthy, Geoffrey Canada, and many more. The essays focus on the extraordinary impact of technology on our privacy, kids and families, race and gender roles, democracy, climate change, and mental health. This groundbreaking audiobook challenges opinion leaders and the broader public to take action to improve technology&amp;#039;s effects on our lives. With the rise of cyberbullying and hate speech online, issues around climate change and technology, and the &amp;#039;move fast and break things&amp;#039; mentality of tech culture, Which Side of History? will urge readers to draw the line. -  This book will help shape the conversations we have around technology in our society and our future for years to come. - A smart gift for anyone who approaches tech and the future with a healthy skepticism - Edited by James P. Steyer, the CEO and founder of Common Sense Media. - Add it to the shelf with books like Ten Arguments for Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now by Jaron Lanier, The Shallows: What the Internet Is Doing to Our Brains by Nicholas Carr, and The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power by Shoshana Zuboff.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Which Side of History?: How Technology Is Reshaping Our Democracy and Our Lives
Author: James P. Steyer
Narrator: Kyle Chappel, Cheri Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A valuable primer on this moment where humans are deciding how much power over their lives they give to monopolies and algorithms.&amp;#039; -DAVE EGGERS, bestselling author of The Circle Which Side of History? offers a collection of bold essays on how technology is affecting democracy, society, and our future. Featuring prominent national voices such as Sacha Baron Cohen, Marc Benioff, Ellen Pao, Ken Auletta, Chelsea Clinton, Tim Wu, Khaled Hosseini, Nicholas Kristof and Sheryl WuDunn, Jaron Lanier, Willow Bay, Sal Khan, Sherry Turkle, Shoshana Zuboff, Vivek Murthy, Geoffrey Canada, and many more. The essays focus on the extraordinary impact of technology on our privacy, kids and families, race and gender roles, democracy, climate change, and mental health. This groundbreaking audiobook challenges opinion leaders and the broader public to take action to improve technology&amp;#039;s effects on our lives. With the rise of cyberbullying and hate speech online, issues around climate change and technology, and the &amp;#039;move fast and break things&amp;#039; mentality of tech culture, Which Side of History? will urge readers to draw the line. -  This book will help shape the conversations we have around technology in our society and our future for years to come. - A smart gift for anyone who approaches tech and the future with a healthy skepticism - Edited by James P. Steyer, the CEO and founder of Common Sense Media. - Add it to the shelf with books like Ten Arguments for Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now by Jaron Lanier, The Shallows: What the Internet Is Doing to Our Brains by Nicholas Carr, and The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power by Shoshana Zuboff.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collateral Damage: Britain, America, and Europe in the Age of Trump by Kim Darroch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collateral Damage: Britain, America, and Europe in the Age of Trump
Author: Kim Darroch
Narrator: Kim Darroch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the UK&amp;#039;s most experienced and respected diplomats reveals the inside story behind his resignation—and his perspective on the challenges of Brexit and the Trump White House.  &amp;quot;@realDonaldTrump: The wacky ambassador that the UK foisted on the United States is not someone we are thrilled with, a very stupid guy . . . We will no longer deal with him.&amp;quot;  Kim Darroch is one of the UK&amp;#039;s most experienced and respected diplomats, and this unvarnished, behind-the-scenes account will reveal the inside story behind his resignation; describe the challenges of dealing with the Trump White House; and offer a diplomat&amp;#039;s perspective on Brexit, and how it looked to Britain&amp;#039;s closest ally.  Darroch was the British Ambassador to the US as the age of Trump dawned and Brexit unfolded. He explains why the British embassy expected a Trump victory from as early as February 2016, what part every key figure—from Steve Bannon to Sarah Sanders—has played in Trump&amp;#039;s administration, and what balanced policy makers on both sides of the Atlantic should consider during this era of seismic change and populist politics.  A riveting account from the best-informed insider, Collateral Damage charts the strangest and most convulsive period in the recent history of Britain and the US—and shows how thirty months threatened to overturn three centuries of history.</description>
      <author>Kim Darroch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549158988.mp3" length="887614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549158988.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collateral Damage: Britain, America, and Europe in the Age of Trump
Author: Kim Darroch
Narrator: Kim Darroch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the UK&amp;#039;s most experienced and respected diplomats reveals the inside story behind his resignation—and his perspective on the challenges of Brexit and the Trump White House.  &amp;quot;@realDonaldTrump: The wacky ambassador that the UK foisted on the United States is not someone we are thrilled with, a very stupid guy . . . We will no longer deal with him.&amp;quot;  Kim Darroch is one of the UK&amp;#039;s most experienced and respected diplomats, and this unvarnished, behind-the-scenes account will reveal the inside story behind his resignation; describe the challenges of dealing with the Trump White House; and offer a diplomat&amp;#039;s perspective on Brexit, and how it looked to Britain&amp;#039;s closest ally.  Darroch was the British Ambassador to the US as the age of Trump dawned and Brexit unfolded. He explains why the British embassy expected a Trump victory from as early as February 2016, what part every key figure—from Steve Bannon to Sarah Sanders—has played in Trump&amp;#039;s administration, and what balanced policy makers on both sides of the Atlantic should consider during this era of seismic change and populist politics.  A riveting account from the best-informed insider, Collateral Damage charts the strangest and most convulsive period in the recent history of Britain and the US—and shows how thirty months threatened to overturn three centuries of history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Collateral Damage: Britain, America, and Europe in the Age of Trump
Author: Kim Darroch
Narrator: Kim Darroch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the UK&amp;#039;s most experienced and respected diplomats reveals the inside story behind his resignation—and his perspective on the challenges of Brexit and the Trump White House.  &amp;quot;@realDonaldTrump: The wacky ambassador that the UK foisted on the United States is not someone we are thrilled with, a very stupid guy . . . We will no longer deal with him.&amp;quot;  Kim Darroch is one of the UK&amp;#039;s most experienced and respected diplomats, and this unvarnished, behind-the-scenes account will reveal the inside story behind his resignation; describe the challenges of dealing with the Trump White House; and offer a diplomat&amp;#039;s perspective on Brexit, and how it looked to Britain&amp;#039;s closest ally.  Darroch was the British Ambassador to the US as the age of Trump dawned and Brexit unfolded. He explains why the British embassy expected a Trump victory from as early as February 2016, what part every key figure—from Steve Bannon to Sarah Sanders—has played in Trump&amp;#039;s administration, and what balanced policy makers on both sides of the Atlantic should consider during this era of seismic change and populist politics.  A riveting account from the best-informed insider, Collateral Damage charts the strangest and most convulsive period in the recent history of Britain and the US—and shows how thirty months threatened to overturn three centuries of history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America by Sara Mayeux</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America
Author: Sara Mayeux
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Though often taken for granted, the modern American public defender is a recent invention with a surprisingly contentious history—one that offers insights not only about the &amp;#039;carceral state,&amp;#039; but also about the contours and compromises of twentieth-century liberalism. First gaining appeal amidst the Progressive Era fervor for court reform, the public defender idea was swiftly quashed by elite corporate lawyers who believed the legal profession should remain independent from the state. Public defenders took hold in some localities but not yet as a nationwide standard. By the 1960s, views had shifted. Gideon v. Wainwright enshrined the right to counsel into law and the legal profession mobilized to expand the ranks of public defenders nationwide. Yet within a few years, lawyers had already diagnosed a &amp;#039;crisis&amp;#039; of underfunded, overworked defenders providing inadequate representation—a crisis that persists today. This book shows how these conditions, often attributed to recent fiscal emergencies, have deep roots, and chronicles the intertwined histories of constitutional doctrine, big philanthropy, professional in-fighting, and Cold War culture that made public defenders ubiquitous but embattled figures in American courtrooms.</description>
      <author>Sara Mayeux</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705226681.mp3" length="8395145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705226681.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America
Author: Sara Mayeux
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Though often taken for granted, the modern American public defender is a recent invention with a surprisingly contentious history—one that offers insights not only about the &amp;#039;carceral state,&amp;#039; but also about the contours and compromises of twentieth-century liberalism. First gaining appeal amidst the Progressive Era fervor for court reform, the public defender idea was swiftly quashed by elite corporate lawyers who believed the legal profession should remain independent from the state. Public defenders took hold in some localities but not yet as a nationwide standard. By the 1960s, views had shifted. Gideon v. Wainwright enshrined the right to counsel into law and the legal profession mobilized to expand the ranks of public defenders nationwide. Yet within a few years, lawyers had already diagnosed a &amp;#039;crisis&amp;#039; of underfunded, overworked defenders providing inadequate representation—a crisis that persists today. This book shows how these conditions, often attributed to recent fiscal emergencies, have deep roots, and chronicles the intertwined histories of constitutional doctrine, big philanthropy, professional in-fighting, and Cold War culture that made public defenders ubiquitous but embattled figures in American courtrooms.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Justice: A History of the Public Defender in Twentieth-Century America
Author: Sara Mayeux
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Though often taken for granted, the modern American public defender is a recent invention with a surprisingly contentious history—one that offers insights not only about the &amp;#039;carceral state,&amp;#039; but also about the contours and compromises of twentieth-century liberalism. First gaining appeal amidst the Progressive Era fervor for court reform, the public defender idea was swiftly quashed by elite corporate lawyers who believed the legal profession should remain independent from the state. Public defenders took hold in some localities but not yet as a nationwide standard. By the 1960s, views had shifted. Gideon v. Wainwright enshrined the right to counsel into law and the legal profession mobilized to expand the ranks of public defenders nationwide. Yet within a few years, lawyers had already diagnosed a &amp;#039;crisis&amp;#039; of underfunded, overworked defenders providing inadequate representation—a crisis that persists today. This book shows how these conditions, often attributed to recent fiscal emergencies, have deep roots, and chronicles the intertwined histories of constitutional doctrine, big philanthropy, professional in-fighting, and Cold War culture that made public defenders ubiquitous but embattled figures in American courtrooms.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chinese Communist Espionage: An Intelligence Primer by Peter Mattis, Matthew Brazil</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chinese Communist Espionage: An Intelligence Primer
Author: Peter Mattis, Matthew Brazil
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the first book of its kind to employ hundreds of Chinese sources to explain the history and current state of Chinese Communist intelligence operations. It profiles the leaders, top spies, and important operations in the history of China&amp;#039;s espionage organs, and links to an extensive online glossary of Chinese language intelligence and security terms. Peter Mattis and Matthew Brazil present an unprecedented look into the murky world of Chinese espionage both past and present, enabling a better understanding of how pervasive and important its influence is, both in China and abroad.</description>
      <author>Peter Mattis, Matthew Brazil</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705225981.mp3" length="8428615" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705225981.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chinese Communist Espionage: An Intelligence Primer
Author: Peter Mattis, Matthew Brazil
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the first book of its kind to employ hundreds of Chinese sources to explain the history and current state of Chinese Communist intelligence operations. It profiles the leaders, top spies, and important operations in the history of China&amp;#039;s espionage organs, and links to an extensive online glossary of Chinese language intelligence and security terms. Peter Mattis and Matthew Brazil present an unprecedented look into the murky world of Chinese espionage both past and present, enabling a better understanding of how pervasive and important its influence is, both in China and abroad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424206</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chinese Communist Espionage: An Intelligence Primer
Author: Peter Mattis, Matthew Brazil
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the first book of its kind to employ hundreds of Chinese sources to explain the history and current state of Chinese Communist intelligence operations. It profiles the leaders, top spies, and important operations in the history of China&amp;#039;s espionage organs, and links to an extensive online glossary of Chinese language intelligence and security terms. Peter Mattis and Matthew Brazil present an unprecedented look into the murky world of Chinese espionage both past and present, enabling a better understanding of how pervasive and important its influence is, both in China and abroad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Putin’s Playbook: Russia’s Secret Plan to Defeat America by Rebekah Koffler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin’s Playbook: Russia’s Secret Plan to Defeat America
Author: Rebekah Koffler
Narrator: Joyce Sternton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July 27, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politicians and pundits on both sides of the aisle have accused Russia of interfering with our elections and our intelligence agencies. But the war Russia is waging against America is very different from anything you have heard in the press, as Russian-born US intelligence expert Rebekah Koffler reveals. In Putin’s Playbook, Koffler details how Vladimir Putin is orchestrating a wide-ranging, multifaceted campaign to retake his country’s role as a super-power and to defeat America in the process. Koffler explains the Putin-ordered five-point master plan to defeat America, which includes spies, satellite killers, bombers, lasers, undersea cable cutters, cyber trolls, nuclear missiles, assassinations, and special techniques that Russia uses to distort Americans’ perceptions of reality. Koffler also reveals how Moscow plans to turn our strengths—such as our open, democratic society, the technology that pervades every sphere of our lives, and our aversion to war casualties—into vulnerabilities. Koffler explores the military components of Russia’s strategy, including its powerful arsenal of conventional and nuclear weapons and the advanced new weaponry unveiled the day after the 2018 Trump-Putin Helsinki summit. She details why Moscow views America’s dependency on satellite technology for military operations as our country’s “Achilles’ heel” and alerts readers to the newly erected National Center for State Defense, a wartime structure. Finally, there is a discussion of why Moscow violated the US-Russian Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty (INF). The picture is clear, warns Koffler: Putin is mobilizing his country for the “inevitable” war. Koffler reminds us it’s imperative that the full extent of the Russian threat be revealed, both to those who are increasingly concerned and those who are just beginning to feel uneasy about foreign interference in, and manipulation of, our daily lives. The “warning system,” as Dan Coats, director of National Intelligence, declared, is “blinking red.”</description>
      <author>Rebekah Koffler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982691103.mp3" length="837924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982691103.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin’s Playbook: Russia’s Secret Plan to Defeat America
Author: Rebekah Koffler
Narrator: Joyce Sternton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July 27, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politicians and pundits on both sides of the aisle have accused Russia of interfering with our elections and our intelligence agencies. But the war Russia is waging against America is very different from anything you have heard in the press, as Russian-born US intelligence expert Rebekah Koffler reveals. In Putin’s Playbook, Koffler details how Vladimir Putin is orchestrating a wide-ranging, multifaceted campaign to retake his country’s role as a super-power and to defeat America in the process. Koffler explains the Putin-ordered five-point master plan to defeat America, which includes spies, satellite killers, bombers, lasers, undersea cable cutters, cyber trolls, nuclear missiles, assassinations, and special techniques that Russia uses to distort Americans’ perceptions of reality. Koffler also reveals how Moscow plans to turn our strengths—such as our open, democratic society, the technology that pervades every sphere of our lives, and our aversion to war casualties—into vulnerabilities. Koffler explores the military components of Russia’s strategy, including its powerful arsenal of conventional and nuclear weapons and the advanced new weaponry unveiled the day after the 2018 Trump-Putin Helsinki summit. She details why Moscow views America’s dependency on satellite technology for military operations as our country’s “Achilles’ heel” and alerts readers to the newly erected National Center for State Defense, a wartime structure. Finally, there is a discussion of why Moscow violated the US-Russian Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty (INF). The picture is clear, warns Koffler: Putin is mobilizing his country for the “inevitable” war. Koffler reminds us it’s imperative that the full extent of the Russian threat be revealed, both to those who are increasingly concerned and those who are just beginning to feel uneasy about foreign interference in, and manipulation of, our daily lives. The “warning system,” as Dan Coats, director of National Intelligence, declared, is “blinking red.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423657</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin’s Playbook: Russia’s Secret Plan to Defeat America
Author: Rebekah Koffler
Narrator: Joyce Sternton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July 27, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politicians and pundits on both sides of the aisle have accused Russia of interfering with our elections and our intelligence agencies. But the war Russia is waging against America is very different from anything you have heard in the press, as Russian-born US intelligence expert Rebekah Koffler reveals. In Putin’s Playbook, Koffler details how Vladimir Putin is orchestrating a wide-ranging, multifaceted campaign to retake his country’s role as a super-power and to defeat America in the process. Koffler explains the Putin-ordered five-point master plan to defeat America, which includes spies, satellite killers, bombers, lasers, undersea cable cutters, cyber trolls, nuclear missiles, assassinations, and special techniques that Russia uses to distort Americans’ perceptions of reality. Koffler also reveals how Moscow plans to turn our strengths—such as our open, democratic society, the technology that pervades every sphere of our lives, and our aversion to war casualties—into vulnerabilities. Koffler explores the military components of Russia’s strategy, including its powerful arsenal of conventional and nuclear weapons and the advanced new weaponry unveiled the day after the 2018 Trump-Putin Helsinki summit. She details why Moscow views America’s dependency on satellite technology for military operations as our country’s “Achilles’ heel” and alerts readers to the newly erected National Center for State Defense, a wartime structure. Finally, there is a discussion of why Moscow violated the US-Russian Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces Treaty (INF). The picture is clear, warns Koffler: Putin is mobilizing his country for the “inevitable” war. Koffler reminds us it’s imperative that the full extent of the Russian threat be revealed, both to those who are increasingly concerned and those who are just beginning to feel uneasy about foreign interference in, and manipulation of, our daily lives. The “warning system,” as Dan Coats, director of National Intelligence, declared, is “blinking red.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rivers of Power: How a Natural Force Raised Kingdoms, Destroyed Civilizations, and Shapes Our World by Laurence C. Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rivers of Power: How a Natural Force Raised Kingdoms, Destroyed Civilizations, and Shapes Our World
Author: Laurence C. Smith
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Rivers, more than any road, technology or political event, have shaped the course of civilization. In Rivers of Power, geographer Laurence C. Smith tells the sweeping story of rivers and how they made us. Rivers have opened frontiers, defined borders, supported trade, generated energy and fed billions. Most of our greatest cities stand on river banks or deltas, and our quest for mastery has spurred staggering advances in engineering, science and law. Rivers and their topographic divides have shaped the territories of nations and the migration of peoples, and yet - as their resources become ever more precious - can foster cooperation even among enemy states. And though they are increasingly domesticated, they remain a formidable global force: these vast arterial powers promote life but are capable of destroying everything in their path. From ancient Egypt to the space age to our growing contemporary metropolises, Rivers of Power reveals why rivers matter so profoundly to human civilization, and how they continue to be indispensable to our societies and wellbeing. ©Laurence C. Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Laurence C. Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241473641.mp3" length="1360165" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241473641.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rivers of Power: How a Natural Force Raised Kingdoms, Destroyed Civilizations, and Shapes Our World
Author: Laurence C. Smith
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Rivers, more than any road, technology or political event, have shaped the course of civilization. In Rivers of Power, geographer Laurence C. Smith tells the sweeping story of rivers and how they made us. Rivers have opened frontiers, defined borders, supported trade, generated energy and fed billions. Most of our greatest cities stand on river banks or deltas, and our quest for mastery has spurred staggering advances in engineering, science and law. Rivers and their topographic divides have shaped the territories of nations and the migration of peoples, and yet - as their resources become ever more precious - can foster cooperation even among enemy states. And though they are increasingly domesticated, they remain a formidable global force: these vast arterial powers promote life but are capable of destroying everything in their path. From ancient Egypt to the space age to our growing contemporary metropolises, Rivers of Power reveals why rivers matter so profoundly to human civilization, and how they continue to be indispensable to our societies and wellbeing. ©Laurence C. Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rivers of Power: How a Natural Force Raised Kingdoms, Destroyed Civilizations, and Shapes Our World
Author: Laurence C. Smith
Narrator: Victor Bevine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 5 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Rivers, more than any road, technology or political event, have shaped the course of civilization. In Rivers of Power, geographer Laurence C. Smith tells the sweeping story of rivers and how they made us. Rivers have opened frontiers, defined borders, supported trade, generated energy and fed billions. Most of our greatest cities stand on river banks or deltas, and our quest for mastery has spurred staggering advances in engineering, science and law. Rivers and their topographic divides have shaped the territories of nations and the migration of peoples, and yet - as their resources become ever more precious - can foster cooperation even among enemy states. And though they are increasingly domesticated, they remain a formidable global force: these vast arterial powers promote life but are capable of destroying everything in their path. From ancient Egypt to the space age to our growing contemporary metropolises, Rivers of Power reveals why rivers matter so profoundly to human civilization, and how they continue to be indispensable to our societies and wellbeing. ©Laurence C. Smith 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deceiving the Sky: Inside Communist China&amp;#039;s Drive for Global Supremacy by Bill Gertz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deceiving the Sky: Inside Communist China&amp;#039;s Drive for Global Supremacy
Author: Bill Gertz
Narrator: Claton Butcher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States&amp;#039; approach to China since the Communist regime in Beijing that began the period of reform and opening in the 1980s was based on a promise that trade and engagement with China would result in a peaceful, democratic state. Forty years later, the hope of producing a benign People&amp;#039;s Republic of China utterly failed. The Communist Party of China deceived the West into believing that its system and the Party-ruled People&amp;#039;s Liberation Army were peaceful and posed no threat. In fact, these misguided policies produced the emergence of a Twenty-first Century Evil Empire even more dangerous than a Cold War version in the Soviet Union. Successive American presidential administrations were fooled by ill-advised pro-China policymakers, intelligence analysts, and business leaders who facilitated the rise not of a peaceful China but of a threatening and expansionist nuclear-armed communist dictatorship focused on a single overriding strategic objective: weakening and destroying the United States of America. Defeating the United States is the first step for China&amp;#039;s current rulers in achieving global supremacy under a new world order based on an ideology of Communism with Chinese characteristics. Deceiving the Sky: Inside Communist China&amp;#039;s Drive for Global Supremacy details the failure to understand the nature and activities of the dangers posed by China and what the United States can do in taking needed steps to counter the threats.</description>
      <author>Bill Gertz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666550139.mp3" length="866133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666550139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deceiving the Sky: Inside Communist China&amp;#039;s Drive for Global Supremacy
Author: Bill Gertz
Narrator: Claton Butcher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States&amp;#039; approach to China since the Communist regime in Beijing that began the period of reform and opening in the 1980s was based on a promise that trade and engagement with China would result in a peaceful, democratic state. Forty years later, the hope of producing a benign People&amp;#039;s Republic of China utterly failed. The Communist Party of China deceived the West into believing that its system and the Party-ruled People&amp;#039;s Liberation Army were peaceful and posed no threat. In fact, these misguided policies produced the emergence of a Twenty-first Century Evil Empire even more dangerous than a Cold War version in the Soviet Union. Successive American presidential administrations were fooled by ill-advised pro-China policymakers, intelligence analysts, and business leaders who facilitated the rise not of a peaceful China but of a threatening and expansionist nuclear-armed communist dictatorship focused on a single overriding strategic objective: weakening and destroying the United States of America. Defeating the United States is the first step for China&amp;#039;s current rulers in achieving global supremacy under a new world order based on an ideology of Communism with Chinese characteristics. Deceiving the Sky: Inside Communist China&amp;#039;s Drive for Global Supremacy details the failure to understand the nature and activities of the dangers posed by China and what the United States can do in taking needed steps to counter the threats.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deceiving the Sky: Inside Communist China&amp;#039;s Drive for Global Supremacy
Author: Bill Gertz
Narrator: Claton Butcher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 25 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States&amp;#039; approach to China since the Communist regime in Beijing that began the period of reform and opening in the 1980s was based on a promise that trade and engagement with China would result in a peaceful, democratic state. Forty years later, the hope of producing a benign People&amp;#039;s Republic of China utterly failed. The Communist Party of China deceived the West into believing that its system and the Party-ruled People&amp;#039;s Liberation Army were peaceful and posed no threat. In fact, these misguided policies produced the emergence of a Twenty-first Century Evil Empire even more dangerous than a Cold War version in the Soviet Union. Successive American presidential administrations were fooled by ill-advised pro-China policymakers, intelligence analysts, and business leaders who facilitated the rise not of a peaceful China but of a threatening and expansionist nuclear-armed communist dictatorship focused on a single overriding strategic objective: weakening and destroying the United States of America. Defeating the United States is the first step for China&amp;#039;s current rulers in achieving global supremacy under a new world order based on an ideology of Communism with Chinese characteristics. Deceiving the Sky: Inside Communist China&amp;#039;s Drive for Global Supremacy details the failure to understand the nature and activities of the dangers posed by China and what the United States can do in taking needed steps to counter the threats.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript by Various</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript
Author: Various
Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others.   The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them.   The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures.</description>
      <author>Various</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114927.mp3" length="891827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114927.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript
Author: Various
Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others.   The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them.   The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript
Author: Various
Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others.   The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them.   The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Proof of Corruption: Bribery, Impeachment, and Pandemic in the Age of Trump by Seth Abramson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proof of Corruption: Bribery, Impeachment, and Pandemic in the Age of Trump
Author: Seth Abramson
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the third volume of his Proof series, New York Times bestselling author Seth Abramson takes listeners on a deep dive into the Ukraine scandal, revealing it to be more sinister, complex, and transnational than previously thought. Abramson’s research on Trump administration corruption positions the Ukraine scandal as the foreseeable culmination of years of clandestine machinations involving scores of players, from Beijing to Budapest, Ankara to Caracas, Warsaw to Jerusalem, Kyiv to Riyadh, and Moscow to D.C.   While many know about the July 2019 telephone call that ignited the Ukraine scandal, most don’t know about the concurrent attempts by members of Trump’s inner circle to take over Ukraine’s national gas company and bolster dangerous pro-Kremlin Ukrainian oligarchs—moves that would have benefited Putin and destabilized Ukraine’s government and economy. In Beijing, Trump’s dealings with the Chinese government not only enriched him and his family, but also culminated in him successfully seeking 2020 election interference from Xi Jinping in the form of closely held information about Joe Biden. In Venezuela, many of the actors involved in the Ukraine scandal engaged in similarly secretive, Kremlin-friendly negotiations that undermined U.S. policy. In Syria and Iraq, Trump’s personal indebtedness to autocrats in Turkey, Israel, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE cost untold lives. And Abramson brings the story back to an increasingly fractured and depleted United States, where the COVID-19 pandemic exposes the staggering domestic consequences of the Trump administration’s foreign machinations. In Proof of Corruption, Seth Abramson lays bare Trump’s decades-long pattern of corruption. This globe-spanning narrative is an urgent warning about the unprecedented threat posed by a corrupt president and his administration.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</description>
      <author>Seth Abramson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250776167.mp3" length="1522834" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250776167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proof of Corruption: Bribery, Impeachment, and Pandemic in the Age of Trump
Author: Seth Abramson
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the third volume of his Proof series, New York Times bestselling author Seth Abramson takes listeners on a deep dive into the Ukraine scandal, revealing it to be more sinister, complex, and transnational than previously thought. Abramson’s research on Trump administration corruption positions the Ukraine scandal as the foreseeable culmination of years of clandestine machinations involving scores of players, from Beijing to Budapest, Ankara to Caracas, Warsaw to Jerusalem, Kyiv to Riyadh, and Moscow to D.C.   While many know about the July 2019 telephone call that ignited the Ukraine scandal, most don’t know about the concurrent attempts by members of Trump’s inner circle to take over Ukraine’s national gas company and bolster dangerous pro-Kremlin Ukrainian oligarchs—moves that would have benefited Putin and destabilized Ukraine’s government and economy. In Beijing, Trump’s dealings with the Chinese government not only enriched him and his family, but also culminated in him successfully seeking 2020 election interference from Xi Jinping in the form of closely held information about Joe Biden. In Venezuela, many of the actors involved in the Ukraine scandal engaged in similarly secretive, Kremlin-friendly negotiations that undermined U.S. policy. In Syria and Iraq, Trump’s personal indebtedness to autocrats in Turkey, Israel, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE cost untold lives. And Abramson brings the story back to an increasingly fractured and depleted United States, where the COVID-19 pandemic exposes the staggering domestic consequences of the Trump administration’s foreign machinations. In Proof of Corruption, Seth Abramson lays bare Trump’s decades-long pattern of corruption. This globe-spanning narrative is an urgent warning about the unprecedented threat posed by a corrupt president and his administration.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proof of Corruption: Bribery, Impeachment, and Pandemic in the Age of Trump
Author: Seth Abramson
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the third volume of his Proof series, New York Times bestselling author Seth Abramson takes listeners on a deep dive into the Ukraine scandal, revealing it to be more sinister, complex, and transnational than previously thought. Abramson’s research on Trump administration corruption positions the Ukraine scandal as the foreseeable culmination of years of clandestine machinations involving scores of players, from Beijing to Budapest, Ankara to Caracas, Warsaw to Jerusalem, Kyiv to Riyadh, and Moscow to D.C.   While many know about the July 2019 telephone call that ignited the Ukraine scandal, most don’t know about the concurrent attempts by members of Trump’s inner circle to take over Ukraine’s national gas company and bolster dangerous pro-Kremlin Ukrainian oligarchs—moves that would have benefited Putin and destabilized Ukraine’s government and economy. In Beijing, Trump’s dealings with the Chinese government not only enriched him and his family, but also culminated in him successfully seeking 2020 election interference from Xi Jinping in the form of closely held information about Joe Biden. In Venezuela, many of the actors involved in the Ukraine scandal engaged in similarly secretive, Kremlin-friendly negotiations that undermined U.S. policy. In Syria and Iraq, Trump’s personal indebtedness to autocrats in Turkey, Israel, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE cost untold lives. And Abramson brings the story back to an increasingly fractured and depleted United States, where the COVID-19 pandemic exposes the staggering domestic consequences of the Trump administration’s foreign machinations. In Proof of Corruption, Seth Abramson lays bare Trump’s decades-long pattern of corruption. This globe-spanning narrative is an urgent warning about the unprecedented threat posed by a corrupt president and his administration.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A User&amp;#039;s Guide to Democracy: How America Works by Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A User&amp;#039;s Guide to Democracy: How America Works
Author: Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice
Narrator: Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;An informative and appealing civics lesson for first-time voters and old hands alike.&amp;#039; —Publishers Weekly From Nick Capodice &amp;amp; Hannah McCarthy, the hosts of New Hampshire Public Radio’s Civics 101, and New Yorker cartoonist Tom Toro, A User&amp;#039;s Guide to Democracy is a lively crash course in everything you should know about how the US government works. Do you know what the Secretary of Defense does all day? Are you sure you know the difference between the House and the Senate? Have you been pretending you know what Federalism is for the last 20 years? Don’t worry--you’re not alone. The American government and its processes can be dizzyingly complex and obscure. Until now. Within this audiobook are the keys to knowing what you’re talking about when you argue politics with the uncle you only see at Thanksgiving. It’s the audiobook you&amp;#039;ll use for quick reference when the nightly news boggles your mind. This approachable and informative guide gives you the lowdown on everything from the three branches of government, to what you can actually do to make your vote count, to how our founding documents affect our daily lives. Now is the time to finally understand who does what, how they do it, and the best way to get them to listen to you.   A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books</description>
      <author>Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250770066.mp3" length="1423630" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250770066.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A User&amp;#039;s Guide to Democracy: How America Works
Author: Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice
Narrator: Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;An informative and appealing civics lesson for first-time voters and old hands alike.&amp;#039; —Publishers Weekly From Nick Capodice &amp;amp; Hannah McCarthy, the hosts of New Hampshire Public Radio’s Civics 101, and New Yorker cartoonist Tom Toro, A User&amp;#039;s Guide to Democracy is a lively crash course in everything you should know about how the US government works. Do you know what the Secretary of Defense does all day? Are you sure you know the difference between the House and the Senate? Have you been pretending you know what Federalism is for the last 20 years? Don’t worry--you’re not alone. The American government and its processes can be dizzyingly complex and obscure. Until now. Within this audiobook are the keys to knowing what you’re talking about when you argue politics with the uncle you only see at Thanksgiving. It’s the audiobook you&amp;#039;ll use for quick reference when the nightly news boggles your mind. This approachable and informative guide gives you the lowdown on everything from the three branches of government, to what you can actually do to make your vote count, to how our founding documents affect our daily lives. Now is the time to finally understand who does what, how they do it, and the best way to get them to listen to you.   A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A User&amp;#039;s Guide to Democracy: How America Works
Author: Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice
Narrator: Hannah Mccarthy, Nick Capodice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;An informative and appealing civics lesson for first-time voters and old hands alike.&amp;#039; —Publishers Weekly From Nick Capodice &amp;amp; Hannah McCarthy, the hosts of New Hampshire Public Radio’s Civics 101, and New Yorker cartoonist Tom Toro, A User&amp;#039;s Guide to Democracy is a lively crash course in everything you should know about how the US government works. Do you know what the Secretary of Defense does all day? Are you sure you know the difference between the House and the Senate? Have you been pretending you know what Federalism is for the last 20 years? Don’t worry--you’re not alone. The American government and its processes can be dizzyingly complex and obscure. Until now. Within this audiobook are the keys to knowing what you’re talking about when you argue politics with the uncle you only see at Thanksgiving. It’s the audiobook you&amp;#039;ll use for quick reference when the nightly news boggles your mind. This approachable and informative guide gives you the lowdown on everything from the three branches of government, to what you can actually do to make your vote count, to how our founding documents affect our daily lives. Now is the time to finally understand who does what, how they do it, and the best way to get them to listen to you.   A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Undaunted: My Fight Against America&amp;#039;s Enemies, At Home and Abroad by John O. Brennan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undaunted: My Fight Against America&amp;#039;s Enemies, At Home and Abroad
Author: John O. Brennan
Narrator: John O. Brennan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
**Instant New York Times bestseller** This program is read by the author. A powerful and revelatory memoir from former CIA director John Brennan, spanning his more than thirty years in government. Friday, January 6, 2017: On that day, as always, John Brennan’s alarm clock was set to go off at 4:15 a.m. But nothing else about that day would be routine. That day marked his first and only security briefing with President-elect Donald Trump. And it was also the day John Brennan said his final farewell to Owen Brennan, his father, the man who had taught him the lessons of goodness, integrity, and honor that had shaped the course of an unparalleled career serving his country from within the intelligence community. In this brutally honest memoir, Brennan, the son of an Irish immigrant who settled in New Jersey, describes the life that took him from being a young CIA recruit enamored with the mystique of spy work, secretly defiant enough to drive a motorcycle and sport a diamond earring, and invigorated by his travels in the Middle East to being the most powerful individual in American intelligence. He details his experiences with very different presidents and what it’s been like to bear responsibility for some of the nation’s most crucial and polarizing national security decisions. He pulls back the curtain on the inner workings of the Agency, describing the selfless, patriotic, and invisible work of the women and men involved in national security. He also examines the insularity, arrogance, and myopia that have, at times, undermined its reputation in the eyes of the American people and of members of other branches of government. Through topics ranging from George W. Bush’s intervention in Iraq to his thoughts on the CIA’s controversial use of enhanced interrogation techniques to his eye-opening account of the planning of the raid that resulted in Bin Ladin’s death to his realization that Russia had interfered with the 2016 election, Brennan brings the listener behind the scenes of some of the most crucial moments in recent U.S. history. He also candidly discusses the times he has failed to live up to his own high standards and the very public fallouts that have resulted. With its behind-the-scenes look at how major U.S. national security policies and actions unfolded during his long and distinguished career—especially during his eight years in the Obama administration—John Brennan’s memoir is a work of history with strong implications for the future of America and our country’s relationships with other world powers. Undaunted: My Fight Against America’s Enemies, at Home and Abroad offers a rare and insightful look at the often-obscured world of national security, the intelligence profession, and Washington’s chaotic political environment. But more than that, it is a portrait of a man striving for integrity; for himself, for the CIA, and for his country.   A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books &amp;#039;This self-narrated memoir of the author&amp;#039;s 30 years in public service, culminating in his time as CIA director under Obama, is both absorbing and engaging. Brennan&amp;#039;s diction is clear, and his voice conversational, so listeners truly feel that he is speaking to them...Listeners will be impressed by his candor, and grateful for his service.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine</description>
      <author>John O. Brennan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250754608.mp3" length="1441834" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250754608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undaunted: My Fight Against America&amp;#039;s Enemies, At Home and Abroad
Author: John O. Brennan
Narrator: John O. Brennan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
**Instant New York Times bestseller** This program is read by the author. A powerful and revelatory memoir from former CIA director John Brennan, spanning his more than thirty years in government. Friday, January 6, 2017: On that day, as always, John Brennan’s alarm clock was set to go off at 4:15 a.m. But nothing else about that day would be routine. That day marked his first and only security briefing with President-elect Donald Trump. And it was also the day John Brennan said his final farewell to Owen Brennan, his father, the man who had taught him the lessons of goodness, integrity, and honor that had shaped the course of an unparalleled career serving his country from within the intelligence community. In this brutally honest memoir, Brennan, the son of an Irish immigrant who settled in New Jersey, describes the life that took him from being a young CIA recruit enamored with the mystique of spy work, secretly defiant enough to drive a motorcycle and sport a diamond earring, and invigorated by his travels in the Middle East to being the most powerful individual in American intelligence. He details his experiences with very different presidents and what it’s been like to bear responsibility for some of the nation’s most crucial and polarizing national security decisions. He pulls back the curtain on the inner workings of the Agency, describing the selfless, patriotic, and invisible work of the women and men involved in national security. He also examines the insularity, arrogance, and myopia that have, at times, undermined its reputation in the eyes of the American people and of members of other branches of government. Through topics ranging from George W. Bush’s intervention in Iraq to his thoughts on the CIA’s controversial use of enhanced interrogation techniques to his eye-opening account of the planning of the raid that resulted in Bin Ladin’s death to his realization that Russia had interfered with the 2016 election, Brennan brings the listener behind the scenes of some of the most crucial moments in recent U.S. history. He also candidly discusses the times he has failed to live up to his own high standards and the very public fallouts that have resulted. With its behind-the-scenes look at how major U.S. national security policies and actions unfolded during his long and distinguished career—especially during his eight years in the Obama administration—John Brennan’s memoir is a work of history with strong implications for the future of America and our country’s relationships with other world powers. Undaunted: My Fight Against America’s Enemies, at Home and Abroad offers a rare and insightful look at the often-obscured world of national security, the intelligence profession, and Washington’s chaotic political environment. But more than that, it is a portrait of a man striving for integrity; for himself, for the CIA, and for his country.   A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books &amp;#039;This self-narrated memoir of the author&amp;#039;s 30 years in public service, culminating in his time as CIA director under Obama, is both absorbing and engaging. Brennan&amp;#039;s diction is clear, and his voice conversational, so listeners truly feel that he is speaking to them...Listeners will be impressed by his candor, and grateful for his service.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undaunted: My Fight Against America&amp;#039;s Enemies, At Home and Abroad
Author: John O. Brennan
Narrator: John O. Brennan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
**Instant New York Times bestseller** This program is read by the author. A powerful and revelatory memoir from former CIA director John Brennan, spanning his more than thirty years in government. Friday, January 6, 2017: On that day, as always, John Brennan’s alarm clock was set to go off at 4:15 a.m. But nothing else about that day would be routine. That day marked his first and only security briefing with President-elect Donald Trump. And it was also the day John Brennan said his final farewell to Owen Brennan, his father, the man who had taught him the lessons of goodness, integrity, and honor that had shaped the course of an unparalleled career serving his country from within the intelligence community. In this brutally honest memoir, Brennan, the son of an Irish immigrant who settled in New Jersey, describes the life that took him from being a young CIA recruit enamored with the mystique of spy work, secretly defiant enough to drive a motorcycle and sport a diamond earring, and invigorated by his travels in the Middle East to being the most powerful individual in American intelligence. He details his experiences with very different presidents and what it’s been like to bear responsibility for some of the nation’s most crucial and polarizing national security decisions. He pulls back the curtain on the inner workings of the Agency, describing the selfless, patriotic, and invisible work of the women and men involved in national security. He also examines the insularity, arrogance, and myopia that have, at times, undermined its reputation in the eyes of the American people and of members of other branches of government. Through topics ranging from George W. Bush’s intervention in Iraq to his thoughts on the CIA’s controversial use of enhanced interrogation techniques to his eye-opening account of the planning of the raid that resulted in Bin Ladin’s death to his realization that Russia had interfered with the 2016 election, Brennan brings the listener behind the scenes of some of the most crucial moments in recent U.S. history. He also candidly discusses the times he has failed to live up to his own high standards and the very public fallouts that have resulted. With its behind-the-scenes look at how major U.S. national security policies and actions unfolded during his long and distinguished career—especially during his eight years in the Obama administration—John Brennan’s memoir is a work of history with strong implications for the future of America and our country’s relationships with other world powers. Undaunted: My Fight Against America’s Enemies, at Home and Abroad offers a rare and insightful look at the often-obscured world of national security, the intelligence profession, and Washington’s chaotic political environment. But more than that, it is a portrait of a man striving for integrity; for himself, for the CIA, and for his country.   A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books &amp;#039;This self-narrated memoir of the author&amp;#039;s 30 years in public service, culminating in his time as CIA director under Obama, is both absorbing and engaging. Brennan&amp;#039;s diction is clear, and his voice conversational, so listeners truly feel that he is speaking to them...Listeners will be impressed by his candor, and grateful for his service.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Swedish] - Motståndsrörelser och partisaner by Allt Om Historia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Motståndsrörelser och partisaner
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Håkan Mohede
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
I början av kriget rullar tyska stridsvagnar fram över land efter land, medan människor apatiskt ser på. Efter hand som tyskarnas ockupation blir alltmer brutal växer emellertid motståndsviljan. Fridfulla protester som allsångsträffar i Danmark utvecklas till sabotage och väpnad kamp. I Storbritannien är Winston Churchill snabb att snappa upp signalerna, och redan under sommaren 1940 upprättar han SOE, en hemlig spion- och sabotageorganisation. Churchills första order till SOE är tydlig: &amp;#039;Sätt Europa i brand&amp;#039;. Med hjälp av brittiska agenter kan partisaner spränga broar och fartyg samt kidnappa tyska officerare. Del 18 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; följer motståndskampen, som oavsett var den pågår sker med samma insats: livet.   &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</description>
      <author>Allt Om Historia</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726382488.mp3" length="1380146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726382488.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Motståndsrörelser och partisaner
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Håkan Mohede
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
I början av kriget rullar tyska stridsvagnar fram över land efter land, medan människor apatiskt ser på. Efter hand som tyskarnas ockupation blir alltmer brutal växer emellertid motståndsviljan. Fridfulla protester som allsångsträffar i Danmark utvecklas till sabotage och väpnad kamp. I Storbritannien är Winston Churchill snabb att snappa upp signalerna, och redan under sommaren 1940 upprättar han SOE, en hemlig spion- och sabotageorganisation. Churchills första order till SOE är tydlig: &amp;#039;Sätt Europa i brand&amp;#039;. Med hjälp av brittiska agenter kan partisaner spränga broar och fartyg samt kidnappa tyska officerare. Del 18 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; följer motståndskampen, som oavsett var den pågår sker med samma insats: livet.   &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Motståndsrörelser och partisaner
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Håkan Mohede
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
I början av kriget rullar tyska stridsvagnar fram över land efter land, medan människor apatiskt ser på. Efter hand som tyskarnas ockupation blir alltmer brutal växer emellertid motståndsviljan. Fridfulla protester som allsångsträffar i Danmark utvecklas till sabotage och väpnad kamp. I Storbritannien är Winston Churchill snabb att snappa upp signalerna, och redan under sommaren 1940 upprättar han SOE, en hemlig spion- och sabotageorganisation. Churchills första order till SOE är tydlig: &amp;#039;Sätt Europa i brand&amp;#039;. Med hjälp av brittiska agenter kan partisaner spränga broar och fartyg samt kidnappa tyska officerare. Del 18 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; följer motståndskampen, som oavsett var den pågår sker med samma insats: livet.   &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Swedish] - Döden i öster by Allt Om Historia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Döden i öster
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Sommaren 1944 angriper Röda armén plötsligt Finland på Karelska näset. Efter tre händelselösa år sätter Stalin in en offensiv som ska återta tidigare förlorade landområden. Sovjetunionen har haft framgångar på andra delar av östfronten efter flera års bitter kamp mot nazisterna och vill nu även se framgångar i norr. I Finland håller försvaret stånd så gott det går, men längre söderut är Hitlers arméer nära sammanbrott och Röda armén visar ingen nåd på sin väg mot Berlin. Kvinnor våldtas och fångar behandlas som slavar – en grym hämnd för tyskarnas utrotningskrig efter invasionen av Sovjet 1941. Del 21 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; handlar om kriget i öster. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</description>
      <author>Allt Om Historia</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726382518.mp3" length="1494185" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726382518.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Döden i öster
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Sommaren 1944 angriper Röda armén plötsligt Finland på Karelska näset. Efter tre händelselösa år sätter Stalin in en offensiv som ska återta tidigare förlorade landområden. Sovjetunionen har haft framgångar på andra delar av östfronten efter flera års bitter kamp mot nazisterna och vill nu även se framgångar i norr. I Finland håller försvaret stånd så gott det går, men längre söderut är Hitlers arméer nära sammanbrott och Röda armén visar ingen nåd på sin väg mot Berlin. Kvinnor våldtas och fångar behandlas som slavar – en grym hämnd för tyskarnas utrotningskrig efter invasionen av Sovjet 1941. Del 21 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; handlar om kriget i öster. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Döden i öster
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Sommaren 1944 angriper Röda armén plötsligt Finland på Karelska näset. Efter tre händelselösa år sätter Stalin in en offensiv som ska återta tidigare förlorade landområden. Sovjetunionen har haft framgångar på andra delar av östfronten efter flera års bitter kamp mot nazisterna och vill nu även se framgångar i norr. I Finland håller försvaret stånd så gott det går, men längre söderut är Hitlers arméer nära sammanbrott och Röda armén visar ingen nåd på sin väg mot Berlin. Kvinnor våldtas och fångar behandlas som slavar – en grym hämnd för tyskarnas utrotningskrig efter invasionen av Sovjet 1941. Del 21 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; handlar om kriget i öster. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Swedish] - Kriget blir kallt by Allt Om Historia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Kriget blir kallt
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
När axelmakterna kapitulerar 1945 är sex års fasor äntligen över. Freden är dock inte gammal när hotet om krig åter tornar upp sig. Sovjetunionen och USA ställer sig i spetsen för var sitt block av allierade länder i det kalla krigets konflikt mellan kapitalism och kommunism – en konflikt som lätt kan blossa upp till en världsbrand om supermakterna väljer att avfyra sina nyutvecklade atombomber. Under ett uppror 1956 försöker Ungerns befolkning förgäves slita upp ett hål i den &amp;#039;järnridå&amp;#039; som håller invånarna inspärrade i ett Östeuropa dominerat av Sovjet. Andra blodiga strider utbryter på 1950-talet – inte minst Koreakriget, där miljoner människor dör. Del 24 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; ser närmare på kalla krigets första år. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</description>
      <author>Allt Om Historia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726382549.mp3" length="1252698" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726382549.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Kriget blir kallt
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
När axelmakterna kapitulerar 1945 är sex års fasor äntligen över. Freden är dock inte gammal när hotet om krig åter tornar upp sig. Sovjetunionen och USA ställer sig i spetsen för var sitt block av allierade länder i det kalla krigets konflikt mellan kapitalism och kommunism – en konflikt som lätt kan blossa upp till en världsbrand om supermakterna väljer att avfyra sina nyutvecklade atombomber. Under ett uppror 1956 försöker Ungerns befolkning förgäves slita upp ett hål i den &amp;#039;järnridå&amp;#039; som håller invånarna inspärrade i ett Östeuropa dominerat av Sovjet. Andra blodiga strider utbryter på 1950-talet – inte minst Koreakriget, där miljoner människor dör. Del 24 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; ser närmare på kalla krigets första år. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Kriget blir kallt
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
När axelmakterna kapitulerar 1945 är sex års fasor äntligen över. Freden är dock inte gammal när hotet om krig åter tornar upp sig. Sovjetunionen och USA ställer sig i spetsen för var sitt block av allierade länder i det kalla krigets konflikt mellan kapitalism och kommunism – en konflikt som lätt kan blossa upp till en världsbrand om supermakterna väljer att avfyra sina nyutvecklade atombomber. Under ett uppror 1956 försöker Ungerns befolkning förgäves slita upp ett hål i den &amp;#039;järnridå&amp;#039; som håller invånarna inspärrade i ett Östeuropa dominerat av Sovjet. Andra blodiga strider utbryter på 1950-talet – inte minst Koreakriget, där miljoner människor dör. Del 24 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; ser närmare på kalla krigets första år. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Swedish] - Krigets största misstag by Allt Om Historia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Krigets största misstag
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
I augusti 1940 utsätts Berlin för ett bombanfall. Adolf Hitler blir rasande och beordrar omedelbart att en rad gigantiska luftvärnstorn ska byggas – vart och ett dyrare än stadens olympiska anläggningar. Tornen visar sig dock vara ineffektiva och är ett slöseri med resurser. Hitler slarvar även bort ett bra tillfälle att driva ut britterna ur Nordafrika och lägga beslag på Mellanösterns ovärderliga oljekällor, och till synes utan anledning drar han in stormakten USA i kriget i Europa. Om Adolf Hitler hade hållit huvudet kallt, hade kriget mycket väl kunnat få en annan utgång. Men Führern är inte ensam om att begå ödesdigra misstag, och västmakterna har sig själva att skylla för att diktatorn kan sätta Europa i brand. Del 22 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; fördjupar sig i krigets största misstag. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</description>
      <author>Allt Om Historia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726382525.mp3" length="1341521" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726382525.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Krigets största misstag
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
I augusti 1940 utsätts Berlin för ett bombanfall. Adolf Hitler blir rasande och beordrar omedelbart att en rad gigantiska luftvärnstorn ska byggas – vart och ett dyrare än stadens olympiska anläggningar. Tornen visar sig dock vara ineffektiva och är ett slöseri med resurser. Hitler slarvar även bort ett bra tillfälle att driva ut britterna ur Nordafrika och lägga beslag på Mellanösterns ovärderliga oljekällor, och till synes utan anledning drar han in stormakten USA i kriget i Europa. Om Adolf Hitler hade hållit huvudet kallt, hade kriget mycket väl kunnat få en annan utgång. Men Führern är inte ensam om att begå ödesdigra misstag, och västmakterna har sig själva att skylla för att diktatorn kan sätta Europa i brand. Del 22 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; fördjupar sig i krigets största misstag. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Krigets största misstag
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Gert Lundstedt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
I augusti 1940 utsätts Berlin för ett bombanfall. Adolf Hitler blir rasande och beordrar omedelbart att en rad gigantiska luftvärnstorn ska byggas – vart och ett dyrare än stadens olympiska anläggningar. Tornen visar sig dock vara ineffektiva och är ett slöseri med resurser. Hitler slarvar även bort ett bra tillfälle att driva ut britterna ur Nordafrika och lägga beslag på Mellanösterns ovärderliga oljekällor, och till synes utan anledning drar han in stormakten USA i kriget i Europa. Om Adolf Hitler hade hållit huvudet kallt, hade kriget mycket väl kunnat få en annan utgång. Men Führern är inte ensam om att begå ödesdigra misstag, och västmakterna har sig själva att skylla för att diktatorn kan sätta Europa i brand. Del 22 i serien &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; fördjupar sig i krigets största misstag. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Swedish] - Helvetet på östfronten by Allt Om Historia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Helvetet på östfronten
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Frederick Halbout
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
År 1943 har läget på östfronten vänt. I början av fälttåget krossade tyska stridsvagnar allt motstånd på sin väg över de ryska stäpperna. Nu har de slaviska &amp;#039;undermänniskorna&amp;#039; dock fått övertaget och gjort det vidsträckta landet till ett helvete för Hitlers invasionsstyrka. Nästan 100.000 soldater blir krigsfångar efter slaget vid Stalingrad i början av året. I mitten av juli tillfogar sedan Röda armén den tyska krigsmakten ett avgörande nederlag efter ett taktiskt genidrag i historiens största pansarslag. Även många skandinaver i tysk tjänst deltar i fasorna på östfronten. Axelmakternas motgångar fortsätter i väster, där de allierade går iland på Sicilien. Den väldiga invasionen går bra, eftersom tyskarna tror att landstigningen ska ske på en helt annan plats – framför allt tack vare ett utklätt lik med falska invasionsplaner. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</description>
      <author>Allt Om Historia</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Feb 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726382365.mp3" length="1428087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726382365.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Helvetet på östfronten
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Frederick Halbout
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
År 1943 har läget på östfronten vänt. I början av fälttåget krossade tyska stridsvagnar allt motstånd på sin väg över de ryska stäpperna. Nu har de slaviska &amp;#039;undermänniskorna&amp;#039; dock fått övertaget och gjort det vidsträckta landet till ett helvete för Hitlers invasionsstyrka. Nästan 100.000 soldater blir krigsfångar efter slaget vid Stalingrad i början av året. I mitten av juli tillfogar sedan Röda armén den tyska krigsmakten ett avgörande nederlag efter ett taktiskt genidrag i historiens största pansarslag. Även många skandinaver i tysk tjänst deltar i fasorna på östfronten. Axelmakternas motgångar fortsätter i väster, där de allierade går iland på Sicilien. Den väldiga invasionen går bra, eftersom tyskarna tror att landstigningen ska ske på en helt annan plats – framför allt tack vare ett utklätt lik med falska invasionsplaner. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Helvetet på östfronten
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Frederick Halbout
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
År 1943 har läget på östfronten vänt. I början av fälttåget krossade tyska stridsvagnar allt motstånd på sin väg över de ryska stäpperna. Nu har de slaviska &amp;#039;undermänniskorna&amp;#039; dock fått övertaget och gjort det vidsträckta landet till ett helvete för Hitlers invasionsstyrka. Nästan 100.000 soldater blir krigsfångar efter slaget vid Stalingrad i början av året. I mitten av juli tillfogar sedan Röda armén den tyska krigsmakten ett avgörande nederlag efter ett taktiskt genidrag i historiens största pansarslag. Även många skandinaver i tysk tjänst deltar i fasorna på östfronten. Axelmakternas motgångar fortsätter i väster, där de allierade går iland på Sicilien. Den väldiga invasionen går bra, eftersom tyskarna tror att landstigningen ska ske på en helt annan plats – framför allt tack vare ett utklätt lik med falska invasionsplaner. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Swedish] - Geniala och galna vapen by Allt Om Historia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Geniala och galna vapen
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Björn Löfgren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hitler förfogar vid krigets utbrott över världens starkaste flygvapen. Sommaren 1940 ska Luftwaffes bombplan knäcka Storbritannien, så att landet tvingas sluta fred med Hitler eller blir så försvagat att vägen är banad för en tysk invasion. Britterna har dock ett ess i rockärmen: ett helt nytt jaktplan. Det lilla Spitfire är ytterst lättmanövrerat, och de orädda brittiska piloterna lyckas sätta käppar i Luftwaffes propeller, trots att tyskarnas Messerschmitt Bf 109 på papperet är betydligt bättre. I kampen mot britterna satsar tyskarna i stället på V-1- och V-2-bomber. Flera andra fruktansvärda vapen ligger på ritbordet, men endast ett fåtal hinner bli färdiga. I del 12 av &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; följer vi kapplöpningen fram till atombomben. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</description>
      <author>Allt Om Historia</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726382426.mp3" length="1323029" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726382426.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Geniala och galna vapen
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Björn Löfgren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hitler förfogar vid krigets utbrott över världens starkaste flygvapen. Sommaren 1940 ska Luftwaffes bombplan knäcka Storbritannien, så att landet tvingas sluta fred med Hitler eller blir så försvagat att vägen är banad för en tysk invasion. Britterna har dock ett ess i rockärmen: ett helt nytt jaktplan. Det lilla Spitfire är ytterst lättmanövrerat, och de orädda brittiska piloterna lyckas sätta käppar i Luftwaffes propeller, trots att tyskarnas Messerschmitt Bf 109 på papperet är betydligt bättre. I kampen mot britterna satsar tyskarna i stället på V-1- och V-2-bomber. Flera andra fruktansvärda vapen ligger på ritbordet, men endast ett fåtal hinner bli färdiga. I del 12 av &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; följer vi kapplöpningen fram till atombomben. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Swedish] - Geniala och galna vapen
Author: Allt Om Historia
Narrator: Björn Löfgren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hitler förfogar vid krigets utbrott över världens starkaste flygvapen. Sommaren 1940 ska Luftwaffes bombplan knäcka Storbritannien, så att landet tvingas sluta fred med Hitler eller blir så försvagat att vägen är banad för en tysk invasion. Britterna har dock ett ess i rockärmen: ett helt nytt jaktplan. Det lilla Spitfire är ytterst lättmanövrerat, och de orädda brittiska piloterna lyckas sätta käppar i Luftwaffes propeller, trots att tyskarnas Messerschmitt Bf 109 på papperet är betydligt bättre. I kampen mot britterna satsar tyskarna i stället på V-1- och V-2-bomber. Flera andra fruktansvärda vapen ligger på ritbordet, men endast ett fåtal hinner bli färdiga. I del 12 av &amp;#039;En värld i krig&amp;#039; följer vi kapplöpningen fram till atombomben. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; tar med dig på en halsbrytande resa till svunna tider, så att du kan njuta av historiens största händelser. Följ med tillbaka i tiden – tillbaka till andra världskrigets frontlinjer, vikingarnas räder och egypternas gudsdyrkan. &amp;#039;Allt om Historia&amp;#039; är för dig som vill veta mer om spännande och dramatiska händelser i det förflutna.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum by Joe Meno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum
Author: Joe Meno
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Joe Meno brings a novelist&amp;#039;s eye to the true story of two young men from Ghana and their journey from the unjust political system of their homeland through the chaos of the United States&amp;#039; failing immigration system Long before their chance meeting at a Minneapolis bus station, Ghanaian asylum seekers Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal had already crossed half the world in search of a new home. Seidu, who identifies as bisexual, lived under constant threat of exposure and violence in a country where same-sex acts are illegal. Razak&amp;#039;s life was also threatened after corrupt officials contrived to steal his rightful inheritance. Forced to flee their homeland, both men embarked on separate odysseys through the dangerous jungles and bureaucracies of South, Central, and North America. Like generations of asylum seekers before, they presented themselves legally at the U.S. border, hoping for sanctuary. Instead they were imprisoned in private detention facilities, released only after their asylum pleas were denied. Fearful of returning to Ghana, Seidu and Razak saw no choice but to attempt one final border crossing. Their journey north to Canada in the harsh, unforgiving winter proved more tragic than anything they had experienced before. Based on extensive interviews, Joe Meno&amp;#039;s intimate account builds upon the international media attention Seidu and Razak&amp;#039;s story has already received, highlighting the harrowing journey of asylum seekers everywhere while adding dimension to one of the greatest humanitarian concerns facing the world.</description>
      <author>Joe Meno</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593340448.mp3" length="2559316" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593340448.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum
Author: Joe Meno
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Joe Meno brings a novelist&amp;#039;s eye to the true story of two young men from Ghana and their journey from the unjust political system of their homeland through the chaos of the United States&amp;#039; failing immigration system Long before their chance meeting at a Minneapolis bus station, Ghanaian asylum seekers Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal had already crossed half the world in search of a new home. Seidu, who identifies as bisexual, lived under constant threat of exposure and violence in a country where same-sex acts are illegal. Razak&amp;#039;s life was also threatened after corrupt officials contrived to steal his rightful inheritance. Forced to flee their homeland, both men embarked on separate odysseys through the dangerous jungles and bureaucracies of South, Central, and North America. Like generations of asylum seekers before, they presented themselves legally at the U.S. border, hoping for sanctuary. Instead they were imprisoned in private detention facilities, released only after their asylum pleas were denied. Fearful of returning to Ghana, Seidu and Razak saw no choice but to attempt one final border crossing. Their journey north to Canada in the harsh, unforgiving winter proved more tragic than anything they had experienced before. Based on extensive interviews, Joe Meno&amp;#039;s intimate account builds upon the international media attention Seidu and Razak&amp;#039;s story has already received, highlighting the harrowing journey of asylum seekers everywhere while adding dimension to one of the greatest humanitarian concerns facing the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum
Author: Joe Meno
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Joe Meno brings a novelist&amp;#039;s eye to the true story of two young men from Ghana and their journey from the unjust political system of their homeland through the chaos of the United States&amp;#039; failing immigration system Long before their chance meeting at a Minneapolis bus station, Ghanaian asylum seekers Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal had already crossed half the world in search of a new home. Seidu, who identifies as bisexual, lived under constant threat of exposure and violence in a country where same-sex acts are illegal. Razak&amp;#039;s life was also threatened after corrupt officials contrived to steal his rightful inheritance. Forced to flee their homeland, both men embarked on separate odysseys through the dangerous jungles and bureaucracies of South, Central, and North America. Like generations of asylum seekers before, they presented themselves legally at the U.S. border, hoping for sanctuary. Instead they were imprisoned in private detention facilities, released only after their asylum pleas were denied. Fearful of returning to Ghana, Seidu and Razak saw no choice but to attempt one final border crossing. Their journey north to Canada in the harsh, unforgiving winter proved more tragic than anything they had experienced before. Based on extensive interviews, Joe Meno&amp;#039;s intimate account builds upon the international media attention Seidu and Razak&amp;#039;s story has already received, highlighting the harrowing journey of asylum seekers everywhere while adding dimension to one of the greatest humanitarian concerns facing the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World by H.R. Mcmaster</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World
Author: H.R. Mcmaster
Narrator: H.R. Mcmaster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Lt. General H.R. McMaster, former National Security Advisor during Trump’s administration, a bold assessment of the most critical foreign policy and national security challenges of our age.                       There has been a shift in power since the end of the Cold War. In Battlegrounds, bestselling author, commander, scholar and National Security Advisor H.R. McMaster examines the rising strength of Russia and China, the threat from hostile states Iran and North Korea, the complex battlegrounds in South Asia and the Middle East, and the new arenas of international competition – space, cyberspace and emerging technology.           How can foreign policy, which has across multiple administrations proved itself outdated, misconceived, inconsistent and poorly implemented, be transformed to face the challenges of today? How can Western countries like America and the UK stay relevant, secure and humane? How can we abandon what McMaster calls ‘Strategic Narcissism’ in favour of ‘Strategic Empathy’ – an approach that relies on understanding other nations’ motivations and ideologies?           A groundbreaking reassessment of international security and survival, McMaster gives vital insight to life inside the most powerful office and military force in the world, and makes bold arguments for how to achieve a safer, more peaceful future.</description>
      <author>H.R. Mcmaster</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008410421.mp3" length="1390794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008410421.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World
Author: H.R. Mcmaster
Narrator: H.R. Mcmaster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Lt. General H.R. McMaster, former National Security Advisor during Trump’s administration, a bold assessment of the most critical foreign policy and national security challenges of our age.                       There has been a shift in power since the end of the Cold War. In Battlegrounds, bestselling author, commander, scholar and National Security Advisor H.R. McMaster examines the rising strength of Russia and China, the threat from hostile states Iran and North Korea, the complex battlegrounds in South Asia and the Middle East, and the new arenas of international competition – space, cyberspace and emerging technology.           How can foreign policy, which has across multiple administrations proved itself outdated, misconceived, inconsistent and poorly implemented, be transformed to face the challenges of today? How can Western countries like America and the UK stay relevant, secure and humane? How can we abandon what McMaster calls ‘Strategic Narcissism’ in favour of ‘Strategic Empathy’ – an approach that relies on understanding other nations’ motivations and ideologies?           A groundbreaking reassessment of international security and survival, McMaster gives vital insight to life inside the most powerful office and military force in the world, and makes bold arguments for how to achieve a safer, more peaceful future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World
Author: H.R. Mcmaster
Narrator: H.R. Mcmaster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Lt. General H.R. McMaster, former National Security Advisor during Trump’s administration, a bold assessment of the most critical foreign policy and national security challenges of our age.                       There has been a shift in power since the end of the Cold War. In Battlegrounds, bestselling author, commander, scholar and National Security Advisor H.R. McMaster examines the rising strength of Russia and China, the threat from hostile states Iran and North Korea, the complex battlegrounds in South Asia and the Middle East, and the new arenas of international competition – space, cyberspace and emerging technology.           How can foreign policy, which has across multiple administrations proved itself outdated, misconceived, inconsistent and poorly implemented, be transformed to face the challenges of today? How can Western countries like America and the UK stay relevant, secure and humane? How can we abandon what McMaster calls ‘Strategic Narcissism’ in favour of ‘Strategic Empathy’ – an approach that relies on understanding other nations’ motivations and ideologies?           A groundbreaking reassessment of international security and survival, McMaster gives vital insight to life inside the most powerful office and military force in the world, and makes bold arguments for how to achieve a safer, more peaceful future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Slanted: How the News Media Taught Us to Love Censorship and Hate Journalism by Sharyl Attkisson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Slanted: How the News Media Taught Us to Love Censorship and Hate Journalism
Author: Sharyl Attkisson
Narrator: Sharyl Attkisson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestselling author Sharyl Attkisson takes on the media’s misreporting on Black Lives Matter, coronavirus, Joe Biden, Silicon Valley censorship, and more. When the facts don’t fit their Narrative, the media abandons the facts, not the Narrative. Virtually every piece of information you get through the media has been massaged, shaped, curated, and manipulated before it reaches you. Some of it is censored entirely. The news can no longer be counted on to reflect all the facts. Instead of telling us what happened yesterday, they tell us what’s new in the prepackaged soap opera they’ve been calling the news. For the past four years, five-time Emmy Award–winning investigative journalist and New York Times bestselling author Sharyl Attkisson has been collecting and dissecting alarming incidents tracing the shocking devolution of what used to be the most respected news organizations on the planet. For the first time, top news executives and reporters representing every major national television news outlet—from ABC, CBS, NBC, and CNN to FOX and MSNBC—speak frankly, confiding in Attkisson about the death of the news as they once knew it. Their concern transcends partisan divides. Most frightening of all, a broad campaign in the media has convinced many Americans not only to accept but to demand censorship over journalism. It is a stroke of genius on the part of those seeking to influence public opinion: undermine public confidence in the news, then insist upon “curating” information and divining the “truth.” The thinking is done for you. They’ll decide which pesky facts shouldn’t cross your desk by declaring them false, irrelevant, debunked, unsafe, or out-of-bounds. We have reached a state of utter absurdity, where journalism schools teach students that their own, personal truth or chosen narratives matter more than reality. In Slanted, Attkisson digs into the language of propagandists, the persistence of false media narratives, the driving forces behind today&amp;#039;s dangerous blend of facts and opinion, the abandonment of journalism ethics, and the new, Orwellian definition of what it means to report the news.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Sharyl Attkisson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063033405.mp3" length="1390409" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063033405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Slanted: How the News Media Taught Us to Love Censorship and Hate Journalism
Author: Sharyl Attkisson
Narrator: Sharyl Attkisson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestselling author Sharyl Attkisson takes on the media’s misreporting on Black Lives Matter, coronavirus, Joe Biden, Silicon Valley censorship, and more. When the facts don’t fit their Narrative, the media abandons the facts, not the Narrative. Virtually every piece of information you get through the media has been massaged, shaped, curated, and manipulated before it reaches you. Some of it is censored entirely. The news can no longer be counted on to reflect all the facts. Instead of telling us what happened yesterday, they tell us what’s new in the prepackaged soap opera they’ve been calling the news. For the past four years, five-time Emmy Award–winning investigative journalist and New York Times bestselling author Sharyl Attkisson has been collecting and dissecting alarming incidents tracing the shocking devolution of what used to be the most respected news organizations on the planet. For the first time, top news executives and reporters representing every major national television news outlet—from ABC, CBS, NBC, and CNN to FOX and MSNBC—speak frankly, confiding in Attkisson about the death of the news as they once knew it. Their concern transcends partisan divides. Most frightening of all, a broad campaign in the media has convinced many Americans not only to accept but to demand censorship over journalism. It is a stroke of genius on the part of those seeking to influence public opinion: undermine public confidence in the news, then insist upon “curating” information and divining the “truth.” The thinking is done for you. They’ll decide which pesky facts shouldn’t cross your desk by declaring them false, irrelevant, debunked, unsafe, or out-of-bounds. We have reached a state of utter absurdity, where journalism schools teach students that their own, personal truth or chosen narratives matter more than reality. In Slanted, Attkisson digs into the language of propagandists, the persistence of false media narratives, the driving forces behind today&amp;#039;s dangerous blend of facts and opinion, the abandonment of journalism ethics, and the new, Orwellian definition of what it means to report the news.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Slanted: How the News Media Taught Us to Love Censorship and Hate Journalism
Author: Sharyl Attkisson
Narrator: Sharyl Attkisson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestselling author Sharyl Attkisson takes on the media’s misreporting on Black Lives Matter, coronavirus, Joe Biden, Silicon Valley censorship, and more. When the facts don’t fit their Narrative, the media abandons the facts, not the Narrative. Virtually every piece of information you get through the media has been massaged, shaped, curated, and manipulated before it reaches you. Some of it is censored entirely. The news can no longer be counted on to reflect all the facts. Instead of telling us what happened yesterday, they tell us what’s new in the prepackaged soap opera they’ve been calling the news. For the past four years, five-time Emmy Award–winning investigative journalist and New York Times bestselling author Sharyl Attkisson has been collecting and dissecting alarming incidents tracing the shocking devolution of what used to be the most respected news organizations on the planet. For the first time, top news executives and reporters representing every major national television news outlet—from ABC, CBS, NBC, and CNN to FOX and MSNBC—speak frankly, confiding in Attkisson about the death of the news as they once knew it. Their concern transcends partisan divides. Most frightening of all, a broad campaign in the media has convinced many Americans not only to accept but to demand censorship over journalism. It is a stroke of genius on the part of those seeking to influence public opinion: undermine public confidence in the news, then insist upon “curating” information and divining the “truth.” The thinking is done for you. They’ll decide which pesky facts shouldn’t cross your desk by declaring them false, irrelevant, debunked, unsafe, or out-of-bounds. We have reached a state of utter absurdity, where journalism schools teach students that their own, personal truth or chosen narratives matter more than reality. In Slanted, Attkisson digs into the language of propagandists, the persistence of false media narratives, the driving forces behind today&amp;#039;s dangerous blend of facts and opinion, the abandonment of journalism ethics, and the new, Orwellian definition of what it means to report the news.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mussolini&amp;#039;s War: Fascist Italy from Triumph to Collapse, 1935-1943 by John Gooch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mussolini&amp;#039;s War: Fascist Italy from Triumph to Collapse, 1935-1943
Author: John Gooch
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. While staying closely aligned with Hitler, Mussolini remained carefully neutral until the summer of 1940. Then, with the wholly unexpected and sudden collapse of the French and British armies, Mussolini declared war on the Allies in the hope of making territorial gains in southern France and Africa. This decision proved a horrifying miscalculation, dooming Italy to its own prolonged and unwinnable war, immense casualties and an Allied invasion in 1943 which ushered in a terrible new era for the country. John Gooch&amp;#039;s new book is the definitive account of Italy&amp;#039;s war experience. Beginning with the invasion of Abyssinia and ending with Mussolini&amp;#039;s arrest, Gooch brilliantly portrays the nightmare of a country with too small an industrial sector, too incompetent a leadership and too many fronts on which to fight. Everywhere - whether in the USSR, the Western Desert or the Balkans - Italian troops found themselves against either better-equipped or more motivated enemies. The result was a war entirely at odds with the dreams of pre-war Italian planners - a series of desperate improvizations against Allies who could draw on global resources and against whom Italy proved helpless. This remarkable book rightly shows the centrality of Italy to the war, outlining the brief rise and disastrous fall of the Italian military campaign. © John Gooch 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>John Gooch</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241472316.mp3" length="1423917" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241472316.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mussolini&amp;#039;s War: Fascist Italy from Triumph to Collapse, 1935-1943
Author: John Gooch
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. While staying closely aligned with Hitler, Mussolini remained carefully neutral until the summer of 1940. Then, with the wholly unexpected and sudden collapse of the French and British armies, Mussolini declared war on the Allies in the hope of making territorial gains in southern France and Africa. This decision proved a horrifying miscalculation, dooming Italy to its own prolonged and unwinnable war, immense casualties and an Allied invasion in 1943 which ushered in a terrible new era for the country. John Gooch&amp;#039;s new book is the definitive account of Italy&amp;#039;s war experience. Beginning with the invasion of Abyssinia and ending with Mussolini&amp;#039;s arrest, Gooch brilliantly portrays the nightmare of a country with too small an industrial sector, too incompetent a leadership and too many fronts on which to fight. Everywhere - whether in the USSR, the Western Desert or the Balkans - Italian troops found themselves against either better-equipped or more motivated enemies. The result was a war entirely at odds with the dreams of pre-war Italian planners - a series of desperate improvizations against Allies who could draw on global resources and against whom Italy proved helpless. This remarkable book rightly shows the centrality of Italy to the war, outlining the brief rise and disastrous fall of the Italian military campaign. © John Gooch 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mussolini&amp;#039;s War: Fascist Italy from Triumph to Collapse, 1935-1943
Author: John Gooch
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. While staying closely aligned with Hitler, Mussolini remained carefully neutral until the summer of 1940. Then, with the wholly unexpected and sudden collapse of the French and British armies, Mussolini declared war on the Allies in the hope of making territorial gains in southern France and Africa. This decision proved a horrifying miscalculation, dooming Italy to its own prolonged and unwinnable war, immense casualties and an Allied invasion in 1943 which ushered in a terrible new era for the country. John Gooch&amp;#039;s new book is the definitive account of Italy&amp;#039;s war experience. Beginning with the invasion of Abyssinia and ending with Mussolini&amp;#039;s arrest, Gooch brilliantly portrays the nightmare of a country with too small an industrial sector, too incompetent a leadership and too many fronts on which to fight. Everywhere - whether in the USSR, the Western Desert or the Balkans - Italian troops found themselves against either better-equipped or more motivated enemies. The result was a war entirely at odds with the dreams of pre-war Italian planners - a series of desperate improvizations against Allies who could draw on global resources and against whom Italy proved helpless. This remarkable book rightly shows the centrality of Italy to the war, outlining the brief rise and disastrous fall of the Italian military campaign. © John Gooch 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Make Love to a Despot: An Alternative Foreign Policy for the Twenty-First Century by Stephen D. Krasner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Make Love to a Despot: An Alternative Foreign Policy for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Stephen D. Krasner
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Since the end of the Second World War, the United States has sunk hundreds of billions of dollars into foreign economies in the hope that its investments would help remake the world in its own image—or, at the very least, make the world &amp;#039;safe for democracy.&amp;#039; So far, the returns have been disappointing, to say the least. Pushing for fair and free elections in undemocratic countries has added to the casualty count, rather than taken away from it, and trying to eliminate corruption entirely has precluded the elimination of some of the worst forms of corruption. In the Middle East, for example, post-9/11 interventionist campaigns in Afghanistan and Iraq have proved to be long, costly, and, worst of all, ineffective. Witnessing the failure of the utopian vision of a world full of market-oriented democracies, many observers, both on the right and the left, have begun to embrace a dystopian vision in which the United States can do nothing and save no one. Accordingly, calls to halt all assistance in undemocratic countries have grown louder. But, as Stephen D. Krasner explains, this cannot be an option: weak and poorly governed states pose a threat to our stability. In the era of nuclear weapons and biological warfare, ignoring troubled countries puts millions of American lives at risk.</description>
      <author>Stephen D. Krasner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684578160.mp3" length="8425208" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684578160.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Make Love to a Despot: An Alternative Foreign Policy for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Stephen D. Krasner
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Since the end of the Second World War, the United States has sunk hundreds of billions of dollars into foreign economies in the hope that its investments would help remake the world in its own image—or, at the very least, make the world &amp;#039;safe for democracy.&amp;#039; So far, the returns have been disappointing, to say the least. Pushing for fair and free elections in undemocratic countries has added to the casualty count, rather than taken away from it, and trying to eliminate corruption entirely has precluded the elimination of some of the worst forms of corruption. In the Middle East, for example, post-9/11 interventionist campaigns in Afghanistan and Iraq have proved to be long, costly, and, worst of all, ineffective. Witnessing the failure of the utopian vision of a world full of market-oriented democracies, many observers, both on the right and the left, have begun to embrace a dystopian vision in which the United States can do nothing and save no one. Accordingly, calls to halt all assistance in undemocratic countries have grown louder. But, as Stephen D. Krasner explains, this cannot be an option: weak and poorly governed states pose a threat to our stability. In the era of nuclear weapons and biological warfare, ignoring troubled countries puts millions of American lives at risk.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Make Love to a Despot: An Alternative Foreign Policy for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Stephen D. Krasner
Narrator: David De Vries
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Since the end of the Second World War, the United States has sunk hundreds of billions of dollars into foreign economies in the hope that its investments would help remake the world in its own image—or, at the very least, make the world &amp;#039;safe for democracy.&amp;#039; So far, the returns have been disappointing, to say the least. Pushing for fair and free elections in undemocratic countries has added to the casualty count, rather than taken away from it, and trying to eliminate corruption entirely has precluded the elimination of some of the worst forms of corruption. In the Middle East, for example, post-9/11 interventionist campaigns in Afghanistan and Iraq have proved to be long, costly, and, worst of all, ineffective. Witnessing the failure of the utopian vision of a world full of market-oriented democracies, many observers, both on the right and the left, have begun to embrace a dystopian vision in which the United States can do nothing and save no one. Accordingly, calls to halt all assistance in undemocratic countries have grown louder. But, as Stephen D. Krasner explains, this cannot be an option: weak and poorly governed states pose a threat to our stability. In the era of nuclear weapons and biological warfare, ignoring troubled countries puts millions of American lives at risk.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>China and the World by David Shambaugh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China and the World
Author: David Shambaugh
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As the world evolves in increasingly unpredictable directions, one of the key determinants of the future global order will surely be the impact of China. No country and no society can escape China&amp;#039;s reach-indeed many seek its embrace. China brings benefits to many-but it&amp;#039;s also a problematic interlocutor for others.   In China and the World, one of the world&amp;#039;s leading China specialists David Shambaugh has assembled fifteen leading international authorities on China to create the most comprehensive and up-to-date scholarly assessment of China&amp;#039;s foreign relations and roles in international affairs. The volume covers China&amp;#039;s contemporary position in all regions of the world, with all major powers, and across multiple arenas of China&amp;#039;s international interactions. It also explores the sources of China&amp;#039;s grand strategy, how the past shapes the present, and the impact of domestic factors that shape China&amp;#039;s external behavior.    China and the World is a uniquely focused and well-organized volume that provides many insights into China&amp;#039;s calculations and behavior, and identifies a number of challenges China will face in the future.</description>
      <author>David Shambaugh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705224380.mp3" length="8668741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705224380.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China and the World
Author: David Shambaugh
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As the world evolves in increasingly unpredictable directions, one of the key determinants of the future global order will surely be the impact of China. No country and no society can escape China&amp;#039;s reach-indeed many seek its embrace. China brings benefits to many-but it&amp;#039;s also a problematic interlocutor for others.   In China and the World, one of the world&amp;#039;s leading China specialists David Shambaugh has assembled fifteen leading international authorities on China to create the most comprehensive and up-to-date scholarly assessment of China&amp;#039;s foreign relations and roles in international affairs. The volume covers China&amp;#039;s contemporary position in all regions of the world, with all major powers, and across multiple arenas of China&amp;#039;s international interactions. It also explores the sources of China&amp;#039;s grand strategy, how the past shapes the present, and the impact of domestic factors that shape China&amp;#039;s external behavior.    China and the World is a uniquely focused and well-organized volume that provides many insights into China&amp;#039;s calculations and behavior, and identifies a number of challenges China will face in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China and the World
Author: David Shambaugh
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As the world evolves in increasingly unpredictable directions, one of the key determinants of the future global order will surely be the impact of China. No country and no society can escape China&amp;#039;s reach-indeed many seek its embrace. China brings benefits to many-but it&amp;#039;s also a problematic interlocutor for others.   In China and the World, one of the world&amp;#039;s leading China specialists David Shambaugh has assembled fifteen leading international authorities on China to create the most comprehensive and up-to-date scholarly assessment of China&amp;#039;s foreign relations and roles in international affairs. The volume covers China&amp;#039;s contemporary position in all regions of the world, with all major powers, and across multiple arenas of China&amp;#039;s international interactions. It also explores the sources of China&amp;#039;s grand strategy, how the past shapes the present, and the impact of domestic factors that shape China&amp;#039;s external behavior.    China and the World is a uniquely focused and well-organized volume that provides many insights into China&amp;#039;s calculations and behavior, and identifies a number of challenges China will face in the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Behind the Kingdom&amp;#039;s Veil: Inside the New Saudi Arabia Under Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman by Susanne Koelbl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Behind the Kingdom&amp;#039;s Veil: Inside the New Saudi Arabia Under Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman
Author: Susanne Koelbl
Narrator: Rebecca Gibel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Take a deep dive behind the veils and walls of one of the world&amp;#039;s most secretive countries. Learn how religious extremism and oppression of women over the past forty years support a single goal–preserving the power of the House of Saud. Saudi Arabia plays a key world role yet few have first-hand knowledge of who lives, suffers, and wields power there. Now, Susanne Koelbl, award-winning military and foreign correspondent for the German news magazine Der Spiegel, unveils many secrets of this mysterious kingdom. As a journalist, for years Koelbl has traveled throughout the Middle East, and specifically Saudi Arabia, and recently lived in Riyadh during the most dramatic changes since the country&amp;#039;s founding. She has long cultivated relationships on every level of Saudi society and is equally at ease with ultra-conservative Wahhabi preachers, oppositionists, and women from all walks of life. Chapter-by-chapter the black box that is Saudi Arabia opens. Become an eyewitness to the inner workings of the new as well as the traditional Saudi Arabia. Learn about the not-so-obvious facts of Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s history, politics and customs. Understand the intricate and often hidden power relations within the kingdom.</description>
      <author>Susanne Koelbl</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705213544.mp3" length="7855914" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705213544.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Behind the Kingdom&amp;#039;s Veil: Inside the New Saudi Arabia Under Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman
Author: Susanne Koelbl
Narrator: Rebecca Gibel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Take a deep dive behind the veils and walls of one of the world&amp;#039;s most secretive countries. Learn how religious extremism and oppression of women over the past forty years support a single goal–preserving the power of the House of Saud. Saudi Arabia plays a key world role yet few have first-hand knowledge of who lives, suffers, and wields power there. Now, Susanne Koelbl, award-winning military and foreign correspondent for the German news magazine Der Spiegel, unveils many secrets of this mysterious kingdom. As a journalist, for years Koelbl has traveled throughout the Middle East, and specifically Saudi Arabia, and recently lived in Riyadh during the most dramatic changes since the country&amp;#039;s founding. She has long cultivated relationships on every level of Saudi society and is equally at ease with ultra-conservative Wahhabi preachers, oppositionists, and women from all walks of life. Chapter-by-chapter the black box that is Saudi Arabia opens. Become an eyewitness to the inner workings of the new as well as the traditional Saudi Arabia. Learn about the not-so-obvious facts of Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s history, politics and customs. Understand the intricate and often hidden power relations within the kingdom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Behind the Kingdom&amp;#039;s Veil: Inside the New Saudi Arabia Under Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman
Author: Susanne Koelbl
Narrator: Rebecca Gibel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Take a deep dive behind the veils and walls of one of the world&amp;#039;s most secretive countries. Learn how religious extremism and oppression of women over the past forty years support a single goal–preserving the power of the House of Saud. Saudi Arabia plays a key world role yet few have first-hand knowledge of who lives, suffers, and wields power there. Now, Susanne Koelbl, award-winning military and foreign correspondent for the German news magazine Der Spiegel, unveils many secrets of this mysterious kingdom. As a journalist, for years Koelbl has traveled throughout the Middle East, and specifically Saudi Arabia, and recently lived in Riyadh during the most dramatic changes since the country&amp;#039;s founding. She has long cultivated relationships on every level of Saudi society and is equally at ease with ultra-conservative Wahhabi preachers, oppositionists, and women from all walks of life. Chapter-by-chapter the black box that is Saudi Arabia opens. Become an eyewitness to the inner workings of the new as well as the traditional Saudi Arabia. Learn about the not-so-obvious facts of Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s history, politics and customs. Understand the intricate and often hidden power relations within the kingdom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everything in Moderation by Daniel Finkelstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everything in Moderation
Author: Daniel Finkelstein
Narrator: Daniel Finkelstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ve never met Danny Finkelstein but I think I&amp;#039;m in love with him. His book is such good company – sane, intelligent and witty. He deals with serious subjects in an immensely readable way … If I&amp;#039;m asked to nominate my book of the year, this will be it&amp;#039; WENDY COPE                      Writing on everything from a defence of suburban life and moderate politics to big ideas and pop culture, Daniel Finkelstein is one of the UK’s most entertaining and widely read columnists.           This collection brings together Finkelstein’s greatest writings from The Times, ranging from the personal – with his articles on growing up Jewish in Hendon Central and on the deaths of both of his parents – to the political, with columns on how to predict elections, the way political science showed us Ed Miliband was on his way to defeat, and why the base rate of coups meant Jeremy Corbyn wouldn’t be ousted before an election.           Wry, informed and often brilliantly funny, these pieces zip between Walt Disney, Hilary Clinton, David Bowie, Margaret Thatcher, Clement Attlee and Muhammed Ali. They make arguments about football, assisted dying, the art of becoming Prime Minister and the musical Hamilton. Cutting through the chatter to get to the centre of politics and culture, this varied and stimulating book gives an eclectic insight into the biggest conversations of the modern day. Everything is here. In moderation of course.</description>
      <author>Daniel Finkelstein</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008356637.mp3" length="1436057" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008356637.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everything in Moderation
Author: Daniel Finkelstein
Narrator: Daniel Finkelstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ve never met Danny Finkelstein but I think I&amp;#039;m in love with him. His book is such good company – sane, intelligent and witty. He deals with serious subjects in an immensely readable way … If I&amp;#039;m asked to nominate my book of the year, this will be it&amp;#039; WENDY COPE                      Writing on everything from a defence of suburban life and moderate politics to big ideas and pop culture, Daniel Finkelstein is one of the UK’s most entertaining and widely read columnists.           This collection brings together Finkelstein’s greatest writings from The Times, ranging from the personal – with his articles on growing up Jewish in Hendon Central and on the deaths of both of his parents – to the political, with columns on how to predict elections, the way political science showed us Ed Miliband was on his way to defeat, and why the base rate of coups meant Jeremy Corbyn wouldn’t be ousted before an election.           Wry, informed and often brilliantly funny, these pieces zip between Walt Disney, Hilary Clinton, David Bowie, Margaret Thatcher, Clement Attlee and Muhammed Ali. They make arguments about football, assisted dying, the art of becoming Prime Minister and the musical Hamilton. Cutting through the chatter to get to the centre of politics and culture, this varied and stimulating book gives an eclectic insight into the biggest conversations of the modern day. Everything is here. In moderation of course.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everything in Moderation
Author: Daniel Finkelstein
Narrator: Daniel Finkelstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ve never met Danny Finkelstein but I think I&amp;#039;m in love with him. His book is such good company – sane, intelligent and witty. He deals with serious subjects in an immensely readable way … If I&amp;#039;m asked to nominate my book of the year, this will be it&amp;#039; WENDY COPE                      Writing on everything from a defence of suburban life and moderate politics to big ideas and pop culture, Daniel Finkelstein is one of the UK’s most entertaining and widely read columnists.           This collection brings together Finkelstein’s greatest writings from The Times, ranging from the personal – with his articles on growing up Jewish in Hendon Central and on the deaths of both of his parents – to the political, with columns on how to predict elections, the way political science showed us Ed Miliband was on his way to defeat, and why the base rate of coups meant Jeremy Corbyn wouldn’t be ousted before an election.           Wry, informed and often brilliantly funny, these pieces zip between Walt Disney, Hilary Clinton, David Bowie, Margaret Thatcher, Clement Attlee and Muhammed Ali. They make arguments about football, assisted dying, the art of becoming Prime Minister and the musical Hamilton. Cutting through the chatter to get to the centre of politics and culture, this varied and stimulating book gives an eclectic insight into the biggest conversations of the modern day. Everything is here. In moderation of course.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gulag Archipelago Volume 3: An Experiment in Literary Investigation by Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 3: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 3 of the Nobel Prize winner’s towering masterpiece: Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s moving account of resistance within the Soviet labor camps and his own release after eight years. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</description>
      <author>Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063045224.mp3" length="1462059" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063045224.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 3: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 3 of the Nobel Prize winner’s towering masterpiece: Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s moving account of resistance within the Soviet labor camps and his own release after eight years. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 3: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 3 of the Nobel Prize winner’s towering masterpiece: Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s moving account of resistance within the Soviet labor camps and his own release after eight years. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gulag Archipelago Volume 1: An Experiment in Literary Investigation by Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 1: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 1 of the gripping epic masterpiece, Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s chilling report of his arrest and interrogation, which exposed to the world the vast bureaucracy of secret police that haunted Soviet society. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, The New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</description>
      <author>Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063045187.mp3" length="1439258" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063045187.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 1: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 1 of the gripping epic masterpiece, Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s chilling report of his arrest and interrogation, which exposed to the world the vast bureaucracy of secret police that haunted Soviet society. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, The New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422107</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 1: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 1 of the gripping epic masterpiece, Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s chilling report of his arrest and interrogation, which exposed to the world the vast bureaucracy of secret police that haunted Soviet society. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, The New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gulag Archipelago Volume 2: An Experiment in Literary Investigation by Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 2: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 2 of the Nobel Prize-winner’s towering masterpiece: the story of Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s entrance into the Soviet prison camps, where he would remain for nearly a decade. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, The New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</description>
      <author>Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063045200.mp3" length="1426833" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063045200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>27:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 2: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 2 of the Nobel Prize-winner’s towering masterpiece: the story of Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s entrance into the Soviet prison camps, where he would remain for nearly a decade. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, The New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gulag Archipelago Volume 2: An Experiment in Literary Investigation
Author: Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn
Narrator: Frederick Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“BEST NONFICTION BOOK OF THE 20TH CENTURY.” —Time Volume 2 of the Nobel Prize-winner’s towering masterpiece: the story of Solzhenitsyn&amp;#039;s entrance into the Soviet prison camps, where he would remain for nearly a decade. Features a new foreword by Anne Applebaum. “The greatest and most powerful single indictment of a political regime ever leveled in modern times.” —George F. Kennan “It is impossible to name a book that had a greater effect on the political and moral consciousness of the late twentieth century.” —David Remnick, The New Yorker “Solzhenitsyn’s masterpiece. . . . The Gulag Archipelago helped create the world we live in today.” —Anne Applebaum, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Gulag: A History, from the foreword</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Policing the Open Road: How Cars Transformed American Freedom by Sarah A. Seo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Policing the Open Road: How Cars Transformed American Freedom
Author: Sarah A. Seo
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How the rise of the car, the symbol of American personal freedom, inadvertently led to ever more intrusive policing―with disastrous consequences for racial equality in our criminal justice system. When Americans think of freedom, they often picture the open road. Yet nowhere are we more likely to encounter the long arm of the law than in our cars. Sarah Seo reveals how the rise of the automobile led us to accept―and expect―pervasive police power. As Policing the Open Road makes clear, this radical transformation in the nature and meaning of American freedom has had far-reaching political and legal consequences. Before the twentieth century, most Americans rarely came into contact with police officers. But with more and more drivers behind the wheel, police departments rapidly expanded their forces and increased officers’ authority to stop citizens who violated traffic laws. The Fourth Amendment―the constitutional protection against unreasonable searches and seizures―did not effectively shield individuals from government intrusion while driving. Instead, jurists interpreted the amendment narrowly. In a society dependent on cars, everyone―the law-breaking and law-abiding alike―would be subject to discretionary policing. Seo overturns prevailing interpretations of the Warren Court’s due process revolution. The justices’ efforts to protect Americans did more to accommodate than to limit police intervention, and the new criminal procedures inadvertently sanctioned discrimination by officers of the law. Constitutional challenges to traffic stops largely failed, and motorists “driving while black” had little recourse to question police demands. Seo shows how procedures designed to safeguard us on the road ultimately undermined the nation’s commitment to equal protection before the law.</description>
      <author>Sarah A. Seo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094088129.mp3" length="830560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094088129.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Policing the Open Road: How Cars Transformed American Freedom
Author: Sarah A. Seo
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How the rise of the car, the symbol of American personal freedom, inadvertently led to ever more intrusive policing―with disastrous consequences for racial equality in our criminal justice system. When Americans think of freedom, they often picture the open road. Yet nowhere are we more likely to encounter the long arm of the law than in our cars. Sarah Seo reveals how the rise of the automobile led us to accept―and expect―pervasive police power. As Policing the Open Road makes clear, this radical transformation in the nature and meaning of American freedom has had far-reaching political and legal consequences. Before the twentieth century, most Americans rarely came into contact with police officers. But with more and more drivers behind the wheel, police departments rapidly expanded their forces and increased officers’ authority to stop citizens who violated traffic laws. The Fourth Amendment―the constitutional protection against unreasonable searches and seizures―did not effectively shield individuals from government intrusion while driving. Instead, jurists interpreted the amendment narrowly. In a society dependent on cars, everyone―the law-breaking and law-abiding alike―would be subject to discretionary policing. Seo overturns prevailing interpretations of the Warren Court’s due process revolution. The justices’ efforts to protect Americans did more to accommodate than to limit police intervention, and the new criminal procedures inadvertently sanctioned discrimination by officers of the law. Constitutional challenges to traffic stops largely failed, and motorists “driving while black” had little recourse to question police demands. Seo shows how procedures designed to safeguard us on the road ultimately undermined the nation’s commitment to equal protection before the law.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Policing the Open Road: How Cars Transformed American Freedom
Author: Sarah A. Seo
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How the rise of the car, the symbol of American personal freedom, inadvertently led to ever more intrusive policing―with disastrous consequences for racial equality in our criminal justice system. When Americans think of freedom, they often picture the open road. Yet nowhere are we more likely to encounter the long arm of the law than in our cars. Sarah Seo reveals how the rise of the automobile led us to accept―and expect―pervasive police power. As Policing the Open Road makes clear, this radical transformation in the nature and meaning of American freedom has had far-reaching political and legal consequences. Before the twentieth century, most Americans rarely came into contact with police officers. But with more and more drivers behind the wheel, police departments rapidly expanded their forces and increased officers’ authority to stop citizens who violated traffic laws. The Fourth Amendment―the constitutional protection against unreasonable searches and seizures―did not effectively shield individuals from government intrusion while driving. Instead, jurists interpreted the amendment narrowly. In a society dependent on cars, everyone―the law-breaking and law-abiding alike―would be subject to discretionary policing. Seo overturns prevailing interpretations of the Warren Court’s due process revolution. The justices’ efforts to protect Americans did more to accommodate than to limit police intervention, and the new criminal procedures inadvertently sanctioned discrimination by officers of the law. Constitutional challenges to traffic stops largely failed, and motorists “driving while black” had little recourse to question police demands. Seo shows how procedures designed to safeguard us on the road ultimately undermined the nation’s commitment to equal protection before the law.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metropolis: A History of the City, Humankind&amp;#039;s Greatest Invention by Ben Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metropolis: A History of the City, Humankind&amp;#039;s Greatest Invention
Author: Ben Wilson
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In a captivating tour of cities famous and forgotten, acclaimed historian Ben Wilson tells the glorious, millennia-spanning story how urban living sparked humankind&amp;#039;s greatest innovations.    “A towering achievement.... Reading this book is like visiting an exhilarating city for the first time—dazzling.” —The Wall Street Journal During the two hundred millennia of humanity’s existence, nothing has shaped us more profoundly than the city. From their very beginnings, cities created such a flourishing of human endeavor—new professions, new forms of art, worship and trade—that they kick-started civilization. Guiding us through the centuries, Wilson reveals the innovations nurtured by the inimitable energy of human beings together: civics in the agora of Athens, global trade in ninth-century Baghdad, finance in the coffeehouses of London, domestic comforts in the heart of Amsterdam, peacocking in Belle Époque Paris. In the modern age, the skyscrapers of New York City inspired utopian visions of community design, while the trees of twenty-first-century Seattle and Shanghai point to a sustainable future in the age of climate change. Page-turning, irresistible, and rich with engrossing detail, Metropolis is a brilliant demonstration that the story of human civilization is the story of cities.</description>
      <author>Ben Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593293218.mp3" length="2757025" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593293218.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metropolis: A History of the City, Humankind&amp;#039;s Greatest Invention
Author: Ben Wilson
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In a captivating tour of cities famous and forgotten, acclaimed historian Ben Wilson tells the glorious, millennia-spanning story how urban living sparked humankind&amp;#039;s greatest innovations.    “A towering achievement.... Reading this book is like visiting an exhilarating city for the first time—dazzling.” —The Wall Street Journal During the two hundred millennia of humanity’s existence, nothing has shaped us more profoundly than the city. From their very beginnings, cities created such a flourishing of human endeavor—new professions, new forms of art, worship and trade—that they kick-started civilization. Guiding us through the centuries, Wilson reveals the innovations nurtured by the inimitable energy of human beings together: civics in the agora of Athens, global trade in ninth-century Baghdad, finance in the coffeehouses of London, domestic comforts in the heart of Amsterdam, peacocking in Belle Époque Paris. In the modern age, the skyscrapers of New York City inspired utopian visions of community design, while the trees of twenty-first-century Seattle and Shanghai point to a sustainable future in the age of climate change. Page-turning, irresistible, and rich with engrossing detail, Metropolis is a brilliant demonstration that the story of human civilization is the story of cities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metropolis: A History of the City, Humankind&amp;#039;s Greatest Invention
Author: Ben Wilson
Narrator: John Sackville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In a captivating tour of cities famous and forgotten, acclaimed historian Ben Wilson tells the glorious, millennia-spanning story how urban living sparked humankind&amp;#039;s greatest innovations.    “A towering achievement.... Reading this book is like visiting an exhilarating city for the first time—dazzling.” —The Wall Street Journal During the two hundred millennia of humanity’s existence, nothing has shaped us more profoundly than the city. From their very beginnings, cities created such a flourishing of human endeavor—new professions, new forms of art, worship and trade—that they kick-started civilization. Guiding us through the centuries, Wilson reveals the innovations nurtured by the inimitable energy of human beings together: civics in the agora of Athens, global trade in ninth-century Baghdad, finance in the coffeehouses of London, domestic comforts in the heart of Amsterdam, peacocking in Belle Époque Paris. In the modern age, the skyscrapers of New York City inspired utopian visions of community design, while the trees of twenty-first-century Seattle and Shanghai point to a sustainable future in the age of climate change. Page-turning, irresistible, and rich with engrossing detail, Metropolis is a brilliant demonstration that the story of human civilization is the story of cities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SKIN GAME: I Hate Your Color by Yu&amp;#039;wrian Rise</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: SKIN GAME: I Hate Your Color
Author: Yu&amp;#039;wrian Rise
Narrator: Felicia Bell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The climate of hate is unbearable, and it is destroying the spirit of America and the world. How pathetic we become to hate or prejudge a person because their skin color is different than ours. When are going to realize that love sees no color, and love is more powerful than those that perpetrate hate and hateful rhetoric. President Donald Trump can be blamed for some of the hate message disseminating; however, common sense tells us, that respect change any atmosphere of racism. A person&amp;#039;s skin color does not tell us how much love we can give them, or how much love we can accept from them. SKIN COLOR is a book that explores the reason why we have become so blatantly hateful toward one another.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Yu&amp;#039;wrian Rise</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518913549.mp3" length="850332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518913549.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: SKIN GAME: I Hate Your Color
Author: Yu&amp;#039;wrian Rise
Narrator: Felicia Bell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The climate of hate is unbearable, and it is destroying the spirit of America and the world. How pathetic we become to hate or prejudge a person because their skin color is different than ours. When are going to realize that love sees no color, and love is more powerful than those that perpetrate hate and hateful rhetoric. President Donald Trump can be blamed for some of the hate message disseminating; however, common sense tells us, that respect change any atmosphere of racism. A person&amp;#039;s skin color does not tell us how much love we can give them, or how much love we can accept from them. SKIN COLOR is a book that explores the reason why we have become so blatantly hateful toward one another.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: SKIN GAME: I Hate Your Color
Author: Yu&amp;#039;wrian Rise
Narrator: Felicia Bell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The climate of hate is unbearable, and it is destroying the spirit of America and the world. How pathetic we become to hate or prejudge a person because their skin color is different than ours. When are going to realize that love sees no color, and love is more powerful than those that perpetrate hate and hateful rhetoric. President Donald Trump can be blamed for some of the hate message disseminating; however, common sense tells us, that respect change any atmosphere of racism. A person&amp;#039;s skin color does not tell us how much love we can give them, or how much love we can accept from them. SKIN COLOR is a book that explores the reason why we have become so blatantly hateful toward one another.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest by Jon K. Lauck, Catherine Mcnicol Stock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest
Author: Jon K. Lauck, Catherine Mcnicol Stock
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the wake of the 2016 presidential election there was widespread shock that the Midwest, the Democrats&amp;#039; so-called blue wall, had been so effectively breached by Donald Trump. But the blue wall, as The Conservative Heartland makes clear, was never quite as secure as so many observers assumed.   Focusing on nine states, from Iowa and the Dakotas to Indiana and Ohio, the essays in this collection detail the rise of midwestern conservatism after World War II—a trend that coincided with the transformation of the prewar Republican Party into the New Right. This transformation, the authors contend, involved the Midwest and the Sunbelt states. Through the lenses of race, class, gender, and sexuality, their essays explore the development of midwestern conservative politics in light of deindustrialization, environmentalism, second wave feminism, mass incarceration, privatization, and debates over same-sex marriage and abortion, among other issues. Together these essays map the region&amp;#039;s complex patchwork of viable rural and urban areas, variously subject to a wide array of conflicting interests and concerns; the perspective they provide, at once broad and in-depth, offers unique historical insight into the Midwest&amp;#039;s political complexity—and its status as the last real competitive battleground in presidential elections.</description>
      <author>Jon K. Lauck, Catherine Mcnicol Stock</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705220320.mp3" length="8662024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705220320.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest
Author: Jon K. Lauck, Catherine Mcnicol Stock
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the wake of the 2016 presidential election there was widespread shock that the Midwest, the Democrats&amp;#039; so-called blue wall, had been so effectively breached by Donald Trump. But the blue wall, as The Conservative Heartland makes clear, was never quite as secure as so many observers assumed.   Focusing on nine states, from Iowa and the Dakotas to Indiana and Ohio, the essays in this collection detail the rise of midwestern conservatism after World War II—a trend that coincided with the transformation of the prewar Republican Party into the New Right. This transformation, the authors contend, involved the Midwest and the Sunbelt states. Through the lenses of race, class, gender, and sexuality, their essays explore the development of midwestern conservative politics in light of deindustrialization, environmentalism, second wave feminism, mass incarceration, privatization, and debates over same-sex marriage and abortion, among other issues. Together these essays map the region&amp;#039;s complex patchwork of viable rural and urban areas, variously subject to a wide array of conflicting interests and concerns; the perspective they provide, at once broad and in-depth, offers unique historical insight into the Midwest&amp;#039;s political complexity—and its status as the last real competitive battleground in presidential elections.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Heartland: A Political History of the Postwar American Midwest
Author: Jon K. Lauck, Catherine Mcnicol Stock
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt, Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the wake of the 2016 presidential election there was widespread shock that the Midwest, the Democrats&amp;#039; so-called blue wall, had been so effectively breached by Donald Trump. But the blue wall, as The Conservative Heartland makes clear, was never quite as secure as so many observers assumed.   Focusing on nine states, from Iowa and the Dakotas to Indiana and Ohio, the essays in this collection detail the rise of midwestern conservatism after World War II—a trend that coincided with the transformation of the prewar Republican Party into the New Right. This transformation, the authors contend, involved the Midwest and the Sunbelt states. Through the lenses of race, class, gender, and sexuality, their essays explore the development of midwestern conservative politics in light of deindustrialization, environmentalism, second wave feminism, mass incarceration, privatization, and debates over same-sex marriage and abortion, among other issues. Together these essays map the region&amp;#039;s complex patchwork of viable rural and urban areas, variously subject to a wide array of conflicting interests and concerns; the perspective they provide, at once broad and in-depth, offers unique historical insight into the Midwest&amp;#039;s political complexity—and its status as the last real competitive battleground in presidential elections.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unmasked: Inside Antifa&amp;#039;s Radical Plan to Destroy Democracy by Andy Ngo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unmasked: Inside Antifa&amp;#039;s Radical Plan to Destroy Democracy
Author: Andy Ngo
Narrator: Cecil Harold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this #1 national bestseller, a journalist who&amp;#039;s been attacked by Antifa writes a deeply researched and reported account of the group&amp;#039;s history and tactics.  When Andy Ngo was attacked in the streets by Antifa in the summer of 2019, most people assumed it was an isolated incident. But those who&amp;#039;d been following Ngo&amp;#039;s reporting in outlets like the New York Post and Quillette knew that the attack was only the latest in a long line of crimes perpetrated by Antifa. In Unmasked, Andy Ngo tells the story of this violent extremist movement from the very beginning. He includes interviews with former followers of the group, people who&amp;#039;ve been attacked by them, and incorporates stories from his own life. This book contains a trove of documents obtained by the author, published for the first time ever.</description>
      <author>Andy Ngo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549131981.mp3" length="901486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549131981.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unmasked: Inside Antifa&amp;#039;s Radical Plan to Destroy Democracy
Author: Andy Ngo
Narrator: Cecil Harold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this #1 national bestseller, a journalist who&amp;#039;s been attacked by Antifa writes a deeply researched and reported account of the group&amp;#039;s history and tactics.  When Andy Ngo was attacked in the streets by Antifa in the summer of 2019, most people assumed it was an isolated incident. But those who&amp;#039;d been following Ngo&amp;#039;s reporting in outlets like the New York Post and Quillette knew that the attack was only the latest in a long line of crimes perpetrated by Antifa. In Unmasked, Andy Ngo tells the story of this violent extremist movement from the very beginning. He includes interviews with former followers of the group, people who&amp;#039;ve been attacked by them, and incorporates stories from his own life. This book contains a trove of documents obtained by the author, published for the first time ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unmasked: Inside Antifa&amp;#039;s Radical Plan to Destroy Democracy
Author: Andy Ngo
Narrator: Cecil Harold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this #1 national bestseller, a journalist who&amp;#039;s been attacked by Antifa writes a deeply researched and reported account of the group&amp;#039;s history and tactics.  When Andy Ngo was attacked in the streets by Antifa in the summer of 2019, most people assumed it was an isolated incident. But those who&amp;#039;d been following Ngo&amp;#039;s reporting in outlets like the New York Post and Quillette knew that the attack was only the latest in a long line of crimes perpetrated by Antifa. In Unmasked, Andy Ngo tells the story of this violent extremist movement from the very beginning. He includes interviews with former followers of the group, people who&amp;#039;ve been attacked by them, and incorporates stories from his own life. This book contains a trove of documents obtained by the author, published for the first time ever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don&amp;#039;t Lie to Me: And Stop Trying to Steal Our Freedom by Jeanine Pirro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Don&amp;#039;t Lie to Me: And Stop Trying to Steal Our Freedom
Author: Jeanine Pirro
Narrator: Jeanine Pirro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Judge Jeanine Pirro, author of two New York Times bestsellers, exposes the lies and distortions of the president&amp;#039;s enemies. It&amp;#039;s been nearly four years since President Trump took office, and Judge Jeanine Pirro has had enough of the left&amp;#039;s countless lies and false accusations. She is now forced to ask: How could anyone vote against President Trump this November? What more could you possibly want? In Don&amp;#039;t Lie to Me, Judge Jeanine brings her signature writing style and acute legal mind to topics such as the impeachment inquiry, the military, and the road to the 2020 presidential election. She will highlight President Trump&amp;#039;s triumphs and his strength during the coronavirus crisis.</description>
      <author>Jeanine Pirro</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549133091.mp3" length="908375" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549133091.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Don&amp;#039;t Lie to Me: And Stop Trying to Steal Our Freedom
Author: Jeanine Pirro
Narrator: Jeanine Pirro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Judge Jeanine Pirro, author of two New York Times bestsellers, exposes the lies and distortions of the president&amp;#039;s enemies. It&amp;#039;s been nearly four years since President Trump took office, and Judge Jeanine Pirro has had enough of the left&amp;#039;s countless lies and false accusations. She is now forced to ask: How could anyone vote against President Trump this November? What more could you possibly want? In Don&amp;#039;t Lie to Me, Judge Jeanine brings her signature writing style and acute legal mind to topics such as the impeachment inquiry, the military, and the road to the 2020 presidential election. She will highlight President Trump&amp;#039;s triumphs and his strength during the coronavirus crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Don&amp;#039;t Lie to Me: And Stop Trying to Steal Our Freedom
Author: Jeanine Pirro
Narrator: Jeanine Pirro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Judge Jeanine Pirro, author of two New York Times bestsellers, exposes the lies and distortions of the president&amp;#039;s enemies. It&amp;#039;s been nearly four years since President Trump took office, and Judge Jeanine Pirro has had enough of the left&amp;#039;s countless lies and false accusations. She is now forced to ask: How could anyone vote against President Trump this November? What more could you possibly want? In Don&amp;#039;t Lie to Me, Judge Jeanine brings her signature writing style and acute legal mind to topics such as the impeachment inquiry, the military, and the road to the 2020 presidential election. She will highlight President Trump&amp;#039;s triumphs and his strength during the coronavirus crisis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#DELETED: Big Tech&amp;#039;s Battle to Erase the Trump Movement and Steal the Election by Allum Bokhari</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: #DELETED: Big Tech&amp;#039;s Battle to Erase the Trump Movement and Steal the Election
Author: Allum Bokhari
Narrator: Allum Bokhari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncover the hidden systems created by the most powerful tech companies in the world that are determined to stop Donald Trump.  Journalist Allum Bokhari has spent four years investigating the tech giants that dominate the Internet: Google, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter. He has discovered a dark plot to seize control of the flow of information, and utilize that power to its full extent—to censor, manipulate, and ultimately sway the outcome of democratic elections. His network of whistleblowers inside Google, Facebook and other companies explain how the tech giants now see themselves as &amp;quot;good censors,&amp;quot; benevolent commissars controlling the information we receive to &amp;quot;protect&amp;quot; us from &amp;quot;dangerous&amp;quot; speech. They reveal secret methods to covertly manipulate online information without us ever being aware of it, explaining how tech companies can use big data to target undecided voters. They lift the lid on a plot four years in the making—a plot to use the power of technology to stop Donald Trump&amp;#039;s re-election.</description>
      <author>Allum Bokhari</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549130182.mp3" length="937691" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549130182.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: #DELETED: Big Tech&amp;#039;s Battle to Erase the Trump Movement and Steal the Election
Author: Allum Bokhari
Narrator: Allum Bokhari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncover the hidden systems created by the most powerful tech companies in the world that are determined to stop Donald Trump.  Journalist Allum Bokhari has spent four years investigating the tech giants that dominate the Internet: Google, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter. He has discovered a dark plot to seize control of the flow of information, and utilize that power to its full extent—to censor, manipulate, and ultimately sway the outcome of democratic elections. His network of whistleblowers inside Google, Facebook and other companies explain how the tech giants now see themselves as &amp;quot;good censors,&amp;quot; benevolent commissars controlling the information we receive to &amp;quot;protect&amp;quot; us from &amp;quot;dangerous&amp;quot; speech. They reveal secret methods to covertly manipulate online information without us ever being aware of it, explaining how tech companies can use big data to target undecided voters. They lift the lid on a plot four years in the making—a plot to use the power of technology to stop Donald Trump&amp;#039;s re-election.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: #DELETED: Big Tech&amp;#039;s Battle to Erase the Trump Movement and Steal the Election
Author: Allum Bokhari
Narrator: Allum Bokhari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Uncover the hidden systems created by the most powerful tech companies in the world that are determined to stop Donald Trump.  Journalist Allum Bokhari has spent four years investigating the tech giants that dominate the Internet: Google, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter. He has discovered a dark plot to seize control of the flow of information, and utilize that power to its full extent—to censor, manipulate, and ultimately sway the outcome of democratic elections. His network of whistleblowers inside Google, Facebook and other companies explain how the tech giants now see themselves as &amp;quot;good censors,&amp;quot; benevolent commissars controlling the information we receive to &amp;quot;protect&amp;quot; us from &amp;quot;dangerous&amp;quot; speech. They reveal secret methods to covertly manipulate online information without us ever being aware of it, explaining how tech companies can use big data to target undecided voters. They lift the lid on a plot four years in the making—a plot to use the power of technology to stop Donald Trump&amp;#039;s re-election.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Peculiar Indifference: The Neglected Toll of Violence on Black America by Elliott Currie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Peculiar Indifference: The Neglected Toll of Violence on Black America
Author: Elliott Currie
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a devastating exploration of the racial disparities in violent death and injury in America and a blueprint for ending this fundamental social injustice   About 170,000 black Americans have died in homicides just since the year 2000. Violence takes more years of life from black men than cancer, stroke, and diabetes combined; a young black man in the United States has a fifteen times greater chance of dying from violence than his white counterpart. Even black women suffer violent death at a higher rate than white men, despite homicide’s usual gender patterns. Yet while the country has been rightly outraged by the recent spate of police killings of black Americans, the shocking amount of “everyday” violence that plagues African American communities receives far less attention, and has nearly disappeared as a target of public policy. As acclaimed criminologist Elliott Currie makes clear, this pervasive violence is a direct result of the continuing social and economic marginalization of many black communities in America. Those conditions help perpetuate a level of preventable trauma and needless suffering that has no counterpart anywhere in the developed world. Compelling and accessible, drawing on a rich array of both classic and contemporary research, A Peculiar Indifference describes the dimensions and consequences of this enduring emergency, explains its causes, and offers an urgent plea for long-overdue social action to end it.  A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books</description>
      <author>Elliott Currie</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250772459.mp3" length="1500174" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250772459.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Peculiar Indifference: The Neglected Toll of Violence on Black America
Author: Elliott Currie
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a devastating exploration of the racial disparities in violent death and injury in America and a blueprint for ending this fundamental social injustice   About 170,000 black Americans have died in homicides just since the year 2000. Violence takes more years of life from black men than cancer, stroke, and diabetes combined; a young black man in the United States has a fifteen times greater chance of dying from violence than his white counterpart. Even black women suffer violent death at a higher rate than white men, despite homicide’s usual gender patterns. Yet while the country has been rightly outraged by the recent spate of police killings of black Americans, the shocking amount of “everyday” violence that plagues African American communities receives far less attention, and has nearly disappeared as a target of public policy. As acclaimed criminologist Elliott Currie makes clear, this pervasive violence is a direct result of the continuing social and economic marginalization of many black communities in America. Those conditions help perpetuate a level of preventable trauma and needless suffering that has no counterpart anywhere in the developed world. Compelling and accessible, drawing on a rich array of both classic and contemporary research, A Peculiar Indifference describes the dimensions and consequences of this enduring emergency, explains its causes, and offers an urgent plea for long-overdue social action to end it.  A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Peculiar Indifference: The Neglected Toll of Violence on Black America
Author: Elliott Currie
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a devastating exploration of the racial disparities in violent death and injury in America and a blueprint for ending this fundamental social injustice   About 170,000 black Americans have died in homicides just since the year 2000. Violence takes more years of life from black men than cancer, stroke, and diabetes combined; a young black man in the United States has a fifteen times greater chance of dying from violence than his white counterpart. Even black women suffer violent death at a higher rate than white men, despite homicide’s usual gender patterns. Yet while the country has been rightly outraged by the recent spate of police killings of black Americans, the shocking amount of “everyday” violence that plagues African American communities receives far less attention, and has nearly disappeared as a target of public policy. As acclaimed criminologist Elliott Currie makes clear, this pervasive violence is a direct result of the continuing social and economic marginalization of many black communities in America. Those conditions help perpetuate a level of preventable trauma and needless suffering that has no counterpart anywhere in the developed world. Compelling and accessible, drawing on a rich array of both classic and contemporary research, A Peculiar Indifference describes the dimensions and consequences of this enduring emergency, explains its causes, and offers an urgent plea for long-overdue social action to end it.  A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind by Jill Filipovic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind
Author: Jill Filipovic
Narrator: Emily Tremaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post    “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG   Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind:   -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke.  -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent.  -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars.  -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did.  -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents.   Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy.   Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other.</description>
      <author>Jill Filipovic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114040.mp3" length="893471" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind
Author: Jill Filipovic
Narrator: Emily Tremaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post    “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG   Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind:   -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke.  -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent.  -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars.  -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did.  -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents.   Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy.   Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ok Boomer, Let&amp;#039;s Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind
Author: Jill Filipovic
Narrator: Emily Tremaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post    “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG   Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind:   -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke.  -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent.  -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars.  -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did.  -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents.   Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy.   Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Best Presidential Writing: From 1789 to the Present by Craig Fehrman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best Presidential Writing: From 1789 to the Present
Author: Craig Fehrman
Narrator: Samantha Desz, Leon Nixon, Jacques Roy, Robin Miles, Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping and groundbreaking treasury of the most essential presidential writings, featuring a mix of the beloved and the little-known, from stirring speeches and shrewd remarks to behind-the-scenes drafts and unpublished autobiographies. From the early years of our nation’s history, when George Washington wrote his humble yet powerful Farewell Address, to our current age, when Barack Obama delivered his moving speech on the fiftieth anniversary of the Selma-to-Montgomery marches, America’s presidents have upheld a tradition of exceptional writing. Now, for the first time, the greatest presidential writings in history are united in one monumental treasury: the very best campaign orations, early autobiographies, presidential speeches, postpresidential reflections, and much more.   In these pages, we see not only the words that shaped our nation, like Abraham Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation and Franklin D. Roosevelt’s Infamy speech, but also the words of young politicians claiming their place in our history, including excerpts from Woodrow Wilson’s Congressional Government and Obama’s career-making convention speech, and the words of mature leaders reflecting on their legacies, including John Adams’s autobiography and Harry S. Truman’s Memoirs. We even see hidden sides of the presidents that the public rarely glimpses: noted outdoorsman Teddy Roosevelt’s great passion for literature or sunny Ronald Reagan’s piercing childhood memories of escorting home his alcoholic father.   Encompassing notable favorites like Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address and John F. Kennedy’s Inaugural Address as well as lesser-known texts like Thomas Jefferson’s Notes on the State of Virginia and James Polk’s candid White House diary, The Best Presidential Writing showcases America’s presidents as thinkers, citizens, and leaders.    More than simply a curation of must-read presidential writings, this unique collection presents the story of America itself, told by its highest leaders. Even the most famous speeches find new meanings or fresh connections when read in this sweeping context, making The Best Presidential Writing a trove full of insight and an essential historical document.</description>
      <author>Craig Fehrman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797114316.mp3" length="845046" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797114316.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best Presidential Writing: From 1789 to the Present
Author: Craig Fehrman
Narrator: Samantha Desz, Leon Nixon, Jacques Roy, Robin Miles, Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping and groundbreaking treasury of the most essential presidential writings, featuring a mix of the beloved and the little-known, from stirring speeches and shrewd remarks to behind-the-scenes drafts and unpublished autobiographies. From the early years of our nation’s history, when George Washington wrote his humble yet powerful Farewell Address, to our current age, when Barack Obama delivered his moving speech on the fiftieth anniversary of the Selma-to-Montgomery marches, America’s presidents have upheld a tradition of exceptional writing. Now, for the first time, the greatest presidential writings in history are united in one monumental treasury: the very best campaign orations, early autobiographies, presidential speeches, postpresidential reflections, and much more.   In these pages, we see not only the words that shaped our nation, like Abraham Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation and Franklin D. Roosevelt’s Infamy speech, but also the words of young politicians claiming their place in our history, including excerpts from Woodrow Wilson’s Congressional Government and Obama’s career-making convention speech, and the words of mature leaders reflecting on their legacies, including John Adams’s autobiography and Harry S. Truman’s Memoirs. We even see hidden sides of the presidents that the public rarely glimpses: noted outdoorsman Teddy Roosevelt’s great passion for literature or sunny Ronald Reagan’s piercing childhood memories of escorting home his alcoholic father.   Encompassing notable favorites like Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address and John F. Kennedy’s Inaugural Address as well as lesser-known texts like Thomas Jefferson’s Notes on the State of Virginia and James Polk’s candid White House diary, The Best Presidential Writing showcases America’s presidents as thinkers, citizens, and leaders.    More than simply a curation of must-read presidential writings, this unique collection presents the story of America itself, told by its highest leaders. Even the most famous speeches find new meanings or fresh connections when read in this sweeping context, making The Best Presidential Writing a trove full of insight and an essential historical document.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best Presidential Writing: From 1789 to the Present
Author: Craig Fehrman
Narrator: Samantha Desz, Leon Nixon, Jacques Roy, Robin Miles, Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping and groundbreaking treasury of the most essential presidential writings, featuring a mix of the beloved and the little-known, from stirring speeches and shrewd remarks to behind-the-scenes drafts and unpublished autobiographies. From the early years of our nation’s history, when George Washington wrote his humble yet powerful Farewell Address, to our current age, when Barack Obama delivered his moving speech on the fiftieth anniversary of the Selma-to-Montgomery marches, America’s presidents have upheld a tradition of exceptional writing. Now, for the first time, the greatest presidential writings in history are united in one monumental treasury: the very best campaign orations, early autobiographies, presidential speeches, postpresidential reflections, and much more.   In these pages, we see not only the words that shaped our nation, like Abraham Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation and Franklin D. Roosevelt’s Infamy speech, but also the words of young politicians claiming their place in our history, including excerpts from Woodrow Wilson’s Congressional Government and Obama’s career-making convention speech, and the words of mature leaders reflecting on their legacies, including John Adams’s autobiography and Harry S. Truman’s Memoirs. We even see hidden sides of the presidents that the public rarely glimpses: noted outdoorsman Teddy Roosevelt’s great passion for literature or sunny Ronald Reagan’s piercing childhood memories of escorting home his alcoholic father.   Encompassing notable favorites like Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address and John F. Kennedy’s Inaugural Address as well as lesser-known texts like Thomas Jefferson’s Notes on the State of Virginia and James Polk’s candid White House diary, The Best Presidential Writing showcases America’s presidents as thinkers, citizens, and leaders.    More than simply a curation of must-read presidential writings, this unique collection presents the story of America itself, told by its highest leaders. Even the most famous speeches find new meanings or fresh connections when read in this sweeping context, making The Best Presidential Writing a trove full of insight and an essential historical document.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Belfast Child: My true story of life and death in the Troubles by John Chambers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Belfast Child: My true story of life and death in the Troubles
Author: John Chambers
Narrator: Patrick Moy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
John Chambers was brought up on Belfast&amp;#039;s notorious Loyalist Glencairn estate, during the height of the Troubles. From an early age he witnessed violence, hatred and horror as Northern Ireland tore itself apart in civil strife. Kneecapping, brutal murders, and even public tarring-and-feathering were simply a fact of life for the children on the estate. He thought he knew which side he was on, but although raised as a Loyalist, he was hiding a troubling secret: that his disappeared mother - whom he&amp;#039;d always been told was dead - was a Roman Catholic, &amp;#039;the enemy&amp;#039;.   In a memoir of rare power, John explores the dark heart of Northern Irish sectarianism in the seventies and eighties. With searing honesty and native Belfast wit, he describes the light and darkness of his unique childhood, and his teenage journey through mod culture and ultra-Loyalism, before an escape from Belfast to London - where, still haunted by the shadow of his fractured family history - he began a turbulent and hedonistic adulthood. A Belfast Child is a tale of divided loyalties, dark secrets and the scars left by hatred and violence on a proud city - but also a story of hope, healing and ultimate redemption for a family caught in the rising tide of the Troubles.</description>
      <author>John Chambers</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789462845.mp3" length="1278316" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789462845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Belfast Child: My true story of life and death in the Troubles
Author: John Chambers
Narrator: Patrick Moy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
John Chambers was brought up on Belfast&amp;#039;s notorious Loyalist Glencairn estate, during the height of the Troubles. From an early age he witnessed violence, hatred and horror as Northern Ireland tore itself apart in civil strife. Kneecapping, brutal murders, and even public tarring-and-feathering were simply a fact of life for the children on the estate. He thought he knew which side he was on, but although raised as a Loyalist, he was hiding a troubling secret: that his disappeared mother - whom he&amp;#039;d always been told was dead - was a Roman Catholic, &amp;#039;the enemy&amp;#039;.   In a memoir of rare power, John explores the dark heart of Northern Irish sectarianism in the seventies and eighties. With searing honesty and native Belfast wit, he describes the light and darkness of his unique childhood, and his teenage journey through mod culture and ultra-Loyalism, before an escape from Belfast to London - where, still haunted by the shadow of his fractured family history - he began a turbulent and hedonistic adulthood. A Belfast Child is a tale of divided loyalties, dark secrets and the scars left by hatred and violence on a proud city - but also a story of hope, healing and ultimate redemption for a family caught in the rising tide of the Troubles.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421307</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Belfast Child: My true story of life and death in the Troubles
Author: John Chambers
Narrator: Patrick Moy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
John Chambers was brought up on Belfast&amp;#039;s notorious Loyalist Glencairn estate, during the height of the Troubles. From an early age he witnessed violence, hatred and horror as Northern Ireland tore itself apart in civil strife. Kneecapping, brutal murders, and even public tarring-and-feathering were simply a fact of life for the children on the estate. He thought he knew which side he was on, but although raised as a Loyalist, he was hiding a troubling secret: that his disappeared mother - whom he&amp;#039;d always been told was dead - was a Roman Catholic, &amp;#039;the enemy&amp;#039;.   In a memoir of rare power, John explores the dark heart of Northern Irish sectarianism in the seventies and eighties. With searing honesty and native Belfast wit, he describes the light and darkness of his unique childhood, and his teenage journey through mod culture and ultra-Loyalism, before an escape from Belfast to London - where, still haunted by the shadow of his fractured family history - he began a turbulent and hedonistic adulthood. A Belfast Child is a tale of divided loyalties, dark secrets and the scars left by hatred and violence on a proud city - but also a story of hope, healing and ultimate redemption for a family caught in the rising tide of the Troubles.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent U. S. Elections by Office Of The Director Of National Intelligence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent U. S. Elections
Author: Office Of The Director Of National Intelligence
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It is no secret that the 2016 United States Presidential Election was one of the closest, nastiest, and most contentious in the history of the country.  The narrow victory of Donald J. Trump was an unprecedented upset, to say the least. The Republic party winnowed a field of 17 candidates down to a real estate developer and reality television star who appealed to large segment of the public that felt ignored by the established powers. The Democratic candidate, Hilary Clinton, was dogged with questions of trust and poor judgment stemming from her use of a private email server while serving as Secretary of State. When Wiki leaks released thousands of emails from the Democratic National Committee only an hour after NBC released a damaging recording of candidate Trump boasting of his sexual conquests and the Republican platform became surprisingly friendly to Russia, it became evident that extraordinary forces were at play and influencing the public conversation.  After the election President Obama ordered the three major intelligence agencies to coordinate their findings during the lengthy election season and report them to key persons in the US Government.  The classified report was shared with the Executive branch, the Congress and the President-elect in early January. A shortened declassified version with the same assessments was released at the same time.  That report, entitled Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent US Elections, is read here verbatim.  It reveals that the Russian activities were deliberate, extensive, and originated at the very top of the Russian government.</description>
      <author>Office Of The Director Of National Intelligence</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518913266.mp3" length="1362057" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518913266.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent U. S. Elections
Author: Office Of The Director Of National Intelligence
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It is no secret that the 2016 United States Presidential Election was one of the closest, nastiest, and most contentious in the history of the country.  The narrow victory of Donald J. Trump was an unprecedented upset, to say the least. The Republic party winnowed a field of 17 candidates down to a real estate developer and reality television star who appealed to large segment of the public that felt ignored by the established powers. The Democratic candidate, Hilary Clinton, was dogged with questions of trust and poor judgment stemming from her use of a private email server while serving as Secretary of State. When Wiki leaks released thousands of emails from the Democratic National Committee only an hour after NBC released a damaging recording of candidate Trump boasting of his sexual conquests and the Republican platform became surprisingly friendly to Russia, it became evident that extraordinary forces were at play and influencing the public conversation.  After the election President Obama ordered the three major intelligence agencies to coordinate their findings during the lengthy election season and report them to key persons in the US Government.  The classified report was shared with the Executive branch, the Congress and the President-elect in early January. A shortened declassified version with the same assessments was released at the same time.  That report, entitled Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent US Elections, is read here verbatim.  It reveals that the Russian activities were deliberate, extensive, and originated at the very top of the Russian government.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent U. S. Elections
Author: Office Of The Director Of National Intelligence
Narrator: D. S. Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It is no secret that the 2016 United States Presidential Election was one of the closest, nastiest, and most contentious in the history of the country.  The narrow victory of Donald J. Trump was an unprecedented upset, to say the least. The Republic party winnowed a field of 17 candidates down to a real estate developer and reality television star who appealed to large segment of the public that felt ignored by the established powers. The Democratic candidate, Hilary Clinton, was dogged with questions of trust and poor judgment stemming from her use of a private email server while serving as Secretary of State. When Wiki leaks released thousands of emails from the Democratic National Committee only an hour after NBC released a damaging recording of candidate Trump boasting of his sexual conquests and the Republican platform became surprisingly friendly to Russia, it became evident that extraordinary forces were at play and influencing the public conversation.  After the election President Obama ordered the three major intelligence agencies to coordinate their findings during the lengthy election season and report them to key persons in the US Government.  The classified report was shared with the Executive branch, the Congress and the President-elect in early January. A shortened declassified version with the same assessments was released at the same time.  That report, entitled Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent US Elections, is read here verbatim.  It reveals that the Russian activities were deliberate, extensive, and originated at the very top of the Russian government.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Consequential Frontier: Challenging the Privatization of Space by Peter Ward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consequential Frontier: Challenging the Privatization of Space
Author: Peter Ward
Narrator: Gary Galone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This in-depth work of reportage dares to ask what’s at stake in privatizing outer space. Earth is in trouble—so dramatically that we’re now scrambling to explore space for valuable resources and a home for permanent colonization. With the era of NASA’s dominance now behind us, the private sector is winning this new space race. But if humans and their private wealth have made such a mess of Earth, who can say we won’t do the same in space? In The Consequential Frontier, business and technology journalist Peter Ward is raising this vital question before it’s too late. Interviewing tech CEOs, inventors, scientists, lobbyists, politicians, and future civilian astronauts, Ward sheds light on a whole industry beyond headline-grabbing rocket billionaires like Bezos and Musk, and introduces the new generation of activists trying to keep it from rushing recklessly into the cosmos. With optimism for what humans might accomplish in space if we could leave our tendency toward deregulation, inequality, and environmental destruction behind, Ward shows just how much cooperation it will take to protect our universal resource and how beneficial it could be for all of us.</description>
      <author>Peter Ward</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094107998.mp3" length="801761" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094107998.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consequential Frontier: Challenging the Privatization of Space
Author: Peter Ward
Narrator: Gary Galone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This in-depth work of reportage dares to ask what’s at stake in privatizing outer space. Earth is in trouble—so dramatically that we’re now scrambling to explore space for valuable resources and a home for permanent colonization. With the era of NASA’s dominance now behind us, the private sector is winning this new space race. But if humans and their private wealth have made such a mess of Earth, who can say we won’t do the same in space? In The Consequential Frontier, business and technology journalist Peter Ward is raising this vital question before it’s too late. Interviewing tech CEOs, inventors, scientists, lobbyists, politicians, and future civilian astronauts, Ward sheds light on a whole industry beyond headline-grabbing rocket billionaires like Bezos and Musk, and introduces the new generation of activists trying to keep it from rushing recklessly into the cosmos. With optimism for what humans might accomplish in space if we could leave our tendency toward deregulation, inequality, and environmental destruction behind, Ward shows just how much cooperation it will take to protect our universal resource and how beneficial it could be for all of us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consequential Frontier: Challenging the Privatization of Space
Author: Peter Ward
Narrator: Gary Galone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This in-depth work of reportage dares to ask what’s at stake in privatizing outer space. Earth is in trouble—so dramatically that we’re now scrambling to explore space for valuable resources and a home for permanent colonization. With the era of NASA’s dominance now behind us, the private sector is winning this new space race. But if humans and their private wealth have made such a mess of Earth, who can say we won’t do the same in space? In The Consequential Frontier, business and technology journalist Peter Ward is raising this vital question before it’s too late. Interviewing tech CEOs, inventors, scientists, lobbyists, politicians, and future civilian astronauts, Ward sheds light on a whole industry beyond headline-grabbing rocket billionaires like Bezos and Musk, and introduces the new generation of activists trying to keep it from rushing recklessly into the cosmos. With optimism for what humans might accomplish in space if we could leave our tendency toward deregulation, inequality, and environmental destruction behind, Ward shows just how much cooperation it will take to protect our universal resource and how beneficial it could be for all of us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Permanent Coup: How Enemies Foreign and Domestic Targeted the American President by Lee Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Permanent Coup: How Enemies Foreign and Domestic Targeted the American President
Author: Lee Smith
Narrator: Les Connery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the phony Russia collusion narrative to the coordinated riots laying waste to US cities, it&amp;#039;s the same ongoing operation orchestrated by the left and targeting not just President Trump but hundreds of millions of Americans who revere their country and what it stands for. For the first time, crusading investigative journalist Lee Smith reveals who was responsible and the never before known involvement of Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and senior military officials who engineered a coup against a sitting president.  Beginning in late 2015, political operatives, intelligence officials, and the press pushed a conspiracy theory about Trump-he was a Russian asset and spied on his campaign and his presidency in order to undo an election. Because the ultimate goal of the anti-Trump operation is not simply to topple the president but rather to change the character and constitution of the country, the Deep State&amp;#039;s machinations didn&amp;#039;t stop even after Trump was cleared of charges of &amp;#039;colluding&amp;#039; with Moscow. Their efforts became even more fierce, more desperate, and more divisive, threatening to scar America permanently.  In their zeal to bring down President Trump, Deep State conspirators had unwittingly revealed the origins of the anti-Trump operation and exposed corruption at the very highest levels of the Democratic party-including former Vice President Biden and his boss, Barack Obama. Lee Smith brings to this story the same incisive reporting and commentary that distinguished his runaway bestseller, The Plot Against the President. His investigation, identifying crimes and abuses committed by senior US officials, was later confirmed by a major Department of Justice report. For The Permanent Coup, Smith again enjoys unrivaled and exclusive access to the main players defending America and uncovering Deep State crimes-including Congressman Devin Nunes and the president&amp;#039;s personal lawyer, Rudy Giuliani.</description>
      <author>Lee Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549187667.mp3" length="883162" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549187667.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Permanent Coup: How Enemies Foreign and Domestic Targeted the American President
Author: Lee Smith
Narrator: Les Connery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the phony Russia collusion narrative to the coordinated riots laying waste to US cities, it&amp;#039;s the same ongoing operation orchestrated by the left and targeting not just President Trump but hundreds of millions of Americans who revere their country and what it stands for. For the first time, crusading investigative journalist Lee Smith reveals who was responsible and the never before known involvement of Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and senior military officials who engineered a coup against a sitting president.  Beginning in late 2015, political operatives, intelligence officials, and the press pushed a conspiracy theory about Trump-he was a Russian asset and spied on his campaign and his presidency in order to undo an election. Because the ultimate goal of the anti-Trump operation is not simply to topple the president but rather to change the character and constitution of the country, the Deep State&amp;#039;s machinations didn&amp;#039;t stop even after Trump was cleared of charges of &amp;#039;colluding&amp;#039; with Moscow. Their efforts became even more fierce, more desperate, and more divisive, threatening to scar America permanently.  In their zeal to bring down President Trump, Deep State conspirators had unwittingly revealed the origins of the anti-Trump operation and exposed corruption at the very highest levels of the Democratic party-including former Vice President Biden and his boss, Barack Obama. Lee Smith brings to this story the same incisive reporting and commentary that distinguished his runaway bestseller, The Plot Against the President. His investigation, identifying crimes and abuses committed by senior US officials, was later confirmed by a major Department of Justice report. For The Permanent Coup, Smith again enjoys unrivaled and exclusive access to the main players defending America and uncovering Deep State crimes-including Congressman Devin Nunes and the president&amp;#039;s personal lawyer, Rudy Giuliani.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420928</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Permanent Coup: How Enemies Foreign and Domestic Targeted the American President
Author: Lee Smith
Narrator: Les Connery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the phony Russia collusion narrative to the coordinated riots laying waste to US cities, it&amp;#039;s the same ongoing operation orchestrated by the left and targeting not just President Trump but hundreds of millions of Americans who revere their country and what it stands for. For the first time, crusading investigative journalist Lee Smith reveals who was responsible and the never before known involvement of Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and senior military officials who engineered a coup against a sitting president.  Beginning in late 2015, political operatives, intelligence officials, and the press pushed a conspiracy theory about Trump-he was a Russian asset and spied on his campaign and his presidency in order to undo an election. Because the ultimate goal of the anti-Trump operation is not simply to topple the president but rather to change the character and constitution of the country, the Deep State&amp;#039;s machinations didn&amp;#039;t stop even after Trump was cleared of charges of &amp;#039;colluding&amp;#039; with Moscow. Their efforts became even more fierce, more desperate, and more divisive, threatening to scar America permanently.  In their zeal to bring down President Trump, Deep State conspirators had unwittingly revealed the origins of the anti-Trump operation and exposed corruption at the very highest levels of the Democratic party-including former Vice President Biden and his boss, Barack Obama. Lee Smith brings to this story the same incisive reporting and commentary that distinguished his runaway bestseller, The Plot Against the President. His investigation, identifying crimes and abuses committed by senior US officials, was later confirmed by a major Department of Justice report. For The Permanent Coup, Smith again enjoys unrivaled and exclusive access to the main players defending America and uncovering Deep State crimes-including Congressman Devin Nunes and the president&amp;#039;s personal lawyer, Rudy Giuliani.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>October Surprise: How the FBI Tried to Save Itself and Crashed an Election by Devlin Barrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: October Surprise: How the FBI Tried to Save Itself and Crashed an Election
Author: Devlin Barrett
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 2016 Election, which altered American political history, was not decided by the Russians or in Ukraine or by Steve Bannon. The event that broke Hillary&amp;#039;s blue wall in the Midwest and swung Florida and North Carolina was an October Surprise, and it was wholly a product of the leadership of the FBI. This is the inside story by the reporter closest to its center. In September 2016, Hillary Clinton was the presumptive next president of the US. She had a blue wall of states leaning her way in the Midwest, and was ahead in North Carolina and Florida, with a better than even shot at taking normally Republican Arizona. The US was about to get its first woman president. Yet within two months everything was lost. An already tightening race saw one seismic correction: it came in October when the FBI launched an investigation into the Clinton staff&amp;#039;s use of a private server for their emails. Clinton fell 3-4 percent in the polls instantly, and her campaign never had time to rebut the investigation or rebuild her momentum so close to election day.  The FBI cost her the race. October Surprise is a pulsating narrative of an agency seized with righteous certainty that waded into the most important political moment in the life of the nation, and has no idea how to back out with dignity. So it doggedly stands its ground, compounding its error. In a momentous display of self-preservation, James Comey, Andrew McCabe, and key Justice Department officials decide to protect their own reputations rather than save the democratic process. Once they make that determination, the race is lost for Clinton, who is helpless in front of their accusation even though she has not intended to commit, let alone actually committed, any crime.     A dark true-life thriller with historic consequences set at the most crucial moment in the electoral calendar, October Surprise is a warning, a morality tale and a political and personal tragedy.</description>
      <author>Devlin Barrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549187070.mp3" length="880694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549187070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: October Surprise: How the FBI Tried to Save Itself and Crashed an Election
Author: Devlin Barrett
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 2016 Election, which altered American political history, was not decided by the Russians or in Ukraine or by Steve Bannon. The event that broke Hillary&amp;#039;s blue wall in the Midwest and swung Florida and North Carolina was an October Surprise, and it was wholly a product of the leadership of the FBI. This is the inside story by the reporter closest to its center. In September 2016, Hillary Clinton was the presumptive next president of the US. She had a blue wall of states leaning her way in the Midwest, and was ahead in North Carolina and Florida, with a better than even shot at taking normally Republican Arizona. The US was about to get its first woman president. Yet within two months everything was lost. An already tightening race saw one seismic correction: it came in October when the FBI launched an investigation into the Clinton staff&amp;#039;s use of a private server for their emails. Clinton fell 3-4 percent in the polls instantly, and her campaign never had time to rebut the investigation or rebuild her momentum so close to election day.  The FBI cost her the race. October Surprise is a pulsating narrative of an agency seized with righteous certainty that waded into the most important political moment in the life of the nation, and has no idea how to back out with dignity. So it doggedly stands its ground, compounding its error. In a momentous display of self-preservation, James Comey, Andrew McCabe, and key Justice Department officials decide to protect their own reputations rather than save the democratic process. Once they make that determination, the race is lost for Clinton, who is helpless in front of their accusation even though she has not intended to commit, let alone actually committed, any crime.     A dark true-life thriller with historic consequences set at the most crucial moment in the electoral calendar, October Surprise is a warning, a morality tale and a political and personal tragedy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: October Surprise: How the FBI Tried to Save Itself and Crashed an Election
Author: Devlin Barrett
Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 2016 Election, which altered American political history, was not decided by the Russians or in Ukraine or by Steve Bannon. The event that broke Hillary&amp;#039;s blue wall in the Midwest and swung Florida and North Carolina was an October Surprise, and it was wholly a product of the leadership of the FBI. This is the inside story by the reporter closest to its center. In September 2016, Hillary Clinton was the presumptive next president of the US. She had a blue wall of states leaning her way in the Midwest, and was ahead in North Carolina and Florida, with a better than even shot at taking normally Republican Arizona. The US was about to get its first woman president. Yet within two months everything was lost. An already tightening race saw one seismic correction: it came in October when the FBI launched an investigation into the Clinton staff&amp;#039;s use of a private server for their emails. Clinton fell 3-4 percent in the polls instantly, and her campaign never had time to rebut the investigation or rebuild her momentum so close to election day.  The FBI cost her the race. October Surprise is a pulsating narrative of an agency seized with righteous certainty that waded into the most important political moment in the life of the nation, and has no idea how to back out with dignity. So it doggedly stands its ground, compounding its error. In a momentous display of self-preservation, James Comey, Andrew McCabe, and key Justice Department officials decide to protect their own reputations rather than save the democratic process. Once they make that determination, the race is lost for Clinton, who is helpless in front of their accusation even though she has not intended to commit, let alone actually committed, any crime.     A dark true-life thriller with historic consequences set at the most crucial moment in the electoral calendar, October Surprise is a warning, a morality tale and a political and personal tragedy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading America: President Trump&amp;#039;s Commitment to People, Patriotism, and Capitalism by Sean Spicer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading America: President Trump&amp;#039;s Commitment to People, Patriotism, and Capitalism
Author: Sean Spicer
Narrator: Sean Spicer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The former White House Press Secretary and Communications Director analyzes our current political moment through the lens of politics and culture and argues that President Trump has put the country back on the right track and needs to be reelected in 2020. When it was announced that Sean Spicer would be the newest guest on ABC&amp;#039;s Dancing with the Stars, he was promptly attacked by countless liberal media institutions. Apparently, they&amp;#039;d rather see him crawl under a rock forever than have a little fun on television (while raising money for charity). And that was only a small example. All over the country, liberals are attacking conservatives with the kind of fervor once reserved for hardened criminals. It&amp;#039;s a zero sum game -- either you&amp;#039;re with them one hundred percent, or you&amp;#039;re the enemy. Whether you&amp;#039;re in politics, media, academia, or entertainment, it&amp;#039;s the same story. As one of the few people who&amp;#039;s played a small part in all of those worlds, Sean Spicer has a unique perspective on the methods used by the left to shut down conservative voices. He&amp;#039;s been parodied on SNL, ripped apart on the nightly news, and protested on college campuses, all for doing his job. Outside of the left&amp;#039;s bubble, however, he&amp;#039;s been able to transition from politics to entertainment very well, and he&amp;#039;s got huge numbers of supporters. In Leading America, he writes about all the ways President Trump has fought back against the Left, and examines all the ways conservatives can take a stand to uphold their rights and values.</description>
      <author>Sean Spicer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549186202.mp3" length="877829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549186202.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading America: President Trump&amp;#039;s Commitment to People, Patriotism, and Capitalism
Author: Sean Spicer
Narrator: Sean Spicer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The former White House Press Secretary and Communications Director analyzes our current political moment through the lens of politics and culture and argues that President Trump has put the country back on the right track and needs to be reelected in 2020. When it was announced that Sean Spicer would be the newest guest on ABC&amp;#039;s Dancing with the Stars, he was promptly attacked by countless liberal media institutions. Apparently, they&amp;#039;d rather see him crawl under a rock forever than have a little fun on television (while raising money for charity). And that was only a small example. All over the country, liberals are attacking conservatives with the kind of fervor once reserved for hardened criminals. It&amp;#039;s a zero sum game -- either you&amp;#039;re with them one hundred percent, or you&amp;#039;re the enemy. Whether you&amp;#039;re in politics, media, academia, or entertainment, it&amp;#039;s the same story. As one of the few people who&amp;#039;s played a small part in all of those worlds, Sean Spicer has a unique perspective on the methods used by the left to shut down conservative voices. He&amp;#039;s been parodied on SNL, ripped apart on the nightly news, and protested on college campuses, all for doing his job. Outside of the left&amp;#039;s bubble, however, he&amp;#039;s been able to transition from politics to entertainment very well, and he&amp;#039;s got huge numbers of supporters. In Leading America, he writes about all the ways President Trump has fought back against the Left, and examines all the ways conservatives can take a stand to uphold their rights and values.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading America: President Trump&amp;#039;s Commitment to People, Patriotism, and Capitalism
Author: Sean Spicer
Narrator: Sean Spicer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The former White House Press Secretary and Communications Director analyzes our current political moment through the lens of politics and culture and argues that President Trump has put the country back on the right track and needs to be reelected in 2020. When it was announced that Sean Spicer would be the newest guest on ABC&amp;#039;s Dancing with the Stars, he was promptly attacked by countless liberal media institutions. Apparently, they&amp;#039;d rather see him crawl under a rock forever than have a little fun on television (while raising money for charity). And that was only a small example. All over the country, liberals are attacking conservatives with the kind of fervor once reserved for hardened criminals. It&amp;#039;s a zero sum game -- either you&amp;#039;re with them one hundred percent, or you&amp;#039;re the enemy. Whether you&amp;#039;re in politics, media, academia, or entertainment, it&amp;#039;s the same story. As one of the few people who&amp;#039;s played a small part in all of those worlds, Sean Spicer has a unique perspective on the methods used by the left to shut down conservative voices. He&amp;#039;s been parodied on SNL, ripped apart on the nightly news, and protested on college campuses, all for doing his job. Outside of the left&amp;#039;s bubble, however, he&amp;#039;s been able to transition from politics to entertainment very well, and he&amp;#039;s got huge numbers of supporters. In Leading America, he writes about all the ways President Trump has fought back against the Left, and examines all the ways conservatives can take a stand to uphold their rights and values.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference by David Shimer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference
Author: David Shimer
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive history of the covert struggle between Russia and America to influence elections, why the threat to American democracy is greater than ever, and what we can do about it. This is &amp;#039;the first book to put the story of Russian interference into a broader context ... Extraordinary and gripping&amp;#039; (The New York Times Book Review) Russia&amp;#039;s interference in 2016 marked only the latest chapter of a hidden and revelatory history. In Rigged, David Shimer tells the sweeping story of covert electoral interference past and present. He exposes decades of secret operations—by the KGB, the CIA, and Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia—to shape electoral outcomes, melding deep historical research with groundbreaking interviews with more than 130 key players, from leading officials in both the Trump and Obama administrations, to CIA and NSA directors, to a former KGB general. What Americans should make of Russia&amp;#039;s attack in 2016 is still hotly debated, even after the Mueller report and years of media coverage. Shimer shows that Putin&amp;#039;s operation was, in fact, a continuation of an ongoing struggle, using familiar weapons radically enhanced by new technology. Throughout history and in 2016, both Russian and American operations achieved their greatest success by influencing the way voters think, rather than tampering with actual vote tallies. Casting aside partisanship and sensationalism, Rigged reveals new details about what Russia achieved in 2016, how the Obama administration responded, and why Putin has also been interfering covertly in elections across the globe in recent years, while American presidents have largely refrained from doing so. Shimer also makes disturbingly clear that this type of intrusion can be used to harm Democrats and Republicans alike. Russia&amp;#039;s central aim is to undermine and disrupt our democracy, to the detriment of all Americans. Understanding 2016 as one battle in a much longer war is essential to understanding the critical threat currently posed to America&amp;#039;s electoral sovereignty and how to defend against it. Illuminating how the lessons of the past can be used to protect our democracy in the future, Rigged is an essential book for readers of every political persuasion.</description>
      <author>David Shimer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593339749.mp3" length="2537350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593339749.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference
Author: David Shimer
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive history of the covert struggle between Russia and America to influence elections, why the threat to American democracy is greater than ever, and what we can do about it. This is &amp;#039;the first book to put the story of Russian interference into a broader context ... Extraordinary and gripping&amp;#039; (The New York Times Book Review) Russia&amp;#039;s interference in 2016 marked only the latest chapter of a hidden and revelatory history. In Rigged, David Shimer tells the sweeping story of covert electoral interference past and present. He exposes decades of secret operations—by the KGB, the CIA, and Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia—to shape electoral outcomes, melding deep historical research with groundbreaking interviews with more than 130 key players, from leading officials in both the Trump and Obama administrations, to CIA and NSA directors, to a former KGB general. What Americans should make of Russia&amp;#039;s attack in 2016 is still hotly debated, even after the Mueller report and years of media coverage. Shimer shows that Putin&amp;#039;s operation was, in fact, a continuation of an ongoing struggle, using familiar weapons radically enhanced by new technology. Throughout history and in 2016, both Russian and American operations achieved their greatest success by influencing the way voters think, rather than tampering with actual vote tallies. Casting aside partisanship and sensationalism, Rigged reveals new details about what Russia achieved in 2016, how the Obama administration responded, and why Putin has also been interfering covertly in elections across the globe in recent years, while American presidents have largely refrained from doing so. Shimer also makes disturbingly clear that this type of intrusion can be used to harm Democrats and Republicans alike. Russia&amp;#039;s central aim is to undermine and disrupt our democracy, to the detriment of all Americans. Understanding 2016 as one battle in a much longer war is essential to understanding the critical threat currently posed to America&amp;#039;s electoral sovereignty and how to defend against it. Illuminating how the lessons of the past can be used to protect our democracy in the future, Rigged is an essential book for readers of every political persuasion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: America, Russia, and One Hundred Years of Covert Electoral Interference
Author: David Shimer
Narrator: Kevin R. Free
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive history of the covert struggle between Russia and America to influence elections, why the threat to American democracy is greater than ever, and what we can do about it. This is &amp;#039;the first book to put the story of Russian interference into a broader context ... Extraordinary and gripping&amp;#039; (The New York Times Book Review) Russia&amp;#039;s interference in 2016 marked only the latest chapter of a hidden and revelatory history. In Rigged, David Shimer tells the sweeping story of covert electoral interference past and present. He exposes decades of secret operations—by the KGB, the CIA, and Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia—to shape electoral outcomes, melding deep historical research with groundbreaking interviews with more than 130 key players, from leading officials in both the Trump and Obama administrations, to CIA and NSA directors, to a former KGB general. What Americans should make of Russia&amp;#039;s attack in 2016 is still hotly debated, even after the Mueller report and years of media coverage. Shimer shows that Putin&amp;#039;s operation was, in fact, a continuation of an ongoing struggle, using familiar weapons radically enhanced by new technology. Throughout history and in 2016, both Russian and American operations achieved their greatest success by influencing the way voters think, rather than tampering with actual vote tallies. Casting aside partisanship and sensationalism, Rigged reveals new details about what Russia achieved in 2016, how the Obama administration responded, and why Putin has also been interfering covertly in elections across the globe in recent years, while American presidents have largely refrained from doing so. Shimer also makes disturbingly clear that this type of intrusion can be used to harm Democrats and Republicans alike. Russia&amp;#039;s central aim is to undermine and disrupt our democracy, to the detriment of all Americans. Understanding 2016 as one battle in a much longer war is essential to understanding the critical threat currently posed to America&amp;#039;s electoral sovereignty and how to defend against it. Illuminating how the lessons of the past can be used to protect our democracy in the future, Rigged is an essential book for readers of every political persuasion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hype Machine: How Social Media Disrupts Our Elections, Our Economy, and Our Health--and How We Must Adapt by Sinan Aral</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hype Machine: How Social Media Disrupts Our Elections, Our Economy, and Our Health--and How We Must Adapt
Author: Sinan Aral
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A landmark insider’s tour of how social media affects our decision-making and shapes our world in ways both useful and dangerous, with critical ideas on how to protect ourselves in the 2020 election and beyond   MIT professor Sinan Aral isn’t only one of the world’s leading experts on social media—he’s also an entrepreneur and investor, giving him an unparalleled 360-degree view of the technology’s great promise as well as its outsize capacity to damage our politics, our economy, and even our personal health.  Drawing on two decades of his own research and business experience, Aral goes under the hood of the biggest, most powerful social networks to tackle the critical question of just how much social media actually shapes our choices, for better or worse. Aral shows how the tech behind social media offers the same set of behavior-influencing levers to both Russian hackers and brand marketers—to everyone who hopes to change the way we think and act—which is why its consequences affect everything from elections to business, dating to health. Along the way, he covers a wide array of topics, including how network effects fuel Twitter’s and Facebook’s massive growth to the neuroscience of how social media affects our brains, the real consequences of fake news, the power of social ratings, and the impact of social media on our kids. In mapping out strategies for being more thoughtful consumers of social media, The Hype Machine offers the definitive guide to understanding and harnessing for good the technology that has redefined our world overnight. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of figures and graphs.</description>
      <author>Sinan Aral</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593339602.mp3" length="2799583" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593339602.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hype Machine: How Social Media Disrupts Our Elections, Our Economy, and Our Health--and How We Must Adapt
Author: Sinan Aral
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A landmark insider’s tour of how social media affects our decision-making and shapes our world in ways both useful and dangerous, with critical ideas on how to protect ourselves in the 2020 election and beyond   MIT professor Sinan Aral isn’t only one of the world’s leading experts on social media—he’s also an entrepreneur and investor, giving him an unparalleled 360-degree view of the technology’s great promise as well as its outsize capacity to damage our politics, our economy, and even our personal health.  Drawing on two decades of his own research and business experience, Aral goes under the hood of the biggest, most powerful social networks to tackle the critical question of just how much social media actually shapes our choices, for better or worse. Aral shows how the tech behind social media offers the same set of behavior-influencing levers to both Russian hackers and brand marketers—to everyone who hopes to change the way we think and act—which is why its consequences affect everything from elections to business, dating to health. Along the way, he covers a wide array of topics, including how network effects fuel Twitter’s and Facebook’s massive growth to the neuroscience of how social media affects our brains, the real consequences of fake news, the power of social ratings, and the impact of social media on our kids. In mapping out strategies for being more thoughtful consumers of social media, The Hype Machine offers the definitive guide to understanding and harnessing for good the technology that has redefined our world overnight. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of figures and graphs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hype Machine: How Social Media Disrupts Our Elections, Our Economy, and Our Health--and How We Must Adapt
Author: Sinan Aral
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A landmark insider’s tour of how social media affects our decision-making and shapes our world in ways both useful and dangerous, with critical ideas on how to protect ourselves in the 2020 election and beyond   MIT professor Sinan Aral isn’t only one of the world’s leading experts on social media—he’s also an entrepreneur and investor, giving him an unparalleled 360-degree view of the technology’s great promise as well as its outsize capacity to damage our politics, our economy, and even our personal health.  Drawing on two decades of his own research and business experience, Aral goes under the hood of the biggest, most powerful social networks to tackle the critical question of just how much social media actually shapes our choices, for better or worse. Aral shows how the tech behind social media offers the same set of behavior-influencing levers to both Russian hackers and brand marketers—to everyone who hopes to change the way we think and act—which is why its consequences affect everything from elections to business, dating to health. Along the way, he covers a wide array of topics, including how network effects fuel Twitter’s and Facebook’s massive growth to the neuroscience of how social media affects our brains, the real consequences of fake news, the power of social ratings, and the impact of social media on our kids. In mapping out strategies for being more thoughtful consumers of social media, The Hype Machine offers the definitive guide to understanding and harnessing for good the technology that has redefined our world overnight. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of figures and graphs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Be a Fascist: A Manual by Michela Murgia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be a Fascist: A Manual
Author: Michela Murgia
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The first and only guide to turning your 21st century democracy into a fascist paradise. Democracy is difficult, flawed and unstable. It involves barely distinguishable political parties taking part in lengthy, overcomplicated and expensive decision-making processes. Trying to engage so many people with political issues seems to lead only to complexity and disagreement. So why bother? Doesn&amp;#039;t fascism guarantee a more effective and efficient management of the state? In this short, bitingly ironic mixture of On Tyranny and The Psychopath Test, Italian political activist Michela Murgia explores the logic that is attracting increasing numbers of voters to right-wing populism.  Far from its origins in the 20th century, fascism is once again on the rise in an age of increased connectivity and globalism. Murgia shows how many of the elements of our society that we might think would combat closed-mindedness and xenophobia actually fan the flames. Closing with a &amp;#039;fascistometer&amp;#039; to measure the reader&amp;#039;s own authoritarian inclinations, How to be a Fascist is a refreshingly direct, polemical book that asks us to confront the fascisim in our governments, in our societies, and in our own political leanings.</description>
      <author>Michela Murgia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593339787.mp3" length="2752641" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593339787.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be a Fascist: A Manual
Author: Michela Murgia
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The first and only guide to turning your 21st century democracy into a fascist paradise. Democracy is difficult, flawed and unstable. It involves barely distinguishable political parties taking part in lengthy, overcomplicated and expensive decision-making processes. Trying to engage so many people with political issues seems to lead only to complexity and disagreement. So why bother? Doesn&amp;#039;t fascism guarantee a more effective and efficient management of the state? In this short, bitingly ironic mixture of On Tyranny and The Psychopath Test, Italian political activist Michela Murgia explores the logic that is attracting increasing numbers of voters to right-wing populism.  Far from its origins in the 20th century, fascism is once again on the rise in an age of increased connectivity and globalism. Murgia shows how many of the elements of our society that we might think would combat closed-mindedness and xenophobia actually fan the flames. Closing with a &amp;#039;fascistometer&amp;#039; to measure the reader&amp;#039;s own authoritarian inclinations, How to be a Fascist is a refreshingly direct, polemical book that asks us to confront the fascisim in our governments, in our societies, and in our own political leanings.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Be a Fascist: A Manual
Author: Michela Murgia
Narrator: Eliza Foss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The first and only guide to turning your 21st century democracy into a fascist paradise. Democracy is difficult, flawed and unstable. It involves barely distinguishable political parties taking part in lengthy, overcomplicated and expensive decision-making processes. Trying to engage so many people with political issues seems to lead only to complexity and disagreement. So why bother? Doesn&amp;#039;t fascism guarantee a more effective and efficient management of the state? In this short, bitingly ironic mixture of On Tyranny and The Psychopath Test, Italian political activist Michela Murgia explores the logic that is attracting increasing numbers of voters to right-wing populism.  Far from its origins in the 20th century, fascism is once again on the rise in an age of increased connectivity and globalism. Murgia shows how many of the elements of our society that we might think would combat closed-mindedness and xenophobia actually fan the flames. Closing with a &amp;#039;fascistometer&amp;#039; to measure the reader&amp;#039;s own authoritarian inclinations, How to be a Fascist is a refreshingly direct, polemical book that asks us to confront the fascisim in our governments, in our societies, and in our own political leanings.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam by Rachel S. Mikva</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam
Author: Rachel S. Mikva
Narrator: Sybil Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged.</description>
      <author>Rachel S. Mikva</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807098240.mp3" length="2928738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807098240.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam
Author: Rachel S. Mikva
Narrator: Sybil Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam
Author: Rachel S. Mikva
Narrator: Sybil Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make it Happen: How to be an Activist by Amika George</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make it Happen: How to be an Activist
Author: Amika George
Narrator: Amika George
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Make It Happen reminds us that people of any age can create change in their communities. From finding allies to setting goals, everyone who wants to contribute to a better future can learn from Amika&amp;#039;s book.’ Malala Yousafzai                        Now, more than ever, we know that the world needs to change.                                   And you can be the one to make it happen.                      As a teenager, Amika George successfully launched a campaign that pushed the UK government to fund free period products in every school across England.           Featuring interviews with world-renowned activists, Make It Happen is her essential and inspirational guide to being an effective activist. From finding your crowd and creating allies to getting those in positions of power to listen, using social media to build a community and protecting your mental health while campaigning, Amika shows you how to create real and lasting change in your world.</description>
      <author>Amika George</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008377595.mp3" length="1403759" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008377595.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make it Happen: How to be an Activist
Author: Amika George
Narrator: Amika George
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Make It Happen reminds us that people of any age can create change in their communities. From finding allies to setting goals, everyone who wants to contribute to a better future can learn from Amika&amp;#039;s book.’ Malala Yousafzai                        Now, more than ever, we know that the world needs to change.                                   And you can be the one to make it happen.                      As a teenager, Amika George successfully launched a campaign that pushed the UK government to fund free period products in every school across England.           Featuring interviews with world-renowned activists, Make It Happen is her essential and inspirational guide to being an effective activist. From finding your crowd and creating allies to getting those in positions of power to listen, using social media to build a community and protecting your mental health while campaigning, Amika shows you how to create real and lasting change in your world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make it Happen: How to be an Activist
Author: Amika George
Narrator: Amika George
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Make It Happen reminds us that people of any age can create change in their communities. From finding allies to setting goals, everyone who wants to contribute to a better future can learn from Amika&amp;#039;s book.’ Malala Yousafzai                        Now, more than ever, we know that the world needs to change.                                   And you can be the one to make it happen.                      As a teenager, Amika George successfully launched a campaign that pushed the UK government to fund free period products in every school across England.           Featuring interviews with world-renowned activists, Make It Happen is her essential and inspirational guide to being an effective activist. From finding your crowd and creating allies to getting those in positions of power to listen, using social media to build a community and protecting your mental health while campaigning, Amika shows you how to create real and lasting change in your world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump by Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump
Author: Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revealing, behind-the-scenes examination of how Congress twice fumbled its best chance to hold accountable a president many considered one of the most dangerous in American history. The definitive—and only—insider account of both Trump impeachments, as told by the two reporters on the front lines covering them for The Washington Post and Politico. In a riveting account that flips the script on what readers think they know about the two impeachments of Donald Trump, Rachael Bade and Karoun Demirjian reveal how—and why—congressional oversight failed when it was needed most. Unchecked weaves a vivid narrative of how House Democrats under the lead of a cautious speaker, Nancy Pelosi, hesitated for months to stand up to Trump—and then pulled punches in their effort to oust him in a misguided effort to protect themselves politically. What they left on the cutting room floor would come back to haunt them, as Republicans seized on their missteps to whip an uneasy GOP rank-and-file into line behind Donald Trump, abandoning their scruples to defend a president who some privately believed had indeed abused his power. Even after Trump incited a mob to violently attack the Capitol—a day the authors recount in minute-by-minute, stunning detail — Democrats pressured their own investigators to forego a thorough investigation in the name of safeguarding the Biden agenda. And Republicans, fearful of repelling a base they needed for re-election, missed their best moment to turn their backs on a leader they secretly agreed was destructive to democracy. Sourced from hundreds of interviews with all the key players, the authors of Unchecked pull back the curtain on how both parties pursued political expediency over fact-finding. The end result not only emboldened Trump, giving him room for a political comeback, but also undermined Congress by rendering toothless their most powerful check on a president: the power of impeachment. A dramatic and at times crushing work of investigative reporting, Unchecked is both a gripping page-turner of political intrigue and a detailed case study for historians and political scientists searching for answers about the unravelling of checks and balances that have governed American democracy for centuries.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063040823.mp3" length="1397342" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063040823.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump
Author: Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revealing, behind-the-scenes examination of how Congress twice fumbled its best chance to hold accountable a president many considered one of the most dangerous in American history. The definitive—and only—insider account of both Trump impeachments, as told by the two reporters on the front lines covering them for The Washington Post and Politico. In a riveting account that flips the script on what readers think they know about the two impeachments of Donald Trump, Rachael Bade and Karoun Demirjian reveal how—and why—congressional oversight failed when it was needed most. Unchecked weaves a vivid narrative of how House Democrats under the lead of a cautious speaker, Nancy Pelosi, hesitated for months to stand up to Trump—and then pulled punches in their effort to oust him in a misguided effort to protect themselves politically. What they left on the cutting room floor would come back to haunt them, as Republicans seized on their missteps to whip an uneasy GOP rank-and-file into line behind Donald Trump, abandoning their scruples to defend a president who some privately believed had indeed abused his power. Even after Trump incited a mob to violently attack the Capitol—a day the authors recount in minute-by-minute, stunning detail — Democrats pressured their own investigators to forego a thorough investigation in the name of safeguarding the Biden agenda. And Republicans, fearful of repelling a base they needed for re-election, missed their best moment to turn their backs on a leader they secretly agreed was destructive to democracy. Sourced from hundreds of interviews with all the key players, the authors of Unchecked pull back the curtain on how both parties pursued political expediency over fact-finding. The end result not only emboldened Trump, giving him room for a political comeback, but also undermined Congress by rendering toothless their most powerful check on a president: the power of impeachment. A dramatic and at times crushing work of investigative reporting, Unchecked is both a gripping page-turner of political intrigue and a detailed case study for historians and political scientists searching for answers about the unravelling of checks and balances that have governed American democracy for centuries.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Unchecked: The Untold Story Behind Congress’s Botched Impeachments of Donald Trump
Author: Rachael Bade, Karoun Demirjian
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revealing, behind-the-scenes examination of how Congress twice fumbled its best chance to hold accountable a president many considered one of the most dangerous in American history. The definitive—and only—insider account of both Trump impeachments, as told by the two reporters on the front lines covering them for The Washington Post and Politico. In a riveting account that flips the script on what readers think they know about the two impeachments of Donald Trump, Rachael Bade and Karoun Demirjian reveal how—and why—congressional oversight failed when it was needed most. Unchecked weaves a vivid narrative of how House Democrats under the lead of a cautious speaker, Nancy Pelosi, hesitated for months to stand up to Trump—and then pulled punches in their effort to oust him in a misguided effort to protect themselves politically. What they left on the cutting room floor would come back to haunt them, as Republicans seized on their missteps to whip an uneasy GOP rank-and-file into line behind Donald Trump, abandoning their scruples to defend a president who some privately believed had indeed abused his power. Even after Trump incited a mob to violently attack the Capitol—a day the authors recount in minute-by-minute, stunning detail — Democrats pressured their own investigators to forego a thorough investigation in the name of safeguarding the Biden agenda. And Republicans, fearful of repelling a base they needed for re-election, missed their best moment to turn their backs on a leader they secretly agreed was destructive to democracy. Sourced from hundreds of interviews with all the key players, the authors of Unchecked pull back the curtain on how both parties pursued political expediency over fact-finding. The end result not only emboldened Trump, giving him room for a political comeback, but also undermined Congress by rendering toothless their most powerful check on a president: the power of impeachment. A dramatic and at times crushing work of investigative reporting, Unchecked is both a gripping page-turner of political intrigue and a detailed case study for historians and political scientists searching for answers about the unravelling of checks and balances that have governed American democracy for centuries.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wer weint schon um Abdul und Tanaya?: Die Irrtümer des Kreuzzugs gegen den Terror by Jürgen Todenhöfer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer weint schon um Abdul und Tanaya?: Die Irrtümer des Kreuzzugs gegen den Terror
Author: Jürgen Todenhöfer
Narrator: U. A., Anna Mortensen, Hubertus Gertzen
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Irrtümer des Kreuzzugs gegen den Terror. - Todenhöfer ist ein bekennender Freund der USA und kein Pazifist, aber er empört sich über das unvorstellbare Leid, das ein Krieg gegen den Irak besonders über dessen Kinder bringen wird, die ohnehin seit Jahren schon die schwächsten Opfer der UN-Sanktionen sind. Er ist außerdem überzeugt, dass gegen Terror eines bestimmt nicht hilft: Krieg. Vielmehr hält er den Krieg gegen den Irak für völkerrechtswidrig, kontraproduktiv und unnötig. Sein analytischer Scharfsinn gründet auf ganz persönlichen Erfahrungen: Er war schon zu Zeiten der sowjetischen Besatzung in Afghanistan, besuchte Flüchtlingslager und organisierte Spendenaktionen. Auch den Irak hat er im vergangenen Jahr bereist. Von dort schildert er menschliche Schicksale, die uns nicht unberührt lassen können und die daher auch Maßstab allen politischen Handelns sein müssen. Todenhöfer weiß, daß dem Terrorismus nur mit Härte begegnet werden kann. Zugleich aber erwartet er - nach dem 11. September - Gerechtigkeit gegenüber der muslimischen Welt. Hierin liegt die Balance, in der Todenhöfer sein zutiefst menschliches und aus der eigenen Erfahrung lebendig geschildertes Plädoyer gegen einen ungerechten Krieg hält.</description>
      <author>Jürgen Todenhöfer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783958622838.mp3" length="902364" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783958622838.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer weint schon um Abdul und Tanaya?: Die Irrtümer des Kreuzzugs gegen den Terror
Author: Jürgen Todenhöfer
Narrator: U. A., Anna Mortensen, Hubertus Gertzen
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Irrtümer des Kreuzzugs gegen den Terror. - Todenhöfer ist ein bekennender Freund der USA und kein Pazifist, aber er empört sich über das unvorstellbare Leid, das ein Krieg gegen den Irak besonders über dessen Kinder bringen wird, die ohnehin seit Jahren schon die schwächsten Opfer der UN-Sanktionen sind. Er ist außerdem überzeugt, dass gegen Terror eines bestimmt nicht hilft: Krieg. Vielmehr hält er den Krieg gegen den Irak für völkerrechtswidrig, kontraproduktiv und unnötig. Sein analytischer Scharfsinn gründet auf ganz persönlichen Erfahrungen: Er war schon zu Zeiten der sowjetischen Besatzung in Afghanistan, besuchte Flüchtlingslager und organisierte Spendenaktionen. Auch den Irak hat er im vergangenen Jahr bereist. Von dort schildert er menschliche Schicksale, die uns nicht unberührt lassen können und die daher auch Maßstab allen politischen Handelns sein müssen. Todenhöfer weiß, daß dem Terrorismus nur mit Härte begegnet werden kann. Zugleich aber erwartet er - nach dem 11. September - Gerechtigkeit gegenüber der muslimischen Welt. Hierin liegt die Balance, in der Todenhöfer sein zutiefst menschliches und aus der eigenen Erfahrung lebendig geschildertes Plädoyer gegen einen ungerechten Krieg hält.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer weint schon um Abdul und Tanaya?: Die Irrtümer des Kreuzzugs gegen den Terror
Author: Jürgen Todenhöfer
Narrator: U. A., Anna Mortensen, Hubertus Gertzen
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Irrtümer des Kreuzzugs gegen den Terror. - Todenhöfer ist ein bekennender Freund der USA und kein Pazifist, aber er empört sich über das unvorstellbare Leid, das ein Krieg gegen den Irak besonders über dessen Kinder bringen wird, die ohnehin seit Jahren schon die schwächsten Opfer der UN-Sanktionen sind. Er ist außerdem überzeugt, dass gegen Terror eines bestimmt nicht hilft: Krieg. Vielmehr hält er den Krieg gegen den Irak für völkerrechtswidrig, kontraproduktiv und unnötig. Sein analytischer Scharfsinn gründet auf ganz persönlichen Erfahrungen: Er war schon zu Zeiten der sowjetischen Besatzung in Afghanistan, besuchte Flüchtlingslager und organisierte Spendenaktionen. Auch den Irak hat er im vergangenen Jahr bereist. Von dort schildert er menschliche Schicksale, die uns nicht unberührt lassen können und die daher auch Maßstab allen politischen Handelns sein müssen. Todenhöfer weiß, daß dem Terrorismus nur mit Härte begegnet werden kann. Zugleich aber erwartet er - nach dem 11. September - Gerechtigkeit gegenüber der muslimischen Welt. Hierin liegt die Balance, in der Todenhöfer sein zutiefst menschliches und aus der eigenen Erfahrung lebendig geschildertes Plädoyer gegen einen ungerechten Krieg hält.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hidden History of the War on Voting: Who Stole Your Vote—and How to Get It Back by Thom Hartmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden History of the War on Voting: Who Stole Your Vote—and How to Get It Back
Series: #3 of The Thom Hartmann Hidden History Series
Author: Thom Hartmann
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Hartmann&amp;#039;s history of voter suppression in America is necessary information given current news about voter registration purges and redistricting...a particularly timely topic for an election year, and anyone who is seriously concerned about the survival of American democracy will want to read this book and apply its lessons.&amp;#039;-Booklist In today&amp;#039;s America, only a slim majority of people register to vote, and a large percentage of registered voters don&amp;#039;t bother to show up: Donald Trump was elected by only 26 percent of eligible voters. Unfortunately, this is not a bug in our system, it&amp;#039;s a feature. Thom Hartmann unveils the strategies and tactics that conservative elites in this country have used, from the foundation of the Electoral College to the latest voter ID laws, to protect their interests by preventing &amp;#039;the wrong people&amp;#039;-such as the poor, women, and people of color-from voting while making it more convenient for the wealthy and white. But he also lays out a wide variety of simple, commonsense ways that we the people can fight back and reclaim our right to rule through the ballot box.</description>
      <author>Thom Hartmann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663740120.mp3" length="1335831" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663740120.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden History of the War on Voting: Who Stole Your Vote—and How to Get It Back
Series: #3 of The Thom Hartmann Hidden History Series
Author: Thom Hartmann
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Hartmann&amp;#039;s history of voter suppression in America is necessary information given current news about voter registration purges and redistricting...a particularly timely topic for an election year, and anyone who is seriously concerned about the survival of American democracy will want to read this book and apply its lessons.&amp;#039;-Booklist In today&amp;#039;s America, only a slim majority of people register to vote, and a large percentage of registered voters don&amp;#039;t bother to show up: Donald Trump was elected by only 26 percent of eligible voters. Unfortunately, this is not a bug in our system, it&amp;#039;s a feature. Thom Hartmann unveils the strategies and tactics that conservative elites in this country have used, from the foundation of the Electoral College to the latest voter ID laws, to protect their interests by preventing &amp;#039;the wrong people&amp;#039;-such as the poor, women, and people of color-from voting while making it more convenient for the wealthy and white. But he also lays out a wide variety of simple, commonsense ways that we the people can fight back and reclaim our right to rule through the ballot box.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden History of the War on Voting: Who Stole Your Vote—and How to Get It Back
Series: #3 of The Thom Hartmann Hidden History Series
Author: Thom Hartmann
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Hartmann&amp;#039;s history of voter suppression in America is necessary information given current news about voter registration purges and redistricting...a particularly timely topic for an election year, and anyone who is seriously concerned about the survival of American democracy will want to read this book and apply its lessons.&amp;#039;-Booklist In today&amp;#039;s America, only a slim majority of people register to vote, and a large percentage of registered voters don&amp;#039;t bother to show up: Donald Trump was elected by only 26 percent of eligible voters. Unfortunately, this is not a bug in our system, it&amp;#039;s a feature. Thom Hartmann unveils the strategies and tactics that conservative elites in this country have used, from the foundation of the Electoral College to the latest voter ID laws, to protect their interests by preventing &amp;#039;the wrong people&amp;#039;-such as the poor, women, and people of color-from voting while making it more convenient for the wealthy and white. But he also lays out a wide variety of simple, commonsense ways that we the people can fight back and reclaim our right to rule through the ballot box.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Im Herzen Arabiens: Stolz und Leidenschaft - Begegnung mit einer zerrissenen Kultur by Michael Lüders</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Im Herzen Arabiens: Stolz und Leidenschaft - Begegnung mit einer zerrissenen Kultur
Author: Michael Lüders
Narrator: Michael Lüders
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael Lüders kennt die arabisch-islamische Kultur wie kaum ein anderer aus persönlicher, langjähriger Lebenserfahrung: er war politischer Berater der Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung, Nahost-Korrespondent der ZEIT, hat Dokumentarfilme gedreht und dabei die großen Städte von Kairo bis Bagdad kennen gelernt - aber auch die entlegensten Wüstendörfer. Er ist Arafat und Ghaddafi begegnet - aber auch den einfachen Menschen mit ihrem Stolz, ihrer Leidenschaft und ihren durch die Arroganz des Westens verletzten Gefühlen. Sein Buch führt uns heraus aus einer langen Kette von Missverständnissen und Vorurteilen, die verantwortlich sind für den tiefer werdenden Graben zwischen den islamisch geprägten Ländern und dem säkularen Westen. Kenntnisreich, humorvoll, spannend und nie ohne Anteilnahme schildert er Mythos und Wirklichkeit Arabiens aus der Fülle seiner Erfahrungen. Lüders plädiert für einen aufrichtigen und respektvollen Umgang mit den Ländern der arabischen Welt und er ist überzeugt, dass wir mit Kriegen auf Dauer keinen Frieden ernten werden.</description>
      <author>Michael Lüders</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2016 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783958622845.mp3" length="917177" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783958622845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Im Herzen Arabiens: Stolz und Leidenschaft - Begegnung mit einer zerrissenen Kultur
Author: Michael Lüders
Narrator: Michael Lüders
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael Lüders kennt die arabisch-islamische Kultur wie kaum ein anderer aus persönlicher, langjähriger Lebenserfahrung: er war politischer Berater der Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung, Nahost-Korrespondent der ZEIT, hat Dokumentarfilme gedreht und dabei die großen Städte von Kairo bis Bagdad kennen gelernt - aber auch die entlegensten Wüstendörfer. Er ist Arafat und Ghaddafi begegnet - aber auch den einfachen Menschen mit ihrem Stolz, ihrer Leidenschaft und ihren durch die Arroganz des Westens verletzten Gefühlen. Sein Buch führt uns heraus aus einer langen Kette von Missverständnissen und Vorurteilen, die verantwortlich sind für den tiefer werdenden Graben zwischen den islamisch geprägten Ländern und dem säkularen Westen. Kenntnisreich, humorvoll, spannend und nie ohne Anteilnahme schildert er Mythos und Wirklichkeit Arabiens aus der Fülle seiner Erfahrungen. Lüders plädiert für einen aufrichtigen und respektvollen Umgang mit den Ländern der arabischen Welt und er ist überzeugt, dass wir mit Kriegen auf Dauer keinen Frieden ernten werden.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Im Herzen Arabiens: Stolz und Leidenschaft - Begegnung mit einer zerrissenen Kultur
Author: Michael Lüders
Narrator: Michael Lüders
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael Lüders kennt die arabisch-islamische Kultur wie kaum ein anderer aus persönlicher, langjähriger Lebenserfahrung: er war politischer Berater der Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung, Nahost-Korrespondent der ZEIT, hat Dokumentarfilme gedreht und dabei die großen Städte von Kairo bis Bagdad kennen gelernt - aber auch die entlegensten Wüstendörfer. Er ist Arafat und Ghaddafi begegnet - aber auch den einfachen Menschen mit ihrem Stolz, ihrer Leidenschaft und ihren durch die Arroganz des Westens verletzten Gefühlen. Sein Buch führt uns heraus aus einer langen Kette von Missverständnissen und Vorurteilen, die verantwortlich sind für den tiefer werdenden Graben zwischen den islamisch geprägten Ländern und dem säkularen Westen. Kenntnisreich, humorvoll, spannend und nie ohne Anteilnahme schildert er Mythos und Wirklichkeit Arabiens aus der Fülle seiner Erfahrungen. Lüders plädiert für einen aufrichtigen und respektvollen Umgang mit den Ländern der arabischen Welt und er ist überzeugt, dass wir mit Kriegen auf Dauer keinen Frieden ernten werden.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Manifest der kommunistischen Partei by Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Manifest der kommunistischen Partei
Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels
Narrator: Burkhard Behnke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Ein Gespenst geht um in Europa - das Gespenst des Kommunismus.&amp;#039; Mit diesen Worten beginnt ein Text, der die Welt veränderte! Er endet mit dem bekannten Aufruf: &amp;#039;Proletarier aller Länder vereinigt euch!&amp;#039; Das Kommunistische Manifest wurde von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels 1847 im Auftrag des Bundes der Kommunisten verfasst und ist im Februar 1848 in London erschienen, zeitgleich zur Februarrevolution in Frankreich, kurze Zeit vor der Märzrevolution in weiteren Ländern.</description>
      <author>Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2017 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783868470505.mp3" length="914101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783868470505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Manifest der kommunistischen Partei
Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels
Narrator: Burkhard Behnke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Ein Gespenst geht um in Europa - das Gespenst des Kommunismus.&amp;#039; Mit diesen Worten beginnt ein Text, der die Welt veränderte! Er endet mit dem bekannten Aufruf: &amp;#039;Proletarier aller Länder vereinigt euch!&amp;#039; Das Kommunistische Manifest wurde von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels 1847 im Auftrag des Bundes der Kommunisten verfasst und ist im Februar 1848 in London erschienen, zeitgleich zur Februarrevolution in Frankreich, kurze Zeit vor der Märzrevolution in weiteren Ländern.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Manifest der kommunistischen Partei
Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels
Narrator: Burkhard Behnke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Ein Gespenst geht um in Europa - das Gespenst des Kommunismus.&amp;#039; Mit diesen Worten beginnt ein Text, der die Welt veränderte! Er endet mit dem bekannten Aufruf: &amp;#039;Proletarier aller Länder vereinigt euch!&amp;#039; Das Kommunistische Manifest wurde von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels 1847 im Auftrag des Bundes der Kommunisten verfasst und ist im Februar 1848 in London erschienen, zeitgleich zur Februarrevolution in Frankreich, kurze Zeit vor der Märzrevolution in weiteren Ländern.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Postgate: How the Washington Post Betrayed Deep Throat, Covered Up Watergate, and Began Today’s Partisan Advocacy Journalism by John O&amp;#039;connor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Postgate: How the Washington Post Betrayed Deep Throat, Covered Up Watergate, and Began Today’s Partisan Advocacy Journalism
Author: John O&amp;#039;connor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deep Throat’s lawyer discovers the Washington Post betrayed his client—while covering up the real truth about the Watergate scandal. The conventional wisdom of Watergate is turned on its head by Postgate, revealing that the Post did not uncover Watergate as much as it covered it up. The Nixon Administration, itself involved in a cover-up, was the victim of a journalistic smoke-screen that prevented mitigation of its criminal guilt. As a result of the paper’s successful misdirection, today’s strikingly deceptive partisan journalism can be laid at the doorstep of the Washington Post. After Deep Throat’s lawyer, author John O’Connor, discovered that the Post had betrayed his client while covering up the truth about Watergate, his indefatigable research resulted in Postgate, a profoundly shocking tale of journalistic deceit. In an era when numerous modern media outlets rail about the guilt of their political enemies for speaking untruths, Postgate proves that the media can often credibly be viewed as the party actually guilty of deception. Americans today mistrust the major media more than ever. Postgate will prove that this distrust is richly deserved.</description>
      <author>John O&amp;#039;connor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094096957.mp3" length="845159" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094096957.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Postgate: How the Washington Post Betrayed Deep Throat, Covered Up Watergate, and Began Today’s Partisan Advocacy Journalism
Author: John O&amp;#039;connor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deep Throat’s lawyer discovers the Washington Post betrayed his client—while covering up the real truth about the Watergate scandal. The conventional wisdom of Watergate is turned on its head by Postgate, revealing that the Post did not uncover Watergate as much as it covered it up. The Nixon Administration, itself involved in a cover-up, was the victim of a journalistic smoke-screen that prevented mitigation of its criminal guilt. As a result of the paper’s successful misdirection, today’s strikingly deceptive partisan journalism can be laid at the doorstep of the Washington Post. After Deep Throat’s lawyer, author John O’Connor, discovered that the Post had betrayed his client while covering up the truth about Watergate, his indefatigable research resulted in Postgate, a profoundly shocking tale of journalistic deceit. In an era when numerous modern media outlets rail about the guilt of their political enemies for speaking untruths, Postgate proves that the media can often credibly be viewed as the party actually guilty of deception. Americans today mistrust the major media more than ever. Postgate will prove that this distrust is richly deserved.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Postgate: How the Washington Post Betrayed Deep Throat, Covered Up Watergate, and Began Today’s Partisan Advocacy Journalism
Author: John O&amp;#039;connor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deep Throat’s lawyer discovers the Washington Post betrayed his client—while covering up the real truth about the Watergate scandal. The conventional wisdom of Watergate is turned on its head by Postgate, revealing that the Post did not uncover Watergate as much as it covered it up. The Nixon Administration, itself involved in a cover-up, was the victim of a journalistic smoke-screen that prevented mitigation of its criminal guilt. As a result of the paper’s successful misdirection, today’s strikingly deceptive partisan journalism can be laid at the doorstep of the Washington Post. After Deep Throat’s lawyer, author John O’Connor, discovered that the Post had betrayed his client while covering up the truth about Watergate, his indefatigable research resulted in Postgate, a profoundly shocking tale of journalistic deceit. In an era when numerous modern media outlets rail about the guilt of their political enemies for speaking untruths, Postgate proves that the media can often credibly be viewed as the party actually guilty of deception. Americans today mistrust the major media more than ever. Postgate will prove that this distrust is richly deserved.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bigger Than Bernie: How We Go from the Sanders Campaign to Democratic Socialism by Meagan Day, Micah Uetricht</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bigger Than Bernie: How We Go from the Sanders Campaign to Democratic Socialism
Author: Meagan Day, Micah Uetricht
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bernie Sanders&amp;#039;s 2016 candidacy expanded the scope of political possibility in the United States, putting socialism and class politics back on the map. His radical campaign—not just for the Democratic presidential candidacy but against &amp;#039;the billionaire class&amp;#039;—helped catalyze other transformative left-wing politicians like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to seek and win office, just as he inspired teachers from West Virginia to Los Angeles to win hard-fought, historic strike campaigns. Sanders has, in short, helped cohere a new movement in American politics. But even when coverage of Sanders takes stock of the sea change he has affected in American politics, it all too often fails to grasp what&amp;#039;s unique about his approach. The senior senator from Vermont has demanded new policies and political approaches in this country—though he has also hinted at more, calling repeatedly for a &amp;#039;political revolution,&amp;#039; something that he says would involve &amp;#039;millions of Americans&amp;#039; getting involved in politics not just at the ballot box, but in their workplaces and neighborhoods, too. In this book, Micah Uetricht and Meagan Day go beyond a simple balance sheet of Democratic Party politics. In a clear and effective style, they detail what we need to do to get beyond the Sanders campaign or presidency to transform the US from top to bottom.</description>
      <author>Meagan Day, Micah Uetricht</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600569.mp3" length="7856857" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600569.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bigger Than Bernie: How We Go from the Sanders Campaign to Democratic Socialism
Author: Meagan Day, Micah Uetricht
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bernie Sanders&amp;#039;s 2016 candidacy expanded the scope of political possibility in the United States, putting socialism and class politics back on the map. His radical campaign—not just for the Democratic presidential candidacy but against &amp;#039;the billionaire class&amp;#039;—helped catalyze other transformative left-wing politicians like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to seek and win office, just as he inspired teachers from West Virginia to Los Angeles to win hard-fought, historic strike campaigns. Sanders has, in short, helped cohere a new movement in American politics. But even when coverage of Sanders takes stock of the sea change he has affected in American politics, it all too often fails to grasp what&amp;#039;s unique about his approach. The senior senator from Vermont has demanded new policies and political approaches in this country—though he has also hinted at more, calling repeatedly for a &amp;#039;political revolution,&amp;#039; something that he says would involve &amp;#039;millions of Americans&amp;#039; getting involved in politics not just at the ballot box, but in their workplaces and neighborhoods, too. In this book, Micah Uetricht and Meagan Day go beyond a simple balance sheet of Democratic Party politics. In a clear and effective style, they detail what we need to do to get beyond the Sanders campaign or presidency to transform the US from top to bottom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bigger Than Bernie: How We Go from the Sanders Campaign to Democratic Socialism
Author: Meagan Day, Micah Uetricht
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bernie Sanders&amp;#039;s 2016 candidacy expanded the scope of political possibility in the United States, putting socialism and class politics back on the map. His radical campaign—not just for the Democratic presidential candidacy but against &amp;#039;the billionaire class&amp;#039;—helped catalyze other transformative left-wing politicians like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to seek and win office, just as he inspired teachers from West Virginia to Los Angeles to win hard-fought, historic strike campaigns. Sanders has, in short, helped cohere a new movement in American politics. But even when coverage of Sanders takes stock of the sea change he has affected in American politics, it all too often fails to grasp what&amp;#039;s unique about his approach. The senior senator from Vermont has demanded new policies and political approaches in this country—though he has also hinted at more, calling repeatedly for a &amp;#039;political revolution,&amp;#039; something that he says would involve &amp;#039;millions of Americans&amp;#039; getting involved in politics not just at the ballot box, but in their workplaces and neighborhoods, too. In this book, Micah Uetricht and Meagan Day go beyond a simple balance sheet of Democratic Party politics. In a clear and effective style, they detail what we need to do to get beyond the Sanders campaign or presidency to transform the US from top to bottom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Triumph of Doubt: Dark Money and the Science of Deception by David Michaels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Doubt: Dark Money and the Science of Deception
Author: David Michaels
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Well-heeled American corporations have long had a financial stake in undermining scientific consensus and manufacturing uncertainty. In The Triumph of Doubt, former Obama and Clinton official David Michaels details how corrupt science becomes public policy—and where it&amp;#039;s happening today. Opioids. Concussions. Obesity. Climate Change. America is a country of everyday crises—big, long-spanning problems that persist despite their toll on the country&amp;#039;s health. And for every case of government inaction on one of these issues, there is a set of familiar, doubtful refrains: The science is unclear. The data are inconclusive. Regulation is unjustified. It&amp;#039;s a slippery slope. Is it? The Triumph of Doubt traces the ascendance of science-for-hire in American life and government, from its origins in the tobacco industry in the 1950s to its current manifestations across government, public policy, and even professional sports. Amid fraught conversations of &amp;#039;alternative facts&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;truth decay,&amp;#039; The Triumph of Doubt wields its unprecedented access to shine a light on the machinations and scope of manipulated science in American society. It is an urgent, revelatory work, one that promises to reorient conversations around science and the public good for the foreseeable future.</description>
      <author>David Michaels</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684579716.mp3" length="8015374" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684579716.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Doubt: Dark Money and the Science of Deception
Author: David Michaels
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Well-heeled American corporations have long had a financial stake in undermining scientific consensus and manufacturing uncertainty. In The Triumph of Doubt, former Obama and Clinton official David Michaels details how corrupt science becomes public policy—and where it&amp;#039;s happening today. Opioids. Concussions. Obesity. Climate Change. America is a country of everyday crises—big, long-spanning problems that persist despite their toll on the country&amp;#039;s health. And for every case of government inaction on one of these issues, there is a set of familiar, doubtful refrains: The science is unclear. The data are inconclusive. Regulation is unjustified. It&amp;#039;s a slippery slope. Is it? The Triumph of Doubt traces the ascendance of science-for-hire in American life and government, from its origins in the tobacco industry in the 1950s to its current manifestations across government, public policy, and even professional sports. Amid fraught conversations of &amp;#039;alternative facts&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;truth decay,&amp;#039; The Triumph of Doubt wields its unprecedented access to shine a light on the machinations and scope of manipulated science in American society. It is an urgent, revelatory work, one that promises to reorient conversations around science and the public good for the foreseeable future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Doubt: Dark Money and the Science of Deception
Author: David Michaels
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Well-heeled American corporations have long had a financial stake in undermining scientific consensus and manufacturing uncertainty. In The Triumph of Doubt, former Obama and Clinton official David Michaels details how corrupt science becomes public policy—and where it&amp;#039;s happening today. Opioids. Concussions. Obesity. Climate Change. America is a country of everyday crises—big, long-spanning problems that persist despite their toll on the country&amp;#039;s health. And for every case of government inaction on one of these issues, there is a set of familiar, doubtful refrains: The science is unclear. The data are inconclusive. Regulation is unjustified. It&amp;#039;s a slippery slope. Is it? The Triumph of Doubt traces the ascendance of science-for-hire in American life and government, from its origins in the tobacco industry in the 1950s to its current manifestations across government, public policy, and even professional sports. Amid fraught conversations of &amp;#039;alternative facts&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;truth decay,&amp;#039; The Triumph of Doubt wields its unprecedented access to shine a light on the machinations and scope of manipulated science in American society. It is an urgent, revelatory work, one that promises to reorient conversations around science and the public good for the foreseeable future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unrigged: How Americans Are Battling Back to Save Democracy by David Daley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unrigged: How Americans Are Battling Back to Save Democracy
Author: David Daley
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory account by the bestselling author of Ratf**ked that will give you hope that America&amp;#039;s fragile democracy can still be saved. Following Ratf**ked, his “extraordinary timely and undeniably important” (New York Times Book Review) exposé of how a small cadre of Republican operatives rigged American elections, David Daley emerged as one of the nation’s leading authorities on gerrymandering. In Unrigged, he charts a vibrant political movement that is rising in the wake of his and other reporters’ revelations. With his trademark journalistic rigor and narrative flair, Daley reports on Pennsylvania’s dramatic defeat of a gerrymander using the research of ingenious mathematicians and the Michigan millennial who launched a statewide redistricting revolution with a Facebook post. He tells the stories of activist groups that paved the way for 2018’s historic blue wave and won crucial battles for voting rights in Florida, Maine, Utah, and nationwide. In an age of polarization, Unrigged offers a vivid portrait of a nation transformed by a new civic awakening, and provides a blueprint for what must be done to keep American democracy afloat.</description>
      <author>David Daley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684578146.mp3" length="8364974" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684578146.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unrigged: How Americans Are Battling Back to Save Democracy
Author: David Daley
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory account by the bestselling author of Ratf**ked that will give you hope that America&amp;#039;s fragile democracy can still be saved. Following Ratf**ked, his “extraordinary timely and undeniably important” (New York Times Book Review) exposé of how a small cadre of Republican operatives rigged American elections, David Daley emerged as one of the nation’s leading authorities on gerrymandering. In Unrigged, he charts a vibrant political movement that is rising in the wake of his and other reporters’ revelations. With his trademark journalistic rigor and narrative flair, Daley reports on Pennsylvania’s dramatic defeat of a gerrymander using the research of ingenious mathematicians and the Michigan millennial who launched a statewide redistricting revolution with a Facebook post. He tells the stories of activist groups that paved the way for 2018’s historic blue wave and won crucial battles for voting rights in Florida, Maine, Utah, and nationwide. In an age of polarization, Unrigged offers a vivid portrait of a nation transformed by a new civic awakening, and provides a blueprint for what must be done to keep American democracy afloat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unrigged: How Americans Are Battling Back to Save Democracy
Author: David Daley
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory account by the bestselling author of Ratf**ked that will give you hope that America&amp;#039;s fragile democracy can still be saved. Following Ratf**ked, his “extraordinary timely and undeniably important” (New York Times Book Review) exposé of how a small cadre of Republican operatives rigged American elections, David Daley emerged as one of the nation’s leading authorities on gerrymandering. In Unrigged, he charts a vibrant political movement that is rising in the wake of his and other reporters’ revelations. With his trademark journalistic rigor and narrative flair, Daley reports on Pennsylvania’s dramatic defeat of a gerrymander using the research of ingenious mathematicians and the Michigan millennial who launched a statewide redistricting revolution with a Facebook post. He tells the stories of activist groups that paved the way for 2018’s historic blue wave and won crucial battles for voting rights in Florida, Maine, Utah, and nationwide. In an age of polarization, Unrigged offers a vivid portrait of a nation transformed by a new civic awakening, and provides a blueprint for what must be done to keep American democracy afloat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nobody&amp;#039;s Child: A Tragedy, a Trial, and a History of the Insanity Defense by Susan Nordin Vinocour</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nobody&amp;#039;s Child: A Tragedy, a Trial, and a History of the Insanity Defense
Author: Susan Nordin Vinocour
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful and humane exploration of the history of the &amp;#039;insanity defense,&amp;#039; through the story of one poignant case. When a three-year-old child was found with a head wound and other injuries, it looked like an open-and-shut case of second-degree murder. Psychologist and attorney Susan Vinocour agreed to evaluate the defendant, the child&amp;#039;s mentally ill and impoverished grandmother, to determine whether she was competent to stand trial. Even if she had caused the child&amp;#039;s death, had she realized at the time that her actions were wrong or was she legally &amp;#039;insane&amp;#039;? What followed was anything but an open-and-shut case. Nobody&amp;#039;s Child traces the legal definition of &amp;#039;insanity&amp;#039; back to its inception in Victorian Britain nearly two hundred years ago, from when our understanding of the human mind was in its infancy, to today, when questions of race, class, and ability so often determine who is legally &amp;#039;insane&amp;#039; and who is criminally guilty. Vinocour explains how &amp;#039;competency&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;insanity&amp;#039; are creatures of a legal system, not of psychiatric reality, and how, in criminal law, the insanity defense has too often been a luxury of the rich and white.</description>
      <author>Susan Nordin Vinocour</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684577026.mp3" length="7198505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684577026.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nobody&amp;#039;s Child: A Tragedy, a Trial, and a History of the Insanity Defense
Author: Susan Nordin Vinocour
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful and humane exploration of the history of the &amp;#039;insanity defense,&amp;#039; through the story of one poignant case. When a three-year-old child was found with a head wound and other injuries, it looked like an open-and-shut case of second-degree murder. Psychologist and attorney Susan Vinocour agreed to evaluate the defendant, the child&amp;#039;s mentally ill and impoverished grandmother, to determine whether she was competent to stand trial. Even if she had caused the child&amp;#039;s death, had she realized at the time that her actions were wrong or was she legally &amp;#039;insane&amp;#039;? What followed was anything but an open-and-shut case. Nobody&amp;#039;s Child traces the legal definition of &amp;#039;insanity&amp;#039; back to its inception in Victorian Britain nearly two hundred years ago, from when our understanding of the human mind was in its infancy, to today, when questions of race, class, and ability so often determine who is legally &amp;#039;insane&amp;#039; and who is criminally guilty. Vinocour explains how &amp;#039;competency&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;insanity&amp;#039; are creatures of a legal system, not of psychiatric reality, and how, in criminal law, the insanity defense has too often been a luxury of the rich and white.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nobody&amp;#039;s Child: A Tragedy, a Trial, and a History of the Insanity Defense
Author: Susan Nordin Vinocour
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful and humane exploration of the history of the &amp;#039;insanity defense,&amp;#039; through the story of one poignant case. When a three-year-old child was found with a head wound and other injuries, it looked like an open-and-shut case of second-degree murder. Psychologist and attorney Susan Vinocour agreed to evaluate the defendant, the child&amp;#039;s mentally ill and impoverished grandmother, to determine whether she was competent to stand trial. Even if she had caused the child&amp;#039;s death, had she realized at the time that her actions were wrong or was she legally &amp;#039;insane&amp;#039;? What followed was anything but an open-and-shut case. Nobody&amp;#039;s Child traces the legal definition of &amp;#039;insanity&amp;#039; back to its inception in Victorian Britain nearly two hundred years ago, from when our understanding of the human mind was in its infancy, to today, when questions of race, class, and ability so often determine who is legally &amp;#039;insane&amp;#039; and who is criminally guilty. Vinocour explains how &amp;#039;competency&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;insanity&amp;#039; are creatures of a legal system, not of psychiatric reality, and how, in criminal law, the insanity defense has too often been a luxury of the rich and white.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution by Lindsay M. Chervinsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution
Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On November 26, 1791, George Washington convened his department secretaries—Alexander Hamilton, Thomas Jefferson, Henry Knox, and Edmund Randolph—for the first cabinet meeting. Why did he wait two and a half years into his presidency to call his cabinet? Because the US Constitution did not create or provide for such a body. Washington was on his own. Faced with diplomatic crises, domestic insurrections, and constitutional challenges—and finding congressional help lacking—Washington decided he needed a group of advisors he could turn to. He modeled his new cabinet on the councils of war he had led as commander of the Continental Army. In the early days, the cabinet served at the president&amp;#039;s pleasure. Washington tinkered with its structure throughout his administration, at times calling regular meetings, at other times preferring written advice and individual discussions. Lindsay M. Chervinsky reveals the far-reaching consequences of Washington&amp;#039;s choice. The tensions in the cabinet between Hamilton and Jefferson heightened partisanship and contributed to the development of the first party system. And as Washington faced an increasingly recalcitrant Congress, he came to treat the cabinet as a private advisory body to summon as needed, greatly expanding the role of the president and the executive branch.</description>
      <author>Lindsay M. Chervinsky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705218440.mp3" length="2776507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705218440.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution
Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On November 26, 1791, George Washington convened his department secretaries—Alexander Hamilton, Thomas Jefferson, Henry Knox, and Edmund Randolph—for the first cabinet meeting. Why did he wait two and a half years into his presidency to call his cabinet? Because the US Constitution did not create or provide for such a body. Washington was on his own. Faced with diplomatic crises, domestic insurrections, and constitutional challenges—and finding congressional help lacking—Washington decided he needed a group of advisors he could turn to. He modeled his new cabinet on the councils of war he had led as commander of the Continental Army. In the early days, the cabinet served at the president&amp;#039;s pleasure. Washington tinkered with its structure throughout his administration, at times calling regular meetings, at other times preferring written advice and individual discussions. Lindsay M. Chervinsky reveals the far-reaching consequences of Washington&amp;#039;s choice. The tensions in the cabinet between Hamilton and Jefferson heightened partisanship and contributed to the development of the first party system. And as Washington faced an increasingly recalcitrant Congress, he came to treat the cabinet as a private advisory body to summon as needed, greatly expanding the role of the president and the executive branch.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cabinet: George Washington and the Creation of an American Institution
Author: Lindsay M. Chervinsky
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On November 26, 1791, George Washington convened his department secretaries—Alexander Hamilton, Thomas Jefferson, Henry Knox, and Edmund Randolph—for the first cabinet meeting. Why did he wait two and a half years into his presidency to call his cabinet? Because the US Constitution did not create or provide for such a body. Washington was on his own. Faced with diplomatic crises, domestic insurrections, and constitutional challenges—and finding congressional help lacking—Washington decided he needed a group of advisors he could turn to. He modeled his new cabinet on the councils of war he had led as commander of the Continental Army. In the early days, the cabinet served at the president&amp;#039;s pleasure. Washington tinkered with its structure throughout his administration, at times calling regular meetings, at other times preferring written advice and individual discussions. Lindsay M. Chervinsky reveals the far-reaching consequences of Washington&amp;#039;s choice. The tensions in the cabinet between Hamilton and Jefferson heightened partisanship and contributed to the development of the first party system. And as Washington faced an increasingly recalcitrant Congress, he came to treat the cabinet as a private advisory body to summon as needed, greatly expanding the role of the president and the executive branch.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Resilient Tomorrow: How to Prepare for the Coming Climate Disruption by Alice C. Hill, Leonardo Martinez-Diaz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building a Resilient Tomorrow: How to Prepare for the Coming Climate Disruption
Author: Alice C. Hill, Leonardo Martinez-Diaz
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Climate change impacts—more heat, drought, extreme rainfall, and stronger storms—have already harmed communities around the globe. Even if the world could cut its carbon emissions to zero tomorrow, further significant global climate change is now inevitable. Although we cannot tell with certainty how much average global temperatures will rise, we do know that the warming we have experienced to date has caused significant losses, and that the failure to prepare for the consequences of further warming may prove to be staggering. Building a Resilient Tomorrow does not dwell on overhyped descriptions of apocalyptic climate scenarios, nor does it travel down well-trodden paths surrounding the politics of reducing carbon emissions. Instead, it starts with two central facts: climate impacts will continue to occur, and we can make changes now to mitigate their effects. While squarely confronting the scale of the risks we face, this pragmatic guide focuses on solutions—some gradual and some more revolutionary—currently being deployed around the globe. Each chapter presents a thematic lesson for decision-makers and engaged citizens to consider, outlining replicable successes and identifying provocative recommendations to strengthen climate resilience.</description>
      <author>Alice C. Hill, Leonardo Martinez-Diaz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705207901.mp3" length="8590230" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705207901.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building a Resilient Tomorrow: How to Prepare for the Coming Climate Disruption
Author: Alice C. Hill, Leonardo Martinez-Diaz
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Climate change impacts—more heat, drought, extreme rainfall, and stronger storms—have already harmed communities around the globe. Even if the world could cut its carbon emissions to zero tomorrow, further significant global climate change is now inevitable. Although we cannot tell with certainty how much average global temperatures will rise, we do know that the warming we have experienced to date has caused significant losses, and that the failure to prepare for the consequences of further warming may prove to be staggering. Building a Resilient Tomorrow does not dwell on overhyped descriptions of apocalyptic climate scenarios, nor does it travel down well-trodden paths surrounding the politics of reducing carbon emissions. Instead, it starts with two central facts: climate impacts will continue to occur, and we can make changes now to mitigate their effects. While squarely confronting the scale of the risks we face, this pragmatic guide focuses on solutions—some gradual and some more revolutionary—currently being deployed around the globe. Each chapter presents a thematic lesson for decision-makers and engaged citizens to consider, outlining replicable successes and identifying provocative recommendations to strengthen climate resilience.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building a Resilient Tomorrow: How to Prepare for the Coming Climate Disruption
Author: Alice C. Hill, Leonardo Martinez-Diaz
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Climate change impacts—more heat, drought, extreme rainfall, and stronger storms—have already harmed communities around the globe. Even if the world could cut its carbon emissions to zero tomorrow, further significant global climate change is now inevitable. Although we cannot tell with certainty how much average global temperatures will rise, we do know that the warming we have experienced to date has caused significant losses, and that the failure to prepare for the consequences of further warming may prove to be staggering. Building a Resilient Tomorrow does not dwell on overhyped descriptions of apocalyptic climate scenarios, nor does it travel down well-trodden paths surrounding the politics of reducing carbon emissions. Instead, it starts with two central facts: climate impacts will continue to occur, and we can make changes now to mitigate their effects. While squarely confronting the scale of the risks we face, this pragmatic guide focuses on solutions—some gradual and some more revolutionary—currently being deployed around the globe. Each chapter presents a thematic lesson for decision-makers and engaged citizens to consider, outlining replicable successes and identifying provocative recommendations to strengthen climate resilience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cold War Exiles and the CIA: Plotting to Free Russia by Benjamin Tromly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cold War Exiles and the CIA: Plotting to Free Russia
Author: Benjamin Tromly
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of the Cold War in the 1950s, the United States government unleashed covert operations intended to weaken the Soviet Union. As part of these efforts, the CIA committed to supporting Russian exiles, populations uprooted either during World War Two or by the Russian Revolution decades before. No one seemed better prepared to fight in the American secret war against communism than the uprooted Russians, whom the CIA directed to carry out propaganda, espionage, and subversion operations from their home base in West Germany. Yet the American engagement of Russian exiles had unpredictable outcomes. Drawing on recently declassified and previously untapped sources, Cold War Exiles and the CIA examines how the CIA&amp;#039;s Russian operations became entangled with the internal struggles of Russia abroad and also the espionage wars of the superpowers in divided Germany. What resulted was a transnational political sphere involving different groups of Russian exiles, American and German anti-communists, and spies operating on both sides of the Iron Curtain. Inadvertently, CIA&amp;#039;s patronage of Russian exiles forged a complex sub-front in the wider Cold War, demonstrating the ways in which the hostilities of the Cold War played out in ancillary conflicts involving proxies and non-state actors.</description>
      <author>Benjamin Tromly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705206744.mp3" length="8487581" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705206744.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cold War Exiles and the CIA: Plotting to Free Russia
Author: Benjamin Tromly
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of the Cold War in the 1950s, the United States government unleashed covert operations intended to weaken the Soviet Union. As part of these efforts, the CIA committed to supporting Russian exiles, populations uprooted either during World War Two or by the Russian Revolution decades before. No one seemed better prepared to fight in the American secret war against communism than the uprooted Russians, whom the CIA directed to carry out propaganda, espionage, and subversion operations from their home base in West Germany. Yet the American engagement of Russian exiles had unpredictable outcomes. Drawing on recently declassified and previously untapped sources, Cold War Exiles and the CIA examines how the CIA&amp;#039;s Russian operations became entangled with the internal struggles of Russia abroad and also the espionage wars of the superpowers in divided Germany. What resulted was a transnational political sphere involving different groups of Russian exiles, American and German anti-communists, and spies operating on both sides of the Iron Curtain. Inadvertently, CIA&amp;#039;s patronage of Russian exiles forged a complex sub-front in the wider Cold War, demonstrating the ways in which the hostilities of the Cold War played out in ancillary conflicts involving proxies and non-state actors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cold War Exiles and the CIA: Plotting to Free Russia
Author: Benjamin Tromly
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
At the height of the Cold War in the 1950s, the United States government unleashed covert operations intended to weaken the Soviet Union. As part of these efforts, the CIA committed to supporting Russian exiles, populations uprooted either during World War Two or by the Russian Revolution decades before. No one seemed better prepared to fight in the American secret war against communism than the uprooted Russians, whom the CIA directed to carry out propaganda, espionage, and subversion operations from their home base in West Germany. Yet the American engagement of Russian exiles had unpredictable outcomes. Drawing on recently declassified and previously untapped sources, Cold War Exiles and the CIA examines how the CIA&amp;#039;s Russian operations became entangled with the internal struggles of Russia abroad and also the espionage wars of the superpowers in divided Germany. What resulted was a transnational political sphere involving different groups of Russian exiles, American and German anti-communists, and spies operating on both sides of the Iron Curtain. Inadvertently, CIA&amp;#039;s patronage of Russian exiles forged a complex sub-front in the wider Cold War, demonstrating the ways in which the hostilities of the Cold War played out in ancillary conflicts involving proxies and non-state actors.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
